Skip to main content

Full text of "Gulliver's travels into several remote nations of the world"

See other formats


GULLIVER'S 
TRAV  ELS 

wet %  co f oared '  itfustnzticm by 
ARTHUR  &ACJCHAM 


NY  PUBL  C  L  BRARY     THE  BRANCH  LIBRARIES 

3  3333  08115  2635 


7 


REFERENCE 


CHILD*  EN ' 


GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 


GULLIVER   RELEASED   FROM   THE   STRINGS 
RAISES   AND  STRETCHES   HIMSELF 


GULLIVER'S 
TRAVELS 

INTO    SEVERAL   REMOTE 
NATIONS  OF  THE  WORLD 


By  JONATHAN   SWIFT 


ILLUSTRATED  BY 
ARTHUR    RACKHAM 


THE  TEMPLE  PRESS  •  LONDON  •  W.C.2 


All  rights  reserved 

Made  in   Great  Britain 

at   The   Temple  Press  Letchworth 

First   Published  in   this   Edition    1699 

Reprinted   1939 


..:  •. 
.-.  .• 


NOTE 

THE  Publishers  make  no  apology  for  a  new 
edition  of  this  "  evergreen  "  book.  They  feel  that 
the  fine  drawings  of  Mr.  ARTHUR  RACKHAM  are 
a  sufficient  raison  d'etre  for  their  reappearance. 
Most  of  the  designs  appeared  as  line  drawings 
in  an  edition  issued  in  1899,  but  tney  were 
subsequently  worked  over,  revised,  and  coloured 
by  the  artist,  some  entirely  new-  designs  added. 


THE  NEW  YORK  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 

CIRCULATION    DEPARTMENT 
115th  STREET  BRANCH        203  WEST  115th  STREET 


-  -  . 

- 


CONTENTS 
PART  I 

A    VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT 
CHAPTER   I 

PAGE 

The  Author  gives  some  account  of  himself  and  family,  his  first  induce- 
ments to  travel.  He  is  shipwrecked,  and  swims  for  his  life,  gets 
safe  on  shore  in  the  country  of  Lilliput,  is  made  a  prisoner,  and 
carried  up  the  country  .......  i 

CHAPTER  II 

The  Emperor  of  Lilliput,  attended  by  several  of  the  nobility,  comes  to 
see  the  Author  in  his  confinement.  The  Emperor's  person  and 
habit  described.  Learned  men  appointed  to  teach  the  Author 
their  language.  He  gains  favour  by  his  mild  disposition.  His 
pockets  are  searched,  and  his  sword  and  pistols  taken  from 
him  ..........  12 


CHAPTER  III 

The  Author  diverts  the  Emperor  and  his  nobility  of  both  sexes  in  a 
very  uncommon  manner.  The  diversions  of  the  Court  of  Lilliput 
described.  The  Author  has  his  liberty  granted  him  upon  certain 
conditions  .......  22 


CHAPTER  IV 

Mildendo,  the  metropolis  of  Lilliput,  described,  together  with  the 
Emperor's  Palace.  A  conversation  between  the  Author  and  a 
principal  Secretary  concerning  the  affairs  of  that  Empire.  The 
Author's  offer  to  serve  the  Emperor  in  his  wars  ...  30 

vii 


viii  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 


CHAPTER  V 

PAGE 

The  Author,  by  an  extraordinary  stratagem,  prevents  an  invasion. 
A  high  title  of  honour  is  conferred  upon  him.  Ambassadors 
arrive  from  the  Emperor  of  Blefuscu.  and  sue  for  peace  .  .  36 


CHAPTER  VI 

Of  the  inhabitants  of  Lilliput;  their  learning,  laws,  and  customs,  the 
manner  of  educating  their  children.  The  Author's  way  of  living 
in  that  country  .........  42 


CHAPTER  VII 

The  Author,  being  informed  of  a  design  to  accuse  him  of  high  treason, 

makes  his  escape  to  Blefuscu.     His  reception  there  .          .        52 


CHAPTER  VIII 

The  Author,  by  a  lucky  accident,  finds  means  to  leave  Blefuscu ;   and, 

after  some  difficulties,  returns  safe  to  his  native  country  .          .       60 


PART  II 

A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG 
CHAPTER  I 

A  great  storm  described.  The  long  boat  sent  to  fetch  water;  the 
Author  goes  with  it  to  discover  the  country.  He  is  left  on  shore, 
is  seized  by  one  of  the  natives,  and  carried  to  a  farmer's  house. 
His  reception  there,  with  several  accidents  that  happened.  A 
description  of  the  inhabitants  ......  67 

CHAPTER  II 

A  description  of  the  farmer's  daughter.  The  Author  carried  to  a 
market  town,  and  then  to  the  metropolis.  The  particulars  of 
his  journey  .........  80 


CONTENTS  ix 


CHAPTER  III 

PAGE 

The  Author  sent  for  to  Court.  The  Queen  buys  him  of  his  master  the 
farmer,  and  presents  him  to  the  King.  He  disputes  with  his 
Majesty's  great  scholars.  An  apartment  at  Court  provided  for 
the  Author.  He  is  in  high  favour  with  the  Queen.  He  stands 
up  for  the  honour  of  his  own  country.  His  quarrels  with  the 
Queen's  dwarf  .........  88 


CHAPTER  IV 

The  country  described.  A  proposal  for  correcting  modern  maps. 
The  King's  palace,  and  some  account  of  the  metropolis.  The 
Author's  way  of  travelling.  The  chief  temple  described  .  .  99 


CHAPTER  V 

Several  adventures  that  happened  to  the  Author.     The  execution  of 

a  criminal.     The  Author  "shows  his  skill  in  navigation       .          .104 


CHAPTER  VI 

Several  contrivances  of  the  Author  to  please  the  King  and  Queen. 
He  shows  his  skill  in  music.  The  King  enquires  into  the  state 
of  Europe,  which  the  Author  relates  to  him.  The  King's 
observations  thereon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .113 


CHAPTER  VII 

The  Author's  love  of  his  country.  He  makes  a  proposal  of  much 
advantage  to  the  King,  which  is  rejected.  The  King's  great 
ignorance  in  politics.  The  learning  of  that  country  very  im- 
perfect and  confined.  Their  laws,  and  military  affairs,  and 
parties  in  the  state  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .122 


CHAPTER  VIII 

The  King  and  Queen  make  a  progress  to  the  frontiers.  The  Author 
attends  them.  The  manner  in  which  he  leaves  the  country  very 
particularly  related.  He  returns  to  England  .  .  .129 


GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 


PART  III 

A    VOYAGE  TO  LA  PUT  A,  BALNIBARBI,  LUGGNAGG, 
GLUBBDUBDRIB  AND  JAPAN 

CHAPTER  I 

PAGE 

The  Author  sets  out  on  his  third  voyage,  is  taken  by  pirates.  The 
malice  of  a  Dutchman.  His  arrival  at  an  island.  He  is  received 
into  Laputa  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .143 

CHAPTER  II 

The  humours  and  dispositions  of  the  Laputians  described.  An 
account  of  their  learning.  Of  the  King,  and  his  Court.  The 
Author's  reception  there.  The  inhabitants  subject  to  fear  and 
disquietudes.  An  account  of  the  women  ....  149 

CHAPTER  III 

A  phenomenon  solved  by  modern  philosophy  and  astronomy.  The 
Laputians'  great  improvements  in  the  latter.  The  King's 
method  of  suppressing  insurrections  .  .  .  .  157 

CHAPTER  IV 

The  Author  leaves  Laputa,  is  conveyed  to  Balnibarbi,  arrives  at  the 
metropolis.  A  description  of  the  metropolis,  and  the  country 
adjoining.  The  Author  hospitably  received  by  a  great  lord. 
His  conversation  with  that  lord  .  .  .  .  .  .163 


CHAPTER  V 

The  Author  permitted  to  see  the  grand  academy  of  Lagado.  The 
academy  largely  described.  The  arts  wherein  the  professors 
employ  themselves  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .170 


CHAPTER  VI 

A  further  account  of  the  academy.     The  Author  proposes  some  im- 
provements, which  are  honourably  received     .  .  .  177 


CONTENTS  xi 


CHAPTER  VII 

PAGK 

The  Author  leaves  Lagado,  arrives  at  Maldonada.  No  ship  ready. 
He  takes  a  short  voyage  to  Glubbdubdrib.  His  reception  by 
the  Governor  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .183 

CHAPTER  VIII 

A  further  account  of  Glubbdubdrib.     Ancient  and  modern  history 

corrected     .  188 


CHAPTER  IX 

The  Author's  return  to  Maldonada.  Sails  to  the  kingdom  of  Lugg- 
nagg.  The  Author  confined.  He  is  sent  for  to  Court.  The 
manner  of  his  admittance.  The  King's  great  lenity  to  his 
subjects  ..........  194 

CHAPTER  X 

The  Luggnaggiana  commended.  A  particular  Description  of  the 
Struldbrugs,  with  many  conversations  between  the  Author  and 
some  eminent  persons,  upon  that  subject  ....  198 

CHAPTER  XI 

The  Author  leaves  Luggnagg,  and  sails  to  Japan.  From  thence  he 
returns  in  a  Dutch  ship  to  Amsterdam,  and  from  Amsterdam  to 
England  .  .........  207 


PART  IV 

A    VOYAGE  TO  THE  COUNTRY  OF  THE 
HOUYHNHNMS 

CHAPTER  I 

The  Author  sets  out  as  captain  of  a  ship.  Ilis  men  conspire  against 
him,  confine  him  a  long  time  to  his  cabin.  Set  him  ashore  in  an 
unknown  land.  He  travels  up  into  the  country.  The  Yahoos, 
a  strange  sort  of  animal,  described.  The  Author  meets  two 
Houyhnhnms  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .211 


xii  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 


CHAPTER  II 

PAGE 

The  Author  conducted  by  a  Houyhnhnm  to  his  house.  The  house 
described.  The  Author's  reception.  The  food  of  the  Houy- 
hnhnms.  The  Author  in  distress  for  want  of  meat,  is  at  last 
relieved.  His  manner  of  feeding  in  this  country  .  .  .218 


CHAPTER  III 

The  Author  studious  to  learn  the  language;  the  Houyhnhnm,  his 
master,  assists  in  teaching  him.  The  language  described. 
Several  Houyhnhnms  of  quality  come  out  of  curiosity  to  see 
the  Author.  He  gives  his  master  a  short  account  of  his  voyage  .  224 


CHAPTER  IV 

The  Houyhnhnm's  notion  of  truth  and  falsehood.  The  Author's 
discourse  disapproved  by  his  master.  The  Author  gives  a  more 
particular  account  of  himself,  and  the  accidents  of  his  voyage  230 


CHAPTER  V 

The  Author,  at  his  master's  commands,  informs  him  of  the  state  of 
England.  The  causes  of  war  among  the  princes  of  Europe. 
The  Author  begins  to  explain  the  English  constitution  .  .  236 


CHAPTER  VI 

A  continuation  of  the  state  of  England.     The  character  of  a  first  or 

chief  minister  of  state  in  European  Courts       .          .          .          .243 


CHAPTER  VII 

The  Author's  great  love  of  his  native  country.  His  master's  observa- 
tions upon  the  constitution  and  administration  of  England,  as 
described  by  the  Author,  with  parallel  cases  and  comparisons. 
His  master's  observations  upon  human  nature  .  .  .  249 


CONTENTS  xiii 


CHAPTER  VIII 

PACE 

The  Author  relates  several  particulars  of  the  Yahoos.  The  great 
virtues  of  the  Houyhnhnms.  The  education  and  exercise  of 
their  youth.  Their  general  assembly  .....  256 


CHAPTER  IX 

A  grand  debate  at  the  general  assembly  of  the  Houyhnhnms,  and 
how  it  was  determined.  The  learning  of  the  Houyhnhnms. 
Their  buildings.  Their  manner  of  burials.  The  defectiveness 
of  their  language  ........  361 


CHAPTER  X 

The  Author's  economy,  and  happy  life,  among  the  Houyhnhnms. 
His  great  improvement  in  virtue,  by  conversing  with  them. 
Their  conversations.  The  Author  has  notice  given  him  by  his 
master,  that  he  must  depart  from  the  country.  He  falls  into  a 
swoon  for  grief;  but  submits.  He  contrives  and  finishes  a 
canoe,  by  the  help  of  a  fellow  servant,  and  puts  to  sea  at  a 
venture  ..........  266 


CHAPTER  XI 

The  Author's  dangerous  voyage.  He  arrives  at  New  Holland, 
hoping  to  settle  there.  Is  wounded  with  an  arrow  by  one  of  the 
natives.  Is  seized  and  carried  by  force  into  a  Portuguese  ship. 
The  great  civilities  of  the  captain.  The  Author  arrives  at 
England  ..........  376 

CHAPTER  XII 

The  Author's  veracity.  His  design  in  publishing  this  work.  His 
censure  of  those  travellers  who  swerve  from  the  truth.  The 
Author  clears  himself  from  any  sinister  ends  in  writing.  An 
objection  answered.  The  method  of  planting  colonies.  His 
native  country  commended.  The  right  of  the  crown  to  those 
countries  described  by  the  Author  is  justified.  The  difficulty  of 
conquering  them.  The  Author  takes  his  last  leave  of  the  reader; 
proposeth  his  manner  of  living  for  the  future;  gives  good  advice, 
and  concludeth  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .285 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

GULLIVER  RELEASED  FROM  THE  STRINGS  RAISES  AND 

STRETCHES  HIMSELF          .....  Frontispiece 

THE  EMPEROR  OF  LILLIPUT  REVIEWS  HIS  TROOPS    .  facing  page  26 

GULLIVER  SEIZES  THE  ENEMY'S  FLEET    ...  ,,  36 

THE  LILLIPUTIAN  TAILORS  MEASURE  GULLIVER  FOR  A 

NEW  SUIT  OF  CLOTHES     .....  „  48 

GULLIVER  is  STRUCK  WITH  FEAR  AT  FIRST  SIGHT  OF 

THE  BROBDINGNAGIAN  REAPERS        ...  „  70 

GULLIVER  KISSES  THE  QUEEN  OF  BROBDINGNAGIA'S 

HAND      ........  „  88 

GULLIVER'S  COMBAT  WITH  THE  WASPS     ...  „  96 

APPLES  CAME  TUMBLING  ABOUT  MY  EARS         .         .  „  104 

GULLIVER'S  ENCOUNTER  WITH  THE  FROG         .         .  „  108 

A  LAPUTIAN  GENTLEMAN  TAKING  A  WALK       .         .  „  150 

Two  OF  THOSE  SAGES  .  .  .  LIKE  PEDLARS  AMONG  us  „  174 

THE  STRULDBRUGS „  200 


PROPERTY  OF  THE 
CITY  OF  NEW  YORK 


?v 


PART 


CHAPTER  I 

MY  father  had  a  small  estate  in  Nottinghamshire;  I 
was  the  third  of  five  sons.  He  sent  me  to  Emanuel 
College  in  Cambridge,  at  fourteen  years  old,  where  I  resided 
three  years,  and  applied  myself  close  to  my  studies ;  but  the 
charge  of  maintaining  me  (although  I  had  a  very  scanty 
allowance)  being  too  great  for  a  narrow  fortune,  I  was 
bound  apprentice  to  Mr.  James  Bates,  an  eminent  surgeon 
in  London,  with  whom  I  continued  four  years;  and  my 
father  now  and  then  sending  me  small  sums  of  money,  I 
laid  them  out  in  learning  navigation,  and  other  parts  of 
the  mathematics,  useful  to  those  who  intend  to  travel,  as  I 
always  believed  it  would  be  some  time  or  other  my  fortune 
to  do.  When  I  left  Mr.  Bates,  I  went  down  to  my  father; 
where,  by  the  assistance  of  him  and  my  uncle  John,  and 
some  other  relations,  I  got  forty  pounds,  and  a  promise  of 
thirty  pounds  a  year  to  maintain  me  at  Ley  den:  there  I 


2  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

studied  physic  two  years  and  seven  months,  knowing  it 
would  be  useful  in  long  voyages. 

Soon  after  my  return  from  Leyden,  I  was  recommended 
by  my  good  master  Mr.  Bates,  to  be  surgeon  to  the  Swallow, 
Captain  Abraham  Pannell,  commander;  with  whom  I  con- 
tinued three  years  and  a  half,  making  a  voyage  or  two  into 
the  Levant,  and  some  other  parts.  When  I  came  back,  I 
resolved  to  settle  in  London,  to  which  Mr.  Bates,  my 
master,  encouraged  me,  and  by  him  I  was  recommended  to 
several  patients.  I  took  part  of  a  small  house  in  the  Old 
Jewry;  and  being  advised  to  alter  my  condition,  I  married 
Mrs.  Mary  Burton,  second  daughter  to  Mr.  Edmund  Burton, 
hosier,  in  Newgate  Street,  with  whom  I  received  four 
hundred  pounds  for  a  portion. 

But,  my  good  master  Bates  dying  in  two  years  after, 
and  I  having  few  friends,  my  business  began  to  fail;  for 
my  conscience  would  not  suffer  me  to  imitate  the  bad 
practice  of  too  many  among  my  brethren.  Having  there- 
fore consulted  with  my  wife,  and  some  of  my  acquaintance, 
I  determined  to  go  again  to  sea.  I  was  surgeon  successively 
in  two  ships,  and  made  several  voyages  for  six  years  to  the 
East  and  West  Indies,  by  which  I  got  some  addition  to  my 
fortune.  My  hours  of  leisure  I  spent  in  reading  the  best 
authors,  ancient  and  modern,  being  always  provided  with 
a  good  number  of  books ;  and  when  I  was  ashore,  in  observ- 
ing the  manners  and  dispositions  of  the  people,  as  well  as 
learning  their  language,  wherein  I  had  a  great  facility  by 
the  strength  of  my  memory. 

The  last  of  these  voyages  not  proving  very  fortunate,  I 
grew  weary  of  the  sea,  and  intended  to  stay  at  home  with 
my  wife  and  family.  I  removed  from  the  Old  Jewry  to 
Fetter  Lane,  and  from  thence  to  Wapping,  hoping  to  get 
business  among  the  sailors;  but  it  would  not  turn  to 
account.  After  three  years'  expectation  that  things  would 
mend,  I  accepted  an  advantageous  offer  from  Captain 
William  Pritchard,  master  of  the  Antelope,  who  was  making 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  3 

a  voyage  to  the  South  Sea.     We  s?t  sail  from  Bristol,  May 
4th,  1699,  and  our  voyage  at  first  was  very  prosperous. 

It  would  not  be  proper,  for  some  reasons,  to  trouble  the 
reader  with  the  particulars  of  our  adventures  in  those  seas: 
Let  it  suffice  to  inform  him,  that,  in  our  passage  from 
thence  to  the  East  Indies,  we  were  driven  by  a  violent 
storm  to  the  north-west  of  Van  Diemen's  Land.  By  an 
observation  we  found  ourselves  in  the  latitude  of  30  degrees 
2  minutes  south.  Twelve  of  our  crew  were  dead  by  im- 
moderate labour,  and  ill  food,  the  rest  were  in  a  very  weak 
condition.  On  the  fifth  of  November,  which  was  the  be- 
ginning of  summer  in  those  parts,  the  weather  being  very 
hazy,  the  seamen  spied  a  rock,  within  half  a  cable's  length 
of  the  ship;  but  the  wind  was  so  strong,  that  we  were 
driven  directly  upon  it,  and  immediately  split.  Six  of  the 
crew,  of  whom  I  was  one,  having  let  down  the  boat  into  the 
sea,  made  a  shift  to  get  clear  of  the  ship  and  the  rock.  We 
rowed,  by  my  computation,  about  three  leagues,  till  we 
were  able  to  work  no  longer,  being  already  spent  with 
labour  while  we  were  in  the  ship.  We  therefore  trusted 
ourselves  to  the  mercy  of  the  waves,  and  in  about  half  an 
hour  the  boat  was  overset  by  a  sudden  flurry  from  the 
north.  What  became  of  my  companions  in  the  boat,  as 
well  as  of  those  who  escaped  on  the  rock,  or  were  left  in  the 
vessel,  I  cannot  tell;  but  conclude  they  were  all  lost.  For 
my  own  part,  I  swam  as  fortune  directed  me,  and  was 
pushed  forward  by  wind  and  tide.  I  often  let  my  legs  drop, 
and  could  feel  no  bottom:  but  when  I  was  almost  gone,  and 
able  to  struggle  no  longer,  I  found  myself  within  my  depth ; 
and  by  this  time  the  storm  was  much  abated.  The  de- 
clivity was  so  small,  that  I  walked  near  a  mile  before  I  got 
to  the  shore,  which  I  conjectured  was  about  eight  o'clock  in 
the  evening.  I  then  advanced  forward  near  half  a  mile, 
but  could  not  discover  any  sign  of  houses  or  inhabitants; 
at  least  I  was  in  so  weak  a  condition  that  I  did  not  observe 
them.  I  was  extremely  tired,  and  with  that,  and  the  heat 


4  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

of  the  weather,  and  about  half  a  pint  of  brandy  that  I 
drank  as  I  left  the  ship,  I  found  myself  much  inclined  to 
sleep.  I  lay  down  on  the  grass,  which  was  very  short  and 
soft,  where  I  slept  sounder  than  ever  I  remembered  to  have 
done  in  my  life,  and,  as  I  reckoned,  about  nine  hours;  for 
when  I  awaked  it  was  just  daylight.  I  attempted  to  rise, 
but  was  not  able  to  stir:  for  as  I  happened  to  lie  on  my 
back,  I  found  my  arms  and  legs  were  strongly  fastened  on 
each  side  to  the  ground;  and  my  hair,  which  was  long  and 
thick,  tied  down  in  the  same  manner.  I  likewise  felt 
several  slender  ligatures  across  my  body,  from  my  arm-pits 
to  my  thighs.  I  could  only  look  upwards,  the  sun  began 
to  grow  hot,  and  the  light  offended  my  eyes.  I  heard  a 
confused  noise  about  me,  but,  in  the  posture  I  lay,  could 
see  nothing  except  the  sky.  In  a  little  time  I  felt  some- 
thing alive  moving  on  my  left  leg,  which  advancing  gently 
forward,  over  my  breast,  came  almost  up  to  my  chin ;  when 
bending  my  eyes  downward  as  much  as  I  could,  I  perceived 
it  to  be  a  human  creature  not  six  inches  high,  with  a  bow 
and  arrow  in  his  hands,  and  a  quiver  at  his  back.  In  the 
meantime,  I  felt  at  least  forty  more  of  the  same  kind  (as  I 
conjectured)  following  the  first.  I  was  in  the  utmost 
astonishment,  and  roared  so  loud,  that  they  all  ran  back  in  a 
fright;  and  some  of  them,  as  I  was  afterwards  told,  were 
hurt  with  the  falls  they  got  by  leaping  from  my  sides  upon 
the  ground.  However,  they  soon  returned,  and  one  of 
them,  who  ventured  so  far  as  to  get  a  full  sight  of  my  face, 
lifting  up  his  hands  and  eyes  by  way  of  admiration,  cried 
out  in  a  shrill  but  distinct  voice,  Hekinah  degul :  the  others 
repeated  the  same  words  several  times,  but  I  then  knew  not 
what  they  meant.  I  lay  all  this  while,  as  the  reader  may 
believe,  in  great  uneasiness;  at  length,  struggling  to  get 
loose,  I  had  the  fortune  to  break  the  strings,  and  wrench 
out  the  pegs  that  fastened  my  left  arm  to  the  ground;  for, 
by  lifting  it  up  to  my  face,  I  discovered  the  methods  they 
had  taken  to  bind  me,  and,  at  the  same  time,  with  a  violent 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  5 

pull,  which  gave  me  excessive  pain,  I  a  little  loosened  the 
strings  that  tied  down  my  hair  on  the  left  side,  so  that  I 
was  just  able  to  turn  my  head  about  two  inches.  But  the 
creatures  ran  off  a  second  time,  before  I  could  seize  them; 
whereupon  there  was  a  great  shout  in  a  very  shrill  accent, 
and  after  it  ceased,  I  heard  one  of  them  cry  aloud,  Tolgo 
phonac  ;  when  in  an  instant  I  felt  above  an  hundred  arrows 
discharged  on  my  left  hand,  which  pricked  me  like  so  many 
needles;  and  besides,  they  shot  another  flight  into  the  air. 
as  we  do  bombs  in  Europe,  whereof  many  I  suppose  fell  on 
my  body  (though  I  felt  them  not),  and  some  on  my  face, 
which  1  immediately  covered  with  my  left  hand.  When 
this  shower  of  arrows  was  over,  I  fell  a  groaning  with  griel 
and  pain,  and  then  striving  again  to  get  loose,  they  dis- 
charged another  volley  larger  than  the  first,  and  some  of 
them  attempted  with  spears  to  stick  me  in  the  sides;  but, 
by  good  luck,  I  had  on  me  a  buff  jerkin,  which  they  could 
not  pierce.  I  thought  it  the  most  prudent  method  to  lie 
still,  and  my  design  was  to  continue  so  till  night,  when  my 
left  hand  being  already  loose,  I  could  easily  free  myself: 
and  as  for  the  inhabitants,  I  had  reason  to  believe  I  might 
be  a  match  for  the  greatest  army  they  could  bring  against 
me,  if  they  were  all  of  the  same  size  with  him  that  I  saw. 
But  fortune  disposed  otherways  of  me.  When  the  people 
observed  I  was  quiet,  they  discharged  no  more  arrows: 
but,  by  the  noise  I  heard,  I  knew  their  numbers  increased; 
and  about  four  yards  from  me,  over  against  my  right  ear, 
I  heard  a  knocking  for  above  an  hour,  like  that  of  people  at 
work;  when  turning  my  head  that  way,  as  well  as  the  pegs 
and  strings  would  permit  me,  I  saw  a  stage  erected,  about 
a  foot  and  half  from  the  ground,  capable  of  holding  four  of 
the  inhabitants,  with  two  or  three  ladders  to  mount  it: 
from  whence  one  of  them,  who  seemed  to  be  a  person  of 
quality,  made  me  a  long  speech,  whereof  I  understood  not 
one  syllable.  But  I  should  have  mentioned,  that  before 
the  principal  person  began  his  oration,  he  cried  out  three 


6  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

times,  Langro  dehul  san  (these  words  and  the  former  were 
afterwards  repeated  and  explained  to  me).  Whereupon 
immediately  about  fifty  of  the  inhabitants  came  and  cut 
the  strings  that  fastened  the  left  side  of  my  head,  which 
gave  me  the  liberty  of  turning  it  to  the  right,  and  of  observ- 
ing the  person  and  gesture  of  him  that  was  to  speak.  He 
appeared  to  be  of  a  middle  age,  and  taller  than  any  of  the 
other  three  who  attended  him,  whereof  one  was  a  page  that 
held  up  his  train,  and  seemed  to  be  somewhat  longer  than 
my  middle  finger;  the  other  two  stood  one  on  each  side  to 
support  him.  He  acted  every  part  of  an  orator,  and  I 
could  observe  many  periods  of  threatenings,  and  others  of 
promises,  pity,  and  kindness.  I  answered  in  a  few  words, 
but  in  the  most  submissive  manner,  lifting  up  my  left  hand 
and  both  my  eyes  to  the  sun,  as  calling  him  for  a  witness; 
and,  being  almost  famished  with  hunger,  having  not  eaten 
a  morsel  for  some  hours  before  I  left  the  ship,  I  found  the 
demands  of  nature  so  strong  upon  me,  that  I  could  not 
forbear  shewing  my  impatience  (perhaps  against  the  strict 
rules  of  decency)  by  putting  my  finger  frequently  to  my 
mouth,  to  signify  that  I  wanted  food.  The  Hurgo  (for  so 
they  call  a  great  lord,  as  I  afterwards  learnt)  understood 
me  very  well.  He  descended  from  the  stage,  and  com- 
manded that  several  ladders  should  be  applied  to  my  sides, 
on  which  above  an  hundred  of  the  inhabitants  mounted, 
and  walked  towards  my  mouth,  laden  with  baskets  full  of 
meat,  which  had  been  provided  and  sent  thither  by  the 
king's  orders,  upon  the  first  intelligence  he  received  of  me. 
I  observed  there  was  the  flesh  of  several  animals,  but  could 
not  distinguish  them  by  the  taste.  There  were  shoulders, 
legs,  and  loins,  shaped  like  those  of  mutton,  and  very  well 
dressed,  but  smaller  than  the  wings  of  a  lark.  I  eat  them 
by  two  or  three  at  a  mouthful,  and  took  three  loaves  at  a 
time,  about  the  bigness  of  musket  bullets.  They  supplied 
me  as  they  could,  shewing  a  thousand  marks  of  wonder 
and  astonishment  at  my  bulk  and  appetite.  I  then  made 


A  VOYAGE  TO   LILLIPUT  7 

another  sign  that  I  wanted  drink.  They  found  by  my 
eating,  that  a  small  quantity  would  not  suffice  me,  and 
being  a  most  ingenious  people,  they  flung  up  with  great 
dexterity  one  of  their  largest  hogsheads,  then  rolled  it 
towards  my  hand,  and  beat  out  the  top;  I  drank  it  off  at  a 
draught,  which  I  might  well  do,  for  it  did  not  hold  half  a 
pint,  and  tasted  like  a  small  wine  of  Burgundy,  but  much 
more  delicious.  They  brought  me  a  second  hogshead, 
which  I  drank  in  the  same  manner,  and  made  signs  for 
more;  but  they  had  none  to  give  me.  When  I  had  per- 
formed these  wonders,  they  shouted  for  joy,  and  danced 
upon  my  breast,  repeating  several  times  as  they  did  at 
first,  Hekinah  degul.  They  made  me  a  sign  that  I  should 
throw  down  the  two  hogsheads,  but  first  warning  the 
people  below  to  stand  out  of  the  way,  crying  aloud,  Borach 
mivola,  and  when  they  saw  the  vessels  in  the  air,  there  was 
an  universal  shout  of  Hekinah  degul.  I  confess,  I  was  often 
tempted,  while  they  were  passing  backwards  and  forwards 
on  my  body,  to  seize  forty  or  fifty  of  the  first  that  came  in 
my  reach,  and  dash  them  against  the  ground.  But  the 
remembrance  of  what  I  had  felt,  which  probably  might  not 
be  the  worst  they  could  do,  and  the  promise  of  honour  I 
made  them,  for  so  I  interpreted  my  submissive  behaviour, 
soon  drove  out  these  imaginations.  Besides,  I  now  con- 
sidered myself  as  bound  by  the  laws  of  hospitality  to  a 
people  who  had  treated  me  with  so  much  expense  and 
magnificence.  However,  in  my  thoughts,  I  could  not 
sufficiently  wonder  at  the  intrepidity  of  these  diminutive 
mortals,  who  durst  venture  to  mount  and  walk  upon  my 
body,  while  one  of  my  hands  was  at  liberty,  without 
trembling  at  the  very  sight  of  so  prodigious  a  creature,  as 
I  must  appear  to  them.  After  some  time,  when  they 
observed  that  I  made  no  more  demands  for  meat,  there 
appeared  before  me  a  person  of  high  rank  from  his  Imperial 
Majesty.  His  Excellency,  having  mounted  on  the  small  of 
my  right  leg,  advanced  forwards  up  to  my  face,  with  about 


8  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

a  dozen  of  his  retinue.  And  producing  his  credentials 
under  the  Signet  Royal,  which  he  applied  close  to  my  eyes, 
spoke  about  ten  minutes,  without  any  signs  of  anger,  but 
with  a  kind  of  determinate  resolution;  often  pointing 
forwards,  which,  as  I  afterwards  found,  was  towards  the 
capital  city,  about  half  a  mile  distant,  whither,  it  was 
agreed  by  his  Majesty  in  council,  that  I  must  be  conveyed. 
I  answered  in  few  words,  but  to  no  purpose,  and  made  a 
sign  with  my  hand  that  was  loose,  putting  it  to  the  other 
(but  over  his  Excellency's  head,  for  fear  of  hurting  him  or 
his  train)  and  then  to  my  own  head  and  bod}7,  to  signify 
that  I  desired  my  liberty.  It  appeared  that  he  understood 
me  well  enough,  for  he  shook  his  head  by  way  of  disappro- 
bation, and  held  his  hand  in  a  posture,  to  shew  that  I  must 
be  carried  as  a  prisoner.  However,  he  made  other  signs  to 
let  me  understand  that  I  should  have  meat  and  drink 
enough,  and  very  good  treatment.  Whereupon  I  once 
more  thought  of  attempting  to  break  my  bonds;  but  again, 
when  I  felt  the  smart  of  their  arrows,  upon  my  face  and 
hands,  which  were  all  in  blisters,  and  many  of  the  darts 
still  sticking  in  them;  and  observing  likewise  that  the 
number  of  my  enemies  increased,  I  gave  tokens,  to  let  them 
know  that  they  might  do  with  me  what  they  pleased. 
JJpon  this,  the  Hurgo  and  his  train  withdrew,  with  much 
civility  and  cheerful  countenances.  Soon  after,  I  heard  a 
general  shout,  with  frequent  repetitions  of  the  words, 
Peplom  selan,  and  I  felt  great  numbers  of  people  on  my 
left  side,  relaxing  the  cords  to  such  a  degree,  that  I  was 
able  to  turn  upon  my  right.  But  before  this,  they  had 
daubed  my  face,  and  both  my  hands,  with  a  sort  of  oint- 
ment very  pleasant  to  the  smell,  which  in  a  few  minutes 
removed  all  the  smart  of  their  arrows.  These  circum- 
stances, added  to  the  refreshment  I  had  received  by  their 
victuals  and  drink,  which  were  very  nourishing,  disposed 
me  to  sleep.  I  slept  about  eight  hours,  as  I  was  afterwards 
assured;  and  it  was  no  wonder,  for  the  physicians,  by  the 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  9 

Emperor's  order,  had  mingled  a  sleepy  potion  in  the  hogs- 
heads of  wine. 

It  seems  that,  upon  the  first  moment  I  was  discovered 
sleeping  on  the  ground  after  my  landing,  the  Emperor  had 
early  notice  of  it  by  an  express;  and  determined  in  council 
that  I  should  be  tied  in  the  manner  I  have  related  (which 
was  done  in  the  night  while  I  slept),  that  plenty  of  meat 
and  drink  should  be  sent  to  me,  and  a  machine  prepared 
to  carry  me  to  the  capital  city. 

This  resolution,  perhaps,  may  appear  very  bold  and 
dangerous,  and  I  am  confident,  would  not  be  imitated  by 
any  prince  in  Europe,  on  the  like  occasion ;  however,  in  my 
opinion,  it  was  extremely  prudent,  as  well  as  generous: 
for,  supposing  these  people  had  endeavoured  to  kill  me 
with  their  spears  and  arrows,  while  I  was  asleep,  I  should 
certainly  have  awaked  with  the  first  sense  of  smart,  which 
might  so  far  have  roused  my  rage  and  strength,  as  to  have 
enabled  me  to  break  the  strings  wherewith  I  was  tied ;  after 
which,  as  they  were  not  able  to  make  resistance,  so  they 
could  expect  no  mercy. 

These  people  are  most  excellent  mathematicians,  and 
arrived  to  a  great  perfection  in  mechanics,  by  the  counten- 
ance and  encouragement  of  the  Emperor,  who  is  a  renowned 
patron  of  learning.  This  prince  hath  several  machines 
fixed  on  wheels,  for  the  carriage  of  trees,  and  other  great 
weights.  He  often  builds  his  largest  men-of-war,  whereof 
some  are  nine  feet  long,  in  the  woods  where  the  timber 
grows,  and  has  them  carried  on  these  engines  three  or  four 
hundred  yards  to  the  sea.  Five  hundred  carpenters  and 
engineers  were  immediately  set  at  work  to  prepare  the 
greatest  engine  they  had.  It  was  a  frame  of  wood  raised 
three  inches  from  the  ground,  about  seven  feet  long,  and 
four  wide,  moving  upon  twenty-two  wheels.  The  shout  I 
heard  was  upon  the  arrival  of  this  engine,  which,  it  seems, 
set  out  in  four  hours  after  my  landing.  It  was  brought 
parallel  to  me  as  I  lay.  But  the  principal  difficulty  was,  to 


io  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

raise  and  place  me  in  this  vehicle.  Eighty  poles,  each  of 
one  foot  high,  were  erected  for  this  purpose,  and  very 
strong  cords,  of  the  bigness  of  pack-thread,  were  fastened 
by  hooks  to  many  bandages,  which  the  workmen  had  girt 
round  my  neck,  my  hands,  my  body,  and  my  legs.  Nine 
hundred  of  the  strongest  men  were  employed  to  draw  up 
these  cords  by  many  pulleys  fastened  on  the  poles,  and 
thus,  in  less  than  three  hours,  I  was  raised,  and  flung  into 
the  engine,  and  there  tied  fast.  All  this  I  was  told,  for, 
while  the  whole  operation  was  performing,  I  lay  in  a  pro- 
found sleep,  by  the  force  of  that  soporiferous  medicine  in- 
fused into  my  liquor.  Fifteen  hundred  of  the  Emperor's 
largest  horses,  each  about  four  inches  and  an  half  high, 
were  employed  to  draw  me  towards  the  Metropolis,  which, 
as  I  said,  was  half  a  mile  distant. 

About  four  hours  after  we  began  our  journey,  I  awaked 
by  a  very  ridiculous  accident;  for  the  carriage  being 
stopped  a  while  to  adjust  something  that  was  out  of  order, 
two  or  three  of  the  young  natives  had  the  curiosity  to  see 
how  I  looked  when  I  was  asleep;  they  climbed  up  into  the 
engine,  and  advancing  very  softly  to  my  face,  one  of  them, 
an  officer  in  the  Guards,  put  the  sharp  end  of  his  half -pike 
a  good  way  up  into  my  left  nostril,  which  tickled  my  nose 
like  a  straw,  and  made  me  sneeze  violently:  whereupon 
they  stole  off  unperceived,  and  it  was  three  weeks  before  I 
knew  the  cause  of  my  awaking  so  suddenly.  We  made  a 
long  march  the  remaining  part  of  that  day,  and  rested  at 
night  with  five  hundred  guards  on  each  side  of  me,  half 
with  torches,  and  half  with  bows  and  arrows,  ready  to  shoot 
me,  if  I  should  offer  to  stir.  The  next  morning  at  sun-rise 
we  continued  our  march,  and  arrived  within  two  hundred 
yards  of  the  city  gates  about  noon.  The  Emperor,  and  all 
his  court,  came  out  to  meet  us,  but  his  great  officers  would 
by  no  means  suffer  his  Majesty  to  endanger  his  person  by 
mounting  on  my  booy. 

At  the  place  where  the  carriage  stopped,  there  stood 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  n 

an  ancient  temple,  esteemed  to  be  the  largest  in  the  whole 
kingdom,  which,  having  been  polluted  some  years  before 
by  an  unnatural   murder,  was,   according  to   the  zeal   of 
those  people,  looked  on  as  profane,  and  therefore  had  been 
applied  to  common  use,  and  all  the  ornaments  and  furniture 
carried  away.     In  this  edifice  it  was  determined  I  should 
lodge.     The  great  gate  fronting  to  the  north,  was  about  four 
feet  high,  and  almost  two  feet  wide,  through  which  I  could 
easily  creep.     On  each  side  of  the  gate  was  a  small  window, 
not  above  six  inches  from  the  ground:    into  that  on  the 
left  side,  the  King's  smith  conveyed  fourscore  and  eleven 
chains,  like  those  that  hang  to  a  lady's  watch  in  Europe, 
and  almost  as  large,  which  were  locked  to  my  left  leg,  with 
six   and   thirty   padlocks.     Over   against   this   temple,    on 
t'other  side  of  the  great  highway,  at  twenty  feet  distance, 
there  was  a  turret  at  least  five  feet  high.     Here  the  Emperor 
ascended,  with  many  principal  lords  of  his  court,  to  have 
an  opportunity  of  viewing  me,  as  I  was  told,  for  I  could 
not  see  them.      It  was  reckoned,  that  above  an  hundred 
thousand  inhabitants  came  out  of  the  town  upon  the  same 
errand;    and,  in  spite  of  my  guards,  I  believe  there  could 
not  be   fewer  than  ten  thousand,   at  several  times,   who 
mounted  my  body  by  the  help  of  ladders.     But  a  pro- 
clamation was  soon  issued  to  forbid  it,  upon  pain  of  death. 
When  the  workmen  found  it  was  impossible  for  me  to  break 
loose,  they  cut  all  the  strings  that  bound  me ;  whereupon  I 
rose  up  with  as  melancholy  a  disposition  as  ever  I  had  in  my 
life.    But  the  noise  and  astonishment  of  the  people,  at  seeing 
me  rise  and  walk,  are  not  to  be  expressed.     The  chains 
that  held  my  left  leg,  were  about  two  yards  long, 
and  gave  me  not  only  the  liberty  of  walking 
backwards  and  forwards  in  a  semi-circle, 
but,  being  fixed  within  four  inches 
of     the    gate,    allowed    me    to 
creep  in,  and  lie  at  my  full 
length   in   the   temple. 


CHAPTER  II 

WHEN  I  found  myself  on  my  feet  I  looked  about  me,  and 
must  confess  I  never  beheld  a  more  entertaining  prospect. 
The  country  round  appeared  like  a  continual  garden,  and 
the  enclosed  fields,  which  were  generally  forty  feet  square, 
resembled  so  many  beds  of  flowers.  These  fields  were 
intermingled  with  woods  of  half  a  stang,  and  the  tallest 
trees,  as  I  could  judge,  appeared  to  be  seven  feet  high.  I 
viewed  the  town  on  my  left  hand,  which  looked  like  the 
painted  scene  of  a  city  in  a  theatre. 

The  Emperor  was  already  descended  from  the  tower, 
and  advancing  on  horseback  towards  me,  which  had  like  to 
have  cost  him  dear;  for  the  beast,  though  very  well  trained, 
yet  wholly  unused  to  such  a  sight,  which  appeared  as  if  a 
mountain  moved  before  him,  reared  up  on  his  hinder  feet: 
but  that  Prince,  who  is  an  excellent  horseman,  kept  his 
seat,  till  his  attendants  ran  in,  and  held  the  bridle,  while 
his  Majesty  had  time  to  dismount.  When  he  alighted,  he 
surveyed  me  round  with  great  admiration,  but  kept  with- 
out the  length  of  my  chain.  He  ordered  his  cooks  and 
butlers,  who  were  already  prepared,  to  give  me  victuals  and 
drink,  which  they  pushed  forward  in  a  sort  of  vehicles  on 
wheels,  till  I  could  reach  them.  I  took  these  vehicles,  and 
soon  emptied  them  all;  twenty  of  them  were  filled  with 
meat,  and  ten  with  liquor.  Each  of  the  former  afforded 
me  two  or  three  good  mouthfuls,  and  I  emptied  the  liquor 
of  ten  vessels,  which  was  contained  in  earthen  vials,  into 
one  vehicle,  drinking  it  off  at  a  draught,  and  so  I  did  with 
the  rest.  The  Empress  and  young  Princes  of  the  blood,  of 
both  sexes,  attended  by  many  ladies,  sat  at  some  distance 
in  their  chairs;  but,  upon  the  accident  that  happened  to 
the  Emperor's  horse,  they  alighted,  and  came  near  his 

12 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  13 

person,  which  I  am  now  going  to  describe.  He  is  taller  by 
almost  the  breadth  of  my  nail,  than  any  of  his  court,  which, 
alone,  is  enough  to  strike  an  awe  into  the  beholders.  His 
features  are  strong  and  masculine,  with  an  Austrian  lip 
and  arched  nose,  his  complexion  olive,  his  countenance 
erect,  his  body  and  limbs  well  proportioned,  all  his  motions 
graceful,  and  his  deportment  majestic.  He  was  then  past 
his  prime,  being  twenty-eight  years  and  three  quarters  old, 
of  which  he  had  reigned  about  seven,  in  great  felicity,  and 
generally  victorious.  For  the  better  convenience  of  behold- 
ing him,  I  lay  on  my  side,  so  that  my  face  was  parallel  to 
his,  and  he  stood  but  three  yards  off:  however,  I  had  him 
since  many  times  in  my  hand,  and,  therefore,  cannot  be 
deceived  in  the  description.  His  dress  was  very  plain  and 
simple,  and  the  fashion  of  it,  between  the  Asiatic  and  the 
European:  but  he  had  on  his  head  a  light  helmet  of  gold, 
adorned  with  jewels,  and  a  plume  on  the  crest.  He  held 
his  sword  drawn  in  his  hand,  to  defend  himself,  if  I  should 
happen  to  break  loose;  it  was  almost  three  inches  long, 
the  hilt  and  scabbard  were  gold  enriched  with  diamonds. 
His  voice  was  shrill,  but  very  clear  and  articulate,  and  I 
could  distinctly  hear  it  when  I  stood  up.  The  ladies  and 
courtiers  were  all  most  magnificently  clad,  so  that  the  spot 
they  stood  upon,  seemed  to  resemble  a  petticoat  spread  on 
the  ground,  embroidered  with  figures  of  gold  and  silver. 
His  Imperial  Majesty  spoke  often  to  me,  and  I  returned 
answers,  but  neither  of  us  could  understand  a  syllable. 
There  were  several  of  his  priests  and  lawyers  present  (as  I 
conjectured  by  their  habits)  who  were  commanded  to 
address  themselves  to  me,  and  I  spoke  to  them  in  as  many 
languages  as  I  had  the  least  smattering  of,  which  were 
High  and  Low  Dutch,  Latin,  French,  Spanish,  Italian,  and 
Lingua  Franca;  but  all  to  no  purpose.  After  about  two 
hours  the  court  retired,  and  I  was  left  with  a  strong  guard, 
to  prevent  the  impertinence,  and  probably,  the  malice  of 
the  rabble,  who  were  very  impatient  to  crowd  about  me  as 


14  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

near  as  they  durst,  and  some  of  them  had  the  impudence  to 
shoot  their  arrows  at  me  as  I  sat  on  the  ground  by  the  door 
of  my  house,  whereof  one  very  narrowly  missed  my  left 
eye.  But  the  colonel  ordered  six  of  the  ringleaders  to  be 
seized,  and  thought  no  punishment  so  proper,  as  to  deliver 
them  bound  into  my  hands,  which  some  of  his  soldiers 
accordingly  did,  pushing  them  forwards  with  the  butt  ends 
of  their  pikes  into  my  reach;  I  took  them  all  in  my  right 
hand,  put  five  of  them  into  my  coat  pocket,  and  as  to  the 
sixth,  I  made  a  countenance  as  if  I  would  eat  him  alive. 
The  poor  man  squalled  terribly,  and  the  colonel  and  his 
officers  were  in  much  pain,  especially  when  they  saw  me 
take  out  my  penknife:  but  I  soon  put  them  out  of  fear; 
for,  looking  mildly,  and  immediately  cutting  the  strings 
he  was  bound  with,  I  set  him  gently  on  the  ground,  and 
away  he  ran.  I  treated  the  rest  in  the  same  manner,  taking 
them,  one  by  one,  out  of  my  pocket,  and  I  observed  both 
the  soldiers  and  people  were  obliged  at  this  mark  of  my 
clemency,  which  was  represented  very  much  to  my  advan- 
tage at  court. 

Towards  night  I  got  with  some  difficulty  into  my  house, 
where  I  lay  on  the  ground,  and  continued  to  do  so  about  a 
fortnight;  during  which  time,  the  Emperor  gave  orders  to 
have  a  bed  prepared  for  me.  Six  hundred  beds  of  the 
common  measure  were  brought  in  carriages,  and  worked 
up  in  my  house.  An  hundred  and  fifty  of  their  beds,  sewn 
together,  made  up  the  breadth  and  length;  and  these  were 
four  double,  which,  however,  kept  me  but  very  indifferently 
from  the  hardness  of  the  floor,  that  was  of  smooth  stone. 
By  the  same  computation,  they  provided  me  with  sheets, 
blankets,  and  coverlets,  tolerable  enough  for  one  who  had 
been  so  long  inured  to  hardships. 

As  the  news  of  my  arrival  spread  through  the  kingdom, 
it  brought  prodigious  numbers  of  rich,  idle,  and  curious 
people  to  see  me,  so  that  the  villages  were  almost  emptied, 
and  great  neglect  of  tillage  and  household  affairs  must 


A   VOYAGE  TO   LILLIPUT  15 

have  ensued,  if  his  Imperial  Majesty  had  not  provided,  by 
several  proclamations  and  orders  of  State,  against  this  in- 
conveniency.  He  directed  that  those  who  had  already 
beheld  me  should  return  home,  and  not  presume  to  come 
within  fifty  yards  of  my  house,  without  licence  from  court; 
whereby  the  Secretaries  of  State  got  considerable  fees. 

In  the  meantime,  the  Emperor  had  frequent  councils, 
to  debate  what  course  should  be  taken  with  me;  and,  I 
was  afterwards  assured  by  a  particular  friend,  a  person  of 
great  quality,  who  was  looked  upon  to  be  as  much  in  the 
secret  as  any,  that  the  court  was  under  many  difficulties 
concerning  me.  They  apprehended  my  breaking  loose, 
that  my  diet  would  be  very  expensive,  and  might  cause  a 
famine.  Sometimes  they  determined  to  starve  me,  or  at 
least  to  shoot  me  in  the  face  and  hands  with  poisoned 
arrows,  which  would  soon  despatch  me;  but  again  they 
considered,  that  the  stench  of  so  large  a  carcase  might 
produce  a  plague  in  the  metropolis,  and  probably  spread 
through  the  whole  kingdom.  In  the  midst  of  these  con- 
sultations, several  officers  of  the  army  went  to  the  door  of 
the  great  council  chamber,  and  two  of  them,  being  ad- 
mitted, gave  an  account  of  my  behaviour  to  the  six 
criminals  above  mentioned,  which  made  so  favourable  an 
impression  in  the  breast  of  his  Majesty,  and  the  whole  board, 
in  my  behalf,  that  an  Imperial  Commission  was  issued  out, 
obliging  all  the  villages,  nine  hundred  yards  round  the  city, 
to  deliver  in  every  morning  six  beeves,  forty  sheep,  and 
other  victuals,  for  my  sustenance;  together  with  a  propor- 
tionable quantity  of  bread,  and  wine,  and  other  liquors; 
for  the  due  payment  of  which,  his  Majesty  gave  assign- 
ments upon  his  treasury.  For  this  prince  lives  chiefly 
upon  his  own  demesnes,  seldom,  except  upon  great  occa- 
sions, raising  any  subsidies  upon  his  subjects,  who  are 
bound  to  attend  him  in  his  wars,  at  their  own  expense.  An 
establishment  was  also  made  of  six  hundred  persons  to  be 
my  domestics,  who  had  board  wages  allowed  for  their 


1 6  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

maintenance,  and  tents  built  for  them  very  conveniently  on 
each  side  of  my  door.  It  was  likewise  ordered,  that  three 
hundred  tailors  should  make  me  a  suit  of  clothes,  after  the 
fashion  of  the  country:  that  six  of  his  Majesty's  greatest 
scholars  should  be  employed  to  instruct  me  in  their 
language,  and,  lastly,  that  the  Emperor's  horses,  and  those 
of  the  nobility,  and  troops  of  guards,  should  be  frequently 
exercised  in  my  sight,  to  accustom  themselves  to  me.  All 
these  orders  were  duly  put  in  execution,  and,  in  about 
three  weeks,  I  made  a  great  progress  in  learning  their 
language,  during  which  time,  the  Emperor  frequently 
honoured  me  with  his  visits,  and  was  pleased  to  assist  my 
masters  in  teaching  me.  We  began  already  to  converse 
together  in  some  sort;  and  the  first  words  I  learnt  were  to 
express  my  desire  that  he  would  please  to  give  me  my 
liberty,  which  I  every  day  repeated  on  my  knees.  His 
answer,  as  I  could  apprehend  it,  was,  that  this  must  be  a 
work  of  time,  not  to  be  thought  on  without  the  advice  of 
his  council,  and  that  first  I  must  Lumos  kelmin  peffo  defmar 
Ion  Emposo ;  that  is,  swear  a  peace  with  him  and  his 
kingdom.  However,  that  I  should  be  used  with  all  kind- 
ness; and  he  advised  me  to  acquire,  by  my  patience  and 
discreet  behaviour,  the  good  opinion  of  himself  and  his 
subjects.  He  desired  I  would  not  take  it  ill,  if  he  gave 
orders  to  certain  proper  officers  to  search  me;  for  probably 
I  might  carry  about  me  several  weapons,  which  must  needs 
be  dangerous  things,  if  they  answered  the  bulk  of  so  pro- 
digious a  person.  I  said,  his  Majesty  should  be  satisfied, 
for  I  was  ready  to  strip  myself,  and  turn  up  my  pockets 
before  him.  This  I  delivered,  part  in  words,  and  part  in 
signs.  He  replied,  that  by  the  laws  of  the  kingdom  I  must 
be  searched  by  two  of  his  officers;  that  he  knew  this  could 
not  be  done  without  my  consent  and  assistance;  that  he 
had  so  good  an  opinion  of  my  generosity  and  justice,  as  to 
trust  their  persons  in  my  hands;  that  whatever  they  took 
from  me,  should  be  returned  when  I  left  the  country,  or 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  17 

paid  for  at  the  rate  which  I  would  set  upon  them.  I  took 
up  the  two  officers  in  my  hands,  put  them  first  into  my  coat 
pockets,  and  then  into  every  other  pocket  about  me,  except 
my  two  fobs,  and  another  secret  pocket  I  had  no  mind 
should  be  searched,  wherein  I  had  some  little  necessaries 
that  were  of  no  consequence  to  any  but  myself.  In  one  of 
my  fobs  there  was  a  silver  watch,  and  in  the  other  a  small 
quantity  of  gold  in  a  purse.  These  gentlemen,  having  pen, 
ink,  and  paper,  about  them,  made  an  exact  inventory  of 
everything  they  saw,  and,  when  they  had  done,  desired  I 
would  set  them  down,  that  they  might  deliver  it  to  the 
Emperor.  This  inventory  I  afterwards  translated  into 
English,  and  is  word  for  word  as  follows: — 

"  Imprimis,  In  the  right  coat  pocket  of  the  '  Great  Man- 
Mountain  '  (for  so  I  interpret  the  Quinbus  Flestrin),  after 
the  strictest  search,  we  found  only  one  great  piece  of  coarse 
cloth,  large  enough  to  be  a  foot-cloth  for  your  Majesty's 
chief  room  of  state.  In  the  left  pocket  we  saw  a  huge 
silver  chest,  with  a  cover  of  the  same  metal,  which  we,  the 
searchers,  were  not  able  to  lift.  We  desired  it  should  be 
opened,  and  one  of  us  stepping  into  it,  found  himself  up 
to  the  mid  leg  in  a  sort  of  dust,  some  part  whereof,  flying 
up  to  our  faces,  set  us  both  a  sneezing  for  several  times 
together.  In  his  right  waistcoat  pocket,  we  found  a  pro- 
digious bundle  of  white,  thin  substances,  folded  one  over 
another,  about  the  bigness  of  three  men,  tied  with  a  strong 
cable,  and  marked  with  black  figures;  which  we  humbly 
conceive  to  be  writings,  every  letter  almost  half  as  large  as 
the  palm  of  our  hands.  In  the  left  there  was  a  sort  of 
engine,  from  the  back  of  which  were  extended  twenty  long 
poles,  resembling  the  palisadoes  before  your  Majesty's 
court;  wherewith  we  conjecture  the  Man-Mountain  combs 
his  head,  for  we  did  not  always  trouble  him  with  questions, 
because  we  found  it  a  great  difficulty  to  make  him  under- 
stand us.  In  the  large  pocket  on  the  right  side  of  his 


1 8  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

middle  cover  (so  I  translate  the  word  Ran/u-Lo,  by  which 
they  meant  my  breeches),  we  saw  a  hollow  pillar  of  iron, 
about  the  length  of  a  man,  fastened  to  a  strong  piece  of 
timber,  larger  than  the  pillar;  and  upon  one  side  of  the 
pillar  were  huge  pieces  of  iron  sticking  out,  cut  into  strange 
figures,  which  we  know  not  what  to  make  of.  In  the  left 
pocket,  another  engine  of  the  same  kind.  In  the  smaller 
pocket,  on  the  right  side,  were  several  round  flat  pieces  of 
white  and  red  metal,  of  different  bulk;  some  of  the  white, 
which  seemed  to  be  silver,  were  so  large  and  heavy,  that 
my  comrade  and  I  could  hardly  lift  them.  In  the  left 
pocket  were  two  black  pillars,  irregularly  shaped;  we 
could  not,  without  difficulty,  reach  the  top  of  them,  as  we 
stood  at  the  bottom  of  his  pocket.  One  of  them  was 
covered,  and  seemed  all  of  a  piece;  but,  at  the  upper  end 
of  the  other,  there  appeared  a  white  round  substance,  about 
twice  the  bigness  of  our  heads.  Within  each  of  these  was 
enclosed  a  prodigious  plate  of  steel;  which,  by  our  orders, 
we  obliged  him  to  shew  us,  because  we  apprehended  they 
might  be  dangerous  engines.  He  took  them  out  of  their 
cases,  and  told  us,  that  in  his  own  country,  his  practice  was 
to  shave  his  beard  with  one  of  these,  and  to  cut  his  meat 
with  the  other.  There  were  two  pockets  which  we  could 
not  enter:  these  he  called  his  fobs;  they  were  two  large 
slits  cut  into  the  top  of  his  middle  cover,  but  squeezed 
close  by  the  pressure  of  his  belly.  Out  of  the  right  fob 
hung  a  great  silver  chain,  with  a  wonderful  kind  of  engine 
at  the  bottom.  We  directed  him  to  draw  out  whatever 
was  fastened  to  that  chain;  which  appeared  to  be  a  globe, 
half  silver,  and  half  of  some  transparent  metal:  for  on  the 
transparent  side,  we  saw  certain  strange  figures,  circularly 
drawn,  and  thought  we  could  touch  them,  till  we  found 
our  fingers  stopped  by  that  lucid  substance.  He  put  this 
engine  to  our  ears,  which  made  an  incessant  noise,  like  that 
of  a  water-mill.  And  we  conjecture,  it  is  either  some  un- 
known animal,  or  the  god  that  he  worships:  but  we  are 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  19 

more  inclined  to  the  latter  opinion,  because  he  assured  us 
(if  we  understood  him  right,  for  he  expressed  himself  very 
imperfectly)  that  he  seldom  did  anything  without  consult- 
ing it.  He  called  it  his  oracle,  and  said  it  pointed  out  the 
time  for  every  action  of  his  life.  From  the  left  fob  he 
took  out  a  net  almost  large  enough  for  a  fisherman,  but 
contrived  to  open  and  shut  like  a  purse,  and  served  him 
for  the  same  use:  we  found  therein  several  massy  pieces 
of  yellow  metal,  which,  if  they  be  real  gold,  must  be  of 
immense  value. 

'  Having  thus,  in  obedience  to  your  Majesty's  com- 
mands, diligently  searched  all  his  pockets,  we  observed  a 
girdle  about  his  waist,  made  of  the  hide  of  some  prodigious 
animal,  from  which,  on  the  left  side,  hung  a  sword  of  the 
length  of  five  men;  and  on  the  right,  a  bag  or  pouch, 
divided  into  two  cells,  each  cell  capable  of  holding  three  of 
your  Majesty's  subjects.  In  one  of  these  cells  were  several 
globes,  or  balls,  of  a  most  ponderous  metal,  about  the  big- 
ness of  our  heads,  and  required  a  strong  hand  to  lift  them. 
The  other  cell  contained  a  heap  of  certain  black  grains,  but 
of  no  great  bulk  or  weight,  for  we  could  hold  above  fifty  of 
them  in  the  palms  of  our  hands. 

"  This  is  an  exact  inventory  of  what  we  found  about 
the  body  of  the  Man-Mountain,  who  used  us  with  great 
civility,  and  due  respect  to  your  Majesty's  commission. 
Signed  and  sealed,  on  the  fourth  day  of  the  eighty-ninth 
moon  of  your  Majesty's  auspicious  reign. 

"  CLEFRIN  FRELOCK,  MARSI  FRELOCK." 

When  this  inventory  was  read  over  to  the  Emperor,  he 
directed  me,  although  in  very  gentle  terms,  to  deliver  up 
the  several  particulars.  He  first  called  for  my  scimitar, 
which  I  took  out,  scabbard  and  all.  In  the  meantime,  he 
ordered  three  thousand  of  his  choicest  troops  (who  then 
attended  him)  to  surround  me  at  a  distance,  with  their 
bows  and  arrows  just  ready  to  discharge:  but  I  did  not 


20  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

observe  it,  for  mine  eyes  were  wholly  fixed  upon  his 
Majesty.  He  then  desired  me  to  draw  my  scimitar,  which, 
although  it  had  got  some  rust  by  the  sea- water,  was  in  most 
parts  exceeding  bright.  I  did  so,  and  immediately  all  the 
troops  gave  a  shout,  between  terror  and  surprise;  for  the 
sun  shone  clear,  and  the  reflection  dazzled  their  eyes,  as  I 
waved  the  scimitar  to  and  fro  in  my  hand.  His  Majesty, 
who  is  a  most  magnanimous  prince,  was  less  daunted  than 
I  could  expect;  he  ordered  me  to  return  it  into  the  scab- 
bard, and  cast  it  on  the  ground  as  gently  as  I  could,  about 
six  feet  from  the  end  of  my  chain.  The  next  thing  he  de- 
manded, was  one  of  the  hollow  iron  pillars,  by  which  he 
meant  my  pocket  pistols.  I  drew  it  out,  and  at  his  desire, 
as  well  as  I  could,  expressed  to  him  the  use  of  it;  and 
charging  it  only  with  powder,  which,  by  the  closeness  of 
my  pouch,  happened  to  escape  wetting  in  the  sea  (an  incon- 
venience against  which  all  prudent  mariners  take  special 
care  to  provide),  I  first  cautioned  the  Emperor  not  to  be 
afraid,  and  then  I  let  it  off  into  the  air.  The  astonishment 
here  was  much  greater  than  at  the  sight  of  my  scimitar. 
Hundreds  fell  down,  as  if  they  had  been  struck  dead;  and 
even  the  Emperor,  although  he  stood  his  ground,  could  not 
recover  himself  in  some  time.  I  delivered  up  both  my 
pistols  in  the  same  manner  as  I  had  done  my  scimitar,  and 
then  my  pouch  of  powder  and  bullets;  begging  him,  that 
the  former  might  be  kept  from  the  fire,  for  it  would  kindle 
with  the  smallest  spark,  and  blow  up  his  imperial  palace 
into  the  air.  I  likewise  delivered  up  my  watch,  which  the 
Emperor  was  very  curious  to  see,  and  commanded  two  of 
his  tallest  yeomen  of  the  guards  to  bear  it  on  a  pole  upon 
their  shoulders,  as  dray-men  in  England  do  a  barrel  of  ale. 
He  was  amazed  at  the  continual  noise  it  made,  and  the 
motion  of  the  minute-hand,  which  he  could  easily  discern 
(for  their  sight  is  much  more  acute  than  ours),  and  asked 
the  opinions  of  his  learned  men  about  him,  which  were 
various  and  remote,  as  the  reader  may  well  imagine  with- 


A  VOYAGE  TO   LILLIPUT  21 

out  my  repeating;  although,  indeed,  I  could  not  very 
perfectly  understand  them.  I  then  gave  up  my  silver  and 
copper  money,  my  purse  with  nine  large  pieces  of  gold, 
and  some  smaller  ones;  my  knife  and  razor,  my  comb  and 
silver  snuff-box,  my  handkerchief,  and  journal-book.  My 
scimitar,  pistols,  and  pouch  were  conveyed  in  carriages 
to  his  Majesty's  stores;  but  the  rest  of  my  goods  were 
returned  me. 

I  had,  as  I  before  observed,  one  private  pocket  which 
escaped  their  search,  wherein  there  was  a  pair  of  spectacles 
(which  I  sometimes  use  for  the  weakness  of  my  eyes),  a 
pocket  perspective,  and  several  other  little  conveniences, 
which  being  of  no  consequence  to  the  Emperor,  I  did  not 
think  myself  bound  in  honour  to  discover,  and  I  appre- 
hended they  might  be  lost  or  spoiled,  if  I  ventured  them 
out  of  my  possession. 


CHAPTER  III 

MY  gentleness  and  good  behaviour  had  gained  so  far  on 
the  Emperor  and  his  court,  and  indeed  upon  the  army  and 
people  in  general,  that  I  began  to  conceive  hopes  of  getting 
my  liberty  in  a  short  time.  I  took  all  possible  methods  to 
cultivate  this  favourable  disposition.  The  natives  came, 
by  degrees,  to  be  less  apprehensive  of  any  danger  from  me. 
I  would  sometimes  lie  down  and  let  five  or  six  of  them  dance 
on  my  hand;  and,  at  last,  the  boys  and  girls  would  venture 
to  come  and  play  at  hide  and  seek  in  my  hair.  I  had  now 
made  a  good  progress  in  understanding  and  speaking  their 
language.  The  Emperor  had  a  mind,  one  day,  to  enter- 
tain me  with  several  of  the  country  shows,  wherein  they 
exceed  all  nations  I  have  known,  both  for  dexterity  and 
magnificence.  I  was  diverted  with  none  so  much  as  that 
of  the  rope-dancers  performed  upon  a  slender  white  thread, 
extended  about  two  feet,  and  twelve  inches  from  the 
ground.  Upon  which  I  shall  desire  liberty,  with  the 
reader's  patience,  to  enlarge  a  little. 

This  diversion  is  only  practised  by  those  persons  who 
are  candidates  for  great  employments,  and  high  favour  at 
court.  They  are  trained  in  this  art  from  their  youth,  and 
are  not  always  of  noble  birth,  or  liberal  education.  When 
a  great  office  is  vacant,  either  by  death  or  disgrace  (which 
often  happens),  five  or  six  of  those  candidates  petition  the 
Emperor  to  entertain  his  Majesty  and  the  court  with  a 
dance  on  the  rope,  and  whoever  jumps  the  highest,  without 
falling,  succeeds  in  the  office.  Very  often  the  chief  ministers 
themselves  are  commanded  to  shew  their  skill,  and  to  con- 
vince the  Emperor  that  they  have  not  lost  their  faculty. 
Flimnap,  the  treasurer,  is  allowed  to  cut  a  capei  on  the 
strait  rope  at  least  an  inch  higher  than  any  other  lord  in 

22 


A  VOYAGE  TO   LILLIPUT  23 

the  whole  empire.  I  have  seen  him  do  the  somerset  several 
times  together,  upon  a  trencher  fixed  on  the  rope,  which  is 
no  thicker  than  a  common  pack-thread  in  England.  My 
friend  Reldresal,  principal  secretary  for  private  affairs,  is, 
in  my  opinion,  if  I  am  not  partial,  the  second  after  the 
treasurer;  the  rest  of  the  great  officers  are  much  upon  a 
par. 

These  diversions  are  often  attended  with  fatal  accidents, 
whereof  great  numbers  are  on  record.  I  myself  have  seen 
two  or  three  candidates  break  a  limb.  But  the  danger  is 
much  greater  when  the  ministers  themselves  are  com- 
manded to  show  their  dexterity;  for,  by  contending  to 
excel  themselves  and  their  fellows,  they  strain  so  far,  that 
there  is  hardly  one  of  them  who  hath  not  received  a  fall, 
and  some  of  them  two  or  three.  I  was  assured,  that,  a  year 
or  two  before  my  arrival,  Flimnap  would  have  infallibly 
broke  his  neck,  if  one  of  the  king's  cushions,  that  acci- 
dentally lay  on  the  ground,  had  not  weakened  the  force  of 
his  fall. 

There  is  likewise  another  diversion,  which  is  only  shewn 
before  the  Emperor  and  Empress,  and  first  minister,  upon 
particular  occasions.  The  Emperor  lays  on  the  table 
three  fine  silken  threads  of  six  inches  long;  one  is  blue,  the 
other  red,  and  the  third  green.  These  threads  are  pro- 
posed as  prizes  for  those  persons  whom  the  Emperor  hath 
a  mind  to  distinguish  by  a  peculiar  mark  of  his  favour. 
The  ceremony  is  performed  in  his  Majesty's  great  chamber 
of  state,  where  the  candidates  are  to  undergo  a  trial  of 
dexterity  very  different  from  the  former,  and  such  as  I 
have  not  observed  the  least  resemblance  of  in  any  other 
country  of  the  old  or  new  world.  The  Emperor  holds  a 
stick  in  his  hands,  both  ends  parallel  to  the  horizon,  while 
the  candidates  advancing,  one  by  one,  sometimes  leap  over 
the  stick,  sometimes  creep  under  it  backwards  and  forwards 
several  times,  according  as  the  stick  is  advanced  or  de- 
pressed. Sometimes  the  Emperor  holds  one  end  of  the 


24  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

stick,  and  his  first  minister  the  other;  sometimes  the 
minister  has  it  entirely  to  himself.  Whoever  performs  his 
part  with  most  agility,  and  holds  out  the  longest  in  leaping 
and  creeping,  is  rewarded  with  the  blue-coloured  silk,  the 
red  is  given  to  the  next,  and  the  green  to  the  third,  which 
they  all  wear  girt  twice  round  about  the  middle,  and  you 
see  few  great  persons  about  this  court  who  are  not  adorned 
with  one  of  these  girdles. 

The  horses  of  the  army,  and  those  of  the  royal  stables, 
having  been  daily  led  before  me,  were  no  longer  shy,  but 
would  come  up  to  my  very  feet  without  starting.  The 
riders  would  leap  them  over  my  hand  as  I  held  it  on  the 
ground,  and  one  of  the  Emperor's  huntsmen,  upon  a  large 
courser,  took  my  foot,  shoe  and  all:  which  was,  indeed,  a 
prodigious  leap.  I  had  the  good  fortune  to  divert  the 
Emperor,  one  day,  after  a  very  extraordinary  manner:  I 
desired  he  would  order  several  sticks  of  two  feet  high,  and 
the  thickness  of  an  ordinary  cane,  to  be  brought  me; 
whereupon  his  Majesty  commanded  the  master  of  his  woods 
to  give  directions  accordingly,  and  the  next  morning  six 
woodmen  arrived  with  as  many  carriages,  drawn  by  eight 
horses  to  each.  I  took  nine  of  these  sticks,  and  fixing 
them  firmly  in  the  ground,  in  a  quadrangular  figure,  two 
feet  and  a  half  square,  I  took  four  other  sticks,  and  tied 
them  parallel  at  each  corner,  about  two  feet  from  the 
ground ;  then  I  fastened  my  handkerchief  to  the  nine  sticks 
that  stood  erect,  and  extended  it  on  all  sides  till  it  was  as 
tight  as  the  top  of  a  drum;  and  the  four  parallel  sticks, 
rising  about  five  inches  higher  than  the  handkerchief, 
served  as  ledges  on  each  side.  When  I  had  finished  my 
work,  I  desired  the  Emperor  to  let  a  troop  of  his  best  horse, 
twenty-four  in  number,  come  and  exercise  upon  this  plain. 
His  Majesty  approved  of  the  proposal,  and  I  took  them  up 
one  by  one  in  my  hands,  ready  mounted  and  armed,  with 
the  proper  officers  to  exercise  them.  As  soon  as  they  got 
in  order,  they  divided  into  two  parties,  performed  mock 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  25 

skirmishes,  discharged  blunt  arrows,  drew  their  swords, 
fled  and  pursued,  attacked  and  retired,  and  in  short  dis- 
covered the  best  military  discipline  I  ever  beheld.  The 
parallel  sticks  secured  them  and  their  horses  from  falling 
over  the  stage;  and  the  Emperor  was  so  much  delighted 
that  he  ordered  this  entertainment  to  be  repeated  several 
days,  and  once  was  pleased  to  be  lifted  up,  and  give  the 
word  of  command;  and,  with  great  difficulty,  persuaded 
even  the  Empress  herself  to  let  me  hold  her  in  her  close 
chair  within  two  yards  of  the  stage,  from  whence  she  was 
able  to  take  a  full  view  of  the  whole  performance.  It  was 
by  good  fortune  that  no  ill  accident  happened  in  these 
entertainments,  only  once  a  fiery  horse,  that  belonged  to 
one  of  the  captains,  pawing  with  his  hoof,  struck  a  hole  in 
my  handkerchief,  and  his  foot  slipping,  he  overthrew  his 
rider  and  himself;  but  I  immediately  relieved  them  both, 
and  covering  the  hole  with  one  hand,  I  set  down  the  troop 
with  the  other,  in  the  same  manner  as  I  took  them  up. 
The  horse  that  fell  was  strained  in  the  left  shoulder,  but  the 
rider  got  no  hurt,  and  I  repaired  my  handkerchief  as  well 
as  I  could ;  however,  I  would  not  trust  to  the  strength  of  it 
any  more  in  such  dangerous  enterprises. 

About  two  or  three  days  before  I  was  set  at  liberty,  as 
I  was  entertaining  the  court  with  these  kind  of  feats,  there 
arrived  an  express  to  inform  his  Majesty,  that  some  of  his 
subjects,  riding  near  the  place  where  I  was  first  taken  up, 
had  seen  a  great  black  substance  lying  on  the  ground,  very 
oddly  shaped,  extended  its  edges  round  as  wide  as  his 
Majesty's  bed-chamber,  and  rising  up  in  the  middle  as  high 
as  a  man;  that  it  was  no  living  creature,  as  they  at  first 
apprehended,  for  it  lay  on  the  grass  without  motion;  and 
some  of  them  had  walked  round  it  several  times:  that,  by 
mounting  upon  each  other's  shoulders,  they  had  got  to  the 
top,  which  was  flat  and  even,  and,  stamping  upon  it,  they 
found  it  was  hollow  within;  that  they  humbly  conceived 
it  might  be  something  belonging  to  the  Man-Mountain; 


26  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

and  if  his  Majesty  pleased,  they  would  undertake  to  bring 
it  with  only  five  horses.  I  presently  knew  what  they 
meant,  and  was  glad  at  heart  to  receive  this  intelligence. 
It  seems  upon  my  first  reaching  the  shore,  after  our  ship- 
wreck, I  was  in  such  confusion,  that,  before  I  came  to  the 
place  where  I  went  to  sleep,  my  hat,  which  I  had  fastened 
with  a  string  to  my  head  while  I  was  rowing,  and  had  stuck 
on  all  the  time  I  was  swimming,  fell  off  after  I  came  to  land; 
the  string,  as  I  conjecture,  breaking  by  some  accident  which 
I  never  observed,  but  thought  my  hat  had  been  lost  at  sea. 
I  intreated  his  Imperial  Majesty  to  give  orders  it  might  be 
brought  to  me  as  soon  as  possible,  describing  to  him  the  use 
and  the  nature  of  it;  and  the  next  day  the  waggoners 
arrived  with  it,  but  not  in  a  very  good  condition ;  they  had 
bored  two  holes  in  the  brim,  within  an  inch  and  a  half  of 
the  edge,  and  fastened  two  hooks  in  the  holes;  these  hooks 
were  tied  by  a  long  cord  to  the  harness,  and  thus  my  hat 
was  dragged  along  for  above  half  an  English  mile;  but, 
the  ground  in  that  country  being  extremely  smooth  and 
level,  it  received  less  damage  than  I  expected. 

Two  days  after  this  adventure,  the  Emperor  having 
ordered  that  part  of  his  army,  which  quarters  in  and  about 
his  metropolis,  to  be  in  readiness,  took  a  fancy  of  diverting 
himself  in  a  very  singular  manner:  he  desired  I  would 
stand  like  a  colossus,  with  my  legs  as  far  asunder  as  I  con- 
veniently could;  he  then  commanded  his  general  (who 
was  an  old  experienced  leader,  and  a  great  patron  of  mine) 
to  draw  up  the  troops  in  close  order,  and  march  them  under 
me;  the  foot  by  twenty-four  in  a  breast,  and  the  horse  by 
sixteen,  with  drums  beating,  colours  flying,  and  pikes 
advanced.  This  body  consisted  of  three  thousand  foot,  and 
a  thousand  horse. 

I  had  sent  so  many  memorials  and  petitions  for  my 
liberty,  that  his  Majesty  at  length  mentioned  the  matter 
first  in  the  cabinet,  and  then  in  a  full  council;  where  it 
was  opposed  by  none,  except  Skyresh  Bolgolam,  who  was 


THE    EMPEROR   OF    LILLIPUT   REVIEWS    HIS   TROOPS 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  27 

pleased,  without  any  provocation,  to  be  my  mortal  enemy. 
But  it  was  carried  against  him  by  the  whole  board,  and 
confirmed  by  the  Emperor.  That  minister  was  Galbet,  or 
Admiral  of  the  realm,  very  much  in  his  master's  confidence, 
and  a  person  well  versed  in  affairs,  but  of  a  morose  and  sour 
complexion.  However,  he  was  at  length  persuaded  to 
comply;  but  prevailed  that  the  articles  and  conditions 
upon  which  I  should  be  set  free,  and  to  which  I  must  swear, 
should  be  drawn  up  by  himself.  These  articles  were 
brought  to  me  by  Skyresh  Bolgolam  in  person,  attended 
by  two  under-secretaries,  and  several  persons  of  distinction. 
After  they  were  read,  I  was  demanded  to  swear  to  the 
performance  of  them;  first  in  the  manner  of  my  own 
country,  and  afterwards  in  the  method  prescribed  by  their 
laws,  which  was  to  hold  my  right  foot  in  my  left  hand,  and 
to  place  the  middle  finger  of  my  right  hand  on  the  crown 
of  my  head,  and  my  thumb  on  the  tip  of  my  right  ear. 
But,  because  the  reader  may  be  curious  to  have  some  idea 
of  the  style  and  manner  of  expression  peculiar  to  that 
people,  as  well  as  to  know  the  articles  upon  which  I  re- 
covered my  liberty,  I  have  made  a  translation  of  the  whole 
instrument,  word  for  word,  as  near  as  I  was  able,  which  I 
here  offer  to  the  public. 

"  GOLBASTO  MOMAREN  EVLAME  GURDILO  SHEFIN  MULLY 

TTLLY  GUE,  most  mighty  Emperor  of  Lilliput,  delight  and 
terror  of  the  universe,  whose  dominions  extend  five 
thousand  blustrugs  (about  twelve  miles  in  circumference), 
to  the  extremities  of  the  globe;  monarch  of  all  monarchs, 
taller  than  the  sons  of  men;  whose  feet  press  down  to  the 
center,  and  whose  head  strikes  against  the  sun;  at  whose 
nod  the  princes  of  the  earth  shake  their  knees;  pleasant  as 
the  spring,  comfortable  as  the  summer,  fruitful  as  autumn, 
dreadful  as  winter.  His  most  sublime  Majesty  proposeth 
to  the  Man-Mountain,  lately  arrived  to  our  celestial 
dominions,  the  following  articles,  which,  by  a  solemn  oath, 
he  shall  be  obliged  to  perform: 


28  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

"  ist.  The  Man-Mountain  shall  not  depart  from  our 
dominions  without  our  licence  under  our  great  seal. 

"  2d.  He  shall  not  presume  to  come  into  our  metropolis 
without  our  express  order;  at  which  time  the  inhabitants 
shall  have  two  hours  warning  to  keep  within  their 
doors. 

"  3d.  The  said  Man-Mountain  shall  confine  his  walks 
to  our  principal  high  roads,  and  not  offer  to  walk  or  lie  down 
in  a  meadow  or  field  of  corn. 

"  4th.  As  he  walks  the  said  roads  he  shall  take  the 
utmost  care  not  to  trample  upon  the  bodies  of  any  of  our 
loving  subjects,  their  horses,  or  carriages,  nor  take  any  of 
our  subjects  into  his  hands,  without  their  own  consent. 

"  5th.  If  an  express  requires  extraordinary  despatch, 
the  Man-Mountain  shall  be  obliged  to  carry  in  his  pocket 
the  messenger  and  horse  a  six  days'  journey  once  in  every 
moon,  and  return  the  said  messenger  back  (if  so  required) 
safe  to  our  imperial  presence. 

"  6th.  He  shall  be  our  ally  against  our  enemies  in  the 
Island  of  Blefuscu,  and  do  his  utmost  to  destroy  their  fleet, 
which  is  now  preparing  to  invade  us. 

"  7th.  That  the  said  Man-Mountain  shall,  at  his  times 
of  leisure,  be  aiding  and  assisting  to  our  workmen,  in  help- 
ing to  raise  certain  great  stones,  towards  covering  the  wall 
of  the  principal  park,  and  other  our  royal  buildings. 

"  8th.  That  the  said  Man-Mountain  shall,  in  two  moons 
time,  deliver  in  an  exact  survey  of  the  circumference  of  our 
dominions,  by  a  computation  of  his  own  paces  round  the 
coast. 

"  Lastly,  That,  upon  his  solemn  oath  to  observe  all  the 
above  articles,  the  said  Man-Mountain  shall  have  a  daily 
allowance  of  meat  and  drink  sufficient  for  the  support  of 
1724  of  our  subjects,  with  free  access  to  our  royal  person, 
and  other  marks  of  our  favour.  Given  at  our  palace  at 
Belfaborac,  the  twelfth  day  of  the  ninety-first  moon  of  our 
reign." 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  29 

I  swore  and  subscribed  to  these  articles  with  great 
cheerfulness  and  content,  although  some  of  them  were  not 
so  honourable  as  I  could  have  wished;  which  proceeded 
wholly  from  the  malice  of  Skyresh  Bolgolam,  the  high 
admiral;  whereupon  my  chains  were  immediately  unlocked, 
and  I  was  at  full  liberty;  the  Emperor  himself  in  person 
did  me  the  honour  to  be  by  at  the  whole  ceremony.  I 
made  my  acknowledgments,  by  prostrating  myself  at  his 
Majesty's  feet,  but  he  commanded  me  to  rise;  and  after 
many  gracious  expressions,  which,  to  avoid  the  censure  of 
vanity,  I  shall  not  repeat,  he  added  that  he  hoped  I  should 
prove  a  useful  servant,  and  well  deserve  all  the  favours  he 
had  already  conferred  upon  me,  or  might  do  for  the  future. 

The  reader  may  please  to  observe,  that,  in  the  last 
article  for  the  recovery  of  my  liberty,  the  Emperor  stipu- 
lates to  allow  me  a  quantity  of  meat  and  drink  sufficient 
for  the  support  of,  1724  Lilliputians.  Some  time  after, 
asking  a  friend  at  court,  how  they  came  to  fix  on  that  deter- 
minate number,  he  told  me  that  his  Majesty's  mathemati- 
cians, having  taken  the  height  of  my  body  by  the  help  of  a 
quadrant,  and  finding  it  to  exceed  theirs  in  the  proportion 
of  twelve  to  one,  they  concluded,  from  the  similarity  of 
their  bodies,  that  mine  must  contain,  at  least,  1724  of 
theirs,  and,  consequently,  would  require  as  much  food  as 
was  necessary  to  support  that  number  of  Lilliputians.  By 
which,  the  reader  may  conceive  an  idea  of  the  ingenuity  of 
that  people,  as  well  as  the  prudent  and  exact  economy  of 
so  great  a  prince. 


CHAPTER  IV 

THE  first  request  I  made,  after  I  had  obtained  my  liberty, 
was  that  I  might  have  licence  to  see  Mildendo,  the  metro- 
polis; which  the  Emperor  easily  granted  me,  but  with  a 
special  charge  to  do  no  hurt  either  to  the  inhabitants  or  their 
houses.  The  people  had  notice  by  proclamation  of  my 
design  to  visit  the  town.  The  wall  which  encompassed  it 
is  two  feet  and  a  half  high,  and  at  least  eleven  inches  broad, 
so  that  a  coach  and  horses  may  be  driven  very  safely  round 
it;  and  it  is  flanked  with  strong  towers,  at  ten  feet  dis- 
tance. I  stepped  over  the  great  Western  Gate,  and  passed 
very  gently  and  sideling  through  the  two  principal  streets, 
only  in  my  short  waistcoat,  for  fear  of  damaging  the  roofs 
and  eaves  of  the  houses  with  the  skirts  of  my  coat.  I 
walked  with  the  utmost  circumspection,  to  avoid  treading 
on  any  stragglers  that  might  remain  in  the  streets,  although 
the  orders  were  strict  that  all  people  should  keep  in  their 
houses  at  their  own  peril.  The  garret-windows  and  tops 
of  houses  were  so  crowded  with  spectators  that  I  thought, 
in  all  my  travels,  I  had  not  seen  a  more  populous  place. 
The  city  is  an  exact  square,  each  side  of  the  wall  being  five 
hundred  feet  long.  The  two  great  streets,  which  run  cross, 
and  divide  it  into  four  quarters,  are  five  feet  wide.  The 
lanes  and  alleys,  which  I  could  not  enter,  but  only  viewed 
them  as  I  passed,  are  from  twelve  to  eighteen  inches.  The 
town  is  capable  of  holding  five  hundred  thousand  souls. 
The  houses  are  from  three  to  five  stories.  The  shops  and 
markets  well  provided. 

30 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  31 

The  Emperor's  palace  is  in  the  centre  of  the  city,  where 
the  two  great  streets  met.  It  is  inclosed  by  a  wall  of  two 
feet  high,  and  twenty  feet  distance  from  the  buildings.  I 
had  his  Majesty's  permission  to  step  over  this  wall;  and, 
the  space  being  so  wide  between  that  and  the  palace,  I 
could  easily  view  it  on  every  side.  The  outward  court  is  a 
square  of  forty  feet,  and  includes  two  other  courts:  in  the 
inmost  are  the  royal  apartments,  which  I  was  very  desirous 
to  see,  but  found  it  extremely  difficult;  for  the  great  gates, 
from  one  square  into  another,  were  but  eighteen  inches 
high,  and  seven  inches  wide.  Now,  the  buildings  of  the 
outer  court  were  at  least  five  feet  high,  and  it  was  impos- 
sible for  me  to  stride  over  them  without  infinite  damage  to 
the  pile,  though  the  walls  were  strongly  built  of  hewn  stone, 
and  four  inches  thick.  At  the  same  time,  the  Emperor 
had  a  great  desire  that  I  should  see  the  magnificence  of  his 
palace;  but  this  I  was  not  able  to  do  till  three  days  after, 
which  I  spent  in  cutting  down  with  my  knife  some  of  the 
largest  trees  in  the  royal  park,  about  an  hundred  yards 
distance  from  the  city.  Of  these  trees  I  made  two  stools, 
each  about  three  feet  high,  and  strong  enough  to  bear  my 
weight.  The  people  having  received  notice  a  second  time, 
I  went  again  through  the  city  to  the  palace,  with  my  two 
stools  in  my  hands.  When  I  came  to  the  side  of  the  outer 
court,  I  stood  upon  one  stool,  and  took  the  other  in  my 
hand ;  this  I  lifted  over  the  roof,  and  gently  set  it  down  on 
the  space  between  the  first  and  second  court,  which  was 
eight  feet  wide.  I  then  stepped  over  the  building  very 
conveniently,  from  one  stool  to  the  other,  and  drew  up  the 
first  after  me  with  a  hooked  stick.  By  this  contrivance  I 
got  into  the  inmost  court;  and,  lying  down  upon  my  side, 
I  applied  my  face  to  the  windows  of  the  middle  stories, 
which  were  left  open  on  purpose,  and  discovered  the  most 
splendid  apartments  that  can  be  imagined.  There  I  saw 
the  Empress,  and  the  young  Princes,  in  their  several 
lodgings,  with  their  chief  attendants  about  them.  Her 


32  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

Imperial  Majesty  was  pleased  to  smile  very  graciously 
upon  me,  and  gave  me  out  of  the  window  her  hand  to  kiss. 

But  I  shall  not  anticipate  the  reader  with  farther  de- 
scriptions of  this  kind,  because  I  reserve  them  for  a  greater 
work,  which  is  now  almost  ready  for  the  press,  containing 
a  general  description  of  this  empire,  from  its  first  erection, 
through  a  long  series  of  princes,  with  a  particular  account 
of  their  wars  and  politics,  laws,  learning,  and  religion: 
their  plants  and  animals,  their  peculiar  manners  and 
customs,  with  other  matters  very  curious  and  useful;  my 
chief  design  at  present  being  only  to  relate  such  events  and 
transactions  as  happened  to  the  public  or  to  myself  during 
a  residence  of  about  nine  months  in  that  empire. 

One  morning,  about  a  fortnight  after  I  had  obtained  my 
liberty,  Reldresal,  principal  secretary  (as  they  style  him)  of 
private  affairs,  came  to  my  house,  attended  only  by  one 
servant.  He  ordered  his  coach  to  wait  at  a  distance,  and 
desired  I  would  give  him  an  hour's  audience;  which  I 
readily  consented  to,  on  account  of  his  quality,  and  personal 
merits,  as  well  as  the  many  good  offices  he  had  done  me 
during  my  solicitations  at  court.  I  offered  to  lie  down, 
that  he  might  the  more  conveniently  reach  my  ear;  but  he 
chose  rather  to  let  me  hold  him  in  my  hand  during  our 
conversation.  He  began  with  compliments  on  my  liberty; 
said,  he  might  pretend  to  some  merit  in  it;  but,  however, 
added,  that,  if  it  had  not  been  for  the  present  situation  of 
things  at  court,  perhaps  I  might  not  have  obtained  it  so 
soon.  "  For,"  said  he,  "  as  flourishing  a  condition  as  we 
may  appear  to  be  in  to  foreigners,  we  labour  under  two 
mighty  evils;  a  violent  faction  at  home,  and  the  danger  of 
an  invasion  by  a  most  potent  enemy  from  abroad.  As  to 
the  first,  you  are  to  understand  that,  for  above  seventy 
moons  past,  there  have  been  two  struggling  parties  in  this 
empire,  under  the  names  of  Tramecksan  and  Slamecksan, 
from  the  high  and  low  heels  of  their  shoes,  by  which  they 
distinguish  themselves.  It  is  alleged  indeed,  that  the  high 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  33 

heels  are  most  agreeable  to  our  ancient  constitution;  but, 
however  this  be,  his  Majesty  hath  determined  to  make  use 
of  only  low  heels  in  the  administration  of  the  government, 
and  all  offices  in  the  gift  of  the  crown,  as  you  cannot  but 
observe;  and  particularly,  that  his  Majesty's  imperial  heels 
are  lower  at  least  by  a  drurr  than  any  of  his  court  (drurr  is 
a  measure  about  the  fourteenth  part  of  an  inch).  The 
animosities  between  these  two  parties  run  so  high  that  they 
will  neither  eat  nor  drink  nor  talk  with  each  other.  We 
compute  the  Tramecksan,  or  high  heels,  to  exceed  us  in 
number;  but  the  power  is  wholly  on  our  side.  We  appre- 
hend his  Imperial  Highness,  the  heir  to  the  crown,  to  have 
some  tendency  towards  the  high  heels;  at  least,  we  can 
plainly  discover  that  one  of  his  heels  is  higher  than  the 
other,  which  gives  him  a  hobble  in  his  gait.  Now,  in  the 
midst  of  these  intestine  disquiets,  we  are  threatened  with 
an  invasion  from  the  island  of  Blefuscu,  which  is  the  other 
great  empire  of  the  universe,  almost  as  large  and  powerful 
as  this  of  his  Majesty.  For  as  to  what  we  heard  you  affirm, 
that  there  are  other  kingdoms  and  states  in  the  world, 
inhabited  by  human  creatures,  as  large  as  yourself,  our 
philosophers  are  in  much  doubt,  and  would  rather  conjec- 
ture that  you  dropped  from  the  moon,  or  one  of  the  stars; 
because  it  is  certain  that  an  hundred  mortals  of  your  bulk 
would,  in  a  short  time,  destroy  all  the  fruits  and  cattle  of 
his  Majesty's  dominions.  Besides,  our  histories  of  six 
thousand  moons  make  no  mention  of  any  other  regions 
than  the  two  great  empires  of  Lilliput  and  Blefuscu,  which 
two  mighty  powers  have,  as  I  was  going  to  tell  you,  been 
engaged  in  a  most  obstinate  war  for  six  and  thirty  moons 
past.  It  began  upon  the  following  occasion:  It  is  allowed 
on  all  hands  that  the  primitive  way  of  breaking  eggs  before 
we  eat  them  was  upon  the  larger  end;  but  his  present 
Majesty's  grandfather,  while  he  was  a  boy,  going  to  eat  an 
egg,  and  breaking  it  according  to  the  ancient  practice, 
happened  to  cut  one  of  his  fingers.  Whereupon  the 


34  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

Emperor,  his  father,  published  an  edict,  commanding  all 
his  subjects,  upon  great  penalties,  to  break  the  smaller  end 
of  their  eggs.  The  people  so  highly  resented  this  law,  that 
our  histories  tell  us,  there  have  been  six  rebellions  raised  on 
that  account ;  wherein  one  emperor  lost  his  life,  and  another 
his  crown.  These  civil  commotions  were  constantly 
fomented  by  the  monarchs  of  Blefuscu;  and  when  they 
were  quelled,  the  exiles  always  fled  for  refuge  to  that 
empire.  It  is  computed  that  eleven  thousand  persons  have 
at  several  times  suffered  death  rather  than  submit  to  break 
their  eggs  at  the  smaller  end.  Many  hundred  large  volumes 
have  been  published  upon  this  controversy;  but  the  books 
of  the  Big-endians  have  been  long  forbidden,  and  the  whole 
party  rendered  incapable  by  law  of  holding  employments. 
During  the  course  of  these  troubles  the  emperors  of 
Blefuscu  did  frequently  expostulate  by  their  ambassadors, 
accusing  us  of  making  a  schism  in  religion,  by  offending 
against  a  fundamental  doctrine  of  our  great  Prophet 
Lustrog,  in  the  fifty-fourth  chapter  of  the  Blundecral 
(which  is  their  Alcoran).  This,  however,  is  thought  to  be 
a  mere  strain  upon  the  text ;  for  the  words  are  these :  That 
all  true  believers  break  their  eggs  at  the  convenient  end. 
And  which  is  the  convenient  end  seems,  in  my  humble 
opinion,  to  be  left  to  every  man's  conscience,  or  at  least  in 
the  power  of  the  chief  magistrate  to  determine.  Now, 
the  Big-endian  exiles  have  found  so  much  credit  in  the 
Emperor  of  Blefuscu's  court  and  so  much  private  assist- 
ance and  encouragement  from  their  party  here  at  home, 
that  a  bloody  war  hath  been  carried  on  between  the  two 
empires  for  thirty-six  moons,  with  various  success;  during 
which  time  we  have  lost  forty  capital  ships,  and  a  much 
greater  number  of  smaller  vessels,  together  with  thirty 
thousand  of  our  best  seamen  and  soldiers ;  and  the  damage 
received  by  the  enemy  is  reckoned  to  be  somewhat  greater 
than  ours.  However,  they  have  now  equipped  a  numerous 
fleet,  and  are  just  preparing  to  make  a  descent  upon  us; 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT 


35 


and  his  Imperial  Majesty,  placing  great  confidence  in  your 
valour  and  strength,  hath  commanded  me  to  lay  this 
account  of  his  affairs  before  you." 

I  desired  the  secretary  to  present  my  humble  duty  to 
the  Emperor,  and  to  let  him  know  that  I  thought  it  would 
not  become  me,  who  was  a  foreigner,  to  interfere  with 
parties;  but  I  was  ready,  with  the  hazard  of  my  life,  to 
defend  his  person  and  state  against  all  invaders. 


CHAPTER  V 

THE  empire  of  Blefuscu  is  an  island,  situated  to  the  north- 
east side  of  Lilliput,  from  whence  it  is  parted  only  by  a 
channel  of  eight  hundred  yards  wide.  I  had  not  yet  seen 
it,  and  upon  this  notice  of  an  intended  invasion,  I  avoided 
appearing  on  that  side  of  the  coast,  for  fear  of  being  dis- 
covered by  some  of  the  enemy's  ships,  who  had  received  no 
intelligence  of  me,  all  intercourse  between  the  two  empires 
having  been  strictly  forbidden  during  the  war,  upon  pain 
of  death,  and  an  embargo  laid  by  our  Emperor  upon  all 
vessels  whatsoever.  I  communicated  to  his  Majesty  a 
project  I  had  formed  of  seizing  the  enemy's  whole  fleet: 
which,  as  our  scouts  assured  us,  lay  at  anchor  in  the  harbour 
ready  to  sail  with  the  first  fair  wind.  I  consulted  the  most 
experienced  seamen  upon  the  depth  of  the  channel,  which 
they  had  often  plumbed,  who  told  me,  that  in  the  middle, 
at  high  water,  it  was  seventy  glumgluffs  deep,  which  is 
about  six  feet  of  European  measure ;  and  the  rest  of  it  fifty 
glumgluffs  at  most.  I  walked  towards  the  north-east 
coast,  over  against  Blefuscu;  where,  lying  down  behind  a 
hillock,  I  took  out  my  small  perspective  glass,  and  viewed 
the  enemy's  fleet  at  anchor,  consisting  of  about  fifty  men- 
of-war,  and  a  great  number  of  transports:  I  then  came 
back  to  my  house,  and  gave  order  (for  which  I  had  a 
warrant)  for  a  great  quantity  of  the  strongest  cable  and 
bars  of  iron.  The  cable  was  about  as  thick  as  pack-thread, 
and  the  bars  of  the  length  and  size  of  a  knitting  needle.  I 
trebled  the  cable  to  make  it  stronger,  and,  for  the  same 
reason,  I  twisted  three  of  the  iron  bars  together,  binding 
the  extremities  into  a  hook.  Having  thus  fixed  fifty  hooks 
to  as  many  cables,  I  went  back  to  the  north-east  coast,  and 

36 


GULLIVER   SEIZES  THE   ENEMY'S   FLEET 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILL1PUT  37 

putting  off  my  coat,  shoes,  and  stockings,  walked  into  the 
sea,  in  my  leathern  jerkin,  about  an  hour  before  high  water. 
I  waded  with  what  haste  I  could,  and  swam  in  the  middle 
about  thirty  yards,  till  I  felt  ground;  I  arrived  to  the  fleet 
in  less  than  half  an  hour.  The  enemy  was  so  frighted 
when  they  saw  me,  that  they  leaped  out  of  their  ships,  and 
swam  to  the  shore,  where  there  could  not  be  fewer  than 
thirty  thousand  souls.  I  then  took  my  tackling,  and, 
fastening  a  hook  to  the  hole  at  the  prow  of  each,  I  tied  all 
the  cords  together  at  the  end.  While  I  was  thus  employed, 
the  enemy  discharged  several  thousand  arrows,  many  of 
which  stuck  in  my  hands  and  face:  and,  besides  the  exces- 
sive smart,  gave  me  much  disturbance  in  my  work.  My 
greatest  apprehension  was  for  mine  eyes,  which  I  should 
have  infallibly  lost,  if  I  had  not  suddenly  thought  of  an 
expedient.  I  kept  among  other  little  necessaries  a  pair  of 
spectacles  in  a  private  pocket,  which,  as  I  observed  before, 
had  escaped  the  Emperor's  searchers.  These  I  took  out 
and  fastened  as  strongly  as  I  could  upon  my  nose,  and, 
thus  armed,  went  on  boldly  with  my  work  in  spite  of  the 
enemy's  arrows,  many  of  which  struck  against  the  glasses 
of  my  spectacles,  but  without  any  other  effect,  farther 
than  a  little  to  discompose  them.  I  had  now  fastened  all 
the  hooks,  and,  taking  the  knot  in  my  hand,  began  to  pull, 
but  not  a  ship  would  stir,  for  they  were  all  too  fast  held  by 
their  anchors,  so  that  the  boldest  part  of  my  enterprise 
remained.  I  therefore  let  go  the  cord,  and  leaving  the 
hooks  fixed  to  the  ships,  I  resolutely  cut  with  my  knife  the 
cables  that  fastened  the  anchors,  receiving  above  two 
hundred  shots  in  my  face  and  hands;  then  I  took  up  the 
knotted  end  of  the  cables  to  which  my  hooks  were  tied,  and 
with  great  ease  drew  fifty  of  the  enemy's  largest  men-of- 
war  after  me. 

The  Blefuscudians,  who  had  not  the  least  imagination 
of  what  I  intended,  were  at  first  confounded  with  astonish- 
ment. They  had  seen  me  cut  the  cables,  and  thought  my 


38  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

design  was  only  to  let  the  ships  run  adrift,  or  fall  foul  on 
each  other:  but  when  they  perceived  the  whole  fleet 
moving  in  order,  and  saw  me  pulling  at  the  end,  they  set 
up  such  a  scream  of  grief  and  despair,  that  it  is  almost  im- 
possible to  describe  or  conceive.  When  I  had  got  out  of 
danger,  I  stopt  a  while  to  pick  out  the  arrows  that  stuck  in 
my  hands  and  face;  and  rubbed  on  some  of  the  same 
ointment  that  was  given  me  at  my  first  arrival,  as  I  have 
formerly  mentioned.  I  then  took  off  my  spectacles,  and, 
waiting  about  an  hour  till  the  tide  was  a  little  fallen,  I 
waded  through  the  middle  with  my  cargo,  and  arrived  safe 
at  the  royal  port  of  Lilliput. 

The  Emperor  and  his  whole  court  stood  on  the  shore 
expecting  the  issue  of  this  great  adventure.  They  saw  the 
ships  move  forward  in  a  large  half-moon,  but  could  not 
discern  me,  who  was  up  to  my  breast  in  water.  When  I 
advanced  to  the  middle  of  the  channel,  they  were  yet  in 
more  pain,  because  I  was  under  water  to  my  neck.  The 
Emperor  concluded  me  to  be  drowned,  and  that  the  enemy's 
fleet  was  approaching  in  a  hostile  manner :  but  he  was  soon 
eased  of  his  fears,  for  the  channel  growing  shallower  every 
step  I  made,  I  came  in  a  short  time  within  hearing,  and, 
holding  up  the  end  of  the  cable  by  which  the  fleet  was 
fastened,  I  cried  in  a  loud  voice,  Long  live  the  most  puissant 
Emperor  of  Lilliput!  This  great  prince  received  me  at  my 
landing  with  all  possible  encomiums,  and  created  me  a 
nardac  upon  the  spot,  which  is  the  highest  title  of  honour 
among  them. 

His  Majesty  desired  I  would  take  some  other  oppor- 
tunity of  bringing  all  the  rest  of  his  enemy's  ships  into  his 
ports.  And  so  unmeasurable  is  the  ambition  of  princes, 
that  he  seemed  to  think  of  nothing  less  than  reducing  the 
whole  empire  of  Blefuscu  into  a  province,  and  governing  it 
by  a  viceroy;  of  destroying  the  Big-endian  exiles,  and 
compelling  that  people  to  break  the  smaller  end  of  their 
eggs,  by  which  he  would  remain  the  sole  monarch  of  the 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  39 

whole  world.  But  I  endeavoured  to  divert  him  from  his 
design,  by  many  arguments  drawn  from  the  topics  of 
policy  as  well  as  justice:  and  I  plainly  protested,  that  I 
would  never  be  an  instrument  of  bringing  a  free  and  brave 
people  into  slavery.  And,  when  the  matter  was  debated 
in  council,  the  wisest  part  of  the  ministry  were  of  my 
opinion. 

This  open  bold  declaration  of  mine  was  so  opposite  to 
the  schemes  and  politics  of  his  Imperial  Majesty,  that  he 
could  never  forgive  me;  he  mentioned  it  in  a  very  artful 
manner  at  council,  where  I  was  told  that  some  of  the  wisest 
appeared,  at  least,  by  their  silence,  to  be  of  my  opinion; 
but  others,  who  were  my  secret  enemies,  could  not  forbear 
some  expressions,  which  by  a  side-wind  reflected  on  me. 
And  from  this  time  began  an  intrigue  between  his  Majesty 
and  a  junto  of  ministers  maliciously  bent  against  me,  which 
broke  out  in  less  than  two  months,  and  had  like  to  have 
ended  in  my  utter  destruction.  Of  so  little  weight  are  the 
greatest  services  to  princes,  when  put  into  the  balance  with 
a  refusal  to  gratify  their  passions. 

About  three  weeks  after  this  exploit,  there  arrived  a 
solemn  embassy  from  Blefuscu,  with  humble  offers  of  a 
peace;  which  was  soon  concluded  upon  conditions  very 
advantageous  to  our  Emperor,  wherewith  I  shall  not 
trouble  the  reader.  There  were  six  ambassadors,  with  a 
train  of  about  five  hundred  persons,  and  their  entry  was 
very  magnificent,  suitable  to  the  grandeur  of  their  master, 
and  the  importance  of  their  business.  When  their  treaty 
was  finished,  wherein  I  did  them  several  good  offices  by  the 
credit  I  now  had,  or  at  least  appeared  to  have  at  court, 
their  Excellencies,  who  were  privately  told  how  much  I 
had  been  their  friend,  made  me  a  visit  in  form.  They  began 
with  many  compliments  upon  my  valour  and  generosity, 
invited  me  to  that  kingdom  in  the  Emperor  their  master's 
name,  and  desired  me  to  shew  them  some  proofs  of  my 
prodigious  strength,  of  which  they  had  heard  so  many 


4o  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

wonders;  wherein  I  readily  obliged  them,  but  shall  not 
trouble  the  reader  with  the  particulars. 

When  I  had  for  some  time  entertained  their  Excel- 
lencies to  their  infinite  satisfaction  and  surprise,  I  desired 
they  would  do  me  the  honour  to  present  my  most  humble 
respects  to  the  Emperor  their  master,  the  renown  of  whose 
virtues  had  so  justly  filled  the  whole  world  with  admira- 
tion, and  whose  royal  person  I  resolved  to  attend  before  I 
returned  to  my  own  country:  accordingly,  the  next  time 
I  had  the  honour  to  see  our  Emperor,  I  desired  his  general 
licence  to  wait  on  the  Blefuscudian  monarch,  which  he  was 
pleased  to  grant  me,  as  I  could  plainly  perceive,  in  a  very 
cold  manner;  but  could  not  guess  the  reason,  till  I  had  a 
whisper  from  a  certain  person,  that  Flimnap  and  Bolgolam 
had  represented  my  intercourse  with  those  ambassadors  as 
a  mark  of  disaffection,  from  which  I  am  sure  my  heart  was 
wholly  free.  And  this  was  the  first  time  I  began  to  con- 
ceive some  imperfect  idea  of  courts  and  ministers. 

It  is  to  be  observed,  that  these  ambassadors  spoke  to 
me  by  an  interpreter,  the  languages  of  both  empires  differ- 
ing as  much  from  each  other  as  any  two  in  Europe,  and 
each  nation  priding  itself  upon  the  antiquity,  beauty,  and 
energy  of  their  own  tongues,  with  an  avowed  contempt  for 
that  of  their  neighbour;  yet  our  Emperor,  standing  upon 
the  advantage  he  had  got  by  the  seizure  of  their  fleet, 
obliged  them  to  deliver  their  credentials  and  make  their 
speech  in  the  Lilliputian  tongue.  And  it  must  be  con- 
fessed that,  from  the  great  intercourse  of  trade  and  com- 
merce between  both  realms,  from  the  continual  reception 
of  exiles,  which  is  mutual  among  them,  and  from  the  custom 
in  each  empire  to  send  their  young  nobility  and  richer 
gentry  to  the  other,  in  order  to  polish  themselves  by  seeing 
the  world,  and  understanding  men  and  manners,  there  are 
few  persons  of  distinction,  or  merchants,  or  seamen,  who 
dwell  in  the  maritime  parts,  but  what  can  hold  conversa- 
tion in  both  tongues;  as  I  found  some  weeks  after,  when  I 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  41 

went  to  pay  my  respects  to  the  Emperor  of  Blefuscu, 
which,  in  the  midst  of  great  misfortunes  through  the  malice 
of  my  enemies,  proved  a  very  happy  adventure  to  me,  as  I 
shall  relate  in  its  proper  place. 

The  reader  may  remember,  that,  when  I  signed  those 
articles  upon  which  I  recovered  my  liberty,  there  were 
some  which  I  disliked  upon  account  of  their  being  too 
servile,  neither  could  anything  but  an  extreme  necessity 
have  forced  me  to  submit.  But,  being  now  a  nardac  of 
the  highest  rank  in  that  Empire,  such  offices  were  looked 
upon  as  below  my  dignity,  and  the  Emperor  (to  do  him 
justice)  never  once  mentioned  them  to  me. 


CHAPTER  VI 

ALTHOUGH  I  intend  to  leave  the  description  of  this  empire 
to  a  particular  treatise,  yet,  in  the  meantime,  I  am  content 
to  gratify  the  curious  reader  with  some  general  ideas.  As 
the  common  size  of  the  natives  is  somewhat  under  six 
inches  high,  so  there  is  an  exact  proportion  in  all  other 
animals,  as  well  as  plants  and  trees:  for  instance,  the 
tallest  horses  and  oxen  are  between  four  and  five  inches 
in  height,  the  sheep  an  inch  and  half,  more  or  less;  their 
geese  about  the  bigness  of  a  sparrow,  and  so  the  several 
gradations  downwards,  till  you  come  to  the  smallest,  which, 
to  my  sight,  were  almost  invisible ;  but  nature  hath  adapted 
the  eyes  of  the  Lilliputians  to  all  objects  proper  for  their 
view:  they  see  with  great  exactness,  but  at  no  great  dis- 
tance. And,  to  shew  the  sharpness  of  their  sight  towards 
objects  that  are  near,  I  have  been  much  pleased  with 
observing  a  cook  pulling  a  lark,  which  was  not  so  large  as  a 
common  fly,  and  a  young  girl  threading  an  invisible  needle 
with  invisible  silk.  Their  tallest  trees  are  about  seven 
feet  high;  I  mean  some  of  those  in  the  great  Royal  Park, 
the  tops  whereof  I  could  but  just  reach  with  my  fist  clinched. 
The  other  vegetables  are  in  the  same  proportion ;  but  this  I 
leave  to  the  reader's  imagination. 

I  shall  say  but  little  at  present  of  their  learning,  which 
for  many  ages  hath  flourished  in  all  its  branches  among 
them:  but  their  manner  of  writing  is  very  peculiar,  being 
neither  from  the  left  to  the  right,  like  the  Europeans;  nor 
from  the  right  to  the  left,  like  the  Arabians;  nor  from  up  to 
down,  like  the  Chinese;  but  aslant  from  one  corner  of  the 
paper  to  the  other,  like  ladies  in  England. 

They  bury  their  dead  with  their  heads  directly  down- 

42 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  43 

wards,  because  they  hold  an  opinion  that  in  eleven 
thousand  moons  they  are  all  to  rise  again,  in  which  period 
the  earth  (which  they  conceive  to  be  flat)  will  turn  upside 
down,  and  by  this  means  they  shall,  at  their  resurrection, 
be  found  ready  standing  on  their  feet.  The  learned  among 
them  confess  the  absurdity  of  this  doctrine,  but  the 
practice  still  continues,  in  compliance  to  the  vulgar. 

There  are  some  laws  and  customs  in  this  empire  very 
peculiar;  and,  if  they  were  not  so  directly  contrary  to 
those  of  my  own  dear  country,  I  should  be  tempted  to  say 
a  little  in  their  justification.  It  is  only  to  be  wished  they 
were  as  well  executed.  The  first  I  shall  mention  relates  to 
informers.  All  crimes  against  the  State  are  punished  here 
with  the  utmost  severity;  but,  if  the  person  accused 
maketh  his  innocence  plainly  to  appear  upon  his  trial,  the 
accuser  is  immediately  put  to  an  ignominious  death ;  and, 
out  of  his  goods  or  lands,  the  innocent  person  is  quadruply 
recompensed  for  the  loss  of  his  time,  for  the  danger  he 
underwent,  for  the  hardship  of  his  imprisonment,  and  for 
all  the  charges  he  hath  been  at  in  making  his  defence.  Or, 
if  that  fund  be  deficient,  it  is  largely  supplied  by  the  crown. 
The  Emperor  does  also  confer  on  him  some  public  mark  of 
his  favour,  and  proclamation  is  made  of  his  innocence 
through  the  whole  city. 

They  look  upon  fraud  as  a  greater  crime  than  theft,  and 
therefore  seldom  fail  to  punish  it  with  death;  for  they 
allege,  that  care  and  vigilance,  with  a  very  common  under- 
standing, may  preserve  a  man's  goods  from  thieves,  but 
honesty  has  no  fence  against  superior  cunning;  and  since 
it  is  necessary  that  there  should  be  a  perpetual  intercourse 
of  buying  and  selling,  and  dealing  upon  credit,  where  fraud 
is  permitted  and  connived  at,  or  hath  no  law  to  punish  it, 
the  honest  dealer  is  always  undone,  and  the  knave  gets  the 
advantage.  I  remember  when  I  was  once  interceding  with 
the  king  for  a  criminal,  who  had  wronged  his  master  of  a 
great  sum  of  money,  which  he  had  received  by  order  and 


44  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

ran  away  with;  and  happening  to  tell  his  Majesty,  by  way 
of  extenuation,  that  it  was  only  a  breach  of  trust;  the 
Emperor  thought  it  monstrous  in  me  to  offer,  as  a  defence, 
the  greatest  aggravation  of  the  crime :  and  truly  I  had  little 
to  say  in  return,  farther  than  the  common  answer,  that 
different  nations  had  different  customs;  for,  I  confess,  I 
was  heartily  ashamed. 

Although  we  usually  call  reward  and  punishment  the 
two  hinges  upon  which  all  Government  turns,  yet  I  could 
never  observe  this  maxim  to  be  put  in  practice  by  any 
nation  except  that  of  Lilliput.  Whoever  can  there  bring 
sufficient  proof  that  he  hath  strictly  observed  the  laws  of 
his  country  for  seventy-three  moons,  hath  a  claim  to  certain 
privileges,  according  to  his  quality  and  condition  of  life, 
with  a  proportionable  sum  of  money  out  of  a  fund  appro- 
priated for  that  use:  he  likewise  acquires  the  title  of  Snil- 
pall,  or  legal,  which  is  added  to  his  name,  but  does  not 
descend  to  posterity.  And  these  people  thought  it  a  pro- 
digious defect  of  policy  among  us  when  I  told  them  that 
our  laws  were  enforced  only  by  penalties,  without  any 
mention  of  reward.  It  is  upon  this  account  that  the 
image  of  Justice,  in  their  courts  of  judicature,  is  formed 
with  six  eyes,  two  before,  as  many  behind,  and  on  each  side 
one,  to  signify  circumspection;  with  a  bag  of  gold  open  in 
her  right  hand,  and  a  sword  sheathed  in  her  left,  to  shew 
she  is  more  disposed  to  reward  than  to  punish. 

In  choosing  persons  for  all  employments,  they  have 
more  regard  to  good  morals  than  to  great  abilities;  for, 
since  Government  is  necessary  to  mankind,  they  believe 
that  the  common  size  of  human  understandings  is  fitted  to 
some  station  or  other,  and  that  Providence  never  intended 
to  make  the  management  of  public  affairs  a  mystery,  to  be 
comprehended  only  by  a  few  persons  of  sublime  genius,  of 
which  there  seldom  are  three  born  in  an  age;  but  they 
suppose  truth,  justice,  temperance,  and  the  like,  to  be  in 
every  man's  power,  the  practice  of  which  virtues,  assisted  by 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  45 

experience  and  a  good  intention,  would  qualify  any  man 
for  the  service  of  his  country,  except  where  a  course  of  study 
is  required.  But  they  thought  the  want  of  moral  virtues 
was  so  far  from  being  supplied  by  superior  endowments  of 
the  mind,  that  employments  could  never  be  put  into  such 
dangerous  hands  as  those  of  persons  so  qualified;  and  at 
least,  that  the  mistakes,  committed  by  ignorance  in  a 
virtuous  disposition,  would  never  be  of  such  fatal  conse- 
quence to  the  public  weal  as  the  practices  of  a  man  whose 
inclinations  led  him  to  be  corrupt,  and  had  great  abilities 
to  manage  and  multiply  and  defend  his  corruptions. 

In  like  manner  the  disbelief  of  a  Divine  Providence 
renders  a  man  incapable  of  holding  any  public  station; 
for,  since  kings  avow  themselves  to  be  the  deputies  of 
Providence,  the  Lilliputians  think  nothing  can  be  more 
absurd  than  for  a  Prince  to  employ  such  men  as  disown  the 
authority  under  which  they  act. 

In  relating  these  and  the  following  laws,  I  would  only 
be  understood  to  mean  the  original  institutions,  and  not 
the  most  scandalous  corruptions  into  which  these  people 
are  fallen  by  the  degenerate  nature  of  man.  For  as  to 
that  infamous  practice  of  acquiring  great  employments  by 
dancing  on  the  ropes,  or  badges  of  favour  and  distinction 
by  leaping  over  sticks  and  creeping  under  them,  the  reader 
is  to  observe  that  they  were  first  introduced  by  the  grand- 
father of  the  Emperor  now  reigning,  and  grew  to  the  present 
height  by  the  gradual  increase  of  party  and  faction. 

Ingratitude  is  among  them  a  capital  crime,  as  we  read 
it  to  have  been  in  some  other  countries;  for  they  reason 
thus,  that  whoever  makes  ill  returns  to  his  benefactor, 
must  needs  be  a  common  enemy  to  the  rest  of  mankind, 
from  whom  he  hath  received  no  obligation,  and  therefore 
such  a  man  is  not  fit  to  live. 

Their  notions  relating  to  the  duties  of  parents  and 
children  differ  extremely  from  ours.  Their  opinion  is, 
that  parents  are  the  last  of  all  others  to  be  trusted  with 


46  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

the  education  of  their  own  children;  and  therefore  they 
have  in  every  town  public  nurseries,  where  all  parents, 
except  cottagers  and  labourers,  are  obliged  to  send  their 
infants  of  both  sexes  to  be  reared  and  educated  when  they 
come  to  the  age  of  twenty  moons,  at  which  time  they  are 
supposed  to  have  some  rudiments  of  docility.  These 
schools  are  of  several  kinds,  suited  to  different  qualities, 
and  to  both  sexes.  They  have  certain  professors  well 
skilled  in  preparing  children  for  such  a  condition  of  life  as 
befits  the  rank  of  their  parents,  and  their  own  capacities  as 
well  as  inclinations.  I  shall  first  say  something  of  the 
male  nurseries,  and  then  of  the  female. 

The  nurseries  for  males  of  noble  or  eminent  birth  are 
provided  with  grave  and  learned  professors,  and  tl  eir 
several  deputies.  The  clothes  and  food  of  the  children 
are  plain  and  simple.  They  are  bred  up  in  the  principles 
of  honour,  justice,  courage,  modesty,  clemency,  religion, 
and  love  of  their  country;  they  are  always  employed  in 
some  business,  except  in  the  times  of  eating  and  sleeping, 
which  are  very  short,  and  two  hours  for  diversions,  con- 
sisting of  bodily  exercises.  They  are  dressed  by  men  till 
four  years  of  age,  and  then  are  obliged  to  dress  themselves, 
although  their  quality  be  ever  so  great;  and  the  women 
attendants,  who  are  aged  proportionably  to  ours  at  fifty, 
perform  only  the  most  menial  offices.  They  are  never 
suffered  to  converse  with  servants,  but  go  together  in 
smaller  and  greater  numbers  to  take  their  diversions,  and 
always  in  the  presence  of  a  professor,  or  one  of  his  deputies; 
whereby  they  avoid  those  early  bad  impressions  of  folly 
and  vice  to  which  our  children  are  subject.  Their  parents 
are  suffered  to  see  them  only  twice  a  year;  the  visit  is  to 
last  but  an  hour.  They  are  allowed  to  kiss  the  child  at 
meeting  and  parting;  but  a  professor,  who  always  stands 
by  on  those  occasions,  will  not  suffer  them  to  whisper,  or 
use  any  fondling  expressions,  or  bring  any  presents  of  toys, 
sweet-meats,  and  the  like. 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  47 

The  pension  from  each  family  for  the  education  and 
entertainment  of  a  child,  upon  failure  of  due  payment,  is 
levied  by  the  Emperor's  officers. 

The  nurseries  for  children  of  ordinary  gentlemen,  mer- 
chants, traders,  and  handicrafts,  are  managed  proportion- 
ably  after  the  same  manner;  only  those  designed  for 
trades  are  put  out  apprentices  at  eleven  years  old,  whereas 
those  of  persons  of  quality  continue  in  their  exercises 
till  fifteen,  which  answers  to  twenty-one  with  us:  but 
the  confinement  is  gradually  lessened  for  the  last  three 
years. 

In  the  female  nurseries,  the  young  girls  of  quality  are 
educated  much  like  the  males,  only  they  are  dressed  by 
orderly  servants  of  their  own  sex;  but  always  in  the 
presence  of  a  professor  or  deputy,  till  they  come  to  dress 
themselves,  which  is  at  five  years  old.  And  if  it  be  found 
that  these  nurses  ever  presume  to  entertain  the  girls 
with  frightful  or  foolish  stories,  they  are  publicly  whipped 
thrice  about  the  city,  imprisoned  for  a  year,  and  banished 
for  life  to  the  most  desolate  part  of  the  country.  Thus 
the  young  ladies  there  are  as  much  ashamed  of  being 
cowards  and  fools  as  the  men,  and  despise  all  personal 
ornaments  beyond  decency  and  cleanliness:  neither  did  I 
perceive  any  difference  in  their  education  made  by  their 
difference  of  sex,  only  that  the  exercises  of  the  females  were 
not  altogether  so  robust;  and  that  some  rules  were  given 
them  relating  to  domestic  life,  and  a  smaller  compass  of 
learning  was  enjoined  them:  For  their  maxim  is,  that, 
among  people  of  quality,  a  wife  should  be  always  a  reason- 
able and  agreeable  companion,  because  she  cannot  always 
be  young.  When  the  girls  are  twelve  years  old,  which 
among  them  is  the  marriageable  age,  their  parents  or 
guardians  take  them  home,  with  great  expressions  of  grati- 
tude to  the  professors,  and  seldom  without  tears  of  the 
young  lady  and  her  companion. 

In  the  nurseries  of  the  females  of  the  meaner  sort,  the 


48  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

children  are  instructed  in  all  kinds  of  works  proper  for  their 
sex,  and  their  several  degrees:  those  intended  for  appren- 
tices, are  dismissed  at  seven  years  old,  the  rest  are  kept  to 

eleven. 

The  meaner  families,  who  have  children  at  these 
nurseries,  are  obliged,  besides  their  annual  pension,  which 
is  as  low  as  possible,  to  return  to  the  steward  of  the  nursery 
a  small  monthly  share  of  their  gettings,  to  be  a  portion  for 
the  child:  and  therefore  all  parents  are  limited  in  their 
expenses  by  the  law.  For  the  Lilliputians  think  nothing 
can  be  more  unjust,  than  for  people  to  bring  children  into 
the  world,  and  leave  the  burthen  of  supporting  them  on 
the  public.  As  to  persons  of  quality,  they  give  security 
to  appropriate  a  certain  sum  for  each  child,  suitable  to  their 
condition;  and  these  funds  are  always  managed  with  good 
husbandry,  and  the  most  exact  justice. 

The  cottagers  and  labourers  keep  their  children  at 
home,  their  business  being  only  to  till  and  cultivate  the 
earth,  and  therefore  their  education  is  of  little  consequence 
to  the  public:  but  the  old  and  diseased  among  them  are 
supported  by  hospitals,  for  begging  is  a  trade  unknown  in 
this  empire. 

And  here  it  may,  perhaps,  divert  the  curious  reader,  to 
give  some  account  of  my  domestic  life,  and  my  manner  of 
living  in  this  country,  during  a  residence  of  nine  months 
and  thirteen  days.  Having  a  head  mechanically  turned, 
and  being  likewise  forced  by  necessity,  I  had  made  for 
myself  a  table  and  chair  convenient  enough,  out  of  the 
largest  trees  in  the  royal  park.  Two  hundred  sempstresses 
were  employed  to  make  me  shirts,  and  linen  for  bed  and 
table,  all  of  the  strongest  and  coarsest  kind  they  could  get ; 
which,  however,  they  were  forced  to  quilt  together  in 
several  folds,  for  the  thickest  was  some  degrees  finer  than 
lawn.  Their  linen  is  usually  three  inches  wide,  and  three 
feet  make  a  piece.  The  sempstresses  took  my  measure  as  I 
lay  on  the  ground,  one  standing  at  my  neck,  and  another  at 


THE      LILLIPUTIAN     TAILORS      MEASURE 
GULLIVER  FOR  A  NEW  SUIT  OF  CLOTHES 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  49 

my  mid-leg,  with  a  strong  cord  extended,  that  each  held 
by  the  end,  while  the  third  measured  the  length  of  the  cord 
with  a  rule  of  an  inch  long.  Then  they  measured  my  right 
thumb  and  desired  no  more;  for,  by  a  mathematical  com- 
putation, that  twice  round  the  thumb  is  once  round  the 
wrist,  and  so  on  to  the  neck  and  the  waist ;  and  by  the  help 
of  my  old  shirt,  which  I  displayed  on  the  ground  before 
them  for  a  pattern,  they  fitted  me  exactly.  Three  hundred 
tailors  were  employed  in  the  same  manner  to  make  me 
clothes;  but  they  had  another  contrivance  for  taking  my 
measure.  I  kneeled  down,  and  they  raised  a  ladder  from 
the  ground  to  my  neck;  upon  this  ladder  one  of  them 
mounted,  and  let  fall  a  plumb-line  from  my  collar  to  the 
floor,  which  just  answered  the  length  of  my  coat;  but  my 
waist  and  arms  I  measured  myself.  When  my  clothes  were 
finished,  which  was  done  in  my  house  (for  the  largest  of 
theirs  would  not  have  been  able  to  hold  them)  they  looked 
like  the  patch-work  made  by  the  ladies  in  England,  only 
that  mine  were  all  of  a  colour. 

I  had  three  hundred  cooks  to  dress  my  victuals,  in  little 
convenient  huts  built  about  my  house,  where  they  and 
their  families  lived,  and  prepared  me  two  dishes  a-piece.  I 
took  up  twenty  waiters  in  my  hand,  and  placed  them  on 
the  table;  an  hundred  more  attended  below  on  the  ground, 
some  with  dishes  of  meat,  and  some  with  barrels  of  wine 
and  other  liquors,  slung  on  their  shoulders,  all  of  which  the 
waiters  above  drew  up  as  I  wanted,  in  a  very  ingenious 
manner,  by  certain  cords,  as  we  draw  the  bucket  up  a  well 
in  Europe.  A  dish  of  their  meat  was  a  good  mouthful,  and 
a  barrel  of  their  liquor  a  reasonable  draught.  Their  mutton 
yields  to  ours,  but  their  beef  is  excellent.  I  have  had  a 
surloin  so  large,  that  I  have  been  forced  to  make  three 
bites  of  it;  but  this  is  rare.  My  servants  were  astonished 
to  see  me  eat  it,  bones  and  all,  as  in  our  country  we  do  the 
leg  of  a  lark.  Their  geese  and  turkeys  I  usually  eat  at  a 
mouthful;  and,  I  must  confess,  they  far  exceed  ours.  Of 


5o  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

their  smaller  fowl,  I  could  take  up  twenty  or  thirty  at  the 
end  of  my  knife. 

One  day  his  Imperial  Majesty,  being  informed  of  my 
way  of  living,  desired  that  himself  and  his  royal  consort, 
with  the  young  princes  of  the  blood  of  both  sexes,  might 
have  the  happiness  (as  he  was  pleased  to  call  it)  of  dining 
with  me.  They  came  accordingly,  and  I  placed  them  upon 
chairs  of  state  on  my  table,  just  over  against  me,  with 
their  guards  about  them.  Flimnap,  the  lord  high  treasurer, 
attended  there  likewise,  with  his  white  staff;  and  I 
observed  he  often  looked  on  me  with  a  sour  countenance, 
which  I  would  not  seem  to  regard,  but  eat  more  than  usual, 
in  honour  to  my  dear  country,  as  well  as  to  fill  the  court 
with  admiration.  I  have  some  private  reasons  to  believe 
that  this  visit  from  his  Majesty  gave  Flimnap  an  oppor- 
tunity of  doing  me  ill  offices  to  his  master.  That  minister 
had  always  been  my  secret  enemy,  though  he  outwardly 
caressed  me  more  than  was  usual  to  the  moroseness  of  his 
nature.  He  represented  to  the  Emperor  the  low  condi- 
tion of  his  treasury;  that  he  was  forced  to  take  up  money 
at  great  discount;  that  exchequer  bills  would  not  circulate 
under  nine  per  cent,  below  par;  that,  in  short,  I  had  cost 
his  Majesty  above  a  million  and  a  half  of  sprugs  (their 
greatest  gold  coin,  about  the  bigness  of  a  spangle)  and, 
upon  the  whole,  that  it  would  be  advisable  in  the  Emperor 
to  take  the  first  fair  occasion  of  dismissing  me. 

On  occasions  when  a  servant  gave  me  notice  of  the 
arrival  of  a  coach,  my  custom  was  to  go  immediately 
to  the  door;  and,  after  paying  my  respects,  to  take 
up  the  coach  and  two  horses  very  carefully  in  my  hands 
(for,  if  there  were  six  horses,  the  postillion  always  un- 
harnessed four)  and  place  them  on  a  table,  where  I  had 
fixed  a  moveable  rim  quite  round,  of  five  inches  high,  to 
prevent  accidents.  And  I  have  often  had  four  coaches  and 
horses  at  once  on  my  table  full  of  company,  while  I  sat  in 
my  chair,  leaning  my  face  towards  them;  and,  when  I  was 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILL1PUT 


51 


engaged  with  one  set,  the  coachman  would  gently  drive 
the  others  round  my  table.  I  have  passed  many  an  after- 
noon very  agreeably  in  these  conversations.  But  I  defy  the 
treasurer  to  prove  that  any  person  ever  came  to  me  incognito, 
except  the  secretary  Reldresal,  who  was  sent  by  express 
command  of  his  Imperial  Majesty,  as  I  have  before  related. 
I  then  had  the  honour  to  be  a  nardac,  which  the  treasurer 
himself  is  not;  for  all  the  world  knows  that  he  is  only  a 
glumglum,  a  title  inferior  by  one  degree,  as  that  of  a  mar- 
quis is  to  a  duke  in  England,  although  I  allow  he  preceded 
me  in  right  of  his  post.  These  false  informations  made 
Flimnap,  the  treasurer,  shew  me  an  ill  countenance ;  and 
although  he  were  at  last  undeceived,  yet  I  lost  all  credit 
with  him,  and  found  my  interest  decline  very  fast  with  the 
Emperor  himself,  who  was,  indeed,  too  much  governed  by 
that  favourite. 


CHAPTER  VII 

BEFORE  I  proceed  to  give  an  account  of  my  leaving  this 
kingdom,  it  may  be  proper  to  inform  the  reader  of  a 
private  intrigue  which  had  been  for  two  months  forming 
against  me. 

I  had  been  hitherto  all  my  life  a  stranger  to  courts,  for 
which  I  was  unqualified  by  the  meanness  of  my  condition. 
I  had,  indeed,  heard  and  read  enough  of  the  dispositions  of 
great  princes  and  ministers;  but  never  expected  to  have 
found  such  terrible  effects  of  them  in  so  remote  a  country, 
governed,  as  I  thought,  by  very  different  maxims  from 
those  in  Europe. 

When  I  was  just  preparing  to  pay  my  attendance  on  the 
Emperor  of  Blefuscu,  a  considerable  person  at  court  (to 
whom  I  had  been  very  serviceable,  at  a  time  when  he  lay 
under  the  highest  displeasure  of  his  Imperial  Majesty)  came 
to  my  house  very  privately  at  night  in  a  close  chair,  and, 
without  sending  his  name,  desired  admittance.  The  chair- 
men were  dismissed;  I  put  the  chair,  with  his  lordship  in 
it,  into  my  coat  pocket;  and,  giving  orders  to  a  trusty 
servant  to  say  I  was  indisposed  and  gone  to  sleep,  I  fastened 
the  door  of  my  house,  placed  the  chair  on  the  table,  accord- 
ing to  my  usual  custom,  and  sat  down  by  it.  After  the 
common  salutations  were  over,  observing  his  lordship's 
countenance  full  of  concern,  and  enquiring  into  the  reason, 
he  desired  I  would  hear  him  with  patience,  in  a  matter  that 
highly  concerned  my  honour  and  my  life.  His  speech  was 
to  the  following  effect,  for  I  took  notes  of  it  as  soon  as  he 
left  me. 

"  You  are  to  know,"  said  he,  "  that  several  committees 
of  council  have  been  lately  called  in  the  most  private 

52 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  53 

manner  on  your  account;    and  it  is  but  two  days  since  his 
Majesty  came  to  a  full  resolution. 

'  You  are  very  sensible  that  Skyresh  Bolgolam  (galbet, 
or  high  admiral)  hath  been  your  mortal  enemy  almost  ever 
since  your  arrival:  his  original  reasons  I  know  not;  but 
his  hatred  is  increased  since  your  great  success  against 
Blefuscu,  by  which  his  glory,  as  admiral,  is  much  obscured. 
This  lord,  in  conjunction  with  Flimnap,  the  high  treasurer, 
whose  enmity  against  you  is  notorious  on  account  of  his 
lady,  Limtoc  the  general,  Lalcon  the  chamberlain,  and 
Balmuff  the  grand  justiciary,  have  prepared  articles  of 
impeachment  against  you,  for  treason,  and  other  capital 
crimes." 

This  preface  made  me  so  impatient,  being  conscious  of 
my  own  merits  and  innocence,  that  I  was  going  to  inter- 
rupt; when  he  intreated  me  to  be  silent,  and  thus  pro- 
ceeded : 

"  Out  of  gratitude  for  the  favours  you  have  done  me,  I 
procured  information  of  the  whole  proceedings,  and  a  copy 
of  the  articles,  wherein  I  venture  my  head  for  your  service. 

Articles  of  Impeachment  against  QUINBUS  FLESTRIN 
(the  MAN-MOUNTAIN). 

ARTICLE    I 

"  '  That  the  said  Quinbus  Flestrin  having  brought  the 
imperial  fleet  of  Blefuscu  into  the  royal  port,  and  being 
afterwards  commanded  by  his  Imperial  Majesty  to  seize 
all  the  other  ships  of  the  said  empire  of  Blefuscu,  and 
reduce  that  empire  to  a  province,  to  be  governed  by  a 
viceroy  from  hence,  and  to  destroy  and  put  to  death  not 
only  all  the  Big-endian  exiles,  but  likewise  all  the  people 
of  that  empire,  who  would  not  immediately  forsake  the 
Big-endian  heresy:  he,  the  said  Flestrin,  like  a  false  traitor 
against  his  most  auspicious,  serene,  Imperial  Majesty,  did 
petition  to  be  excused  from  the  said  service,  upon  pretence 


54  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

of  unwillingness  to  force  the  consciences,  or  destroy  the 
liberties  and  lives  of  innocent  people. 

ARTICLE    II 

"  '  That,  whereas  certain  ambassadors  arrived  from  the 
court  of  Blefuscu,  to  sue  for  peace  in  his  Majesty's  court: 
he  the  said  Flestrin  did,  like  a  false  traitor,  aid,  abet,  com- 
fort, and  divert  the  said  ambassadors,  although  he  knew 
them  to  be  servants  to  a  prince  who  was  lately  an  open 
enemy  to  his  Imperial  Majesty,  and  in  open  war  against  his 
said  Majesty. 

ARTICLE  in 

"  '  That  the  said  Quinbus  Flestrin,  contrary  to  the  duty 
of  a  faithful  subject,  is  now  preparing  to  make  a  voyage  to 
the  court  and  empire  of  Blefuscu,  for  which  he  hath  re- 
ceived only  verbal  licence  from  his  Imperial  Majesty;  and 
under  colour  of  the  said  licence  doth  falsely  and  traitor- 
ously intend  to  take  the  said  voyage,  and  thereby  to  aid, 
comfort,  and  abet  the  Emperor  of  Blefuscu,  so  late  an 
enemy,  and  in  open  war  with  his  Imperial  Majesty  afore- 
said.' 

'  There  are  some  other  articles,  but  these  are  the  most 
important,  of  which  I  have  read  you  an  abstract. 

'  In  the  several  debates  upon  this  impeachment,  it 
must  be  confessed  that  his  Majesty  gave  many  marks  of 
his  great  lenity,  often  urging  the  services  you  had  done 
him,  and  endeavouring  to  extenuate  your  crimes.  The 
treasurer  and  admiral  insisted  that  you  should  be  put  to 
the  most  painful  and  ignominious  death,  by  setting  fire  on 
your  house  at  night,  and  the  general  was  to  attend  with 
twenty  thousand  men  armed  with  poisoned  arrows,  to  shoot 
you  on  the  face  and  hands.  Some  of  your  servants  were  to 
have  private  orders  to  strew  a  poisonous  juice  on  your 
shirts  and  sheets,  which  would  soon  make  you  tear  your 
own  flesh,  and  die  in  the  utmost  torture.  The  general  came 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  55 

into  the  same  opinion ;  so  that  for  a  long  time  there  was  a 
majority  against  you:  but  his  Majesty  resolving,  if  possible, 
to  spare  your  life,  at  last  brought  off  the  chamberlain. 

"  Upon  this  incident,  Reldresal,  principal  secretary  for 
private  affairs,  who  always  approved  himself  your  true 
friend,  was  commanded  by  the  Emperor  to  deliver  his 
opinion,  which  he  accordingly  did:  and  therein  justified 
the  good  thoughts  you  have  of  him.  He  allowed  your 
crimes  to  be  great,  but  that  still  there  was  room  for  mercy, 
the  most  commendable  virtue  in  a  prince,  and  for  which 
his  Majesty  was  so  justly  celebrated.  He  said  the  friend- 
ship between  you  and  him  was  so  well  known  to  the  world, 
that  perhaps  the  most  honourable  board  might  think  him 
partial.  However,  in  obedience  to  the  command  he  had 
received,  he  would  freely  offer  his  sentiments.  That  if  his 
Majesty,  in  consideration  of  your  services,  and  pursuant  to 
his  own  merciful  disposition,  would  please  to  spare  your 
life,  and  only  give  order  to  put  out  both  your  eyes,  he 
humbly  conceived,  that,  by  this  expedient,  justice  might 
in  some  measure  be  satisfied,  and  all  the  world  would 
applaud  the  lenity  of  the  Emperor,  as  well  as  the  fair  and 
generous  proceedings  of  those  who  have  the  honour  to  be 
his  counsellors.  That  the  loss  of  your  eyes  would  be  no 
impediment  to  your  bodily  strength,  by  which  you  might 
still  be  useful  to  his  Majesty.  That  blindness  is  an  addition 
to  courage,  by  concealing  dangers  from  us;  that  the  fear 
you  had  for  your  eyes  was  the  greatest  difficulty  in  bring- 
ing over  the  enemy's  fleet,  and  it  would  be  sufficient  for  you 
to  see  by  the  eyes  of  the  ministers,  since  the  greatest  princes 
do  no  more. 

"  This  proposal  was  received  with  the  utmost  disappro- 
bation by  the  whole  board.  Bolgolam,  the  admiral,  could 
not  preserve  his  temper;  but,  rising  up  in  fury,  said,  he 
wondered  how  the  secretary  durst  presume  to  give  his 
opinion  for  preserving  the  life  of  a  traitor:  that  the  services 
you  had  performed  were,  by  all  true  reasons  of  state,  the 


56  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

great  aggravation  of  your  crimes;  that  the  same  strength, 
which  enabled  you  to  bring  over  the  enemy's  fleet,  might 
serve,  upon  the  first  discontent,  to  carry  it  back;  that  he 
had  good  reasons  to  think  you  were  a  Big-endian  in  your 
heart;  and  as  treason  begins  in  the  heart,  before  it  appears 
in  overt  acts,  so  he  accused  you  as  a  traitor  on  that  account, 
and  therefore  insisted  you  should  be  put  to  death. 

"  The  treasurer  was  of  the  same  opinion.  He  showed 
to  what  straits  his  Majesty's  revenue  was  reduced  by  the 
charge  of  maintaining  you,  which  would  soon  grow  in- 
supportable: that  the  secretary's  expedient  of  putting  out 
your  eyes  was  so  far  from  being  a  remedy  against  this  evil, 
it  would  probably  increase  it,  as  it  is  manifest  from  the 
common  practice  of  blinding  some  kind  of  fowl,  after  which 
they  fed  the  faster,  and  grew  sooner  fat;  that  his  sacred 
Majesty  and  the  council,  who  are  your  judges,  were  in 
their  own  consciences  fully  convinced  of  your  guilt,  which 
was  a  sufficient  argument  to  condemn  you  to  death,  without 
the  formal  proofs  required  by  the  strict  letter  of  the  law. 

'  But  his  Imperial  Majesty,  fully  determined  against 
capital  punishment,  was  graciously  pleased  to  say,  that, 
since  the  council  thought  the  loss  of  your  eyes  too  easy  a 
censure,  some  other  may  be  inflicted  hereafter.  And  your 
friend,  the  secretary,  humbly  desiring  to  be  heard  again, 
in  answer  to  what  the  treasurer  had  objected  concerning 
the  great  charge  his  Majesty  was  at  in  maintaining  you, 
said  that  his  Excellency,  who  had  the  sole  disposal  of  the 
Emperor's  revenue,  might  easily  provide  against  that  evil 
by  gradually  lessening  your  establishment,  by  which,  for 
want  of  sufficient  food,  you  would  grow  weak  and  faint,  and 
lose  your  appetite,  and  consume  in  a  few  months;  neither 
would  the  stench  of  your  carcase  be  then  so  dangerous, 
when  it  should  become  more  than  half  diminished;  and 
immediately,  upon  your  death,  five  or  six  thousand  of  his 
Majesty's  subjects  might,  in  two  or  three  days,  cut  your 
flesh  from  your  bones,  take  it  away  by  cartloads,  and  bury 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  57 

it  in  distant  parts  to  prevent  infection,  leaving  the  skeleton 
as  a  monument  of  admiration  to  posterity. 

"  Thus,  by  the  great  friendship  of  the  secretary,  the 
whole  affair  was  compromised.  It  was  strictly  enjoined 
that  the  project  of  starving  you,  by  degrees,  should  be  kept 
a  secret,  but  the  sentence  of  putting  out  your  eyes  was 
entered  on  the  books;  none  dissenting  except  Bolgolam, 
the  admiral,  who,  being  a  creature  of  the  Empress,  was 
perpetually  instigated  by  her  Majesty  to  insist  upon  your 
death. 

"  In  three  days,  your  friend,  the  secretary,  will  be 
directed  to  come  to  your  house,  and  read  before  you  the 
articles  of  impeachment;  and  then  to  signify  the  great 
lenity  and  favour  of  his  Majesty  and  council,  whereby  you 
are  only  condemned  to  the  loss  of  your  eyes,  which  his 
Majesty  doth  not  question  you  will  gratefully  and  humbly 
submit  to;  and  twenty  of  his  Majesty's  surgeons  will 
attend,  in  order  to  see  the  operation  well  performed,  by  dis- 
charging very  sharp-pointed  arrows  into  the  balls  of  your 
eyes  as  you  lie  on  the  ground. 

"  I  leave  to  your  prudence  what  measures  you  will 
take;  and,  to  avoid  suspicion,  I  must  immediately  return 
in  as  private  manner  as  I  came." 

His  lordship  did  so,  and  I  remained  alone,  under  many 
doubts  and  perplexities  of  mind. 

It  was  a  custom  introduced  by  this  prince  and  his 
ministry  (very  different,  as  I  have  been  assured,  from  the 
practices  of  former  times)  that  after  the  court  had  decreed 
any  cruel  execution,  either  to  gratify  the  monarch's  resent- 
ment or  the  malice  of  a  favourite,  the  Emperor  always 
made  a  speech  to  his  whole  council,  expressing  his  great 
lenity  and  tenderness,  as  qualities  known  and  confessed  by 
all  the  world.  This  speech  was  immediately  published 
through  the  kingdom;  nor  did  anything  terrify  the  people 
so  much  as  those  encomiums  on  his  Majesty's  mercy, 
because  it  was  observed,  that,  the  more  these  praises  were 


58  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

enlarged  and  insisted  on,  the  more  inhuman  was  the  punish- 
ment, and  the  sufferer  more  innocent.  And  as  to  myself, 
I  must  confess,  having  never  been  designed  for  a  courtier, 
either  by  my  birth  or  education,  I  was  so  ill  a  judge  of 
things,  that  I  could  not  discover  the  lenity  and  favour  of 
this  sentence,  but  conceived  it  (perhaps  erroneously)  rather 
to  be  rigorous  than  gentle.  I  sometimes  thought  of  stand- 
ing my  trial;  for,  although  I  could  not  deny  the  facts 
alleged  in  the  several  articles,  yet  I  hoped  they  would 
admit  of  some  extenuation.  But  having  in  my  life  perused 
many  state-trials,  which  I  ever  observed  to  terminate  as 
the  judges  thought  fit  to  direct,  I  durst  not  rely  on  so 
dangerous  a  decision  in  so  critical  a  juncture,  and  against 
such  powerful  enemies.  Once  I  was  strongly  bent  upon 
resistance,  for,  while  I  had  liberty,  the  whole  strength  of 
that  empire  could  hardly  subdue  me,  and  I  might  easily 
with  stones  pelt  the  metropolis  to  pieces;  but  I  soon  re- 
jected that  project  with  horror,  by  remembering  the  oath 
I  had  made  to  the  Emperor,  the  favours  I  received  from 
him,  and  the  high  title  of  nardac  he  conferred  upon  me. 
Neither  had  I  so  soon  learned  the  gratitude  of  courtiers,  to 
persuade  myself  that  his  Majesty's  present  severities 
acquitted  me  of  all  past  obligations. 

At  last  I  fixed  upon  a  resolution,  for  which  it  is  probable 
I  may  incur  some  censure,  and  not  unjustly;  for  I  confess 
I  owe  the  preserving  my  eyes,  and  consequently  my  liberty, 
to  my  own  great  rashness,  and  want  of  experience ;  because, 
if  I  had  then  known  the  nature  of  princes  and  ministers, 
which  I  have  since  observed  in  many  other  courts,  and 
their  methods  of  treating  criminals  less  obnoxious  than 
myself,  I  should  with  great  alacrity  and  readiness  have 
submitted  to  so  easy  a  punishment.  But  hurried  on  by 
the  precipitancy  of  youth,  and  having  his  Imperial 
Majesty's  licence  to  pay  my  attendance  upon  the  Emperor 
of  Blefuscu,  I  took  this  opportunity,  before  the  three  days 
were  elapsed,  to  send  a  letter  to  my  friend  the  secretary, 


A   VOYAGE  TO  L1LLIPUT  59 

signifying  my  resolution  of  setting  out  that  morning  for 
Blefuscu,  pursuant  to  the  leave  I  had  got;  and,  without 
waiting  for  an  answer,  I  went  to  that  side  of  the  island 
where  our  fleet  lay.  I  seized  a  large  man-of-war,  tied  v. 
cable  to  the  prow,  and,  lifting  up  the  anchors,  I  stript 
myself,  put  my  clothes  (together  with  my  coverlet,  which 
I  brought  under  my  arm)  into  the  vessel,  and  drawing  it 
after  me,  between  wading  and  swimming,  arrived  at  the 
royal  port  of  Blefuscu,  where  the  people  had  long  expected 
me;  they  lent  me  two  guides  to  direct  me  to  the  capital 
city,  which  is  of  the  same  name.  I  held  them  in  my  hands 
till  I  came  within  two  hundred  yards  of  the  gate,  and 
desired  them  to  signify  my  arrival  to  one  of  the  secretaries, 
and  let  him  know,  I  there  waited  his  Majesty's  command. 
I  had  an  answer  in  about  an  hour,  that  his  Majesty, 
attended  by  the  royal  family  and  great  officers  of  the 
court,  was  coming  out  to  receive  me.  I  advanced  a  hun- 
dred yards.  The  Emperor  and  his  train  alighted  from  their 
horses,  the  Empress  and  ladies  from  their  coaches,  and  I 
did  not  perceive  they  were  in  any  fright  or  concern.  I  lay 
on  the  ground  to  kiss  his  Majesty's  and  the  Empress's  hand. 
I  told  his  Majesty  that  I  was  come  according  to  my  promise, 
and  with  the  licence  of  the  Emperor  my  master,  to  have 
the  honour  of  seeing  so  mighty  a  monarch,  and  to  offer 
him  any  service  in  my  power  consistent  with  my  duty  to 
my  own  prince;  not  mentioning  a  word  of  my  disgrace, 
because  I  had  hitherto  no  regular  information  of  it,  and 
might  suppose  myself  wholly  ignorant  of  any  such  design; 
neither  could  I  reasonably  conceive  that  the  Emperor 
would  discover  the  secret  while  I  was  out  of  his  power; 
wherein,  however,  it  soon  appeared  I  was  deceived. 

I  shall  not  trouble  the  reader  with  the  particular  account 
of  my  reception  at  this  court,  which  was  suitable  to  the 
generosity  of  so  great  a  prince;  nor  of  the  difficulties  I  was 
in  for  want  of  a  house  and  bed,  being  forced  to  lie  on  the 
ground,  wrapped  up  in  my  coverlet. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

THREE  days  after  my  arrival,  walking  out  of  curiosity  to 
the  north-east  coast  of  the  island,  I  observed,  about  half 
a  league  off,  in  the  sea,  somewhat  that  looked  like  a  boat 
overturned.  I  pulled  off  my  shoes  and  stockings,  and, 
wading  two  or  three  hundred  yards,  I  found  the  object  to 
approach  nearer  by  force  of  the  tide;  and  then  plainly 
saw  it  to  be  a  real  boat,  which  I  supposed  might,  by  some 
tempest,  have  been  driven  from  a  ship.  Whereupon  I 
returned  immediately  towards  the  city,  and  desired  his 
Imperial  Majesty  to  lend  me  twenty  of  the  tallest  vessels 
he  had  left  after  the  loss  of  his  fleet,  and  three  thousand 
seamen,  under  the  command  of  the  vice-admiral.  This 
fleet  sailed  round,  while  I  went  back  the  shortest  way  to 
the  coast,  where  I  first  discovered  the  boat;  I  found  the 
tide  had  driven  it  still  nearer.  The  seamen  were  all  pro- 
vided with  cordage,  which  I  had  beforehand  twisted  to  a 
sufficient  strength.  When  the  ships  came  up,  I  stripped 
myself,  and  waded  till  I  came  within  an  hundred  yards  of 
the  boat,  after  which  I  was  forced  to  swim  till  I  got  up  to  it. 
The  seamen  threw  me  the  end  of  the  cord,  which  I  fastened 
to  a  hole  in  the  fore-part  of  the  boat,  and  the  other  end  to  a 
man-of-war.  But  I  found  all  my  labour  to  little  purpose; 
for,  being  out  of  my  depth,  I  was  not  able  to  work.  In 
this  necessity,  I  was  forced  to  swim  behind,  and  push  the 
boat  forwards  as  often  as  I  could,  with  one  of  my  hands; 
and,  the  tide  favouring  me,  I  advanced  so  far,  that  I  could 
just  hold  up  my  chin  and  feel  the  ground.  I  rested  two  or 
three  minutes,  and  then  gave  the  boat  another  shove,  and 
so  on,  till  the  sea  was  no  higher  than  my  arm-pits;  and 
now,  the  most  laborious  part  being  over,  I  took  out  my 

60 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  61 

other  cables,  which  were  stowed  in  one  of  the  ships,  and 
fastened  them  first  to  the  boat,  and  then  to  nine  of  the 
vessels  which  attended  me;  the  wind  being  favourable, 
the  seamen  towed,  and  I  shoved  till  we  arrived  within  forty 
yards  of  the  shore,  and,  waiting  till  the  tide  was  out,  I  got 
dry  to  the  boat,  and  by  the  assistance  of  two  thousand  men, 
with  ropes,  and  engines,  I  made  a  shift  to  turn  it  on  its 
bottom,  and  found  it  was  but  little  damaged. 

I  shall  not  trouble  the  reader  with  the  difficulties  I  was 
under,  by  the  help  of  certain  paddles,  which  cost  me  ten 
days  making,  to  get  my  boat  to  the  royal  port  of  Blefuscu, 
where  a  mighty  concourse  of  people  appeared  upon  my 
arrival,  full  of  wonder  at  the  sight  of  so  prodigious  a  vessel. 
I  told  the  Emperor  that  my  good  fortune  had  thrown  this 
boat  in  my  way,  to  carry  me  to  some  place  from  whence  I 
might  return  into  my  native  country,  and  begged  his 
Majesty's  orders  for  getting  materials  to  fit  it  up,  together 
with  his  licence  to  depart,  which,  after  some  kind  expostu- 
lations, he  was  pleased  to  grant. 

I  did  very  much  wonder,  in  all  this  time,  not  to  have 
heard  of  any  express  relating  to  me  from  our  Emperor 
to  the  court  of  Blefuscu.  But  I  was  afterwards  given 
privately  to  understand  that  his  Imperial  Majesty,  never 
imagining  I  had  the  least  notice  of  his  designs,  believed  I 
was  only  gone  to  Blefuscu,  in  performance  of  my  promise, 
according  to  the  licence  he  had  given  me,  which  was  well 
known  at  our  court,  and  would  return  in  a  few  days,  when 
the  ceremony  was  ended.  But  he  was  at  last  in  pain  at  my 
long  absence;  and,  after  consulting  with  the  treasurer  and 
the  rest  of  that  cabal,  a  person  of  quality  was  dispatched 
with  the  copy  of  the  articles  against  me.  This  envoy  had 
instructions  to  represent  to  the  monarch  of  Blefuscu  the 
great  lenity  of  his  master,  who  was  content  to  punish  me 
no  farther  than  with  the  loss  of  my  eyes;  that  I  had  fled 
from  justice,  and,  if  I  did  not  return  in  two  hours,  I  should 
be  deprived  of  my  title  of  nardac,  and  declared  a  traitor. 


62  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

The  envoy  further  added,  that  in  order  to  maintain  the 
peace  and  amity  between  both  empires,  his  master  expected 
that  his  brother  of  Blefuscu  would  give  orders  to  have  me 
sent  back  to  Lilliput,  bound  hand  and  foot,  to  be  punished 
as  a  traitor. 

The  Emperor  of  Blefuscu,  having  taken  three  days  to 
consult,  returned  an  answer,  consisting  of  many  civilities 
and  excuses.  He  said  that  as  for  sending  me  bound,  his 
brother  knew  it  was  impossible;  that  although  I  had  de- 
prived him  of  his  fleet,  yet  he  owed  great  obligations  to  me 
for  many  good  offices  I  had  done  him  in  making  the  peace : 
that,  however,  both  their  Majesties  would  soon  be  made 
easy;  for  I  had  found  a  prodigious  vessel  on  the  shore,  able 
to  carry  me  on  the  sea,  which  he  had  given  order  to  fit  up 
with  my  own  assistance  and  direction;  and  he  hoped,  in  a 
few  weeks,  both  empires  would  be  freed  from  so  insupport- 
able an  incumbrance. 

With  this  answer  the  envoy  returned  to  Lilliput,  and 
the  monarch  of  Blefuscu  related  to  me  all  that  had  passed; 
offering  me  at  the  same  time  (but  under  the  strictest  con- 
fidence) his  gracious  protection,  if  I  would  continue  in  his 
service;  wherein,  although  I  believed  him  sincere,  yet  I 
resolved  never  more  to  put  any  confidence  in  princes  or 
ministers,  w7here  I  could  possibly  avoid  it,  and,  therefore, 
with  all  due  acknowledgments  for  his  favourable  inten- 
tions, I  humbly  begged  to  be  excused.  I  told  him,  that 
since  fortune,  whether  good  or  evil,  had  thrown  a  vessel 
in  my  way,  I  was  resolved  to  venture  myself  in  the  ocean 
rather  than  be  an  occasion  of  difference  between  two  such 
mighty  monarchs.  Neither  did  I  find  the  Emperor  at  all 
displeased,  and  I  discovered,  by  a  certain  accident,  that  he 
was  very  glad  of  my  resolution,  and  so  were  most  of  his 
ministers. 

These  considerations  moved  me  to  hasten  my  departure 
somewhat  sooner  than  I  intended;  to  which  the  court, 
impatient  to  have  me  gone,  very  readily  contributed. 


A   VOYAGE  TO   LILLIPUT  63 

Five  hundred  workmen  were  employed  to  make  two  sails 
to  my  boat,  according  to  my  directions,  by  quilting  thirteen 
fold  of  their  strongest  linen  together.  I  was  at  the  pains 
of  making  ropes  and  cables,  by  twisting  ten,  twenty,  or 
thirty  of  the  thickest  and  strongest  of  theirs.  A  great  stone 
that  I  happened  to  find,  after  a  long  search  by  the  sea-shore, 
served  me  for  an  anchor.  I  had  the  tallow  of  three  hundred 
cows  for  greasing  my  boat  and  other  uses.  I  was  at  in- 
credible pains  in  cutting  down  some  of  the  largest  timber- 
trees  for  oars  and  masts,  wherein  I  was,  however,  much 
assisted  by  his  Majesty's  ship-carpenters,  who  helped  me 
in  smoothing  them  after  I  had  done  the  rough  work. 

In  about  a  month,  when  all  was  prepared,  I  sent  to  receive 
his  Majesty's  commands,  and  to  take  my  leave.  The 
Emperor  and  royal  family  came  out  of  the  palace;  I  lay 
down  on  my  face  to  kiss  his  hand,  which  he  very  graciously 
gave  me;  so  did  the  Empress,  and  young  princes  of  the 
blood.  His  Majesty  presented  me  with  fifty  purses  of  two 
hundred  sprugs  a-piece,  together  with  his  picture  at  full 
length,  which  I  put  immediately  into  one  of  my  gloves,  to 
keep  it  from  being  hurt.  The  ceremonies  at  my  departure 
were  too  many  to  trouble  the  reader  with  at  this  time. 

I  stored  the  boat  with  the  carcases  of  an  hundred  oxen, 
and  three  hundred  sheep,  with  bread  and  drink  proportion- 
able, and  as  much  meat  ready  dressed  as  four  hundred  cooks 
could  provide.  I  took  with  me  six  cows  and  two  bulls 
alive,  with  as  many  ewes  and  rams,  intending  to  carry 
them  into  my  own  country  and  propagate  the  breed.  And, 
to  feed  them  on  board,  I  had  a  good  bundle  of  hay,  and  a 
bag  of  corn.  I  would  gladly  have  taken  a  dozen  of  the 
natives,  but  this  was  a  thing  the  Emperor  would  by  no 
means  permit ;  and,  besides  a  diligent  search  into  my  pockets, 
his  Majesty  engaged  my  honour  not  to  carry  away  any  of 
his  subjects,  although  with  their  own  consent  and  desire. 

Having  thus  prepared  all  things  as  well  as  I  was  able, 
I  set  sail  on  the  twenty-fourth  day  of  September  1701, 


64  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

at  six  in  the  morning;  and  when  I  had  gone  about  four 
leagues  to  the  northward,  the  wind  being  at  south-east,  at 
six  in  the  evening  I  descried  a  small  island  about  half  a 
league  to  the  north-west.  I  advanced  forward,  and  cast 
anchor  on  the  lee-side  of  the  island,  which  seemed  to  be 
uninhabited.  I  then  took  some  refreshment  and  went  to 
my  rest.  I  slept  well,  and  I  conjecture  at  least  six  hours, 
for  I  found  the  day  broke  in  two  hours  after  I  awaked. 
It  was  a  clear  night.  I  eat  my  breakfast  before  the  sun 
was  up;  and  heaving  anchor,  the  wind  being  favourable, 
I  steered  the  same  course  that  I  had  done  the  day  before, 
wherein  I  was  directed  by  my  pocket-compass.  My  in- 
tention was  to  reach,  if  possible,  one  of  those  islands  which 
I  had  reason  to  believe  lay  on  the  north-east  of  Van  Diemen's 
Land.  I  discovered  nothing  all  that  day;  but  upon  the 
next,  about  three  in  the  afternoon,  when  I  had  by  my  com- 
putation made  twenty-four  leagues  from  Blefuscu,  I  descried 
a  sail  steering  to  the  south-east;  my  course  was  due  east. 
I  hailed  her,  but  could  get  no  answer;  yet  I  found  I  gained 
upon  her,  for  the  wind  slackened.  I  made  all  the  sail  I 
could,  and  in  half  an  hour  she  spied  me,  then  hung  out  her 
ancient,  and  discharged  a  gun.  It  is  not  easy  to  express 
the  joy  I  was  in  upon  the  unexpected  hope  of  once  more 
seeing  my  beloved  country,  and  the  dear  pledges  I  had  left 
in  it.  The  ship  slackened  her  sails,  and  I  came  up  with  her 
between  five  and  six  in  the  evening,  September  26;  but  my 
heart  leapt  within  me  to  see  her  English  colours.  I  put  my 
cows  and  sheep  into  my  coat-pockets,  and  got  on  board  with 
all  my  little  cargo  of  provisions.  The  vessel  was  an  English 
merchantman,  returning  from  Japan  by  the  north  and  south 
seas,  the  captain,  Mr.  John  Biddel  of  Deptford,  a  very 
civil  man,  and  an  excellent  sailor.  We  were  now  in  the 
latitude  of  30  degrees  south;  there  were  about  fifty  men 
in  the  ship;  and  here  I  met  an  old  comrade  of  mine,  one 
Peter  Williams,  who  gave  me  a  good  character  to  the  captain. 
This  gentleman  treated  me  with  kindness,  and  desired  I 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LILLIPUT  65 

would  let  him  know  what  place  I  came  from  last  and  whither 
I  was  bound;  which  I  did  in  few  words,  but  he  thought  I 
was  raving,  and  that  the  dangers  I  underwent  had  disturbed 
my  head;  whereupon  I  took  my  black  cattle  and  sheep  out 
of  my  pocket,  which,  after  great  astonishment,  clearly  con- 
vinced him  of  my  veracity.  I  then  shewed  him  the  gold 
given  me  by  the  Emperor  of  Blefuscu,  together  with  his 
Majesty's  picture  at  full  length,  and  some  other  rarities 
of  that  country.  I  gave  him  two  purses  of  two  hundred 
sprugs  each,  and  promised,  when  we  arrived  in  England,  to 
make  him  a  present  of  a  cow  and  a  sheep  big  with  young. 

I  shall  not  trouble  the  reader  with  a  particular  account 
of  this  voyage,  which  was  very  prosperous  for  the  most 
part.  We  arrived  in  the  Downs  on  the  I3th  of  April  1702. 
I  had  only  one  misfortune,  that  the  rats  on  board  carried 
away  one  of  my  sheep ;  I  found  her  bones  in  a  hole,  picked 
clean  from  the  flesh.  The  rest  of  my  cattle  I  got  safe 
a-shore,  and  set  them  a-grazing  in  a  bowling-green  at 
Greenwich,  where  the  fineness  of  the  grass  made  them  feed 
very  heartily,  though  I  had  always  feared  the  contrary: 
neither  could  I  possibly  have  preserved  them  in  so  long  a 
voyage  if  the  captain  had  not  allowed  me  some  of  his  best 
biscuit,  which  rubbed  to  powder,  and  mingled  with  water, 
was  their  constant  food.  The  short  time  I  continued  in 
England,  I  made  a  considerable  profit  by  shewing  my 
cattle  to  many  persons  of  quality  and  others:  and,  before 
I  began  my  second  voyage,  I  sold  them  for  six  hundred 
pounds.  Since  my  last  return,  I  find  the  breed  is  con- 
siderably increased,  especially  the  sheep,  which  I  hope  will 
prove  much  to  the  advantage  of  the  woollen  manufacture, 
by  the  fineness  of  the  fleeces. 

I  stayed  but  two  months  with  my  wife  and  family;  for 
my  insatiable  desire  of  seeing  foreign  countries  would  suffer 
me  to  continue  no  longer.  I  left  fifteen  hundred  pounds 
with  my  wife,  and  fixed  her  in  a  good  house  at  Redriff.  My 
remaining  stock  I  carried  with  me,  part  in  money  and  part 


66 


GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 


in  goods,  in  hopes  to  improve  my  fortunes.  My  eldest 
uncle  John  had  left  me  an  estate  in  land,  near  Epping,  of 
about  thirty  pounds  a  year;  and  I  had  a  long  lease  of  the 
Black  Bull  in  Fetter  Lane,  which  yielded  me  as  much  more: 
so  that  I  was  not  in  any  danger  of  leaving  my  family  upon 
the  parish.  My  son  Johnny,  named  so  after  his  uncle,  was 
at  the  Grammar  School,  and  a  towardly  child.  My  daughter 
Betty  (who  is  now  well  married,  and  has  children)  was  then 
at  her  needlework.  I  took  leave  of  my  wife,  and  boy  and 
girl,  with  tears  on  both  sides,  and  \vent  on  board  the  A  dven- 
ture,  a  merchant  ship,  of  three  hundred  tons,  bound  for 
Surat,  Captain  John  Nicholas  of  Liverpool,  commander. 
But  my  account  of  this  voyage  must  be  referred  to  the  second 
part  of  my  travels. 


THE  END  OF  THE  FIRST  PART 


PART  2 


CHAPTER  I 


HAVING  been  condemned  by  nature  and  fortune  to 
an  active  and  restless  life,  in  two  months  after  my 
return  I  again  left  my  native  country,  and  took  shipping  in 
the  Downs  on  the  2Oth  day  of  June  1702,  in  the  Adventure, 
Captain  John  Nicholas,  a  Cornish  man,  commander,  bound 
for  Surat.  We  had  a  very  prosperous  gale  till  we  arrived 
at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  where  we  landed  for  fresh  water, 
but,  discovering  a  leak,  we  unshipped  our  goods,  and 
wintered  there;  for  the  captain  falling  sick  of  an  ague, 
we  could  not  leave  the  Cape  till  the  end  of  March.  We  then 
set  sail,  and  had  a  good  voyage  till  we  passed  the  Straits 
of  Madagascar;  but  having  got  northward  of  that  island, 
and  to  about  five  degrees  south  latitude,  the  winds,  which 
in  those  seas  were  observed  to  blow  a  constant  equal  gale 
between  the  north  and  west,  from  the  beginning  of  December 
to  the  beginning  of  May,  on  the  gth  of  April  began  to  blow 
with  much  greater  violence,  and  more  westerly  than  usual, 
continuing  so  for  twenty  days  together,  during  which  time 
we  were  driven  a  little  to  the  east  of  the  Molucca  islands, 

67 


68  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

and  about  three  degrees  northward  of  the  line,  as  our  captain 
found  by  an  observation  he  took  the  2nd  of  May,  at  which 
time  the  wind  ceased,  and  it  was  a  perfect  calm,  whereat  I 
was  not  a  little  rejoiced.  But  he,  being  a  man  experienced 
in  the  navigation  of  those  seas,  bid  us  all  prepare  against 
a  storm,  which  accordingly  happened  the  day  following: 
for  a  southern  wind,  called  the  southern  monsoon,  began  to 
set  in. 

Finding  it  was  like  to  overblow,  we  took  in  our  sprit -sail, 
and  stood  by  to  hand  the  foresail;  but,  making  foul  weather, 
we  looked  the  guns  were  all  fast,  and  handed  the  mizzen. 
The  ship  lay  very  broad  off,  so  we  thought  it  better  spooning 
before  the  sea,  than  trying  or  hulling.  We  reefed  the  fore- 
sail and  set  him,  and  hawled  aft  the  fore-sheet;  the  helm 
was  hard  a  weather.  The  ship  wore  bravely.  We  belayed 
the  fore  down-hall;  but  the  sail  was  split,  and  we  hawled 
down  the  yard,  and  got  the  sail  into  the  ship,  and  unbound 
all  the  things  clear  of  it.  It  was  a  very  fierce  storm;  the 
sea  broke  strange  and  dangerous.  We  hawled  off  upon 
the  lanyard  of  the  whipstaff,  and  helped  the  man  at  the 
helm.  We  would  not  get  down  our  top-mast,  but  let  all 
stand,  because  she  scudded  before  the  sea  very  well,  and 
we  knew  that,  the  top-mast  being  aloft,  the  ship  was  the 
wholesomer,  and  made  better  way  through  the  sea,  seeing 
we  had  sea-room.  When  the  storm  was  over,  we  set  fore- 
sail and  main-sail,  and  brought  the  ship  to.  Then  we  set 
the  mizzen,  main  top-sail,  and  the  fore  top-sail.  Our  course 
was  east  north-east,  the  wind  was  at  south-west.  We  got 
the  starboard  tacks  aboard,  we  cast  off  our  weather 
braces  and  lifts;  we  set  in  the  lee-braces,  and  hawled 
forward  by  the  weather  -  bowlings,  and  hawled  them 
right,  and  belayed  them,  and  hawled  over  the  mizzen 
tack  to  windward,  and  kept  her  full  and  by  as  near  as  she 
would  lie. 

During  this  storm,  which  was  followed  by  a  strong  wind 
west  south-west,  we  were  carried  by  my  computation  about 


A  VOYAGE  TO   BROBDINGNAG     69 

five  hundred  leagues  to  the  east,  so  that  the  oldest  sailor 
aboard  could  not  tell  in  what  part  of  the  world  we  were. 
Our  provisions  held  out  well,  our  ship  was  staunch,  and  our 
crew  all  in  good  health;  but  we  lay  in  the  utmost  distress 
for  water.  We  thought  it  best  to  hold  on  the  same  course, 
rather  than  turn  more  northerly,  which  might  have  brought 
us  to  the  north-west  parts  of  Great  Tartary,  and  into  the 
frozen  sea. 

On  the  i6th  day  of  June  1703,  a  boy  on  the  top-mast 
discovered  land.  On  the  I7th,  we  came  in  full  view  of 
a  great  island  or  continent  (for  we  knew  not  whether)  on 
the  south  side  whereof  was  a  small  neck  of  land  jutting 
out  into  the  sea,  and  a  creek  too  shallow  to  hold  a  ship 
of  above  one  hundred  tons.  We  cast  anchor  within  a  league 
of  this  creek,  and  our  captain  sent  a  dozen  of  his  men  well 
armed  in  the  long  boat,  with  vessels  for  water,  if  any  could 
be  found.  I  desired  his  leave  to  go  with  them,  that  I  might 
see  the  country,  and  make  what  discoveries  I  could.  When 
we  came  to  land,  we  saw  no  river  or  spring,  nor  any  sign 
of  inhabitants.  Our  men  therefore  wandered  on  the  shore, 
to  find  out  some  fresh  water  near  the  sea,  and  I  walked  alone 
about  a  mile  on  the  other  side,  where  I  observed  the  country 
all  barren  and  rocky.  I  now  began  to  be  weary,  and,  seeing 
nothing  to  entertain  my  curiosity,  I  returned  gently  down 
towards  the  creek ;  and  the  sea  being  full  in  my  view,  I  saw 
our  men  already  got  into  the  boat,  and  rowing  for  life  to 
the  ship.  I  was  going  to  holloa  after  them,  although  it  had 
been  to  little  purpose,  when  I  observed  a  huge  creature 
walking  after  them  in  the  sea,  as  fast  as  he  could :  he  waded 
not  much  deeper  than  his  knees,  and  took  prodigious  strides ; 
but  our  men  had  the  start  of  him  half  a  league,  and,  the  sea 
thereabouts  being  full  of  sharp-pointed  rocks,  the  monster 
was  not  able  to  overtake  the  boat.  This,  I  was  afterwards 
told,  for  I  durst  not  stay  to  see  the  issue  of  the  adventure; 
but  ran  as  fast  as  I  could  the  way  I  first  went,  and  then 
climbed  up  a  steep  hill,  which  gave  me  some  prospect  of 


7o  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

the  country.  I  found  it  fully  cultivated;  but  that  which 
first  surprised  me  was  the  length  of  the  grass,  which,  in 
those  grounds  that  seemed  to  be  kept  for  hay,  was  about 
twenty  feet  high. 

I  fell  into  a  high  road,  for  so  I  took  it  to  be,  though 
it  served  to  the  inhabitants  only  as  a  footpath  through  a 
field  of  barley.  Here  I  walked  on  for  some  time,  but  could 
see  little  on  either  side,  it  being  now  at  least  harvest,  and 
the  corn  rising  near  forty  feet.  I  was  an  hour  walking  to 
the  end  of  this  field,  which  was  fenced  in  with  a  hedge  of 
at  least  one  hundred  and  twenty  feet  high,  and  the  trees  so 
lofty  that  I  could  make  no  computation  of  their  altitude. 
There  was  a  stile  to  pass  from  this  field  into  the  next.  It 
had  four  steps,  and  a  stone  to  cross  over  when  you  came  to 
the  uppermost.  It  was  impossible  for  me  to  climb  this  stile, 
because  every  step  was  six  feet  high,  and  the  upper  stone 
above  twenty.  I  was  endeavouring  to  find  some  gap  in  the 
hedge,  when  I  discovered  one  of  the  inhabitants  in  the 
next  field,  advancing  towards  the  stile,  of  the  same  size 
with  him  I  saw  in  the  sea,  pursuing  our  boat.  He  appeared 
as  tall  as  an  ordinary  spire-steeple,  and  took  about  ten  yards 
at  every  stride,  as  near  as  I  could  guess.  I  was  struck  with 
the  utmost  fear  and  astonishment,  and  ran  to  hide  myself 
in  the  corn,  from  whence  I  saw  him  at  the  top  of  the  stile, 
looking  back  into  the  next  field  on  the  right  hand,  and  heard 
him  call  in  a  voice  many  degrees  louder  than  a  speaking- 
trumpet;  but  the  noise  was  so  high  in  the  air,  that  at  first 
I  certainly  thought  it  was  thunder.  Whereupon,  seven 
monsters  like  himself  came  towards  him  with  reaping- 
hooks  in  their  hands,  each  hook  about  the  largeness  of 
six  scythes. 

These  people  were  not  so  well  clad  as  the  first,  whose 
servants  or  labourers  they  seemed  to  be;  for,  upon  some 
words  he  spoke,  they  went  to  reap  the  corn  in  the  field  where 
I  lay.  I  kept  from  them  at  as  great  a  distance  as  I  could,  but 
was  forced  to  move  with  extreme  difficulty,  for  the  stalks  of 


GULLIVER   IS   STRUCK  WITH   FEAR   AT   FIRST 
SIGHT    OF    THE    BROBDINGNAGIAN    REAPERS 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     71 

the  corn  were  sometimes  not  above  a  foot  distant,  so  that  I 
could  hardly  squeeze  my  body  betwixt  them.  However,  I 
made  shift  to  go  forward,  till  I  came  to  a  part  of  the  field 
where  the  corn  had  been  laid  by  the  rain  and  wind.  Here 
it  was  impossible  for  me  to  advance  a  step;  for  the  stalks 
were  so  interwoven  that  I  could  not  creep  through,  and  the 
beards  of  the  fallen  ears  so  strong  and  pointed  that  they 
pierced  through  my  cloaths  into  my  flesh.  At  the  same 
time  I  heard  the  reapers  not  above  an  hundred  yards 
behind  me. 

Being  quite  dispirited  with  toil,  and  wholly  overcome 
by  grief  and  despair,  I  lay  down  between  two  ridges,  and 
heartily  wished  I  might  there  end  my  days.  I  bemoaned 
my  desolate  widow,  and  fatherless  children.  I  lamented 
my  own  folly  and  wilfulness  in  attempting  a  second  voyage, 
against  the  advice  of  all  my  friends  and  relations.  In  this 
terrible  agitation  of  mind  I  could  not  forbear  thinking  of 
Lilliput,  whose  inhabitants  looked  upon  me  as  the  greatest 
prodigy  that  ever  appeared  in  the  world:  where  I  was 
able  to  draw  an  imperial  fleet  in  my  hand,  and  perform 
those  other  actions  which  will  be  recorded  for  ever  in  the 
chronicles  of  that  empire,  while  posterity  shall  hardly  believe 
them,  although  attested  by  millions.  I  reflected  what  a 
mortification  it  must  prove  to  me  to  appear  as  inconsider- 
able in  this  nation  as  one  single  Lilliputian  would  be  among 
us.  But  this,  I  conceived,  was  to  be  the  least  of  my  mis- 
fortunes, for,  as  human  creatures  are  observed  to  be  more 
savage  and  cruel  in  proportion  to  their  bulk,  what  could 
I  expect  but  to  be  a  morsel  in  the  mouth  of  the  first  among 
these  enormous  barbarians  that  should  happen  to  seize  me  ? 
Undoubtedly  philosophers  are  in  the  right  when  they  tell 
us  that  nothing  is  great  or  little  otherwise  than  by  com- 
parison. It  might  have  pleased  fortune  to  let  the  Lilli- 
putians find  some  nation  where  the  people  were  as  diminutive 
with  respect  to  them  as  they  were  to  me.  And  who  knows 
but  that  even  this  prodigious  race  of  mortals  might  be  equally 


7z  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

overmatched  in  some  distant  part  of  the  world,  whereof  we 
have  yet  no  discovery? 

Scared  and  confounded  as  I  was,  I  could  not  forbear 
going  on  with  these  reflections,  when  one  of  the  reapers, 
approaching  within  ten  yards  of  the  ridge  where  I  lay,  made 
me  apprehend  that  with  the  next  step  I  should  be  squashed 
to  death  under  his  foot,  or  cut  in  two  with  his  reaping-hook. 
And,  therefore,  when  he  was  again  about  to  move,  I  screamed 
as  loud  as  fear  could  make  me.  Whereupon  the  huge  creature 
trod  short,  and,  looking  round  about  under  him  for  some 
time,  at  last  espied  me  as  I  lay  on  the  ground.  He  con- 
sidered a  while,  with  the  caution  of  one  who  endeavours  to 
lay  hold  on  a  small,  dangerous  animal,  in  such  a  manner 
that  it  may  not  be  able  either  to  scratch  or  to  bite  him,  as  I 
myself  have  sometimes  done  with  a  weasel  in  England.  At 
length  he  ventured  to  take  me  up  behind  by  the  middle, 
between  his  forefinger  and  thumb,  and  brought  me  within 
three  yards  of  his  eyes,  that  he  might  behold  my  shape  more 
perfectly.  I  guessed  his  meaning,  and  my  good  fortune 
gave  me  so  much  presence  of  mind,  that  I  resolved  not  to 
struggle  in  the  least  as  he  held  me  in  the  air,  about  sixty 
feet  from  the  ground,  although  he  grievously  pinched  my 
sides,  for  fear  I  should  slip  through  his  fingers.  All  I  ventured 
was  to  raise  my  eyes  towards  the  sun,  and  place  my  hands 
together  in  a  supplicating  posture,  and  to  speak  some  words 
in  an  humble,  melancholy  tone,  suitable  to  the  condition 
I  then  was  in.  For  I  apprehended  every  moment  that  he 
would  dash  me  against  the  ground,  as  we  usually  do  any 
little  hateful  animal  which  we  have  a  mind  to  destroy.  But 
my  good  star  would  have  it  that  he  appeared  pleased  with 
my  voice  and  gestures,  and  began  to  look  upon  me  as  a 
curiosity,  much  wondering  to  hear  me  pronounce  articulate 
words,  although  he  could  not  understand  them.  In  the 
meantime  I  was  not  able  to  forbear  groaning  and  shedding 
tears,  and  turning  my  head  towards  my  sides,  letting  him 
know,  as  well  as  I  could,  how  cruelly  I  was  hurt  by  the 


A   VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG      73 

pressure  of  his  thumb  and  finger.  He  seemed  to  apprehend 
my  meaning;  for,  lifting  up  the  lappet  of  his  coat,  he  put 
me  gently  into  it,  and  immediately  ran  along  with  me  to  his 
master,  who  was  a  substantial  farmer,  and  the  same  person 
I  had  first  seen  in  the  field. 

The  farmer  having  (as  I  suppose  by  their  talk)  received 
such  an  account  of  me  as  his  servant  could  give  him,  took 
a  piece  of  a  small  straw,  about  the  size  of  a  walking-staff, 
and  therewith  lifted  up  the  lappets  of  my  coat,  which,  it 
seems,  he  thought  to  be  some  kind  of  covering  that  Nature 
had  given  me.  He  blew  my  hair  aside  to  take  a  better 
view  of  my  face.  He  called  his  hinds  about  him,  and  asked 
them  (as  I  afterwards  learned)  whether  they  had  ever  seen 
in  the  fields  any  little  creature  that  resembled  me:  he  then 
placed  me  softly  on  the  ground,  upon  all-four,  but  I  got 
immediately  up,  and  walked  slowly  backwards  and  forwards, 
to  let  those  people  see  I  had  no  intent  to  run  away.  They 
ah1  sat  down  in  a  circle  about  me,  the  better  to  observe  my 
motions.  I  pulled  off  my  hat,  and  made  a  low  bow  towards 
the  farmer.  I  fell  on  my  knees,  and  lifted  up  my  hands  and 
eyes,  and  spoke  several  words  as  loud  as  I  could:  1  took 
a  purse  of  gold  out  of  my  pocket,  and  humbly  presented  it 
to  him.  He  received  it  on  the  palm  of  his  hand,  then  applied 
it  close  to  his  eye,  to  see  what  it  was,  and  afterwards  turned 
it  several  times  with  the  point  of  a  pin  (which  he  took  out 
of  his  sleeve)  but  could  make  nothing  of  it.  Whereupon  I 
made  a  sign  that  he  should  place  his  hand  on  the  ground.  I 
then  took  the  purse,  and  opening  it,  poured  all  the  gold  into 
his  palm.  There  were  six  Spanish  pieces,  of  four  pistoles 
each,  besides  twenty  or  thirty  smaller  coins.  I  saw  him 
wet  the  tip  of  his  little  finger  upon  his  tongue,  and  take 
up  one  of  my  largest  pieces,  and  then  another,  but  he  seemed 
to  be  wholly  ignorant  what  they  were.  He  made  me  a  sign 
to  put  them  again  into  my  purse,  and  the  purse  again  into 
my  pocket,  which,  after  offering  it  to  him  several  times, 
I  thought  it  best  to  do. 


74  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

The  fanner  by  this  time  was  convinced  I  must  be  a  rational 
creature.  He  spoke  often  to  me,  but  the  sound  of  his  voice 
pierced  my  ears  like  that  of  a  water-mill,  yet  his  words  were 
articulate  enough.  I  answered  as  loud  as  I  could  in  several 
languages,  and  he  often  laid  his  ear  within  two  yards  of 
me;  but  all  in  vain,  for  we  were  wholly  unintelligible  to 
each  other.  He  then  sent  his  servants  to  their  work,  and, 
taking  his  handkerchief  out  of  his  pocket,  he  doubled  and 
spread  it  on  his  left  hand,  which  he  placed  flat  on  the  ground, 
with  the  palm  upwards,  making  me  a  sign  to  step  into  it, 
as  I  could  easily  do,  for  it  was  not  above  a  foot  in  thickness. 
I  thought  it  my  part  to  obey,  and,  for  fear  of  falling,  laid 
myself  at  length  upon  the  handkerchief,  with  the  remainder 
of  which  he  lapped  me  up  to  the  head  for  farther  security, 
and  in  this  manner  carried  me  home  to  his  house.  There  he 
called  his  wife  and  showed  me  to  her;  but  she  screamed  and 
ran  back,  as  women  in  England  do  at  the  sight  of  a  toad  or 
a  spider.  However,  when  she  had  a  while  seen  my  behaviour, 
and  how  well  I  observed  the  signs  her  husband  made,  she 
was  soon  reconciled,  and,  by  degrees,  grew  extremely  tender 
of  me. 

It  was  about  twelve  at  noon,  and  a  servant  brought  in 
dinner.  It  was  only  one  substantial  dish  of  meat  (fit  for 
the  plain  condition  of  an  husbandman),  in  a  dish  of  about 
four  and  twenty  feet  diameter.  The  company  were  the 
farmer  and  his  wife,  three  children,  and  an  old  grandmother. 
When  they  were  set  down,  the  farmer  placed  me  at  some 
distance  from  him  on  the  table,  which  was  thirty  feet  high 
from  the  floor.  I  was  in  a  terrible  fright,  and  kept  as  far 
as  I  could  from  the  edge,  for  fear  of  falling.  The  wife 
minced  a  bit  of  meat,  then  crumbled  some  bread  on  a 
trencher,  and  placed  it  before  me.  I  made  her  a  low  bow, 
took  out  my  knife  and  fork,  and  fell  to  eat,  which  gave  them 
exceeding  delight.  The  mistress  sent  her  maid  for  a  small 
dram  cup,  which  held  about  two  gallons,  and  filled  it  with 
drink;  I  took  up  the  vessel  with  much  difficulty  in  both 


A    VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG      75 

hands,  and  in  a  most  respectful  manner,  drank  to  her  lady- 
ship's health,  expressing  the  words  as  loud  as  I  could  in 
English,  which  made  the  company  laugh  so  heartily  that 
I  was  almost  deafened  with  the  noise.  This  liquor  tasted 
like  a  small  cyder,  and  was  not  unpleasant.  Then  the 
master  made  me  a  sign  to  come  to  his  trencher-side;  but 
as  I  walked  on  the  table,  being  in  great  surprise  all  the  time, 
as  the  indulgent  reader  will  easily  conceive  and  excuse, 
I  happened  to  stumble  against  a  crust,  and  fell  flat  on  my 
face,  but  received  no  hurt.  I  got  up  immediately,  and  ob- 
serving the  good  people  to  be  in  much  concern,  I  took  my 
hat  (which  I  held  under  my  arm  out  of  good  manners)  and, 
waving  it  over  my  head,  made  three  huzzas,  to  show  I  had 
got  no  mischief  by  my  fall.  But  advancing  forward  towards 
my  master  (as  I  shall  henceforth  call  him)  his  youngest  son, 
who  sat  next  him,  an  arch  boy  of  about  ten  years  old,  took 
me  up  by  the  legs,  and  held  me  so  high  in  the  air  that  I 
trembled  every  limb ;  but  his  father  snatched  me  from  him, 
and  at  the  same  time  gave  him  such  a  box  on  the  left  ear 
as  would  have  felled  an  European  troop  of  horse  to  the 
earth,  ordering  him  to  be  taken  from  the  table.  But  being 
afraid  the  boy  might  owe  me  a  spite,  and  well  remembering 
how  mischievous  all  children  among  us  naturally  are  to 
sparrows,  rabbits,  young  kittens,  and  puppy  dogs,  I  fell 
on  my  knees,  and,  pointing  to  the  boy,  made  my  master  to 
understand,  as  well  as  I  could,  that  I  desired  his  son  might 
be  pardoned.  The  father  complied,  and  the  lad  took  his 
seat  again;  whereupon  I  went  to  him  and  kissed  his  hand, 
which  my  master  took  and  made  him  stroke  me  gently 
with  it. 

In  the  midst  of  dinner  my  mistress's  favourite  cat  leapt 
into  her  lap.  I  heard  a  noise  behind  me  like  that  of  a  dozen 
stocking- weavers  at  work ;  and,  turning  my  head,  I  found  it 
proceeded  from  the  purring  of  that  animal,  who  seemed  to 
be  three  times  larger  than  an  ox,  as  I  computed  by  the  view 
of  her  head  and  one  of  her  paws  while  her  mistress  was  feeding 


76  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

and  stroking  her.  The  fierceness  of  this  creature's  counte- 
nance altogether  discomposed  me,  though  I  stood  at  the 
further  end  of  the  table  above  fifty  feet  off,  and  although 
my  mistress  held  her  fast  for  fear  she  might  give  a  spring 
and  seize  me  in  her  talons.  But  it  happened  there  was  no 
danger,  for  the  cat  took  not  the  least  notice  of  me  when  my 
master  placed  me  within  three  yards  of  her.  And  as  I  have 
been  always  told,  and  found  true  by  experience  in  my  travels, 
that  flying  or  discovering  fear,  before  a  fierce  animal,  is  a 
certain  way  to  make  it  pursue  or  attack  you,  so  I  resolved, 
in  this  dangerous  juncture,  to  show  no  manner  of  concern. 
I  walked  with  intrepidity  five  or  six  times  before  the  very 
head  of  the  cat,  and  came  within  half  a  yard  of  her ;  where- 
upon she  drew  herself  back,  as  if  she  were  more  afraid  of  me. 
I  had  less  apprehension  concerning  the  dogs,  whereof  three 
or  four  came  into  the  room,  as  it  is  usual  in  farmers'  houses, 
one  of  which  was  a  mastiff,  equal  in  bulk  to  four  elephants, 
and  a  greyhound  somewhat  taller  than  the  mastiff,  but  not 
so  large. 

When  dinner  was  almost  done,  the  nurse  came  in  with 
a  child  of  a  year  old  in  her  arms,  who  immediately  spied 
me,  and  began  a  squall  that  you  might  have  heard  from 
London  Bridge  to  Chelsea,  after  the  usual  oratory  of  infants, 
to  get  me  for  a  plaything.  The  mother  out  of  pure  indul- 
gence took  me  up,  and  put  me  towards  the  child,  who 
presently  seized  me  by  the  middle,  and  got  my  head  into 
his  mouth,  where  I  roared  so  loud  that  the  urchin  was 
frighted  and  let  me  drop,  and  I  should  infallibly  have 
broken  my  neck  if  the  mother  had  not  held  her  apron  under 
me.  The  nurse  to  quiet  her  babe  made  use  of  a  rattle,  which 
was  a  kind  of  hollow  vessel  filled  with  great  stones,  and 
fastened  by  a  cable  to  the  child's  waist;  but  all  in  vain,  so 
that  she  was  forced  to  apply  the  last  remedy  by  giving  it 
suck.  I  had  a  near  sight  of  her,  she  sitting  down  the  more 
conveniently  to  give  suck,  and  I  standing  on  the  table. 
This  made  me  reflect  upon  the  fair  skins  of  our  English 


A  VOYAGE  TO   BROBDINGNAG      77 

ladies,  who  appear  so  beautiful  to  us,  only  because  they 
are  of  our  own  size,  and  their  defects  not  to  be  seen  but 
through  a  magnifying-glass,  where  we  find  by  experiment 
that  the  smoothest  and  whitest  skins  look  rough  and  coarse, 
and  ill-coloured. 

I  remember,  when  I  was  at  Lilliput,  the  complexions 
of  those  diminutive  people  appeared  to  me  the  fairest  in 
the  world;  and  talking  upon  this  subject  with  a  person  of 
learning  there,  who  was  an  intimate  friend  of  mine,  he  said 
that  my  face  appeared  much  fairer  and  smoother  when  he 
looked  on  me  from  the  ground,  than  it  did  upon  a  nearer 
view  when  I  took  him  up  in  my  hand  and  brought  him  close, 
which  he  confessed  was  at  first  a  very  shocking  sight.  He 
said  he  could  discover  great  holes  in  my  skin;  that  the 
stumps  of  my  beard  were  ten  times  stronger  than  the  bristles 
of  a  boar,  and  my  complexion  made  up  of  several  colours 
altogether  disagreeable:  although  1  must  beg  leave  to  say 
for  myself,  that  I  am  as  fair  as  most  of  my  sex  and  country, 
and  very  little  sunburnt  by  travels.  On  the  other  side, 
discoursing  of  the  ladies  in  that  Emperors'  court,  he  used 
to  tell  me,  one  had  freckles,  another  too  wide  a  mouth,  a 
third  too  large  a  nose,  nothing  of  which  I  was  able  to  dis- 
tinguish. I  confess,  this  reflection  was  obvious  enough; 
which,  however,  I  could  not  forbear,  lest  the  reader  might 
think  those  vast  creatures  were  actually  deformed:  for  I 
must  do  them  justice  to  say  they  are  a  comely  race  of  people ; 
and  particularly  the  features  of  my  master's  countenance, 
although  he  were  but  a  farmer,  when  I  beheld  him  from 
the  height  of  sixty  feet,  appeared  very  well  proportioned. 

When  dinner  was  done,  my  master  went  out  to  his 
labourers,  and,  as  I  could  discover  by  his  voice  and  gesture, 
gave  his  wife  a  strict  charge  to  take  care  of  me.  I  was  very 
much  tired,  and  disposed  to  sleep,  which  my  mistress  per- 
ceiving, she  put  me  on  her  own  bed,  and  covered  me  with 
a  clean  white  handkerchief,  but  larger  and  coarser  than  the 
main-sail  of  a  man-of-war. 


78  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

I  slept  about  two  hours,  and  dreamed  I  was  at  home 
with  my  wife  and  children,  which  aggravated  my  sorrows 
when  I  awaked,  and  found  myself  alone  in  a  vast  room, 
between  two  and  three  hundred  feet  wide,  and  above  two 
hundred  high,  lying  in  a  bed  twenty  yards  wide.  My  mistress 
was  gone  about  her  household  affairs,  and  had  locked  me  in. 
The  bed  was  eight  yards  from  the  floor.  I  durst  not  presume 
to  call,  and,  if  I  had,  it  would  have  been  in  vain,  with  such 
a  voice  as  mine,  at  so  great  a  distance  as  from  the  room 
where  I  lay  to  the  kitchen  where  the  family  kept.  While 
I  was  under  these  circumstances,  two  rats  crept  up  the 
curtains,  and  ran  smelling  backwards  and  forwards  on  the 
bed.  One  of  them  came  up  almost  to  my  face,  whereupon 
I  rose  in  a  fright,  and  drew  out  my  hanger  to  defend  myself. 
These  horrible  animals  had  the  boldness  to  attack  me  on 
both  sides,  and  one  of  them  held  his  fore-feet  at  my  collar; 
but  I  had  the  good  fortune  to  rip  up  his  belly  before  he 
could  do  me  any  mischief.  He  fell  down  at  my  feet,  and 
the  other,  seeing  the  fate  of  his  comrade,  made  his  escape, 
but  not  without  one  good  wound  on  the  back,  which  I  gave 
him  as  he  fled,  and  made  the  blood  run  trickling  from  him. 
After  this  exploit,  I  walked  gently  to  and  fro  on  the  bed, 
to  recover  my  breath  and  loss  of  spirits.  These  creatures 
were  of  the  size  of  a  large  mastiff,  but  infinitely  more  nimble 
and  fierce,  so  that,  if  I  had  taken  off  my  belt  before  I  went 
to  sleep  I  must  have  infallibly  been  torn  to  pieces  and 
devoured.  I  measured  the  tail  of  the  dead  rat,  and  found 
it  to  be  two  yards  long,  wanting  an  inch;  but  it  went 
against  my  stomach  to  drag  the  carcass  off  the  bed, 
where  it  lay  still  bleeding;  I  observed  it  had  yet  some 
life,  but,  with  a  strong  slash  across  the  neck,  I  thoroughly 
despatched  it. 

Soon  after,  my  mistress  came  into  the  room,  who,  seeing 
me  all  bloody,  ran  and  took  me  up  in  her  hand.  I  pointed 
to  the  dead  rat,  smiling,  and  making  other  signs,  to  shew 
I  was  not  hurt,  whereat  she  was  extremely  rejoiced,  calling 


A   VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG      79 

the  maid  to  take  up  the  dead  rat  with  a  pair  of  tongs  and 
throw  it  out  of  the  window.  Then  she  set  me  on  a  table, 
where  I  shewed  her  my  hanger  all  bloody,  and,  wiping  it 
on  the  lappet  of  my  coat,  returned  it  to  the  scabbard. 

I  hope  the  gentle  reader  will  excuse  me  for  dwelling  on 
particulars,  which,  however  insignificant  they  may  appear 
to  grovelling  vulgar  minds,  yet  will  certainly  help  a  philo- 
sopher to  enlarge  his  thoughts  and  imagination,  and  to 
apply  them  to  a  benefit  of  public  as  well  as  private  life,  which 
was  my  sole  design  in  presenting  this  and  other  accounts 
of  my  travels  to  the  world;  wherein  I  have  been  chiefly 
studious  of  truth,  without  affecting  any  ornaments  of 
learning  or  of  style.  But  the  whole  scene  of  this  voyage 
made  so  strong  an  impression  on  my  mind,  and  is  so  deeply 
fixed  in  my  memory,  that,  in  committing  it  to  paper,  I  did 
not  omit  one  material  circumstance :  however,  upon  a  strict 
review,  I  blotted  out  several  passages  of  less  moment  which 
were  in  my  first  copy,  for  fear  of  being  censured  as  tedious 
and  trifling,  whereof  travellers  are  often,  perhaps  not 
without  justice,  accused. 


CHAPTER  II 

MY  mistress  had  a  daughter  of  nine  years  old,  a  child  of 
towardly  parts  for  her  age,  very  dexterous  at  her  needle, 
and  skilful  at  dressing  her  baby.  Her  mother  and  she 
contrived  to  fit  up  the  baby's  cradle  for  me  against  night: 
The  cradle  was  put  into  a  small  drawer  placed  upon  a  hanging 
shelf  for  fear  of  the  rats.  This  was  my  bed  all  the  time  I 
stayed  with  those  people,  though  made  more  convenient 
by  degrees,  as  I  began  to  learn  their  language,  and  make 
my  wants  known.  This  young  girl  was  so  handy,  that,  after 
I  had  once  or  twice  pulled  off  my  clothes  before  her,  she  was 
able  to  dress  and  undress  me,  though  I  never  gave  her  that 
trouble  when  she  would  let  me  do  either  myself.  She  made 
me  seven  shirts,  and  some  other  linen,  of  as  fine  cloth  as 
could  be  got,  which,  indeed,  was  coarser  than  sack-cloth; 
and  these  she  constantly  washed  for  me  with  her  own 
hands.  She  was  likewise  my  school-mistress,  to  teach  me 
the  language.  When  I  pointed  to  any  thing,  she  told  me  the 
name  of  it  in  her  own  tongue,  so  that,  in  few  days,  I  was 
able  to  call  for  whatever  I  had  a  mind  to.  She  was  very 
good-natured,  and  not  above  forty  feet  high,  being  little 
for  her  age.  She  gave  me  the  name  of  Grildrig,  which  the 
family  took  up,  and  afterwards  the  whole  kingdom.  The 
word  imports  what  the  Latins  call  Nanunculus,  the  Italians 
Homunceletino,  and  the  English  Mannikin.  To  her  I 
chiefly  owe  my  preservation  in  that  country:  we  never 
parted  while  I  was  there;  I  called  her  my  Glumdalclitch, 
or  little  nurse;  and  should  be  guilty  of  great  ingratitude,  if 
I  omitted  this  honourable  mention  of  her  care  and  affection 
towards  me,  which  I  heartily  wish  it  lay  in  my  power  to 
requite  as  she  deserves,  instead  of  being  the  innocent  but 

80 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG      81 

unhappy  instrument  of  her  disgrace,  as  I  have  too  much 
reason  to  fear. 

It  now  began  to  be  known  and  talked  of  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood that  my  master  had  found  a  strange  animal  in 
the  field,  about  the  bigness  of  a  splacknuck,  but  exactly 
shaped  in  every  part  like  a  human  creature,  which  it  like- 
wise imitated  in  all  its  actions;  seemed  to  speak  in  a  little 
language  of  its  own,  had  already  learned  several  words  of 
theirs,  went  erect  upon  two  legs,  was  tame  and  gentle,  would 
come  when  it  was  called,  do  whatever  he  was  bid,  had  the 
finest  limbs  in  the  world,  and  a  complexion  fairer  than  a 
nobleman's  daughter  of  three  years  old.  Another  farmer, 
who  lived  hard  by,  and  was  a  particular  friend  of  my  master, 
came  on  a  visit  on  purpose  to  enquire  into  the  truth  of  this 
story.  I  was  immediately  produced,  and  placed  upon  a 
table,  where  I  walked  as  I  was  commanded,  drew  my  hanger, 
put  it  up  again,  made  my  reverence  to  my  master's  guest, 
asked  him  in  his  own  language  how  he  did,  and  told  him  he 
was  welcome,  just  as  my  little  nurse  had  instructed  me. 
This  man,  who  was  old  and  dim-sighted,  put  on  his  spectacles 
to  behold  me  better,  at  which  I  could  not  forbear  laughing 
very  heartily,  for  his  eyes  appeared  like  the  full  moon  shining 
into  a  chamber  at  two  windows.  Our  people,  who  dis- 
covered the  cause  of  my  mirth,  bore  me  company  in  laughing, 
at  which  the  old  fellow  was  fool  enough  to  be  angry  and  out 
of  countenance.  He  had  the  character  of  a  great  miser, 
and,  to  my  misfortune,  he  well  deserved  it,  by  the  cursed 
advice  he  gave  my  master  to  show  me  as  a  sight  upon  a 
market-day  in  the  next  town,  which  was  half  an  hour's 
riding,  about  two  and  twenty  miles  from  our  house.  I 
guessed  there  was  some  mischief  contriving,  when  I  observed 
my  master  and  his  friend  whispering  long  together,  some- 
times pointing  at  me;  and  my  fears  made  me  fancy  that  I 
overheard  and  understood  some  of  their  words.  But  the 
next  morning  Glumdalclitch,  my  little  nurse,  told  me  the 
whole  matter,  which  she  had  cunningly  picked  out  from 


82  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

her  mother.  The  poor  girl  laid  me  on  her  bosom,  and  tell 
a  weeping  with  shame  and  grief.  She  apprehended  some 
mischief  would  happen  to  me  from  rude  vulgar  folks,  who 
might  squeeze  me  to  death,  or  break  one  of  my  limbs,  by 
taking  me  in  their  hands.  She  had  also  observed  how 
modest  I  was  in  my  nature,  how  nicely  I  regarded  my  honour, 
and  what  an  indignity  I  should  conceive  it  to  be  exposed  for 
money  as  a  public  spectacle  to  the  meanest  of  the  people. 
She  said,  her  papa  and  mamma  had  promised  that  Grildrig 
should  be  hers,  but  now  she  found  they  meant  to  serve  her 
as  they  did  last  year,  when  they  pretended  to  give  her  a 
lamb,  and  yet,  as  soon  as  it  was  fat,  sold  it  to  a  butcher. 
For  my  own  part,  I  may  truly  affirm  that  I  was  less  concerned 
than  my  nurse.  I  had  a  strong  hope,  which  never  left  me, 
that  I  should  one  day  recover  my  liberty;  and  as  to  the 
ignominy  of  being  carried  about  for  a  monster,  I  considered 
myself  to  be  a  perfect  stranger  in  the  country,  and  that  such 
a  misfortune  could  never  be  charged  upon  me  as  a  reproach, 
if  ever  I  should  return  to  England ;  since  the  king  of  Great 
Britain  himself,  in  my  condition,  must  have  undergone  the 
same  distress. 

My  master,  pursuant  to  the  advice  of  his  friend,  carried 
me  in  a  box  the  next  market-day  to  the  neighbouring 
town,  and  took  along  with  him  his  little  daughter,  my 
nurse,  upon  a  pillion  behind  him.  The  box  was  close  on 
every  side,  with  a  little  door  for  me  to  go  in  and  out,  and 
a  few  gimlet  holes  to  let  in  air.  The  girl  had  been  so  care- 
ful to  put  the  quilt  of  her  baby's  bed  into  it,  for  me  to  lie 
down  on.  However,  I  was  terribly  shaken  and  discomposed 
in  this  journey,  though  it  were  but  of  half  an  hour.  For 
the  horse  went  about  forty  feet  at  every  step,  and  trotted 
so  high,  that  the  agitation  was  equal  to  the  rising  and  falling 
of  a  ship  in  a  great  storm,  but  much  more  frequent:  our 
journey  was  somewhat  farther  than  from  London  to  St. 
Alban's.  My  master  alighted  at  an  inn  which  he  used  to 
frequent;  and  after  consulting  a  while  with  the  inn-keeper, 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG      83 

and  making  some  necessary  preparations,  he  hired  the 
grultrud  or  crier  to  give  notice  through  the  town  of  a 
strange  creature  to  be  seen  at  the  sign  of  the  Green  Eagle, 
not  so  big  as  a  splacknuck  (an  animal  in  that  country 
very  finely  shaped,  about  six  feet  long),  and  in  every 
part  of  the  body  resembling  an  human  creature,  could 
speak  several  words,  and  perform  an  hundred  diverting 
tricks. 

I  was  placed  upon  a  table  in  the  largest  room  of  the  inn, 
which  might  be  near  three  hundred  feet  square.  My  little 
nurse  stood  on  a  low  stool  close  to  the  table,  to  take  care 
of  me,  and  direct  what  I  should  do.  My  master,  to  avoid  a 
crowd,  would  suffer  only  thirty  people  at  a  time  to  see  me.  I 
walked  about  on  the  table  as  the  girl  commanded :  she  asked 
me  questions,  as  far  as  she  knew  my  understanding  of  the 
language  reached,  and  I  answered  them  as  loud  as  I  could. 
I  turned  about  several  times  to  the  company,  paid  my 
humble  respects,  said  they  were  welcome,  and  used  some 
other  speeches  I  had  been  taught.  I  took  up  a  thimble 
filled  with  liquor,  which  Glumdalclitch  had  given  me  for  a 
cup,  and  drank  their  health.  I  drew  out  my  hanger,  and 
flourished  with  it  after  the  manner  of  fencers  in  England. 
My  nurse  gave  me  part  of  a  straw,  which  I  exercised  as  a 
pike,  having  learned  the  art  in  my  youth.  I  was  that  day 
shown  to  twelve  sets  of  company,  and  as  often  forced  to 
go  over  again  the  same  fopperies,  till  I  was  half  dead  with 
weariness  and  vexation.  For  those  who  had  seen  me  made 
such  wonderful  reports,  that  the  people  were  ready  to  break 
down  the  doors  to  come  in.  My  master,  for  his  own  interest, 
would  not  suffer  any  one  to  touch  me  except  my  nurse; 
and,  to  prevent  danger,  benches  were  set  round  the  table 
at  such  a  distance  as  to  put  me  out  of  everybody's  reach. 
However,  an  unlucky  school-boy  aimed  a  hazel-nut  directly 
at  my  head,  which  very  narrowly  missed  me;  otherwise, 
it  came  with  so  much  violence  that  it  would  have  infallibly 
knocked  out  my  brains,  for  it  was  almost  as  large  as  a  small 


84  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

pumpion ;  but  I  had  the  satisfaction  to  see  the  young  rogue 
well  beaten,  and  turned  out  of  the  room. 

My  master  gave  public  notice,  that  he  would  show  me 
again  the  next  market-day,  and  in  the  meantime  he  pre- 
pared a  more  convenient  vehicle  for  me,  which  he  had 
reason  enough  to  do ;  for  I  was  so  tired  with  my  first  journey, 
and  with  entertaining  company  for  eight  hours  together, 
that  I  could  hardly  stand  upon  my  legs,  or  speak  a  word. 
It  was  at  least  three  days  before  I  recovered  my  strength; 
and  that  I  might  have  no  rest  at  home,  all  the  neighbouring 
gentlemen  from  a  hundred  miles  round,  hearing  of  my 
fame,  came  to  see  me  at  my  master's  own  house.  There 
could  not  be  fewer  than  thirty  persons  with  their  wives  and 
children  (for  the  country  is  very  populous) ;  and  my  master 
demanded  the  rate  of  a  full  room  whenever  he  showed  me 
at  home,  although  it  were  only  to  a  single  family:  so  that 
for  some  time  I  had  but  little  ease  every  day  of  the  week 
(except  Wednesday,  which  is  their  Sabbath)  although  I 
were  not  carried  to  the  town. 

My  master,  finding  how  profitable  I  was  like  to  be,  resolved 
to  carry  me  to  the  most  considerable  cities  of  the  kingdom. 
Having  therefore  provided  himself  with  all  things  necessary 
for  a  long  journey,  and  settled  his  affairs  at  home,  he  took 
leave  of  his  wife,  and  upon  the  I7th  of  August  1703,  about 
two  months  after  my  arrival,  we  set  out  for  the  metropolis, 
situated  near  the  middle  of  that  empire,  and  about  three 
thousand  miles  distance  from  our  house:  my  master  made 
his  daughter  Glumdalclitch  ride  behind  him.  She  carried 
me  on  her  lap,  in  a  box  tied  about  her  waist.  The  girl  had 
lined  it  on  all  sides  with  the  softest  cloth  she  could  get,  well 
quilted  underneath,  furnished  it  with  her  baby's  bed,  pro- 
vided me  with  linen  and  other  necessaries,  and  made  every- 
thing as  convenient  as  she  could.  We  had  no  other  company 
but  a  boy  of  the  house,  who  rode  after  us  with  the  luggage. 

My  master's  design  was  to  show  me  in  all  the  towns  by 
the  way,  and  to  step  out  of  the  road  for  fifty  or  an  hundred 


GLUMDALCLITCH    TEACHES    GULLIVER    TO    READ 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG      87 

miles,  to  any  village,  or  person  of  quality's  house,  where  he 
might  expect  custom.  We  made  easy  journeys  of  not  above 
seven  or  eight  score  miles  a  day;  for  Glumdalclitch,  on 
purpose  to  spare  me,  complained  she  was  tired  with  the 
trotting  of  the  horse.  She  often  took  me  out  of  my  box, 
at  my  own  desire,  to  give  me  air,  and  show  me  the  country, 
but  always  held  me  fast  by  a  leading-string.  We  passed 
over  five  or  six  rivers,  many  degrees  broader  and  deeper  than 
the  Nile,  or  the  Ganges;  and  there  was  hardly  a  rivulet 
so  small  as  the  Thames  at  London  Bridge.  We  were  ten 
weeks  in  our  journey,  and  I  was  shown  in  eighteen  large 
towns,  besides  many  villages  and  private  families. 

On  the  26th  day  of  October,  we  arrived  at  the  metropolis, 

called,   in   their   language,    Lorbrulgrud,    or   Pride   of   the 

Universe.     My  master  took  a  lodging  in  the  principal  street 

of  the  city,  not  far  from  the  royal  palace,  and  put  out  bills 

in  the  usual  form,  containing  an  exact  description  of  my 

person  and  parts.     He  hired  a  large  room,  between  three 

and  four  hundred  feet  wide.     He  provided  a  table  sixty  feet 

in  diameter,  upon  which  I  was  to  act  my  part,  and  pallisadoed 

it  round  three  feet  from  the  edge,  and  as  many  high,  to 

prevent  my  falling  over.     I  was  shewn  ten  times  a  day,  to 

the  wonder  and  satisfaction  of  all  people.     I  could  now  speak 

the  language  tolerably  well,  and  perfectly  understood  every 

word  that  was  spoken  to  me.     Besides,  I  had  learned  their 

alphabet,  and  could  make  a  shift  to  explain  a  sentence  here 

and  there ;   for  Glumdalclitch  had  been  my  instructor  while 

we  were   at   home,  and   at   leisure   hours   during   our 

journey.     She  carried  a  little  book  in  her  pocket, 

not  much  larger  than  a  Sanson's  Atlas;    it 

was  a  common  treatise   for  the  use  of 

young  girls,  giving  a  short  account 

of  their  religion ;  out  of  this  she 

taught  me  my  letters,  and 

interpreted  the  words. 


CHAPTER  III 

THE  frequent  labours  I  underwent,  every  day,  made  in 
few  weeks  a  very  considerable  change  in  my  health:  the 
more  my  master  got  by  me,  the  more  insatiable  he  grew. 
I  had  quite  lost  my  stomach,  and  was  almost  reduced  to 
a  skeleton.  The  farmer  observed  it,  and,  concluding  I  must 
soon  die,  resolved  to  make  as  good  a  hand  of  me  as  he  could. 
While  he  was  thus  reasoning  and  resolving  with  himself, 
a  slardral,  or  gentleman  usher,  came  from  Court,  com- 
manding my  master  to  carry  me  immediately  thither,  for 
the  diversion  of  the  queen  and  her  ladies.  Some  of  the 
latter  had  already  been  to  see  me,  and  reported  strange 
things  of  my  beauty,  behaviour,  and  good  sense.  Her 
Majesty,  and  those  who  attended  her,  were  beyond  measure 
delighted  with  my  demeanour:  I  fell  on  my  knees,  and 
begged  the  honour  of  kissing  her  imperial  foot;  but  this 
gracious  princess  held  out  her  little  finger  towards  me 
(after  I  was  set  on  a  table)  which  I  embraced  in  both  my 
arms,  and  put  the  tip  of  it,  with  the  utmost  respect,  to  my 
lips.  She  made  me  some  general  questions  about  my 
country,  and  my  travels,  which  I  answered  as  distinctly 
and  in  as  few  words  as  I  could.  She  asked  whether  I  would 
be  content  to  live  at  Court.  I  bowed  down  to  the  board  of 
the  table,  and  humbly  answered  that  I  was  my  master's 
slave ;  but,  if  I  were  at  my  own  disposal,  I  should  be  proud 
to  devote  my  life  to  her  Majesty's  service.  She  then  asked 
my  master  whether  he  were  willing  to  sell  me  at  a  good  price. 
He,  who  apprehended  I  could  not  live  a  month,  was  ready 
enough  to  part  with  me,  and  demanded  a  thousand  pieces 
of  gold,  which  were  ordered  him  on  the  spot,  each  piece 
being  about  the  bigness  of  eight  hundred  moidores;  but, 


GULLIVER   KISSES  THE   QUEEN   OF   BROBDINGNAGIA'S   HAND 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG      89 

allowing  for  the  proportion  of  all  things  between  that  country 
and  Europe,  and  the  high  price  of  gold  among  them,  was 
hardly  so  great  a  sum  as  a  thousand  guineas  would  be  in 
England.  I  then  said  to  the  queen,  since  I  was  now  her 
Majesty's  most  humble  creature  and  vassal,  I  must  beg  the 
favour,  that  Glumdalclitch,  who  had  always  tended  me 
with  so  much  care  and  kindness,  and  understood  to  do  it 
so  well,  might  be  admitted  into  her  service,  and  continue  to 
be  my  nurse  and  instructor.  Her  Majesty  agreed  to  my 
petition,  and  easily  got  the  farmer's  consent,  who  was  glad 
enough  to  have  his  daughter  preferred  at  Court ;  and  the 
poor  girl  herself  was  not  able  to  hide  her  joy:  my  late 
master  withdrew,  bidding  me  farewell,  and  saying  he  had 
left  me  in  a  good  service;  to  which  I  replied  not  a  word, 
only  making  him  a  slight  bow. 

The  queen  observed  my  coldness,  and,  when  the  farmer 
was  gone  out  of  the  apartment,  asked  me  the  reason.  I 
made  bold  to  tell  her  Majesty  that  I  owed  no  other  obligation 
to  my  late  master,  than  his  not  dashing  out  the  brains  of  a 
poor  harmless  creature  found  by  chance  in  his  field;  which 
obligation  was  amply  recompensed  by  the  gain  he  had 
made  in  showing  me  through  half  the  kingdom,  and  the 
price  he  had  now  sold  me  for.  That  the  life  I  had  since  led, 
was  laborious  enough  to  kill  an  animal  of  ten  times  my 
strength.  That  my  health  was  much  impaired  by  the 
continual  drudgery  of  entertaining  the  rabble  every  hour 
of  the  day,  and  that,  if  my  master  had  not  thought  my  life 
in  danger,  her  Majesty  perhaps  would  not  have  got  so  cheap 
a  bargain.  But  as  I  was  out  of  all  fear  of  being  ill-treated 
under  the  protection  of  so  great  and  good  an  Empress,  the 
ornament  of  nature,  the  darling  of  the  world,  the  delight 
of  her  subjects,  the  phoenix  of  the  creation;  so  I  hoped  my 
late  master's  apprehensions  would  appear  to  be  groundless, 
for  I  already  found  my  spirits  to  revive  by  the  influence  of 
her  most  august  presence. 

This  was  the  sum  of  my  speech,  delivered  with  great 


9o  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

improprieties  and  hesitation ;  the  latter  part  was  altogether 
framed  in  the  style  peculiar  to  that  people,  whereof  I  learned 
some  phrases  from  Gmmdalclitch,  while  she  was  carrying  me 
to  Court. 

The  queen,  giving  great  allowance  for  my  defectiveness 
in  speaking,  was  however  surprised  at  so  much  wit  and  good 
sense  in  so  diminutive  an  animal.  She  took  me  in  her  own 
hands,  and  carried  me  to  the  king,  who  was  then  retired  to 
his  cabinet.  His  Majesty,  a  prince  of  much  gravity,  and 
austere  countenance,  not  well  observing  my  shape  at  first 
view,  asked  the  queen  after  a  cold  manner,  how  long  it  was 
since  she  grew  fond  of  a  splacknuck;  for  such  it  seems  he 
took  me  to  be,  as  I  lay  upon  my  breast  in  her  Majesty's  right 
hand.  But  this  princess,  who  hath  an  infinite  deal  of  wit 
and  humour,  set  me  gently  on  my  feet  upon  the  scrutoire, 
and  commanded  me  to  give  his  Majesty  an  account  of  myself, 
which  I  did  in  a  very  few  words;  and  Glumdalclitch,  who 
attended  at  the  cabinet  door,  and  could  not  endure  I  should 
be  out  of  her  sight,  being  admitted,  confirmed  all  that  had 
passed  from  my  arrival  at  her  father's  house. 

The  king,  although  he  be  as  learned  a  person  as  any 
in  his  dominions,  arid  had  been  educated  in  the  study  of 
philosophy,  and  particularly  mathematics,  yet  when  he 
observed  my  shape  exactly,  and  saw  me  walk  erect,  before 
I  began  to  speak,  conceived  I  might  be  a  piece  of  clock- 
work (which  is  in  that  country  arrived  to  a  very  great 
perfection)  contrived  by  some  ingenious  artist.  But  when 
he  heard  my  voice,  and  found  what  I  delivered  to  be  regular 
and  rational,  he  could  not  conceal  his  astonishment.  He 
was  by  no  means  satisfied  with  the  relation  I  gave  him 
of  the  manner  I  came  into  his  kingdom,  but  thought  it  a 
story  concerted  between  Glumdalclitch  and  her  father,  who 
had  taught  me  a  set  of  words  to  make  me  sell  at  a  better 
price.  Upon  this  imagination  he  put  several  other  questions 
to  me,  and  still  received  rational  answers,  no  otherwise 
defective,  than  by  a  foreign  accent,  and  an  imperfect  know- 


A  VOYAGE  TO   BROBDINGNAG      91 

ledge  in  the  language,  with  some  rustic  phrases  which  I  had 
learned  at  the  farmer's  house,  and  did  not  suit  the  polite 
style  of  a  Court. 

His  Majesty  sent  for  three  great  scholars  who  were  then 
in  their  weekly  waiting,  according  to  the  custom  in  that 
country.  These  gentlemen,  after  they  had  a  while  examined 
my  shape  with  much  nicety,  were  of  different  opinions  con- 
cerning me.  They  all  agreed  that  I  could  not  be  produced 
according  to  the  regular  laws  of  nature,  because  I  was  not 
framed  with  a  capacity  of  preserving  my  life,  either  by  swift- 
ness, or  climbing  of  trees,  or  digging  holes  in  the  earth. 
They  observed  by  my  teeth,  which  they  viewed  with  great 
exactness,  that  I  was  a  carnivorous  animal;  yet  most 
quadrupeds  being  an  overmatch  for  me,  and  field-mice, 
with  some  others,  too  nimble,  they  could  not  imagine  how 
I  should  be  able  to  support  myself,  unless  I  fed  upon  snails 
and  other  insects,  which  they  offered,  by  many  learned 
arguments,  to  evince  that  I  could  not  possibly  do.  Others 
who  observed  my  limbs  to  be  perfect  and  finished,  said 
that  I  had  lived  several  years,  as  it  was  manifest  from 
my  beard,  the  stumps  whereof  they  plainly  discovered 
through  a  magnifying-glass.  They  would  not  allow  me  to 
be  a  dwarf,  because  my  littleness  was  beyond  all  degrees  of 
comparison;  for  the  queen's  favourite  dwarf,  the  smallest 
ever  known  in  that  kingdom,  was  near  thirty  feet  high. 
After  much  debate,  they  concluded  unanimously  that  I 
was  only  relplum  scalcatch,  which  is  interpreted  literally, 
lusus  natures  ;  a  determination  exactly  agreeable  to  the 
modern  philosophy  of  Europe,  whose  professors,  disdaining 
the  old  evasion  of  occult  causes,  whereby  the  followers  of 
Aristotle  endeavoured  in  vain  to  disguise  their  ignorance, 
have  invented  this  wonderful  solution  of  all  difficulties, 
to  the  unspeakable  advancement  of  human  knowledge. 

After  this  decisive  conclusion,  I  entreated  to  be  heard 
a  word  or  two.  I  applied  myself  to  the  king,  and  assured 
his  Majesty  that  I  came  from  a  country  which  abounded 


92  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

with  several  millions  of  both  sexes,  and  of  my  own  stature ; 
where  the  animals,  trees,  and  houses  were  all  in  proportion, 
and  where  by  consequence  I  might  be  as  able  to  defend 
myself,  and  to  find  sustenance,  as  any  of  his  Majesty's 
subjects  could  do  here ;  which  I  took  for  a  full  answer  to  those 
gentlemen's  arguments.  To  this  they  only  replied  with  a 
smile  of  contempt,  saying  that  the  farmer  had  instructed 
me  very  well  in  my  lesson.  The  king,  who  had  a  much  better 
understanding,  dismissing  his  learned  men,  sent  for  the 
farmer,  who  by  good  fortune  was  not  yet  gone  out  of  town : 
having  therefore  first  examined  him  privately,  and  then 
confronted  him  with  me  and  the  young  girl,  his  Majesty 
began  to  think  that  what  we  told  him  might  possibly  be  true. 
He  desired  the  queen  to  order  that  a  particular  care  should 
be  taken  of  me,  and  was  of  opinion  that  Glumdalclitch 
should  still  continue  in  her  office  of  tending  me,  because 
he  observed  we  had  a  great  affection  for  each  other.  A 
convenient  apartment  was  provided  for  her  at  court;  she 
had  a  sort  of  governess  appointed  to  take  care  of  her  educa- 
tion, a  maid  to  dress  her,  and  two  other  servants  for  menial 
offices;  but  the  care  of  me  was  wholly  appropriated  to 
herself.  The  queen  commanded  her  own  cabinet-maker  to 
contrive  a  box  that  might  serve  me  for  a  bed-chamber, 
after  the  model  that  Glumdalclitch  and  I  should  agree  upon. 
This  man  was  a  most  ingenious  artist,  and,  according  to  my 
directions,  in  three  weeks  finished  for  me  a  wooden  chamber 
of  sixteen  feet  square  and  twelve  high,  with  sash-windows,  a 
door,  and  two  closets,  like  a  London  bed-chamber.  The 
board  that  made  the  ceiling  was  to  be  lifted  up  and  down 
by  two  hinges,  to  put  in  a  bed  ready  furnished  by  her 
Majesty's  upholsterer,  which  Glumdalclitch  took  out  every 
day  to  air,  made  it  with  her  own  hands,  and,  letting  it  down 
at  night,  locked  up  the  roof  over  me.  A  nice  workman, 
who  was  famous  for  little  curiosities,  undertook  to  make 
me  two  chairs,  with  backs  and  frames  of  a  substance  not 
unlike  ivory,  and  two  tables,  with  a  cabinet  to  put  my  things 


A  VOYAGE  TO   BROBDINGNAG      93 

in.  The  room  was  quilted  on  all  sides,  as  well  as  the  floor 
and  the  ceiling,  to  prevent  any  accident  from  the  careless- 
ness of  those  who  carried  me,  and  to  break  the  force  of  a 
jolt  when  I  went  in  a  coach.  I  desired  a  lock  for  my  door, 
to  prevent  rats  and  mice  from  coming  in:  the  smith,  after 
several  attempts,  made  the  smallest  that  ever  was  seen 
among  them,  for  I  have  known  a  larger  at  the  gate  of  a 
gentleman's  house  in  England.  I  made  a  shift  to  keep 
the  key  in  a  pocket  of  my  own,  fearing  Gmmdalclitch  might 
lose  it.  The  queen  likewise  ordered  the  thinnest  silks  that 
could  be  gotten  to  make  me  clothes,  not  much  thicker  than 
an  English  blanket,  very  cumbersome,  till  I  was  accustomed 
to  them.  They  were  after  the  fashion  of  the  kingdom, 
partly  resembling  the  Persian,  and  partly  the  Chinese,  and 
are  a  very  grave  and  decent  habit. 

The  queen  became  so  fond  of  my  company  that  she  could 
not  dine  without  me.  I  had  a  table  placed  upon  the  same 
at  which  her  Majesty  ate,  just  at  her  left  elbow,  and  a  chair 
to  sit  on.  Glumdalclitch  stood  on  a  stool  on  the  floor,  near 
my  table,  to  assist  and  take  care  of  me.  I  had  an  entire 
set  of  silver  dishes  and  plates,  and  other  necessaries,  which, 
in  proportion  to  those  of  the  queen's,  were  not  much  bigger 
than  what  I  have  seen  of  the  same  kind  in  a  London  toy-shop 
for  the  furniture  of  a  baby-house.  These  my  little  nurse 
kept  in  her  pocket  in  a  silver  box,  and  gave  me  at  meals 
as  I  wanted  them,  always  cleaning  them  herself.  No  person 
dined  with  the  queen  but  the  two  princesses  royal,  the  elder 
sixteen  years  old,  and  the  younger  at  that  time  thirteen  and 
a  month.  Her  Majesty  used  to  put  a  bit  of  meat  upon  one 
of  my  dishes,  out  of  which  I  carved  for  myself;  and  her 
diversion  was  to  see  me  eat  in  miniature.  For  the  queen 
(who  had,  indeed,  but  a  weak  stomach)  took  up  at  one 
mouthful  as  much  as  a  dozen  English  farmers  could  eat  at 
a  meal,  which,  to  me,  was  for  some  time  a  very  nauseous 
sight.  She  would  crunch  the  wing  of  a  lark,  bones  and  all, 
between  her  teeth,  although  it  were  nine  times  as  large  as 


94  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

that  of  a  full-grown  turkey ;  and  put  a  bit  of  bread  into  her 
mouth  as  big  as  two  twelve-penny  loaves.  She  drank  out 
of  a  golden  cup,  above  a  hogshead  at  a  draught.  Her 
knives  were  twice  as  long  as  a  scythe,  set  straight  upon  the 
handle.  The  spoons,  forks,  and  other  instruments  were 
all  in  the  same  proportion.  I  remember,  when  Glumdal- 
clitch  carried  me  out  of  curiosity  to  see  some  of  the  tables 
at  Court,  where  ten  or  a  dozen  of  these  enormous  knives 
and  forks  were  lifted  up  together,  I  thought  I  had  never, 
till  then,  beheld  so  terrible  a  sight. 

It  is  the  custom  that  every  Wednesday  (which,  as  I 
have  before  observed,  was  their  Sabbath)  the  king  and 
queen,  with  the  royal  issue  of  both  sexes,  dine  together 
in  the  apartment  of  his  Majesty,  to  whom  I  was  now  become 
a  great  favourite;  and  at  these  times  my  little  chair  and 
table  were  placed  at  his  left  hand,  before  one  of  the  salt- 
cellars. This  prince  took  a  pleasure  in  conversing  with 
me,  enquiring  into  the  manners,  religion,  laws,  government, 
and  learning  of  Europe ;  wherein  I  gave  him  the  best  account 
I  was  able.  His  apprehension  was  so  clear,  and  his  judgment 
so  exact,  that  he  made  very  wise  reflections  and  observations 
upon  all  I  said.  But  I  confess,  that  after  I  had  been  a  little 
too  copious  in  talking  of  my  own  beloved  country,  of  our 
trade,  and  wars  by  sea  and  land,  of  our  schisms  in  religion, 
and  parties  in  the  State;  the  prejudices  of  his  education 
prevailed  so  far,  that  he  could  not  forbear  taking  me  up 
in  his  right  hand,  and  stroking  me  gently  with  the  other, 
after  an  hearty  fit  of  laughing,  asked  me  whether  I  was 
a  Whig  or  Tory.  Then  turning  to  his  first  minister,  who 
waited  behind  him  with  a  white  staff,  near  as  tall  as  the 
main-mast  of  the  Royal  Sovereign,  he  observed  how  con- 
temptible a  thing  was  human  grandeur,  which  could  be 
mimicked  by  such  diminutive  insects  as  I:  'and  yet," 
says  he,  "I  dare  engage,  these  creatures  have  their  titles 
and  distinctions  of  honour,  they  contrive  little  nests  and 
burrows,  that  they  call  houses  and  cities;  they  make  a 


A   VOYAGE  TO   BROBDINGNAG      95 

figure  in  dress  and  equipage;  they  love,  they  fight,  they 
dispute,  they  cheat,  they  betray."  And  thus  he  continued 
on,  while  my  colour  came  and  went  several  times,  with 
indignation,  to  hear  our  noble  country,  the  mistress  of  arts 
and  arms,  the  scourge  of  France,  the  arbitress  of  Europe, 
the  seat  of  virtue,  piety,  honour,  and  truth,  the  pride  and 
envy  of  the  world,  so  contemptuously  treated. 

But  as  I  was  not  in  a  condition  to  resent  injuries,  so, 
upon  mature  thoughts,  I  began  to  doubt  whether  I  was 
injured  or  no.  For,  after  having  been  accustomed  several 
months  to  the  sight  and  converse  of  this  people,  and  observed 
every  object  upon  which  I  cast  mine  eyes  to  be  of  proportion- 
able magnitude,  the  horror  I  had  at  first  conceived,  from 
their  bulk  and  aspect,  was  so  far  worn  off,  that  if  I  had  then 
beheld  a  company  of  English  lords  and  ladies  in  their  finery 
and  birthday  clothes,  acting  their  several  parts  in  the  most 
courtly  manner,  of  strutting,  and  bowing,  and  prating;  to 
say  the  truth,  I  should  have  been  strongly  tempted  to  laugh 
as  much  at  them  as  the  king  and  his  grandees  did  at  me. 
Neither,  indeed,  could  I  forbear  smiling  at  myself,  when  the 
queen  used  to  place  me  upon  her  hand  towards  a  looking- 
glass,  by  which  both  our  persons  appeared  before  me  in  full 
view  together;  and  there  could  nothing  be  more  ridiculous 
than  the  comparison,  so  that  I  really  began  to  imagine 
myself  dwindled  many  degrees  below  my  usual  size. 

Nothing  angered  and  mortified  me  so  much  as  the  queen's 
dwarf,  who,  being  of  the  lowest  stature  that  was  ever  in 
that  country  (for  I  verily  think  he  was  not  full  thirty  feet 
high)  became  insolent  at  seeing  a  creature  so  much  beneath 
him,  that  he  would  always  affect  to  swagger  and  look  big 
as  he  passed  by  me  in  the  queen's  ante-chamber  while  I 
was  standing  on  some  table  talking  with  the  lords  or  ladies 
of  the  Court,  and  he  seldom  failed  of  a  smart  word  or  two 
upon  my  littleness,  against  which  I  could  only  revenge 
myself  by  calling  him  brother,  challenging  him  to  wrestle, 
and  such  repartees  as  are  usual  in  the  mouths  of  Court 


96  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

pages.  One  day,  at  dinner,  this  malicious  little  cub  was 
so  nettled  with  something  I  had  said  to  him,  that,  raising 
himself  upon  the  frame  of  her  Majesty's  chair,  he  took  me 
up  by  the  middle,  as  I  was  sitting  down,  not  thinking  any 
harm,  and  let  me  drop  into  a  large  silver  bowl  of  cream,  and 
then  ran  away  as  fast  as  he  could.  I  fell  over  head  and  ears, 
and  if  I  had  not  been  a  good  swimmer,  it  might  have  gone 
very  hard  with  me;  for  Glumdalclitch,  in  that  instant, 
happened  to  be  at  the  other  end  of  the  room,  and  the 
queen  was  in  such  a  fright  that  she  wanted  presence  of  mind 
to  assist  me.  But  my  little  nurse  ran  to  my  relief,  and  took 
me  out,  after  I  had  swallowed  above  a  quart  of  cream.  I 
was  put  to  bed;  however,  I  received  no  other  damage  than 
the  loss  of  a  suit  of  clothes,  which  was  utterly  spoiled.  The 
dwarf  was  soundly  whipped,  and,  as  a  further  punishment, 
forced  to  drink  up  the  bowl  of  cream  into  which  he  had 
thrown  me;  neither  was  he  ever  restored  to  favour:  for, 
soon  after,  the  queen  bestowed  him  on  a  lady  of  high  quality, 
so  that  I  saw  him  no  more,  to  my  very  great  satisfaction; 
for  I  could  not  tell  to  what  extremity  such  a  malicious 
urchin  might  have  carried  his  resentment. 

He  had  before  served  me  a  scurvy  trick,  which  set  the 
queen  a-laughing,  although  at  the  same  time  she  was 
heartily  vexed,  and  would  have  immediately  cashiered  him, 
if  I  had  not  been  so  generous  as  to  intercede.  Her  Majesty 
had  taken  a  marrow-bone  upon  her  plate,  and,  after  knock- 
ing out  the  marrow,  placed  the  bone  again  in  the  dish  erect, 
as  it  stood  before;  the  dwarf,  watching  his  opportunity, 
while  Glumdalclitch  was  gone  to  the  side-board,  mounted 
the  stool  she  stood  on  to  take  care  of  me  at  meals,  took 
me  up  in  both  hands,  and,  squeezing  my  legs  together, 
wedged  them  into  the  marrow-bone  above  my  waist,  where 
I  stuck  for  some  time,  and  made  a  very  ridiculous  figure. 
I  believe  it  was  near  a  minute  before  any  one  knew  what 
was  become  of  me;  for  I  thought  it  below  me  to  cry  out. 
But,  as  princes  seldom  get  their  meat  hot,  my  legs  were  not 


GULLIVER'S  COMBAT  WITH   THE  WASPS 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG      97 

scalded,  only  my  stockings  and  breeches  in  a  sad  condition. 
The  dwarf,  at  my  entreaty,  had  no  other  punishment  than 
a  sound  whipping. 

I  was  frequently  rallied  by  the  queen  upon  account  of 
my  fearfulness ;  and  she  used  to  ask  me  whether  the  people 
of  my  country  were  as  great  cowards  as  myself?  The 
occasion  was  this :  the  kingdom  is  much  pestered  with  flies 
in  summer;  and  these  odious  insects,  each  of  them  as  big 
as  a  Dunstable  lark,  hardly  gave  me  any  rest  while  I  sat 
at  dinner,  with  their  continual  humming  and  buzzing  about 
mine  ears.  They  would  sometimes  alight  upon  my  victuals. 
Sometimes  they  would  fix  upon  my  nose  or  forehead,  where 
they  stung  me  to  the  quick,  smelling  very  offensively,  and  I 
could  easily  trace  that  viscous  matter,  which,  our  naturalists 
tell  us,  enables  those  creatures  to  walk  with  their  feet  up- 
wards upon  a  ceiling.  I  had  much  ado  to  defend  myself 
against  these  detestable  animals,  and  could  not  forbear 
starting  when  they  came  on  my  face.  It  was  the  common 
practice  of  the  dwarf  to  catch  a  number  of  these  insects  in 
his  hand,  as  schoolboys  do  among  us,  and  let  them  out 
suddenly  under  my  nose,  on  purpose  to  frighten  me,  and 
divert  the  queen.  My  remedy  was  to  cut  them  in  pieces 
with  my  knife,  as  they  flew  in  the  air,  wherein  my  dexterity 
was  much  admired. 

I  remember  one  morning,  when  Glumdalclitch  had  set 
me  in  my  box  upon  a  window,  as  she  usually  did  in  the  fair 
days  to  give  me  air  (for  I  durst  not  venture  to  let  the  box 
be  hung  on  a  nail  out  of  the  window,  as  we  do  with  cages 
in  England)  after  I  had  lifted  up  one  of  my  sashes,  and  sat 
down  at  my  table  to  eat  a  piece  of  sweet  cake  for  my  break- 
fast, above  twenty  wasps,  allured  by  the  smell,  came  flying 
into  the  room,  humming  louder  than  the  drones  of  as  many 
bagpipes.  Some  of  them  seized  my  cake,  and  carried  it 
piecemeal  away;  others  flew  about  my  head  and  face, 
confounding  me  with  the  noise,  and  putting  me  in  the 
utmost  terror  of  their  stings.  However,  I  had  the  courage 


GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 


to  rise  and  draw  my  hanger,  and  attack  them  in  the  air. 
I  dispatched  four  of  them,  but  the  rest  got  away,  and  I 
presently  shut  my  window.  These  insects  were  as  large 
as  partridges;  I  took  out  their  stings,  found  them  an  inch 
and  a  half  long,  and  as  sharp  as  needles.  I  carefully  pre- 
served them  all,  and  having  since  shown  them  with  some 
other  curiosities,  in  several  parts  of  Europe,  upon  my  return 
to  England,  I  gave  three  of  them  to  Gresham  College,  and 
kept  the  fourth  for  myself. 


CHAPTER  IV 

I  NOW  intend  to  give  the  reader  a  short  description  of  this 
country,  as  far  as  I  travelled  in  it,  which  was  not  above 
two  thousand  miles  round  Lorbrulgrud,  the  metropolis. 
For  the  queen,  whom  I  always  attended,  never  went  farther 
when  she  accompanied  the  king  in  his  progresses,  and  there 
staid  till  his  Majesty  returned  from  viewing  his  frontiers. 
The  whole  extent  of  this  prince's  dominions  reacheth  about 
six  thousand  miles  in  length,  and  from  three  to  five  in 
breadth;  from  whence  I  cannot  but  conclude  that  our 
geographers  of  Europe  are  in  a  great  error,  by  supposing 
nothing  but  sea  between  Japan  and  California;  for  it  was 
ever  my  opinion  that  there  must  be  a  balance  of  earth  to 
counterpoise  the  great  continent  of  Tartary;  and  therefore 
they  ought  to  correct  their  maps  and  charts,  by  joining  this 
vast  tract  of  land  to  the  north-west  parts  of  America, 
wherein  I  shall  be  ready  to  lend  them  my  assistance. 

The  kingdom  is  a  peninsula,  terminated  to  the  north- 
east by  a  ridge  of  mountains  thirty  miles  high,  which  are 
altogether  impassable,  by  reason  of  the  volcanoes  upon  the 
tops.  Neither  do  the  most  learned  know  what  sort  of 
mortals  inhabit  beyond  those  mountains,  or  whether  they 
be  inhabited  at  all.  On  the  three  other  sides  it  is  bounded 
by  the  ocean.  There  is  not  one  sea-port  in  the  whole 
kingdom,  and  those  parts  of  the  coasts  into  which  the 
rivers  issue  are  so  full  of  pointed  rocks,  and  the  sea  generally 
so  rough,  that  there  is  no  venturing  with  the  smallest  of 
their  boats,  so  that  these  people  are  wholly  excluded  from 
any  commerce  with  the  rest  of  the  world.  But  the  large 
rivers  are  full  of  vessels,  and  abound  with  excellent  fish, 
for  they  seldom  get  any  from  the  sea,  because  the  sea-fish 

99 


ioo  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

are  of  the  same  size  with  those  in  Europe,  and  consequently 
not  worth  catching;  whereby  it  is  manifest  that  Nature, 
in  the  production  of  plants  and  animals  of  so  extraordinary 
a  bulk,  is  wholly  confined  to  this  continent,  of  which  I  leave 
the  reasons  to  be  determined  by  philosophers.  However, 
now  and  then  they  take  a  whale  that  happens  to  be  dashed 
against  the  rocks,  which  the  common  people  feed  on  heartily. 
These  whales  I  have  known  so  large  that  a  man  could  hardly 
carry  one  upon  his  shoulders;  and  sometimes  for  curiosity 
they  are  brought  in  hampers  to  Lorbrulgrud.  I  saw  one 
of  them  in  a  dish  at  the  king's  table,  which  passed  for  a 
rarity,  but  I  did  not  observe  he  was  fond  of  it,  for  I  think, 
indeed,  the  bigness  disgusted  him,  although  I  have  seen  one 
somewhat  larger  in  Greenland. 

The  country  is  well  inhabited,  for  it  contains  fifty-one 
cities,  near  an  hundred  walled  towns,  and  a  great  number  of 
villages.  To  satisfy  my  curious  reader,  it  may  be  sufficient 
to  describe  Lorbrulgrud.  This  city  stands  upon  almost 
two  equal  parts  on  each  side  the  river  that  passes  through. 
It  contains  above  eighty  thousand  houses,  and  about  six 
hundred  thousand  inhabitants.  It  is  in  length  three  glom- 
glungs  (which  make  about  fifty-four  English  miles)  and  two 
and  a  half  in  breadth,  as  I  measured  it  myself  in  the  royal 
map  made  by  the  king's  order,  which  was  laid  on  the  ground 
on  purpose  for  me,  and  extended  an  hundred  feet ;  I  paced 
the  diameter  and  circumference  several  times  bare-foot,  and 
computing  by  the  scale,  measured  it  pretty  exactly. 

The  king's  palace  is  no  regular  edifice,  but  an  heap  of 
building  about  seven  miles  round:  the  chief  rooms  are 
generally  two  hundred  and  forty  feet  high,  and  broad  and 
long  in  proportion.  A  coach  was  allowed  to  Glumdalclitch 
and  me,  wherein  her  governess  frequently  took  her  out  to 
see  the  town,  or  go  among  the  shops;  and  I  was  always 
of  the  party,  carried  in  my  box,  although  the  girl  at  my 
own  desire  would  often  take  me  out,  and  hold  me  in  her  hand, 
that  I  might  more  conveniently  view  the  houses  and  the 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     101 

people,  as  we  passed  along  the  streets.  I  reckoned  our 
coach  to  be  about  a  square  of  Westminster  Hall,  but  not 
altogether  so  high:  however,  I  cannot  be  very  exact.  One 
day  the  governess  ordered  our  coachman  to  stop  at  several 
shops,  where  the  beggars  watching  their  opportunity, 
crowded  to  the  sides  of  the  coach,  and  gave  me  the  most 
horrible  spectacles  that  ever  an  European  eye  beheld. 

Beside  the  large  box  in  which  I  was  usually  carried,  the 
queen  ordered  a  smaller  one  to  be  made  for  me,  of  about 
twelve  feet  square  and  ten  high,  for  the  convenience  of 
travelling,  because  the  other  was  somewhat  too  large  for 
Glumdalclitch's  lap,  and  cumbersome  in  the  coach;  it  was 
made  by  the  same  artist,  whom  I  directed  in  the  whole 
contrivance.  This  travelling-closet  was  an  exact  square 
with  a  window  in  the  middle  of  three  of  the  squares,  and 
each  window  was  latticed  with  iron  wire  on  the  outside, 
to  prevent  accidents  in  long  journeys.  On  the  fourth  side, 
which  had  no  window,  two  strong  staples  were  fixed,  through 
which  the  person  that  carried  me,  when  I  had  a  mind  to  be 
on  horseback,  put  in  a  leathern  belt,  and  buckled  it  about 
his  waist.  This  was  always  the  office  of  some  grave,  trusty 
servant  in  whom  I  could  confide,  whether  I  attended  the 
king  and  queen  in  their  progresses,  or  were  disposed  to  see 
the  gardens,  or  pay  a  visit  to  some  great  lady  or  minister 
of  state  in  the  Court,  when  Glumdalclitch  happened  to  be 
out  of  order:  for  I  soon  began  to  be  known  and  esteemed 
among  the  greatest  officers,  I  suppose  more  upon  account 
of  their  Majesties'  favour  than  any  merit  of  my  own.  In 
journeys,  when  I  was  weary  of  the  coach,  a  servant  on  horse- 
back would  buckle  my  box,  and  place  it  on  a  cushion  before 
him ;  and  there  I  had  a  full  prospect  of  the  country  on  three 
sides  from  the  three  windows.  I  had  in  this  closet  a  field- 
bed  and  a  hammock  hung  from  the  ceiling,  two  chairs  and 
a  table,  neatly  screwed  to  the  floor,  to  prevent  being  tossed 
about  by  the  agitation  of  the  horse  or  the  coach.  And 
having  been  long  used  to  sea-voyages,  those  motions, 


io2  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

although  sometimes  very  violent,  did  not  much  discompose 
me. 

Whenever  I  had  a  mind  to  see  the  town,  it  was  always 
in  my  travelling-closet,  which  Glumdalclitch  held  in  her 
lap  in  a  kind  of  open  sedan,  after  the  fashion  of  the  country, 
borne  by  four  men,  and  attended  by  two  others  in  the 
queen's  livery.  The  people,  who  had  often  heard  of  me, 
were  very  curious  to  crowd  about  the  sedan,  and  the  girl 
was  complaisant  enough  to  make  the  bearers  stop,  and  to 
take  me  in  her  hand  that  I  might  be  more  conveniently 
seen. 

I  was  very  desirous  to  see  the  chief  temple,  and  particu- 
larly the  tower  belonging  to  it,  which  is  reckoned  the 
highest  in  the  kingdom.  Accordingly  one  day  my  nurse 
carried  me  thither,  but  I  may  truly  say  I  came  back  disap- 
pointed; for  the  height  is  not  above  three  thousand  feet, 
reckoning  from  the  ground  to  the  highest  pinnacle  top; 
which  allowing  for  the  difference  between  the  size  of  those 
people  and  us  in  Europe,  is  no  great  matter  for  admiration, 
nor  at  all  equal  in  proportion  (if  I  rightly  remember)  to 
Salisbury  Steeple.  But,  not  to  detract  from  a  nation  to 
which  during  my  life  I  shall  acknowledge  myself  extremely 
obliged,  it  must  be  allowed  that  whatever  this  famous  tower 
wants  in  height  is  amply  made  up  in  beauty  and  strength. 
For  the  walls  are  near  an  hundred  feet  thick,  built  of  hewn 
stone,  whereof  each  is  about  forty  feet  square,  and  adorned 
on  all  sides  with  statues  of  gods  and  emperors  cut  in  marble 
larger  than  the  life,  placed  in  their  several  niches.  I 
measured  a  little  finger  which  had  fallen  down  from  one  of 
the  statues,  and  lay  unperceived  among  some  rubbish,  ard 
found  it  exactly  four  feet  and  an  inch  in  length.  Glum- 
dalclitch wrapped  it  up  in  her  handkerchief,  and  carried  it 
home  in  her  pocket  to  keep  among  other  trinkets,  of  which 
the  girl  was  very  fond,  as  children  at  her  age  usually  are. 

The  king's  kitchen  is  indeed  a  noble  building,  vaulted 
at  top,  and  about  six  hundred  feet  high.     The  great  oven 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     103 

is  not  so  wide  by  ten  paces  as  the  cupola  at  St.  Paul's: 
for  I  measured  the  latter  on  purpose  after  my  return.  But 
if  I  should  describe  the  kitchen  grate,  the  prodigious  pots 
and  kettles,  the  joints  of  meat  turning  on  the  spits,  with 
many  other  particulars,  perhaps  I  should  be  hardly  believed ; 
at  least  a  severe  critic  would  be  apt  to  think  I  enlarged  a 
little,  as  travellers  are  often  suspected  to  do.  To  avoid 
which  censure,  I  fear  I  have  run  too  much  into  the  other 
extreme,  and  that  if  this  treatise  should  happen  to  be  trans- 
lated into  the  language  of  Brobdingnag  (which  is  the  general 
name  of  that  kingdom)  and  transmitted  thither,  the  king 
and  his  people  would  have  reason  tc>  complain  that  I  had  done 
them  an  injury  by  a  false  and  diminutive  representation. 

His  Majesty  seldom  keeps  above  six  hundred  horses  in 
his  stables:  they  are  generally  from  fifty-four  to  sixty 
feet  high.  But,  when  he  goes  abroad  on  solemn  days,  he 
is  attended  for  state  by  a  militia  guard  of  five  hundred 
horse,  which  indeed  I  thought  was  the  most  splendid  sight 
that  could  be  ever  beheld,  till  I  saw  part  of  his  army  in 
battalia,  whereof  I  shall  find  another  occasion  to  speak. 


CHAPTER  V 

I  SHOULD  have  lived  happy  enough  in  that  country  if  my 
littleness  had  not  exposed  me  to  several  ridiculous  and 
troublesome  accidents:  some  of  which  I  shall  venture  to 
relate.  Glumdalclitch  often  carried  me  into  the  gardens 
of  the  Court  in  my  smaller  box,  and  would  sometimes  take 
me  out  of  it  and  hold  me  in  her  hand,  or  set  me  down  to 
walk.  I  remember,  before  the  dwarf  left  the  queen,  he 
followed  us  one  day  into  those  gardens,  and  my  nurse  having 
set  me  down,  he  and  I  being  close  together  near  some  dwarf 
apple  trees,  I  must  need  shew  my  wit  by  a  silly  allusion 
between  him  and  the  trees,  which  happens  to  hold  in  their 
language,  as  it  doth  in  ours.  Whereupon,  the  malicious 
rogue  watching  his  opportunity,  when  I  was  walking  under 
one  of  them,  shook  it  directly  over  my  head,  by  which  a 
dozen  apples,  each  of  them  near  as  large  as  a  Bristol  barrel, 
came  tumbling  about  my  ears:  one  of  them  hit  me  on  the 
back  as  I  chanced  to  stoop,  and  knocked  me  down  flat  on 
my  face;  but  I  received  no  other  hurt,  and  the  dwarf  was 
pardoned  at  my  desire  because  I  had  given  the  provocation. 
Another  day  Glumdalclitch  left  me  on  a  smooth  grass 
plot  to  divert  myself,  while  she  walked  at  some  distance 
with  her  governess.  In  the  meantime  there  suddenly  fell 
such  a  violent  shower  of  hail,  that  I  was  immediately,  by 
the  force  of  it,  struck  to  the  ground:  and,  when  I  was 
down,  the  hailstones  gave  me  such  cruel  bangs  all  over 
the  body,  as  if  I  had  been  pelted  with  tennis  balls;  how- 
ever, I  made  a  shift  to  creep  on  all  four,  and  shelter  myself 
by  lying  flat  on  my  face,  on  the  lee  side  of  a  border  of 
lemon  thyme,  but  so  bruised  from  head  to  foot  that  I  could 
not  go  abroad  in  ten  days.  Neither  is  this  at  all  to  be 
wondered  at,  because  Nature  in  that  country  observing  the 

104 


APPLES   CAME   TUMBLING   ABOUT   MY    EARS 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     105 

same  proportion  through  all  her  operations,  a  hailstone  is 
near  eighteen  hundred  times  as  large  as  one  in  Europe, 
which  I  can  assert  upon  experience,  having  been  so  curious 
to  weigh  and  measure  them. 

But  a  more  dangerous  accident  happened  to  me  in  the 
same  garden,  when  my  little  nurse,  believing  she  had  put 
me  in  a  secure  place,  which  I  often  entreated  her  to  do, 
that  I  might  enjoy  my  own  thoughts,  and  having  left  my 
box  at  home  to  avoid  the  trouble  of  carrying  it,  went  to 
another  part  of  the  garden  with  her  governess  and  some 
ladies  of  her  acquaintance.  While  she  was  absent  and  out 
of  hearing,  a  small  white  spaniel  belonging  to  one  of  the 
chief  gardeners,  having  got  by  accident  into  the  garden, 
happened  to  range  near  the  place  where  I  lay.  The  dog, 
following  the  scent,  came  directly  up,  and  taking  me  in 
his  mouth  ran  straight  to  his  master,  wagging  his  tail,  and 
set  me  gently  on  the  ground.  By  good  fortune  he  had 
been  so  well  taught  that  I  was  carried  between  his  teeth 
without  the  least  hurt,  or  even  tearing  my  clothes.  But 
the  poor  gardener,  who  knew  me  well,  and  had  a  great 
kindness  for  me,  was  in  a  terrible  fright.  He  gently  took 
me  up  in  both  his  hands,  and  asked  me  how  I  did;  but  I 
was  so  amazed  and  out  of  breath  that  I  could  not  speak  a 
word.  In  few  minutes  I  came  to  myself,  and  he  carried 
me  safe  to  my  little  nurse,  who  by  this  time  had  returned 
to  the  place  where  she  left  me,  and  was  in  cruel  agonies 
when  I  did  not  appear  nor  answer  when  she  called:  she 
severely  reprimanded  the  gardener  on  account  of  his  dog. 
But  the  thing  was  hushed  up  and  never  known  at  Court; 
for  the  girl  was  afraid  of  the  queen's  anger,  and  truly  as 
to  myself,  I  thought  it  would  not  be  for  my  reputation  that 
such  a  story  should  go  about. 

This  accident  absolutely  determined  Glumdalclitch  never 
to  trust  me  abroad  for  the  future  out  of  her  sight.  I  had 
been  long  afraid  of  this  resolution,  and  therefore  concealed 
from  her  some  little  unlucky  adventures  that  happened 


106  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

in  those  times  when  I  was  left  by  myself.  Once  a  kite, 
hovering  over  the  garden,  made  a  stoop  at  me,  and  if  I  had 
not  resolutely  drawn  my  hanger  and  run  under  a  thick 
espalier,  he  would  have  certainly  carried  me  away  in  his 
talons.  Another  time,  walking  to  the  top  of  a  fresh  mole- 
hill, I  fell  to  my  neck  in  the  hole  through  which  that  animal 
had  cast  up  the  earth,  and  coined  some  lie,  not  worth 
remembering,  to  excuse  myself  for  spoiling  my  clothes. 
I  likewise  broke  my  right  shin  against  the  shell  of  a  snail, 
which  I  happened  to  stumble  over  as  I  was  walking  alone 
and  thinking  on  poor  England. 

I  cannot  tell  whether  I  were  more  pleased  or  mortified 
to  observe  in  those  solitary  walks  that  the  smaller  birds 
did  not  appear  to  be  at  all  afraid  of  me,  but  would  hop 
about  within  a  yard's  distance,  looking  for  worms  and  other 
food  with  as  much  indifference  and  security  as  if  no  creature 
at  all  were  near  them.  I  remember  a  thrush  had  the  con- 
fidence to  snatch  out  of  my  hand  with  his  bill  a  piece  of 
cake  that  Glumdalclitch  had  just  given  me  for  my  break- 
fast. When  I  attempted  to  catch  any  of  these  birds  they 
would  boldly  turn  against  me,  endeavouring  to  pick  my 
fingers,  which  I  durst  not  venture  within  their  reach;  and 
then  they  would  hop  back  unconcerned,  to  hunt  for  worms 
or  snails,  as  they  did  before.  But  one  day  I  took  a  thick 
cudgel,  and  threw  it  with  all  my  strength  so  luckily  at  a 
linnet  that  I  knocked  him  down,  and  seizing  him  by  the  neck 
with  both  my  hands,  ran  with  him  in  triumph  to  my  nurse. 
However,  the  bird,  who  had  only  been  stunned,  recovering 
himself,  gave  me  so  many  boxes  with  his  wings  on  both 
sides  of  my  head  and  body,  though  I  held  him  at  arm's 
length  and  was  out  of  the  reach  of  his  claws,  that  I  was 
twenty  times  thinking  to  let  him  go.  But  I  was  soon 
relieved  by  one  of  our  servants,  who  wrung  off  the  bird's 
neck,  and  I  had  him  next  day  for  dinner  by  the  queen's 
command.  This  linnet,  as  near  as  I  can  remember,  seemed 
to  be  somewhat  larger  than  an  England  swan. 


A   VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     107 

One  day  a  young  gentleman,  who  was  nephew  to  my 
nurse's  governess,  came  and  pressed  them  both  to  see  an 
execution.  It  was  of  a  man  who  had  murdered  one  of 
that  gentleman's  intimate  acquaintance.  Glumdalclitch  was 
prevailed  on  to  be  of  the  company,  very  much  against  her 
inclination,  for  she  was  naturally  tender-hearted:  and, 
as  for  myself,  although  I  abhorred  such  kind  of  spectacles, 
yet  my  curiosity  tempted  me  to  see  something  that  I  thought 
must  be  extraordinary.  The  malefactor  was  fixed  in  a  chair 
upon  a  scaffold,  erected  for  that  purpose,  and  his  head  cut 
off  at  one  blow,  with  a  sword  of  about  forty  feet  long.  The 
veins  and  arteries  spouted  up  such  a  prodigious  quantity 
of  blood,  and  so  high  in  the  air,  that  the  great  jet  d'eau  at 
Versailles  was  not  equal  for  the  time  it  lasted;  and  the 
head,  when  it  fell  on  the  scaffold  floor,  gave  such  a  bounce  as 
made  me  start,  although  I  were  at  least  half  an  English 
mile  distant. 

The  queen,  who  often  used  to  hear  me  talk  of  my  sea- 
voyages,  and  took  all  occasions  to  divert  me  when  I  was 
melancholy,  asked  me  whether  I  understood  how  to  handle 
a  sail,  or  an  oar,  and  whether  a  little  exercise  of  rowing 
might  not  be  convenient  for  my  health?  I  answered,  that 
I  understood  both  very  well:  for,  although  my  proper 
employment  had  been  to  be  surgeon  or  doctor  to  the  ship, 
yet  often,  upon  a  pinch,  I  was  forced  to  work  like  a  common 
mariner.  But  I  could  not  see  how  this  could  be  done  in 
their  country,  where  the  smallest  wherry  was  equal  to  a 
first-rate  man-of-war  among  us,  and  such  a  boat  as  I  could 
manage  would  never  live  in  any  of  their  rivers.  Her  Majesty 
said,  if  I  would  contrive  a  boat,  her  own  joiner  would  make 
it,  and  she  would  provide  a  place  for  me  to  sail  in.  The 
fellow  was  an  ingenious  workman,  and,  by  my  instructions, 
in  ten  days  finished  a  pleasure-boat,  with  all  its  tackling, 
able  conveniently  to  hold  eight  Europeans.  When  it  was 
finished,  the  queen  was  so  delighted,  that  she  ran  with  it 
in  her  lap  to  the  king,  who  ordered  it  to  be  put  in  a  cistern 


io8  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

full  of  water,  with  me  in  it,  by  way  of  trial ;  where  I  could  not 
manage  my  two  sculls,  or  little  oars,  for  want  of  room.  But 
the  queen  had  before  contrived  another  project:  she  ordered 
the  joiner  to  make  a  wooden  trough  of  three  hundred  feet 
long,  fifty  broad,  and  eight  deep ;  which  being  well  pitched, 
to  prevent  leaking,  was  placed  on  the  floor  along  the  wall, 
in  an  outer  room  of  the  palace.  It  had  a  cock  near  the 
bottom,  to  let  out  the  water  when  it  began  to  grow  stale, 
and  two  servants  could  easily  fill  it  in  half  an  hour.  Here 
I  often  used  to  row  for  my  own  diversion,  as  well  as  that 
of  the  queen  and  her  ladies,  who  thought  themselves 
well  entertained  with  my  skill  and  agility.  Sometimes  I 
would  put  up  my  sail,  and  then  my  business  was  only  to 
steer,  while  the  ladies  gave  me  a  gale  with  their  fans;  and, 
when  they  were  weary,  some  of  the  pages  would  blow  my 
sail  forward  with  their  breath,  while  I  showed  my  art  by 
steering  starboard  or  larboard,  as  I  pleased.  When  I  had 
done,  Glumdalclitch  always  carried  back  my  boat  into  her 
closet,  and  hung  it  on  a  nail  to  dry. 

In  this  exercise  I  once  met  an  accident  which  had  liked 
to  have  cost  me  my  life:  for,  one  of  the  pages  having  put 
my  boat  into  the  trough,  the  governess  who  attended  Glum- 
dalclitch very  officiously  lifted  me  up  to  place  me  in  the 
boat,  but  I  happened  to  slip  through  her  fingers,  and 
should  infallibly  have  fallen  down  forty  feet  upon  the  floor, 
if,  by  the  luckiest  chance  in  the  world,  I  had  not  been 
stopped  by  a  corking-pin  that  stuck  in  the  good  gentle- 
woman's stomacher;  the  head  of  the  pin  passed  between 
my  shirt  and  the  waistband  of  my  breeches,  and  thus  I  was 
held  by  the  middle  in  the  air,  till  Glumdalclitch  ran  to  my 
relief. 

Another  time,  one  of  the  servants,  whose  office  it  was  to 
fill  my  trough  every  third  day  with  fresh  water,  was  so  care- 
less, to  let  a  huge  frog  (not  perceiving  it)  slip  out  of  his  pail. 
The  frog  lay  concealed  till  I  was  put  into  my  boat,  but  then, 
seeing  a  resting-place,  climbed  up  and  made  it  lean  so  much 


GULLIVER'S  ENCOUNTER  WITH   THE   FROG 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     109 

on  one  side,  that  I  was  forced  to  balance  it  witli  all  my 
weight  on  the  other,  to  prevent  overturning.  When  the 
frog  was  got  in,  it  hopped  at  once  half  the  length  of  the 
boat,  and  then  over  my  head,  backwards  and  forwards, 
daubing  my  face  and  clothes  with  its  odious  slime.  The 
largeness  of  its  features  made  it  appear  the  most  deformed 
animal  that  can  be  conceived.  However,  I  desired  Glum- 
dalclitch  to  let  me  deal  with  it  alone.  I  banged  it  a  good 
while  with  one  of  my  sculls,  and  at  last  forced  it  to  leap  out 
of  the  boat. 

But  the  greatest  danger  I  ever  underwent,  in  that  king- 
dom, was  from  a  monkey,  who  belonged  to  one  of  the  clerks  of 
the  kitchen.  Glumdalclitch  had  locked  me  up  in  her  closet, 
while  she  went  somewhere  upon  business,  or  a  visit.  The 
weather  being  very  warm,  the  closet-window  was  left  open, 
as  well  as  the  windows  and  the  doors  of  my  bigger  box,  in 
which  I  usually  lived,  because  of  its  largeness  and  conveni- 
ency.  As  I  sat  quietly  meditating  at  my  table,  I  heard 
something  bounce  in  at  the  closet  window,  and  skip  about 
from  one  side  to  the  other;  whereat  although  I  were  much 
alarmed,  yet  I  ventured  to  look  out,  but  not  stirring  from 
my  seat;  and  then  I  saw  this  frolicsome  animal  frisking 
and  leaping  up  and  down,  till  at  last  he  came  to  my  box, 
which  he  seemed  to  view  with  great  pleasure  and  curiosity, 
peeping  in  at  the  door  and  every  window.  I  retreated  to  the 
farther  corner  of  my  room,  or  box,  but  the  monkey,  looking 
in  at  every  side,  put  me  into  such  a  fright,  that  I  wanted 
presence  of  mind  to  conceal  myself  under  the  bed,  as  I 
might  have  easily  done.  After  some  time  spent  in  peeping, 
grinning,  and  chattering,  he  at  last  espied  me,  and  reaching 
one  of  his  paws  in  at  the  door,  as  a  cat  does  when  she  plays 
with  a  mouse,  although  I  often  shifted  place  to  avoid  him, 
he  at  length  seized  the  lappet  of  my  coat  (which,  being  made 
of  that  country  silk,  was  very  thick  and  strong)  and  dragged 
me  out.  He  took  me  up  in  his  right  fore-foot,  and  held 
me  as  a  nurse  does  a  child  she  is  going  to  suckle,  just  as  I 


no  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

have  seen  the  same  sort  of  creature  do  with  a  kitten  in 
Europe;  and  when  I  offered  to  struggle,  he  squeezed  me 
so  hard,  that  I  thought  it  more  prudent  to  submit.  I  have 
good  reason  to  believe  that  he  took  me  for  a  young  one  of 
his  own  species,  by  his  often  stroking  my  face  very  gently 
with  his  other  paw.  In  these  diversions,  he  was  interrupted 
by  a  noise  at  the  closet  door,  as  if  somebody  were  opening 
it;  whereupon  he  suddenly  leaped  up  to  the  window,  at 
which  he  had  come  in,  and  thence  upon  the  leads  and  gutters, 
walking  upon  three  legs,  and  holding  me  in  the  fourth,  till 
he  clambered  up  to  a  roof  that  was  next  to  ours.  I  heard 
Glumdalclitch  give  a  shriek  at  the  moment  he  was  carrying 
me  out.  The  poor  girl  was  almost  distracted :  that  quarter  of 
the  palace  was  all  in  an  uproar,  the  servants  ran  for  ladders ; 
the  monkey  was  seen  by  hundreds  in  the  court,  sitting  upon 
the  ridge  of  a  building,  holding  me  like  a  baby  in  one  of  his 
fore-paws,  and  feeding  me  with  the  other,  by  cramming 
into  my  mouth  some  victuals  he  had  squeezed  out  of  the 
bag  on  one  side  of  his  chaps,  and  patting  me  when  I  would 
not  eat ;  whereat  many  of  the  rabble  below  could  not  forbear 
laughing;  neither  do  I  think  they  justly  ought  to  be  blamed, 
for,  without  question,  the  sight  was  ridiculous  enough  to 
everybody  but  myself.  Some  of  the  people  threw  up  stones, 
hoping  to  drive  the  monkey  down;  but  this  was  strictly 
forbidden,  or  else,  very  probably,  my  brains  had  been 
dashed  out. 

The  ladders  were  now  applied,  and  mounted  by  several 
men,  which  the  monkey  observing,  and  finding  himself 
almost  encompassed;  not  being  able  to  make  speed  enough 
with  his  three  legs,  let  me  drop  on  a  ridge  tile,  and  made 
his  escape.  Here  I  sat  for  some  time,  five  hundred  yards 
from  the  ground,  expecting  every  moment  to  be  blown 
down  by  the  wind,  or  to  fall  by  my  own  giddiness,  and  come 
tumbling  over  and  over  from  the  ridge  to  the  eaves:  but 
an  honest  lad,  one  of  my  nurse's  footmen,  climbed  up,  and, 
putting  me  into  his  breeches  pocket,  brought  me  down  safe. 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     in 

I  was  almost  choked  with  the  filthy  stuff  the  monkey 
had  crammed  down  my  throat;  but  my  dear  little  nurse 
picked  it  out  of  my  mouth  with  a  small  needle,  and  then  I  fell 
a-vomiting,  which  gave  me  great  relief.  Yet  I  was  so  weak 
and  bruised  in  the  sides  with  the  squeezes  given  me  by  this 
odious  animal,  that  I  was  forced  to  keep  my  bed  a  fortnight. 
The  king,  queen,  and  all  the  Court,  sent  every  day  to  enquire 
after  my  health,  and  her  Majesty  made  me  several  visits 
during  my  sickness.  The  monkey  was  killed,  and  an  order 
made  that  no  such  animal  should  be  kept  about  the  palace. 

When  I  attended  the  king  after  my  recovery,  to  return 
him  thanks  for  his  favours,  he  was  pleased  to  rally  me  a 
good  deal  upon  this  adventure.  He  asked  me  what  my 
thoughts  and  speculations  were,  while  I  lay  in  the  monkey's 
paw;  how  I  liked  the  victuals  he  gave  me;  his  manner  of 
feeding ;  and  whether  the  fresh  air  on  the  roof  had  sharpened 
my  stomach.  He  desired  to  know  what  I  would  have  done 
upon  such  an  occasion  in  my  own  country.  I  told  his 
Majesty,  that  in  Europe  we  had  no  monkeys,  except  such 
as  were  brought  for  curiosities  from  other  places,  and  so 
small,  that  I  could  deal  with  a  dozen  of  them  together, 
if  they  presumed  to  attack  me.  And  as  for  that  monstrous 
animal  with  whom  I  was  so  lately  engaged  (it  was,  indeed, 
as  large  as  an  elephant)  if  my  fears  had  suffered  me  to  think 
so  far  as  to  make  use  of  my  hanger  (looking  fiercely,  and 
clapping  my  hand  upon  the  hilt  as  I  spoke)  when  he  poked 
his  paw  into  my  chamber,  perhaps  I  should  have  given  him 
such  a  wound,  as  would  have  made  him  glad  to  withdraw 
it  with  more  haste  than  he  put  it  in.  This  I  delivered  in  a 
firm  tone,  like  a  person  who  was  jealous  lest  his  courage 
should  be  called  in  question.  However,  my  speech  pro- 
duced nothing  else  besides  a  loud  laughter,  which  all  the 
respect  due  to  his  Majesty  from  those  about  him  could  not 
make  them  contain.  This  made  me  reflect,  how  vain  an 
attempt  it  is  for  a  man  to  endeavour  doing  himself  honour 
among  those  who  are  out  of  all  degree  of  equality  or  com- 


I  I  2 


GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 


parison  with  him.  And  yet  I  have  seen  the  moral  of  my 
own  behaviour  very  frequent  in  England  since  my  return, 
where  a  little  contemptible  varlet  without  the  least  title 
to  birth,  person,  wit,  or  common  sense,  shall  presume  to 
look  with  importance,  and  put  himself  upon  a  foot  with  the 
greatest  persons  of  the  kingdom. 

I  was  every  day  furnishing  the  Court  with  some  ridiculous 
story;  and  Glumdalclitch,  although  she  loved  me  to  excess, 
yet  was  arch  enough  to  inform  the  queen,  whenever  I  com- 
mitted any  folly  that  she  thought  would  be  diverting  to 
her  Majesty. 


CHAPTER  VI 

I  USED  to  attend  the  king's  levee  once  or  twice  a  week, 
and  had  often  seen  him  under  the  barber's  hand,  which, 
indeed,  was  at  first  very  terrible  to  behold:  for  the  razor 
was  almost  twice  as  long  as  an  ordinary  scythe.  His 
Majesty,  according  to  the  custom  of  the  country,  was  only 
shaved  twice  a  week.  I  once  prevailed  on  the  barber  to 
give  me  some  of  the  suds  or  lather,  out  of  which  I  picked 
forty  or  fifty  of  the  strongest  stumps  of  hair.  I  then  took 
a  piece  of  fine  wood,  and  cut  it  like  the  back  of  a  comb, 
making  several  holes  in  it  at  equal  distance,  with  as  small 
a  needle  as  I  could  get  from  Glumdalclitch.  I  fixed  in  the 
stumps  so  artificially,  scraping  and  sloping  them  with  my 
knife  towards  the  points,  that  I  made  a  very  tolerable  comb ; 
which  was  a  seasonable  supply,  my  own  being  so  much 
broken  in  the  teeth  that  it  was  almost  useless:  neither  did 
I  know  any  artist  in  that  country  so  nice  and  exact,  as  would 
undertake  to  make  me  another. 

And  this  puts  me  in  mind  of  an  amusement  wherein  I 
spent  many  of  my  leisure  hours.  I  desired  the  queen's 
woman  to  save  for  me  the  combings  of  her  Majesty's  hair, 
whereof  in  time  I  got  a  good  quantity,  and  consulting  with 
my  friend  the  cabinet-maker,  who  had  received  general 
orders  to  do  little  jobs  for  me,  I  directed  him  to  make  two 
chair-frames,  no  larger  than  those  I  had  in  my  box,  and  then 
to  bore  little  holes  with  a  fine  awl  round  those  parts  where  I 
designed  the  backs  and  seats;  through  these  holes  I  wove 
the  strongest  hairs  I  could  pick  out,  just  after  the  manner 
of  cane  chairs  in  England.  When  they  were  finished,  I 
made  a  present  of  them  to  her  Majesty,  who  kept  them  in 
her  cabinet,  and  used  to  shew  them  for  curiosities,  as,  indeed, 

113  H 


1 14  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

they  were  the  wonder  of  every  one  that  beheld  them.  The 
queen  would  have  had  me  sit  upon  one  of  these  chairs,  but 
I  absolutely  refused  to  obey  her,  protesting  I  would  rather 
die  a  thousand  deaths,  than  place  my  body  on  those  precious 
hairs  that  once  adorned  her  Majesty's  head.  Of  these  hairs 
(as  I  had  always  a  mechanical  genius)  I  likewise  made  a 
neat  little  purse  about  five  feet  long,  with  her  Majesty's 
name  deciphered  in  gold  letters,  which  I  gave  to  Glumdal- 
clitch,  by  the  queen's  consent.  To  say  the  truth,  it  was  more 
for  shew  than  use,  being  not  of  strength  to  bear  the  weight 
of  the  larger  coins,  and  therefore  she  kept  nothing  in  it  but 
some  little  toys  that  girls  are  fond  of. 

The  king,  who  delighted  in  music,  had  frequent  concerts 
at  Court,  to  which  I  was  sometimes  carried,  and  set  in  my 
box  on  a  table  to  hear  them :  but  the  noise  was  so  great,  that 
I  could  hardly  distinguish  the  tunes.  I  am  confident,  that 
all  the  drums  and  trumpets  of  a  royal  army,  beating  and 
sounding  together  just  at  your  ears,  could  not  equal  it.  My 
practice  was  to  have  my  box  removed  from  the  places 
where  the  performers  sat,  as  far  as  I  could,  then  to  shut  the 
doors  and  windows  of  it,  and  draw  the  window  curtains; 
after  which  I  found  their  music  not  disagreeable. 

I  had  learned  in  my  youth  to  play  a  little  upon  the  spinet. 
Glumdalclitch  kept  one  in  her  chamber,  and  a  master 
attended  twice  a  week  to  teach  her:  I  call  it  a  spinet,  because 
it  somewhat  resembled  that  instrument,  and  was  played 
upon  in  the  same  manner.  A  fancy  came  into  my  head 
that  I  would  entertain  the  king  and  queen  with  an  English 
tune  upon  this  instrument.  But  this  appeared  extremely 
difficult:  for  the  spinet  was  near  sixty  feet  long,  each  key 
being  almost  a  foot  wide,  so  that,  with  my  arms  extended,  I 
could  not  reach  to  above  five  keys,  and  to  press  them  down 
required  a  good  smart  stroke  with  my  fist,  which  would 
be  too  great  a  labour,  and  to  no  purpose.  The  method  I 
contrived  was  this:  I  prepared  two  round  sticks  about  the 
bigness  of  common  cudgels;  they  were  thicker  at  one 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     115 

end  than  the  other,  and  I  covered  the  thicker  ends 
with  a  piece  of  mouse's  skin,  that,  by  rapping  on  them,  I 
might  neither  damage  the  tops  of  the  keys,  nor  interrupt 
the  sound.  Before  the  spinet  a  bench  was  placed  about 
four  feet  below  the  keys,  and  I  was  put  upon  the  bench. 
I  ran  sideling  upon  it  that  way  and  this,  as  fast  as  I  could, 
banging  the  proper  keys  with  my  two  sticks,  and  made  a 
shift  to  play  a  jig,  to  the  great  satisfaction  of  both  their 
Majesties:  but  it  was  the  most  violent  exercise  I  ever 
underwent,  and  yet  I  could  not  strike  above  sixteen  keys, 
nor,  consequently,  play  the  bass  and  treble  together,  as 
other  artists  do;  which  was  a  great  disadvantage  to  my 
performance. 

The  king,  who,  as  I  before  observed,  was  a  prince  of 
excellent  understanding,  would  frequently  order  that  I 
should  be  brought  in  my  box,  and  set  upon  the  table  in  his 
closet:  he  would  then  command  me  to  bring  one  of  my 
chairs  out  of  the  box,  and  sit  down  within  three  yards 
distance  upon  the  top  of  the  cabinet,  which  brought  me 
almost  to  a  level  with  his  face.  In  this  manner  I  had 
several  conversations  with  him.  I  one  day  took  the  freedom 
to  tell  his  Majesty,  that  the  contempt  he  discovered  towards 
Europe,  and  the  rest  of  the  world,  did  not  seem  answerable 
to  those  excellent  qualities  of  mind  he  was  master  of.  That 
reason  did  not  extend  itself  with  the  bulk  of  the  body: 
on  the  contrary,  we  observed  in  our  country,  that  the  tallest 
persons  were  usually  least  provided  with  it.  That,  among 
other  animals,  bees  and  ants  had  the  reputation  of  more 
industry,  art,  and  sagacity,  than  many  of  the  larger  kinds; 
and  that,  as  inconsiderable  as  he  took  me  to  be,  I  hoped  I 
might  live  to  do  his  Majesty  some  signal  service.  The  king 
heard  me  with  attention,  and  began  to  conceive  a  much 
better  opinion  of  me  than  he  had  ever  before.  He  desired 
I  would  give  him  as  exact  an  account  of  the  government 
of  England  as  I  possibly  could;  because,  as  fond  as  princes 
commonly  are  of  their  own  customs  (for  so  he  conjectured 


n6  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

of  other  monarchs  by  my  former  discourses)  he  should  be 
glad  to  hear  of  anything  that  might  deserve  imitation. 

Imagine  with  thyself,  courteous  reader,  how  often  I 
then  wished  for  the  tongue  of  Demosthenes  or  Cicero,  that 
might  have  enabled  me  to  celebrate  the  praise  of  my  own 
dear  native  country,  in  a  style  equal  to  its  merits  and  felicity. 

I  began  my  discourse,  by  informing  his  Majesty,  that 
our  dominions  consisted  of  two  islands,  which  composed 
three  mighty  kingdoms  under  one  sovereign,  besides  our 
plantations  in  America.  I  dwelt  long  upon  the  fertility 
of  our  soil,  and  the  temperature  of  our  climate.  I  then 
spoke  at  large  upon  the  constitution  of  an  English  Parlia- 
ment, partly  made  up  of  an  illustrious  body,  called  the  House 
of  Peers,  persons  of  the  noblest  blood,  and  of  the  most 
ancient  and  ample  patrimonies.  I  described  that  extra- 
ordinary care  always  taken  of  their  education  in  arts  and 
arms,  to  qualify  them  for  being  counsellors  both  to  the  king 
and  kingdom;  to  have  a  share  in  the  Legislature;  to  be 
members  of  the  highest  court  of  judicature,  from  whence 
there  could  be  no  appeal;  and  to  be  champions  always 
ready  for  the  defence  of  their  prince  and  country,  by  their 
valour,  conduct,  and  fidelity.  That  these  were  the  ornament 
and  bulwark  of  the  kingdom,  worthy  followers  of  their  most 
renowned  ancestors,  whose  honour  had  been  the  reward 
of  their  virtue,  from  which  their  posterity  were  never  once 
known  to  degenerate.  To  these  were  joined  several  holy 
persons,  as  part  of  that  assembly,  under  the  title  of  bishops, 
whose  peculiar  business  it  is  to  take  care  of  religion,  and  of 
those  who  instruct  the  people  therein.  These  were  searched 
and  sought  out  through  the  whole  nation,  by  the  prince  and 
his  wisest  counsellors,  among  such  of  the  priesthood  as  were 
most  deservedly  distinguished  by  the  sanctity  of  their 
lives,  and  the  depth  of  their  erudition,  who  were,  indeed,  the 
spiritual  fathers  of  the  clergy  and  the  people. 

That  the  other  part  of  the  Parliament  consisted  of  an 
assembly  called  the  House  of  Commons,  who  were  all 


A   VOYAGE  TO   BROBDINGNAG     117 

principal  gentlemen,  freely  picked  and  culled  out  by  the 
people  themselves,  for  their  great  abilities,  and  love  of 
their  country,  to  represent  the  wisdom  of  the  whole  nation. 
And  these  two  bodies  make  up  the  most  august  assembly 
in  Europe,  to  whom,  in  conjunction  with  the  prince,  the 
whole  Legislature  is  committed. 

I  then  descended  to  the  courts  of  justice,  over  which 
the  judges,  those  venerable  sages  and  interpreters  of  the 
law,  presided,  for  determining  the  disputed  rights  and  pro- 
perties of  men,  as  well  as  for  the  punishment  of  vice,  and 
protection  of  innocence.  I  mentioned  the  prudent  manage- 
ment of  our  Treasury,  the  valour  and  achievements  of  our 
forces  by  sea  and  land.  I  computed  the  number  of  our 
people,  by  reckoning  how  many  millions  there  might  be 
of  each  religious  sect,  or  political  party  among  us.  I  did  not 
omit  even  our  sports  and  pastimes,  or  any  other  particular 
which  I  thought  might  redound  to  the  honour  of  my  country. 
And  I  finished  all  with  a  brief  historical  account  of  affairs  and 
events  in  England,  for  about  an  hundred  years  past. 

This  conversation  was  not  ended  under  five  audiences, 
each  of  several  hours;  and  the  king  heard  the  whole  with 
great  attention,  frequently  taking  notes  of  what  I  spoke, 
as  well  as  memorandums  of  several  questions  he  intended 
to  ask  me. 

When  I  had  put  an  end  to  these  long  discourses,  his 
Majesty,  in  a  sixth  audience,  consulting  his  notes,  proposed 
many  doubts,  queries,  and  objections  upon  every  article. 
He  asked  what  methods  were  used  to  cultivate  the  minds 
and  bodies  of  our  young  nobility,  and  in  what  kind  of 
business  they  commonly  spent  the  first  and  teachable  part 
of  their  lives.  What  course  was  taken  to  supply  that 
assembly  when  any  noble  family  became  extinct.  What 
qualifications  were  necessary  in  those  who  are  to  be  created 
new  lords:  whether  the  humour  of  the  prince,  a  sum  of 
money  to  a  court  lady,  or  a  prime  minister,  or  a  design 
of  strengthening  a  party  opposite  to  the  public  interest, 


u8  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

ever  happened  to  be  motives  in  those  advancements.  What 
share  of  knowledge  these  lords  had  in  the  laws  of  their 
country,  and  how  they  came  by  it,  so  as  to  enable  them 
to  decide  the  properties  of  their  fellow-subjects  in  their 
last  resort.  Whether  they  were  always  so  free  from  avarice, 
partialities,  or  want,  that  a  bribe,  or  some  other  sinister 
view,  could  have  no  place  among  them.  Whether  those  holy 
lords  I  spoke  of,  were  always  promoted  to  that  rank  upon 
account  of  their  knowledge  in  religious  matters,  and  the 
sanctity  of  their  lives,  had  never  been  compilers  with  the 
times,  while  they  were  common  priests,  or  slavish  prostitute 
chaplains  to  some  nobleman,  whose  opinions  they  continued 
servilely  to  follow,  after  they  were  admitted  into  that 
assembly. 

He  then  desired  to  know  what  arts  were  practised  in 
electing  those  whom  I  called  commoners:  whether  a 
stranger,  with  a  strong  purse,  might  not  influence  the 
vulgar  voters  to  choose  him  before  their  own  landlord,  or 
the  most  considerable  gentleman  in  the  neighbourhood. 
How  it  came  to  pass,  that  people  were  so  violently  bent 
upon  getting  into  this  assembly,  which  I  allowed  to  be  a 
great  trouble  and  expense,  often  to  the  ruin  of  their  families, 
without  any  salary  or  pension :  because  that  appeared  such 
an  exalted  strain  of  virtue  and  public  spirit,  that  his  Majesty 
seemed  to  doubt  it  might  possibly  not  be  always  sincere: 
and  he  desired  to  know  whether  such  zealous  gentlemen 
could  have  any  views  of  refunding  themselves  for  the 
charges  and  trouble  they  were  at,  by  sacrificing  the  public 
good  to  the  designs  of  a  weak  and  vicious  prince,  in  con- 
junction with  a  corrupted  ministry.  He  multiplied  his 
questions,  and  sifted  me  thoroughly  upon  every  part  of 
this  head,  proposing  numberless  enquiries  and  objections, 
which  I  think  it  not  prudent  or  convenient  to  repeat. 

Upon  what  I  said  in  relation  to  our  courts  of  justice, 
his  Majesty  desired  to  be  satisfied  in  several  points:  and 
this  I  was  the  better  able  to  do,  having  been  formerly 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     119 

almost  ruined  by  a  long  suit  in  chancery,  which  was  decreed 
for  me  with  costs.  He  asked  what  time  was  usually  spent 
in  determining  between  right  and  wrong,  and  what  degree 
of  expense.  Whether  advocates  and  orators  had  liberty 
to  plead  in  causes  manifestly  known  to  be  unjust,  vexatious, 
or  oppressive.  Whether  party  in  religion  or  politics  were 
observed  to  be  of  any  weight  in  the  scale  of  j  ustice.  Whether 
those  pleading  orators  were  persons  educated  in  the  general 
knowledge  of  equity,  or  only  in  provincial,  national,  and 
other  local  customs.  Whether  they  or  their  judges  had  any 
part  in  penning  those  laws  which  they  assumed  the  liberty  of 
interpreting  and  glossing  upon  at  their  pleasure.  Whether 
they  had  ever  at  different  times  pleaded  for  and  against 
the  same  cause,  and  cited  precedents  to  prove  contrary 
opinions.  Whether  they  were  a  rich  or  a  poor  corporation. 
Whether  they  received  any  pecuniary  reward  for  pleading 
or  delivering  their  opinions.  And  particularly,  whether 
they  were  ever  admitted  as  members  in  the  lower  senate. 

He  fell  next  upon  the  management  of  our  treasury  and 
said  he  thought  my  memory  had  failed  me,  because  I 
computed  our  taxes  at  about  five  or  six  millions  a  year,  and, 
when  I  came  to  mention  the  issues,  he  found  they  some- 
times amounted  to  more  than  double ;  for  the  notes  he  had 
taken  were  very  particular  in  this  point,  because  he  hoped, 
as  he  told  me,  that  the  knowledge  of  our  conduct  might  be 
useful  to  him,  and  he  could  not  be  deceived  in  his  calcula- 
tions: but,  if  what  I  told  him  were  true,  he  was  still  at  a 
loss  how  a  kingdom  could  run  out  of  its  estate  like  a  private 
person.  He  asked  me  who  were  our  creditors,  and  where 
we  should  find  money  to  pay  them.  He  wondered  to  hear  me 
talk  of  such  chargeable  and  expensive  wars;  that  certainly 
we  must  be  a  quarrelsome  people,  or  live  among  very  bad 
neighbours,  and  that  our  generals  must  needs  be  richer 
than  our  kings.  He  asked  what  business  we  had  out  of  our 
own  islands,  unless  upon  the  score  of  trade  or  treaty,  or 
to  defend  the  coast  with  our  fleet.  Above  all,  he  was  amazed 


120  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

to  hear  me  talk  of  a  mercenary  standing  army  in  the  midst 
of  peace,  and  among  a  free  people.  He  said,  if  we  were 
governed  by  our  own  consent  in  the  persons  of  our  represen- 
tatives, he  could  not  imagine  of  whom  we  were  afraid,  or 
against  whom  we  were  to  fight ;  and  would  hear  my  opinion, 
whether  a  private  man's  house  might  not  better  be  defended 
by  himself,  his  children,  and  family,  than  by  half  a  dozen 
rascals  picked  up  at  a  venture  in  the  streets,  for  small 
wages,  who  might  get  an  hundred  times  more  by  cutting 
their  throats. 

He  laughed  at  my  odd  kind  of  arithmetic  (as  he  was 
pleased  to  call  it)  in  reckoning  the  numbers  of  our  people 
by  a  computation  drawn  from  the  several  sects  among 
us  in  religion  and  politics.  He  said  he  knew  no  reason 
why  those  who  entertain  opinions  prejudicial  to  the  public, 
should  be  obliged  to  change,  or  should  not  be  obliged  to 
conceal  them.  And  as  it  was  tyranny  in  any  government 
to  require  the  first,  so  it  was  weakness  not  to  enforce  the 
second:  for  a  man  may  be  allowed  to  keep  poisons  in  his 
closet,  but  not  to  vend  them  about  for  cordials. 

He  observed  that,  among  the  diversions  of  our  nobility 
and  gentry,  I  had  mentioned  gaming.  He  desired  to  know 
at  what  age  this  entertainment  was  usually  taken  up,  and 
when  it  was  laid  down ;  how  much  of  their  time  it  employed ; 
whether  it  ever  went  so  high  as  to  affect  their  fortunes; 
whether  mean  vicious  people,  by  their  dexterity  in  that  art, 
might  not  arrive  at  great  riches,  and  sometimes  keep  our 
very  nobles  in  dependence,  as  well  as  habituate  them  to 
vile  companions,  wholly  take  them  from  the  improvement  of 
their  minds,  and  force  them,  by  the  losses  they  had  received, 
to  learn  and  practise  that  infamous  dexterity  upon  others. 

He  was  perfectly  astonished  with  the  historical  account  I 
gave  him  of  our  affairs  during  the  last  century,  protesting 
it  was  only  a  heap  of  conspiracies,  rebellions,  murders, 
massacres,  revolutions,  banishments,  the  very  worst  effects 
that  avarice,  faction,  hypocrisy,  perfidiousness,  cruelty, 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     121 

rage,   madness,   hatred,   envy,   lust,   malice,   or   ambition, 
could  produce. 

His  Majesty  in  another  audience  was  at  the  pains  to  re- 
capitulate the  sum  of  all  I   had  spoken;    compared  the 
questions  he  made  with  the  answers  I  had  given;    then 
taking  me  into  his  hands,  and  stroking  me  gently,  delivered 
himself  in  these  words,  which  I  shall  never  forget,  nor  the 
manner  he  spoke  them  in:    "  My  little  friend  Grildrig,  you 
have  made  a  most  admirable  panegyric  upon  your  .country : 
you  have  clearly  proved,  that  ignorance,  idleness,  and  vice 
are  the  proper  ingredients  for  qualifying  a  legislator;    that 
laws  are  best  explained,  interpreted,  and  applied  by  those 
whose  interest  and  abilities  lie  in  perverting,  confounding, 
and  eluding  them.     I  observe  among  you  some  lines  of  an 
institution  which,  in  its  original,  might  have  been  tolerable; 
but  these  half  erased,  and  the  rest  wholly  blurred  and  blotted 
by  corruptions.     It  doth  not  appear  from  all  you  have  said, 
how  any  one  perfection  is  required  toward  the  procure- 
ment of  any  one  station  among  you;    much  less  that  men 
are  ennobled  on  account  of  their  virtue,  that  priests  are 
advanced   for   their   piety   or   learning,    soldiers   for   their 
conduct  or  valour,  judges  for  their  integrity,  senators  for 
the  love  of  their  country,  or  counsellors  for  their  wisdom. 
As  for  yourself  (continued  the  king)  who  have  spent  the 
greatest  part  of  your  life  in  travelling,  I  am  well  disposed 
to   hope    you    may   hitherto    have    escaped    many   vices 
of  your    country.      But,    by  what    I    have    gathered 
from     your    own    relation,    and    the    answers    I 
have  with  much  pain  wringed  and  extorted 
from     you,     I     cannot     but     conclude 
the    bulk    of    your    natives    to    be 
the  most  pernicious  race  of  little 
odious  vermin  that  Nature 
ever  suffered  to  crawl 
upon    the    surface 
of  the  earth." 


CHAPTER  VII 

NOTHING  but  an  extreme  love  of  truth  could  have  hindered 
me  from  concealing  this  part  of  my  story.  It  was  in  vain 
to  discover  my  resentments,  which  were  always  turned  into 
ridicule;  and  I  was  forced  to  rest  with  patience,  while  my 
noble  and  most  beloved  country  was  so  injuriously  treated. 
I  am  heartily  sorry  as  any  of  my  readers  can  possibly  be, 
that  such  an  occasion  was  given;  but  this  prince  happened 
to  be  so  curious  and  inquisitive  upon  every  particular, 
that  it  could  not  consist  either  with  gratitude  or  good 
manners,  to  refuse  giving  him  what  satisfaction  I  was  able. 
Yet  thus  much  I  may  be  allowed  to  say  in  my  own  vindi- 
cation, that  I  artfully  eluded  many  of  his  questions,  and  gave 
to  every  point  a  more  favourable  turn,  by  many  degrees, 
than  the  strictness  of  truth  would  allow.  For  I  have 
always  borne  that  laudable  partiality  to  my  own  country, 
which  Dionysius  Halicarnassensis  with  so  much  justice  re- 
commends to  an  historian:  I  would  hide  the  frailties  and 
deformities  of  my  political  mother,  and  place  her  virtues 
and  beauties  in  the  most  advantageous  light.  This  was  my 
sincere  endeavour  in  those  many  discourses  I  had  with  that 
mighty  monarch,  although  it  unfortunately  failed  of  success. 

But  great  allowances  should  be  given  to  a  king  who 
lives  wholly  secluded  from  the  rest  of  the  world,  and  must 
therefore  be  altogether  unacquainted  with  the  manners 
and  customs  that  must  prevail  in  other  nations :  the  want  of 
which  knowledge  will  ever  produce  many  prejudices,  and 
a  certain  narrowness  of  thinking,  from  which  we  and  the 
politer  countries  of  Europe  are  wholly  exempted.  And  it 
would  be  hard  indeed  if  so  remote  a  prince's  notions  of  virtue 
and  vice  were  to  be  offered  as  a  standard  for  all  mankind. 

To  confirm  what  I  have  now  said,  and  further,  to  shew 

122 


A  VOYAGE  TO   BROBDINGNAG     123 

the  miserable  effects  of  a  confined  education,  I  shall  here 
insert  a  passage  which  will  hardly  obtain  belief.  In  hopes 
to  ingratiate  myself  farther  into  his  Majesty's  favour,  I 
told  him  of  an  invention  discovered  between  three  and 
four  hundred  years  ago,  to  make  a  certain  powder,  into  an 
heap  of  which  the  smallest  spark  of  fire  falling,  would  kindle 
the  whole  in  a  moment,  although  it  were  as  big  as  a  mountain, 
and  make  it  all  fly  up  in  the  air  together,  with  a  noise 
and  agitation  greater  than  thunder.  That  a  proper  quantity 
of  this  powder  rammed  into  an  hollow  tube  of  brass  or  iron, 
according  to  its  bigness,  would  drive  a  ball  of  iron  or  lead 
with  such  violence  and  speed,  as  nothing  was  able  to  sustain 
its  force.  That  the  largest  balls,  thus  discharged,  would  not 
only  destroy  whole  ranks  of  an  army  at  once,  but  batter 
the  strongest  walls  to  the  ground,  sink  down  ships,  with  a 
thousand  men  in  each,  to  the  bottom  of  the  sea;  and,  when 
linked  together  by  a  chain,  would  cut  through  masts  and 
rigging,  divide  hundreds  of  bodies  in  the  middle,  and  lay 
all  waste  before  them.  That  we  often  put  this  powder 
into  large  hollow  balls  of  iron,  and  discharged  them  by  an 
engine  into  some  city  we  were  besieging,  which  would  rip 
up  the  pavements,  tear  the  houses  to  pieces,  burst  and 
throw  splinters  on  every  side,  dashing  out  the  brains  of 
all  who  came  near.  That  I  knew  the  ingredients  very 
well,  which  were  cheap  and  common;  I  understood  the 
manner  of  compounding  them,  and  could  direct  his  work- 
men how  to  make  those  tubes  of  a  size  proportionable  to 
all  other  things  in  his  Majesty's  kingdom,  and  the  largest 
need  not  be  above  an  hundred  feet  long;  twenty  or  thirty 
of  which  tubes,  charged  with  the  proper  quantity  of  powder 
and  balls,  would  batter  down  the  walls  of  the  strongest 
town  in  his  dominions  in  few  hours,  or  destroy  the  whole 
metropolis,  if  ever  it  should  pretend  to  dispute  his  absolute 
commands.  This  I  humbly  offered  to  his  Majesty,  as  a 
small  tribute  of  acknowledgment  in  return  for  so  many  marks 
that  I  had  received  of  his  royal  favour  and  protection. 


124  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

The  king  was  struck  with  horror  at  the  description  I  had 
given  of  those  terrible  engines,  and  the  proposal  I  had 
made.  He  was  amazed  how  so  impotent  and  grovelling 
an  insect  as  I  (these  were  his  expressions)  could  entertain 
such  inhuman  ideas,  and  in  so  familiar  a  manner,  as  to 
appear  wholly  unmoved  at  all  the  scenes  of  blood  and  desola- 
tion which  I  had  painted  as  the  common  effects  of  those 
destructive  machines,  whereof,  he  said,  some  evil  genius, 
enemy  to  mankind,  must  have  been  the  first  contriver.  As 
for  himself,  he  protested  that,  although  few  things  delighted 
him  so  much  as  new  discoveries  in  art  or  in  Nature,  yet  he 
would  rather  lose  half  his  kingdom  than  be  privy  to  such 
a  secret,  which  he  commanded  me,  as  I  valued  my  life, 
never  to  mention  any  more. 

A  strange  effect  of  narrow  principles  and  short  views! 
that  a  prince  possessed  of  every  quality  which  procures 
veneration,  love,  and  esteem ;  of  strong  parts,  great  wisdom, 
and  profound  learning,  endued  with  admirable  talents  for 
government,  and  almost  adored  by  his  subjects,  should, 
from  a  nice  unnecessary  scruple,  whereof  in  Europe  we 
can  have  no  conception,  let  slip  an  opportunity  put  into 
his  hands,  that  would  have  made  him  absolute  master  of 
the  lives,  the  liberties,  and  the  fortunes  of  his  people. 
Neither  do  I  say  this  with  the  least  intention  to  detract 
from  the  many  virtues  of  that  excellent  king,  whose  char- 
acter, I  am  sensible,  will  on  this  account  be  very  much 
lessened,  in  the  opinion  of  an  English  reader:  but  I  take 
this  defect  among  them  to  have  risen  from  their  ignorance, 
by  not  having  hitherto  reduced  politics  into  a  science,  as 
the  more  acute  wits  of  Europe  have  done.  For  I  remember 
very  well,  in  a  discourse  one  day  with  the  king,  when  I 
happened  to  say  there  were  several  thousand  books  among 
us  written  upon  the  art  of  government,  it  gave  him  (directly 
contrary  to  my  intention)  a  very  mean  opinion  of  our 
understandings.  He  professed  both  to  abominate  and 
despise  all  mystery,  refinement,  and  intrigue,  either  in  a 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     125 

prince  or  a  minister.  He  could  not  tell  what  I  meant  by 
secrets  of  state,  where  an  enemy,  or  some  rival  nation,  were 
not  in  the  case.  He  confined  the  knowledge  of  governing 
within  very  narrow  bounds,  to  common  sense  and  reason, 
to  justice  and  lenity,  to  the  speedy  determination  of  civil 
and  criminal  causes ;  with  some  other  obvious  topics,  which 
are  not  worth  considering.  And  he  gave  it  for  his  opinion, 
that  whoever  could  make  two  ears  of  corn,  or  two  blades 
of  grass,  to  grow  upon  a  spot  of  ground  where  only  one 
grew  before,  would  deserve  better  of  mankind,  and  do  more 
essential  service  to  his  country,  than  the  whole  race  of 
politicians  put  together. 

The  learning  of  this  people  is  very  defective,  consisting 
only  in  morality,  history,  poetry,  and  mathematics,  wherein 
they  must  be  allowed  to  excel.  But  the  last  of  these  is 
wholly  applied  to  what  may  be  useful  in  life,  to  the  improve- 
ment of  agriculture,  and  all  mechanical  arts ;  so  that  among 
us  it  would  be  little  esteemed.  And  as  to  ideas,  entities, 
abstractions,  and  transcendentals,  I  could  never  drive  the 
least  conception  into  their  heads. 

No  law  of  that  country  must  exceed  in  words  the  number 
of  letters  in  their  alphabet,  which  consists  only  in  two 
and  twenty.  But,  indeed,  few  of  them  extend  even  to  that 
length.  They  are  expressed  in  the  most  plain  and  simple 
terms,  wherein  those  people  are  not  mercurial  enough  to 
discover  above  one  interpretation :  and  to  write  a  comment 
upon  any  law  is  a  capital  crime.  As  to  the  decision  of  civil 
causes,  or  proceedings  against  criminals,  their  precedents 
are  so  few,  that  they  have  little  reason  to  boast  of  any 
extraordinary  skill  in  them. 

They  have  had  the  art  of  printing,  as  well  as  the  Chinese, 
time  out  of  mind;  but  their  libraries  are  not  very  large; 
for  that  of  the  king's,  which  is  reckoned  the  biggest,  doth 
not  amount  to  above  a  thousand  volumes,  placed  in  a  gallery 
of  twelve  hundred  feet  long,  from  whence  I  had  liberty  to 
borrow  what  books  I  pleased.  The  queen's  joiner  had 


126  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

contrived,  in  one  of  Glumdalclitch's  rooms,  a  kind  of  wooden 
machine,  five  and  twenty  feet  high,  formed  like  a  standing 
ladder,  the  steps  were  each  fifty  feet  long:  it  was,  indeed, 
a  moveable  pair  of  stairs,  the  lowest  end  placed  at  ten  feet 
distance  from  the  wall  of  the  chamber.  The  book  I  had  a 
mind  to  read,  was  put  up  leaning  against  the  wall:  I  first 
mounted  to  the  upper  step  of  the  ladder,  and,  turning  my 
face  towards  the  book,  began  at  the  top  of  the  page,  and  so 
walking  to  the  right  and  left,  about  eight  or  ten  paces, 
according  to  the  length  of  the  lines,  till  I  had  gotten  a  little 
below  the  level  of  mine  eyes,  and  then  descending  gradually 
till  I  came  to  the  bottom;  after  which,  I  mounted  again, 
and  began  the  other  page  in  the  same  manner,  and  so 
turned  over  the  leaf,  which  I  could  easily  do  with  both  my 
hands,  for  it  was  as  thick  and  stiff  as  a  paste-board,  and,  in 
the  largest  folios,  not  above  eighteen  or  twenty  feet  long. 

Their  style  is  clear,  masculine,  and  smooth,  but  not 
florid;  for  they  avoid  nothing  more  than  multiplying  un- 
necessary words,  or  using  various  expressions.  I  have 
perused  many  of  their  books,  especially  those  in  history  and 
morality.  Among  the  rest,  I  was  much  diverted  with  a 
little  old  treatise  which  always  lay  in  Glumdalclitch's  bed- 
chamber, and  belonged  to  her  governess,  a  grave  elderly 
gentlewoman,  who  dealt  in  writings  of  morality  and  devo- 
tion. The  book  treats  of  the  weakness  of  human  kind,  and 
is  in  little  esteem,  except  among  the  women  and  the  vulgar. 
However,  I  was  curious  to  see  what  an  author  of  that 
country  could  say  upon  such  a  subject.  This  writer  went 
through  all  the  usual  topics  of  European  moralists,  shewing 
how  diminutive,  contemptible,  and  helpless  an  animal  was 
man  in  his  own  nature;  how  unable  to  defend  himself  from 
inclemencies  of  the  air,  or  the  fury  of  wild  beasts;  how 
much  he  was  excelled  by  one  creature  in  strength,  by 
another  in  speed,  by  a  third  in  foresight,  by  a  fourth  in 
industry.  He  added,  that  nature  was  degenerated  in  these 
latter  declining  ages  of  the  world,  and  could  now  produce 


A   VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     127 

only  small  abortive  births,  in  comparison  of  those  in  ancient 
times.  He  said,  it  was  very  reasonable  to  think,  not  only 
that  the  species  of  men  were  originally  much  larger,  but 
also,  that  there  must  have  been  giants  in  former  ages,  which, 
as  it  is  asserted  by  history  and  tradition,  so  it  hath  been  con- 
firmed by  huge  bones  and  skulls  casually  dug  up  in  several 
parts  of  the  kingdom,  far  exceeding  the  common  dwindling 
race  of  man  in  our  days.  He  argued  that  the  very  laws  of 
Nature  absolutely  required  we  should  have  been  made  in 
the  beginning  of  a  size  more  large  and  robust,  not  so  liable 
to  destruction  from  every  little  accident  of  a  tile  falling 
from  an  house,  or  a  stone  cast  from  the  hand  of  a  boy,  or 
being  drowned  in  a  little  brook.  From  this  way  of  reason- 
ing, the  author  drew  several  moral  applications  useful  in 
the  conduct  of  life,  but  needless  here  to  repeat.  For  my 
part,  I  could  not  avoid  reflecting  how  universally  this 
talent  was  spread,  of  drawing  lectures  in  morality,  or, 
indeed,  rather  matter  of  discontent  and  repining,  from  the 
quarrels  we  raise  with  Nature.  And,  I  believe,  upon  a 
strict  enquiry,  those  quarrels  might  be  shewn  as  ill-grounded 
among  us  as  they  are  among  that  people. 

As  to  their  military  affairs,  they  boast  that  the  king's 
army  consists  of  an  hundred  and  seventy-six  thousand  foot, 
and  thirty-two  thousand  horse:  if  that  may  be  called  an 
army  which  is  made  up  of  tradesmen  in  the  several  cities, 
and  farmers  in  the  country,  whose  commanders  are  only 
the  nobility  and  gentry,  without  pay  or  reward.  They  are, 
indeed,  perfect  enough  in  their  exercises,  and  under  very 
good  discipline,  wherein  I  saw  no  great  merit;  for  how 
should  it  be  otherwise,  where  every  farmer  is  under  the 
command  of  his  own  landlord,  and  every  citizen  under  that 
of  the  principal  men  in  his  own  city,  chosen  after  the 
manner  of  Venice  by  ballot ! 

I  have  often  seen  the  militia  of  Lorbrulgrud  drawn  out 
to  exercise  in  a  great  field  near  the  city,  of  twenty  miles 
square.  They  were,  in  all,  not  above  twenty-five  thousand 


128  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

foot,  and  six  thousand  horse;  but  it  was  impossible  for  me 
to  compute  their  number,  considering  the  space  of  ground 
they  took  up.  A  cavalier,  mounted  on  a  large  steed,  might 
be  about  ninety  feet  high.  I  have  seen  this  whole  body  of 
horse,  upon  a  word  of  command,  draw  their  swords  at  once, 
and  brandish  them  in  the  air.  Imagination  can  figure 
nothing  so  grand,  so  surprising,  and  so  astonishing!  It 
looked  as  if  ten  thousand  flashes  of  lightning  were  darting 
at  the  same  time  from  every  quarter  of  the  sky. 

I  was  curious  to  know  how  this  prince,  to  whose 
dominions  there  is  no  access  from  any  other  country,  came 
to  think  of  armies,  or  to  teach  his  people  the  practice  of 
military  discipline.  But  I  was  soon  informed,  both  by 
conversation,  and  reading  their  histories :  for,  in  the  course 
of  many  ages,  they  have  been  troubled  with  the  same  disease 
to  which  the  whole  race  of  mankind  is  subject;  the  nobility 
often  contending  for  power,  the  people  for  liberty,  and  the 
king  for  absolute  dominion.  All  which,  however  happily 
tempered  by  the  laws  of  that  kingdom,  have  been  some- 
times violated  by  each  of  the  three  parties,  and  have  once, 
or  more,  occasioned  civil  wars,  the  last  whereof  was  happily 
put  an  end  to  by  this  prince's  grandfather  in  a  general 
composition;  and  the  militia,  then  settled  with  common 
consent,  hath  been  ever  since  kept  in  the  strictest  duty. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

I  HAD  always  a  strong  impulse,  that  I  should  some  time 
recover  my  liberty,  though  it  was  impossible  to  conjecture 
by  what  means,  or  to  form  any  project  with  the  least  hope 
of  succeeding.  The  ship  in  which  I  sailed  was  the  first 
ever  known  to  be  driven  within  sight  of  that  coast,  and  the 
king  had  given  strict  orders  that,  if  at  any  time  another 
appeared,  it  should  be  taken  ashore,  and,  with  all  its  crew 
and  passengers,  brought  in  a  tumbril  to  Lorbrulgrud.  He 
was  strongly  bent  to  get  me  a  woman  of  my  own  size,  by 
whom  I  might  propagate  the  breed;  but,  I  think,  I  should 
rather  have  died,  than  undergone  the  disgrace  of  leaving 
a  posterity  to  be  kept  in  cages  like  tame  canary  birds,  and 
perhaps,  in  time,  sold  about  the  kingdom  to  persons  of 
quality  for  curiosities.  I  was,  indeed,  treated  with  much 
kindness:  I  was  the  favourite  of  a  great  king  and  queen, 
and  the  delight  of  the  whole  Court;  but  it  was  upon  such 
a  foot  as  ill  became  the  dignity  of  human  kind.  I  could 
never  forget  those  domestic  pledges  I  had  left  behind  me. 
I  wanted  to  be  among  people  with  whom  I  could  converse 
upon  even  terms,  and  walk  about  the  streets  and  fields  with- 
out being  afraid  of  being  trod  to  death,  like  a  frog  or  a 
young  puppy.  But  my  deliverance  came  sooner  than  I 
expected,  and,  in  a  manner,  not  very  common:  the  whole 
story  and  circumstances  of  which  I  shall  faithfully  relate. 

I  had  now  been  two  years  in  this  country;  and,  about 
the  beginning  of  the  third,  Glumdalclitch  and  I  attended 
the  king  and  queen  in  a  progress  to  the  south  coast  of  the 
kingdom.  I  was  carried,  as  usual,  in  my  travelling  box, 
which,  as  I  have  already  described,  was  a  very  convenient 
closet  of  twelve  feet  wide.  And  I  had  ordered  a  hammock 

129  i 


1 3o  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

to  be  fixed,  by  silken  ropes,  from  the  four  corners  at  the 
top,  to  break  the  jolts,  when  a  servant  carried  me  before 
him  on  horseback,  as  I  sometimes  desired,  and  would  often 
sleep  in  my  hammock  while  we  were  upon  the  road.  On 
the  roof  of  my  closet,  just  over  the  middle  of  the  hammock, 
I  ordered  the  joiner  to  cut  out  a  hole  of  a  foot  square,  to  give 
me  air  in  hot  weather,  as  I  slept;  which  hole  I  shut,  at 
pleasure,  with  a  board  that  drew  backwards  and  forwards 
through  a  groove. 

When  we  came  to  our  journey's  end,  the  king  thought 
proper  to  pass  a  few  days  at  a  palace  he  hath  near  Flan- 
flasnic,  a  city  within  eighteen  English  miles  of  the  sea-side. 
Glumdalclitch  and  I  were  much  fatigued;  I  had  gotten  a 
small  cold,  but  the  poor  girl  was  so  ill  as  to  be  confined  to 
her  chamber.  I  longed  to  see  the  ocean,  which  must  be  the 
only  scene  of  my  escape,  if  ever  it  should  happen.  I  pre- 
tended to  be  worse  than  I  really  was,  and  desired  leave  to 
take  the  fresh  air  of  the  sea,  with  a  page  I  was  very  fond  of, 
and  who  had  sometimes  been  trusted  with  me.  I  shall 
never  forget  with  what  unwillingness  Glumdalclitch  con- 
sented, nor  the  strict  charge  she  gave  the  page  to  be  careful 
of  me,  bursting  at  the  same  time  into  a  flood  of  tears,  as  if 
she  had  some  foreboding  of  what  was  to  happen.  The  boy 
took  me  out  in  my  box  about  half  an  hour's  walk  from  the 
palace  towards  the  rocks  on  the  sea-shore.  I  ordered  him 
to  set  me  down,  and  lifting  up  one  of  my  sashes,  cast  many 
a  wistful  melancholy  look  towards  the  sea.  I  found  myself 
not  very  well,  and  told  the  page  that  I  had  a  mind  to  take 
a  nap  in  my  hammock,  which  I  hoped  would  do  me  good.  I 
got  in,  and  the  boy  shut  the  window  close  down  to  keep 
out  the  cold.  I  soon  fell  asleep,  and  all  I  can  conjecture  is, 
that  while  I  slept,  the  page,  thinking  no  danger  could 
happen,  went  among  the  rocks  to  look  for  birds'  eggs, 
having  before  observed  him  from  my  window  searching 
about,  and  picking  up  one  or  two  in  the  clefts.  Be  that  as 
it  will,  I  found  myself  suddenly  awaked  with  a  violent  pull 


A  VOYAGE  TO   BROBDINGNAG     131 

upon  the  ring  which  was  fastened  at  the  top  of  my  box,  for 
the  conveniency  of  carriage.  I  felt  my  box  raised  very  high 
in  the  air,  and  then  borne  forward  with  prodigious  speed. 
The  first  jolt  had  like  to  have  shaken  me  out  of  my  ham- 
mock, but  afterwards  the  motion  was  easy  enough.  I  called 
out  several  times,  as  loud  as  I  could  raise  my  voice,  but  all 
to  no  purpose.  I  looked  towards  my  windows,  and  could 
see  nothing  but  the  clouds  and  sky.  I  heard  a  noise  over 
my  head  like  the  clapping  of  wings,  and  then  began  to  per- 
ceive the  woful  condition  I  was  in,  that  some  eagle  had  got 
the  ring  of  my  box  in  his  beak,  with  an  intent  to  let  it  fall 
on  a  rock  like  a  tortoise  in  a  shell,  and  then  pick  out  my 
body,  and  devour  it.  For  the  sagacity  and  smell  of  this 
bird  enabled  him  to  discover  his  quarry  at  a  great  distance, 
though  better  concealed  than  I  could  be  within  a  two-inch 
board. 

In  a  little  time  I  observed  the  noise  and  flutter  of  wings 
to  increase  very  fast,  and  my  box  was  tossed  up  and  down 
like  a  sign  post  in  a  windy  day.  I  heard  several  bangs  or 
buffets,  as  I  thought,  given  to  the  eagle  (for  such  I  am 
certain  it  must  have  been  that  held  the  ring  of  my  box 
in  his  beak)  and  then  all  on  a  sudden  felt  myself  falling 
perpendicularly  down  for  above  a  minute,  but  with  such 
incredible  swiftness  that  I  almost  lost  my  breath.  My  fall 
was  stopped  by  a  terrible  squash,  that  sounded  louder  to 
my  ears  than  the  cataract  of  Niagara;  after  which  I  was 
quite  in  the  dark  for  another  minute,  and  then  my  box 
began  to  rise  so  high  that  I  could  see  light  from  the  tops  of 
the  windows.  I  now  perceived  that  I  was  fallen  into  the 
sea.  My  box,  by  the  weight  of  my  body,  the  goods  that 
were  in,  and  the  broad  plates  of  iron  fixed  for  strength  at 
the  four  corners  of  the  top  and  bottom,  floated  above  five 
feet  deep  in  water.  I  did  then,  and  do  now  suppose  that 
the  eagle  which  flew  away  with  my  box  was  pursued  by 
two  or  three  others,  and  forced  to  let  me  drop  while  he  was 
defending  himself  against  the  rest,  who  hoped  to  share  in 


i  32  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

the  prey.  The  plates  of  iron  fastened  at  the  bottom  of  the 
box  (for  those  were  the  strongest)  preserved  the  balance 
while  it  fell,  and  hindered  it  from  being  broken  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  water.  Every  joint  of  it  was  well  grooved;  and 
the  door  did  not  move  on  hinges,  but  up  and  down  like  a 
sash,  which  kept  my  closet  so  tight  that  very  little  water 
came  in.  I  got  with  much  difficulty  out  of  my  hammock, 
having  first  ventured  to  draw  back  the  slip-board  on  the 
roof  already  mentioned,  contrived  on  purpose  to  let  in  air, 
for  want  of  which  I  found  myself  almost  stifled. 

How  often  did  I  then  wish  myself  with  my  dear  Glum- 
dalclitch,  from  whom  one  single  hour  had  so  far  divided  me ! 
And  I  may  say,  with  truth,  that  in  the  midst  of  my  own 
misfortunes  I  could  not  forbear  lamenting  my  poor  nurse, 
the  grief  she  would  suffer  for  my  loss,  the  displeasure  of 
the  queen,  and  the  ruin  of  her  fortune.  Perhaps  many 
travellers  have  not  been  under  greater  difficulties  and  dis- 
tress than  I  was  at  this  juncture,  expecting  every  moment 
to  see  my  box  dashed  in  pieces,  or  at  least  overset  by  the 
first  violent  blast,  or  a  rising  wave.  A  breach  in  one  single 
pane  of  glass  would  have  been  immediate  death ;  nor  could 
anything  have  preserved  the  windows  but  the  strong 
lattice-wires  placed  on  the  outside  against  accidents  in 
travelling.  I  saw  the  water  ooze  in  at  several  crannies, 
although  the  leaks  were  not  considerable,  and  I  endeavoured 
to  stop  them  as  well  as  I  could.  I  was  not  able  to  lift  up 
the  roof  of  my  closet,  which  otherwise  I  certainly  should 
have  done,  and  sat  on  the  top  of  it,  where  I  might,  at  least, 
preserve  myself  some  hours  longer  than  by  being  shut  up, 
as  I  may  call  it,  in  the  hold.  Or,  if  I  escaped  these  dangers 
for  a  day  or  two,  what  could  I  expect  but  a  miserable  death 
of  cold  and  hunger!  I  was  four  hours  under  these  circum- 
stances, expecting  and  indeed  wishing  every  moment  to  be 
my  last. 

I  have  already  told  the  reader,  that  there  were  two 
strong  staples  fixed  upon  that  side  of  my  box  which  had  no 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     133 

window,  and  into  which  the  servant  who  used  to  carry  me 
on  horseback  would  put  a  leathern  belt,  and  buckle  it  about 
his  waist.  Being  in  this  disconsolate  state,  I  heard  or  at 
least  thought  I  heard  some  kind  of  grating  noise  on  that 
side  of  my  box  where  the  staples  were  fixed,  and  soon  after 
I  began  to  fancy  that  the  box  was  pulled  or  towed  along  in 
the  sea;  for  I  now  and  then  felt  a  sort  of  tugging,  which 
made  the  waves  rise  near  the  tops  of  my  windows,  leaving 
me  almost  in  the  dark.  This  gave  me  some  faint  hopes  of 
relief;  although  I  was  not  able  to  imagine  how  it  could  be 
brought  about.  I  ventured  to  unscrew  one  of  my  chairs, 
which  were  always  fastened  to  the  floor;  and  having  made 
a  hard  shift  to  screw  it  down  again  directly  under  the 
slipping-board  that  I  had  lately  opened,  I  mounted  on  the 
chair,  and,  putting  my  mouth  as  near  as  I  could  to  the 
hole,  I  called  for  help  in  a  loud  voice,  and  in  all  the  languages 
I  understood.  I  then  fastened  my  handkerchief  to  a  stick  I 
usually  carried,  and,  thrusting  it  up  the  hole,  waved  it 
several  times  in  the  air,  that,  if  any  boat  or  ship  were  near, 
the  seamen  might  conjecture  some  unhappy  mortal  to  be 
shut  up  in  the  box. 

I  found  no  effect  from  all  I  could  do,  but  plainly  per- 
ceived my  closet  to  be  moved  along;  and  in  the  space  of  an 
hour,  or  better,  that  side  of  the  box  where  the  staples  were, 
and  had  no  window,  struck  against  something  that  was 
hard.  I  apprehended  it  to  be  a  rock,  and  found  myself 
tossed  more  than  ever.  I  plainly  heard  a  noise  upon  the 
cover  of  my  closet,  like  that  of  a  cable,  and  the  grating  of  it 
as  it  passed  through  the  ring.  I  then  found  myself  hoisted 
up  by  degrees,  at  least  three  feet  higher  than  I  was  before. 
Whereupon  I  again  thrust  up  my  stick  and  handkerchief, 
calling  for  help  till  I  was  almost  hoarse.  In  return  to 
which,  I  heard  a  great  shout  repeated  three  times,  giving  me 
such  transports  of  joy  as  are  not  to  be  conceived  but  by 
those  who  feel  them.  I  now  heard  a  trampling  over  my 
head,  and  somebody  calling  through  the  hole  with  a  loud 


i34  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

voice  in  the  English  tongue,  if  there  be  anybody  below,  let 
them  speak.  I  answered,  I  was  an  Englishman,  drawn  by 
ill  fortune  into  the  greatest  calamity  that  ever  any  creature 
underwent,  and  begged,  by  all  that  was  moving,  to  be  de- 
livered out  of  the  dungeon  I  was  in.  The  voice  replied,  I 
was  safe,  for  my  box  was  fastened  to  their  ship;  and  the 
carpenter  should  immediately  come  and  saw  a  hole  in  the 
cover  large  enough  to  pull  me  out.  I  answered,  that  was 
needless,  and  would  take  up  too  much  time,  for  there  was 
no  more  to  be  done,  but  let  one  of  the  crew  put  his  finger 
into  the  ring,  and  take  the  box  out  of  the  sea  into  the  ship, 
and  so  into  the  captain's  cabin.  Some  of  them,  upon  hear- 
ing me  talk  so  wildly,  thought  I  was  mad;  others  laughed; 
for,  indeed,  it  never  came  into  my  head  that  I  was  now  got 
among  people  of  my  own  stature  and  strength.  The  car- 
penter came,  and  in  few  minutes  sawed  a  passage  about 
four  feet  square,  then  let  down  a  small  ladder,  upon  which 
I  mounted,  and  from  thence  was  taken  into  the  ship  in  a 
very  weak  condition. 

The  sailors  were  all  in  amazement,  and  asked  me  a 
thousand  questions,  which  I  had  no  inclination  to  answer. 
I  was  equally  confounded  at  the  sight  of  so  many  pigmies, 
for  such  I  took  them  to  be,  after  having  so  long  accustomed 
mine  eyes  to  the  monstrous  objects  I  had  left.  But  the 
captain,  Mr.  Thomas  Wilcocks,  an  honest  worthy  Shrop- 
shire man,  observing  I  was  ready  to  faint,  took  me  into  his 
cabin,  gave  me  a  cordial  to  comfort  me,  and  made  me  to 
turn  in  upon  his  own  bed,  advising  me  to  take  a  little  rest, 
of  which  I  had  great  need.  Before  I  went  to  sleep,  I  gave 
him  to  understand  that  I  had  valuable  furniture  in  my  box, 
too  good  to  be  lost;  a  fine  hammock,  an  handsome  field- 
bed,  two  chairs,  a  table,  and  a  cabinet :  that  my  closet  was 
hung  on  all  sides,  or  rather  quilted,  with  silk  and  cotton: 
that,  if  he  would  let  one  of  the  crew  bring  my  closet  into 
his  cabin,  I  would  open  it  there  before  him,  and  shew  him 
my  goods.  The  captain,  hearing  me  utter  these  absurdi- 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     135 

ties,  concluded  I  was  raving;  however  (I  suppose  to  pacify 
me)  he  promised  to  give  order,  as  I  desired,  and  going  upon 
deck,  sent  some  of  his  men  down  into  my  closet,  from 
whence  (as  I  afterwards  found)  they  drew  up  all  my  goods, 
and  stripped  off  the  quilting;  but  the  chairs,  cabinet,  and 
bedstead,  being  screwed  to  the  floor,  were  much  damaged 
by  the  ignorance  of  the  seamen,  who  tore  them  up  by  force. 
Then  they  knocked  off  some  of  the  boards  for  the  use  of  the 
ship,  and,  when  they  had  got  all  they  had  a  mind  for,  let 
the  hulk  drop  into  the  sea,  which,  by  reason  of  many 
breaches  made  in  the  bottom  and  sides,  sunk  to  rights. 
And,  indeed,  I  was  glad  not  to  have  been  a  spectator  of  the 
havoc  they  made;  because  I  am  confident  it  would  have 
sensibly  touched  me,  by  bringing  former  passages  into  my 
mind  which  I  had  rather  forget. 

I  slept  some  hours,  but  perpetually  disturbed  with 
dreams  of  the  place  I  had  left,  and  the  dangers  I  had 
escaped.  However,  upon  waking,  I  found  myself  much 
recovered.  It  was  now  about  eight  o'clock  at  night,  and 
the  captain  ordered  supper  immediately,  thinking  I  had 
already  fasted  too  long.  He  entertained  me  with  great 
kindness,  observing  me  not  to  look  wildly,  or  talk  incon- 
sistently; and,  when  we  were  left  alone,  desired  I  would 
give  him  a  relation  of  my  travels,  and  by  what  accident  I 
came  to  be  set  adrift  in  that  monstrous  wooden  chest.  He 
said  that  about  twelve  o'clock  at  noon,  as  he  was  looking 
through  his  glass,  he  spied  it  at  a  distance,  and  thought  it 
was  a  sail,  which  he  had  a  mind  to  make,  being  not  much 
out  of  his  course,  in  hopes  of  buying  some  biscuit,  his  own 
beginning  to  fall  short.  That  upon  coming  nearer,  and 
finding  his  error,  he  sent  out  his  long-boat  to  discover  what 
I  was ;  that  his  men  came  back  in  a  fright,  swearing  they  had 
seen  a  swimming  house.  That  he  laughed  at  their  folly, 
and  went  himself  in  the  boat,  ordering  his  men  to  take  a 
strong  cable  along  with  them.  That,  the  weather  being 
calm,  he  rowed  round  me  several  times,  observed  my 


136  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

windows,  and  the  wire-lattices  that  defended  them.  That 
he  discovered  two  staples  upon  one  side,  which  was  all  of 
boards,  without  any  passage  for  light.  He  then  com- 
manded his  men  to  row  up  to  that  side,  and,  fastening  a 
cable  to  one  of  the  staples,  ordered  them  to  tow  my  chest 
(as  they  called  it)  towards  the  ship.  When  it  was  there,  he 
gave  directions  to  fasten  another  cable  to  the  ring  fixed  in 
the  cover,  and  to  raise  up  my  chest  with  pulleys,  which  all 
the  sailors  were  not  able  to  do  above  two  or  three  feet.  He 
said  they  saw  my  stick  and  handkerchief  thrust  out  of  the 
hole,  and  concluded  that  some  unhappy  man  must  be  shut 
up  in  the  cavity.  I  asked  whether  he  or  the  crew  had  seen 
any  prodigious  bird  in  the  air  about  the  time  he  first  dis- 
covered me?  To  which  he  answered  that,  discoursing  this 
matter  with  the  sailors  while  I  was  asleep,  one  of  them  said 
he  had  observed  three  eagles  flying  towards  the  north,  but 
remarked  nothing  of  their  being  larger  than  the  usual 
size,  which  I  suppose  must  be  imputed  to  the  great  height 
they  were  at;  and  he  could  not  guess  the  reason  of  my 
question. 

I  then  asked  the  captain,  how  far  he  reckoned  we  might 
be  from  land  ?  He  said,  by  the  best  computation  he  could 
make,  we  were  at  least  an  hundred  leagues.  I  assured  him 
that  he  must  be  mistaken  by  almost  half,  for  I  had  not  left 
the  country  from  whence  I  came  above  two  hours  before  I 
dropt  into  the  sea.  Whereupon  he  began  again  to  think 
that  my  brain  was  disturbed,  of  which  he  gave  me  a  hint, 
and  advised  me  to  go  to  bed  in  a  cabin  he  had  provided.  I 
assured  him  I  was  well  refreshed  with  his  good  entertain- 
ment and  company,  and  as  much  in  my  senses  as  ever  I  was 
in  my  life.  He  then  grew  serious,  and  desired  to  ask  me 
freely  whether  I  were  not  troubled  in  mind  by  the  conscious- 
ness of  some  enormous  crime,  for  which  I  was  punished  at 
the  command  of  some  prince,  by  exposing  me  in  that  chest, 
as  great  criminals,  in  other  countries,  have  been  forced  to 
sea  in  a  leaky  vessel  without  provisions:  for  although  he 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     137 

should  be  sorry  to  have  taken  so  ill  a  man  into  his  ship,  yet 
he  would  engage  his  word  to  set  me  safe  ashore  in  the  first 
port  where  we  arrived.  He  added  that  his  suspicions  were 
much  increased  by  some  very  absurd  speeches  I  had  de- 
livered at  first  to  the  sailors,  and  afterwards  to  himself,  in 
relation  to  my  closet  or  chest,  as  well  as  by  my  odd  looks 
and  behaviour  while  I  was  at  supper. 

I  begged  his  patience  to  hear  me  tell  my  story,  which  I 
faithfully  did,  from  the  last  time  I  left  England  to  the 
moment  he  first  discovered  me.  And  as  truth  always 
forceth  its  way  into  rational  minds,  so  this  honest  worthy 
gentleman,  who  had  some  tincture  of  learning,  and  very 
good  sense,  was  immediately  convinced  of  my  candour  and 
veracity.  But,  farther  to  confirm  all  I  had  said,  I  entreated 
him  to  give  order  that  my  cabinet  should  be  brought,  of 
which  I  had  the  key  in  my  pocket  (for  he  had  already  in- 
formed me  how  the  seamen  disposed  of  my  closet).  I 
opened  it  in  his  presence,  and  showed  him  the  small  collec- 
tion of  rarities  I  made  in  the  country  from  whence  I  had 
been  so  strangely  delivered.  There  was  the  comb  I  had 
contrived  out  of  the  stumps  of  the  king's  beard,  and  another 
of  the  same  materials,  but  fixed  into  a  paring  of  her 
Majesty's  thumb-nail,  which  served  for  the  back.  There 
was  a  collection  of  needles  and  pins  from  a  foot  to  half  a 
yard  long;  four  wasp-stings,  like  joiners'  tacks;  some 
combings  of  the  queen's  hair;  a  gold  ring  which  one  day 
she  made  me  a  present  of  in  a  most  obliging  manner,  taking 
it  from  her  little  finger,  and  throwing  it  over  my  head  like 
a  collar.  I  desired  the  captain  would  please  to  accept  this 
ring,  in  return  of  his  civilities;  which  he  absolutely  refused. 
I  showed  him  a  corn  that  I  had  cut  off  with  my  own  hand 
from  a  maid  of  honour's  toe;  it  was  about  the  bigness  of  a 
Kentish  pippin,  and  grown  so  hard,  that,  when  I  returned 
to  England,  I  got  it  hollowed  into  a  cup,  and  set  in  silver. 
Lastly,  I  desired  him  to  see  the  breeches  I  had  then  on, 
which  were  made  of  a  mouse's  skin. 


138  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

I  could  force  nothing  on  him  but  a  footman's  tooth, 
which  I  observed  him  to  examine  with  great  curiosity,  and 
found  he  had  a  fancy  for  it.  He  received  it  with  abundance 
of  thanks,  more  than  such  a  trifle  could  deserve.  It  was 
drawn  by  an  unskilful  surgeon,  in  a  mistake,  from  one  of 
Glumdalclitch's  men,  who  was  afflicted  with  the  toothache, 
but  it  was  as  sound  as  any  in  his  head.  I  got  it  cleaned, 
and  put  it  into  my  cabinet.  It  was  about  a  foot  long,  and 
four  inches  in  diameter. 

The  captain  was  very  well  satisfied  with  this  plain 
relation  I  had  given  him,  and  said  he  hoped,  when  we 
returned  to  England,  I  would  oblige  the  world  by  putting 
it  in  paper,  and  making  it  public.  My  answer  was,  that  I 
thought  we  were  already  over-stocked  with  books  of  travels: 
that  nothing  could  now  pass  which  was  not  extraordinary; 
wherein  I  doubted  some  authors  less  consulted  truth,  than 
their  own  vanity,  or  interest,  or  the  diversion  of  ignorant 
readers.  That  my  story  could  contain  little  besides 
common  events,  without  those  ornamental  descriptions  of 
strange  plants,  trees,  birds,  and  other  animals;  or  of  the 
barbarous  customs  and  idolatry  of  savage  people,  with 
which  most  writers  abound.  However,  I  thanked  him  for 
his  good  opinion,  and  promised  to  take  the  matter  into  my 
thoughts. 

He  said  he  wondered  at  one  thing  very  much,  which 
was  to  hear  me  speak  so  loud,  asking  me  whether  the  king 
or  queen  of  that  country  were  thick  of  hearing.  I  told 
him,  it  was  what  I  had  been  used  to  for  above  two  years 
past ;  and  that  I  admired  as  much  at  the  voices  of  him  and 
his  men,  who  seemed  to  me  only  to  whisper,  and  yet  I  could 
hear  them  well  enough.  But  when  I  spoke  in  that  country, 
it  was  like  a  man  talking  in  the  street  to  another  looking 
out  from  the  top  of  a  steeple,  unless  when  I  was  placed  on  a 
table,  or  held  in  any  person's  hand.  I  told  him  I  had  like- 
wise observed  another  thing,  that  when  I  first  got  into  the 
ship,  and  the  sailors  stood  all  about  me,  I  thought  they 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     139 

were  the  most  little  contemptible  creatures  I  had  ever 
beheld.  For,  indeed,  while  I  was  in  that  prince's  country, 
I  could  never  endure  to  look  in  a  glass,  after  my  eyes  had 
been  accustomed  to  such  prodigious  objects,  because  the 
comparison  gave  me  so  despicable  a  conceit  of  myself.  The 
captain  said  that,  while  we  were  at  supper,  he  observed  me 
to  look  at  everything  with  a  sort  of  wonder,  and  that  I  often 
seemed  hardly  able  to  contain  my  laughter,  which  he  knew 
not  well  how  to  take,  but  imputed  it  to  some  disorder  in  my 
brain.  I  answered,  it  was  very  true;  and  I  wondered  how 
I  could  forbear,  when  I  saw  his  dishes  of  the  size  of  a  silver 
three-pence,  a  leg  of  pork  hardly  a  mouthful,  a  cup  not  so 
big  as  a  nut-shell ;  and  so  I  went  on,  describing  the  rest  of 
his  household-stuff  and  provisions,  after  the  same  manner. 
For,  although  the  queen  had  ordered  a  little  equipage  of  all 
things  necessary  for  me  while  I  was  in  her  service,  yet  my 
ideas  were  wholly  taken  up  with  what  I  saw  on  every  side  of 
me,  and  I  winked  at  my  own  littleness,  as  people  do  at 
their  own  faults.  The  captain  understood  my  raillery 
very  well,  and  merrily  replied  with  the  old  English  proverb, 
that  he  doubted  my  eyes  were  bigger  than  my  belly,  for  he 
did  not  observe  my  stomach  so  good,  although  I  had  fasted 
all  day;  and,  continuing  in  his  mirth,  protested  he  would 
have  gladly  given  an  hundred  pounds  to  have  seen  my 
closet  in  the  eagle's  bill,  and  afterwards  in  its  fall  from  so 
great  a  height  into  the  sea;  which  would  certainly  have 
been  a  most  astonishing  object,  worthy  to  have  the  descrip- 
tion of  it  transmitted  to  future  ages:  and  the  comparison 
of  Phaeton  was  so  obvious,  that  he  could  not  forbear  apply- 
ing it,  although  I  did  not  much  admire  the  conceit. 

The  captain  having  been  at  Tonquin,  was,  in  his  return 
to  England,  driven  north-eastward,  to  the  latitude  of  44 
degrees,  and  of  longitude  143.  But,  meeting  a  trade-wind 
two  days  after  I  came  on  board  him,  we  sailed  southward  a 
long  time,  and  coasting  New  Holland,  kept  our  course 
west-south-west,  and  then  south-south-west,  till  we  doubled 


i4o  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Our  voyage  was  very  prosperous, 
but  I  shall  not  trouble  the  reader  with  a  journal  of  it.  The 
captain  called  in  at  one  or  two  ports,  and  sent  in  his  long- 
boat for  provisions  and  fresh  water,  but  I  never  went  out  of 
the  ship  till  we  came  into  the  Downs,  which  was  on  the 
third  day  of  June,  1706,  about  nine  months  after  my 
escape.  I  offered  to  leave  my  goods  in  security  for  pay- 
ment of  my  freight;  but  the  captain  protested  he  would 
not  receive  one  farthing.  We  took  kind  leave  of  each 
other,  and  I  made  him  promise  he  would  come  to  see  me  at 
my  house  in  Redriff.  I  hired  a  horse  and  guide  for  five 
shillings,  which  I  borrowed  of  the  captain. 

As  I  was  on  the  road,  observing  the  littleness  of  the 
houses,  the  trees,  the  cattle,  and  the  people,  I  began  to  think 
myself  in  Lilliput.  I  was  afraid  of  trampling  on  every 
traveller  I  met,  and  often  called  aloud  to  have  them  stand 
out  of  the  vvay,  so  that  I  had  like  to  have  gotten  one  or  two 
broken  heads  for  my  impertinence. 

When  I  came  to  my  own  house,  for  which  I  was  forced 
to  enquire,  one  of  the  servants  opening  the  door,  I  bent 
down  to  go  in  (like  a  goose  under  a  gate)  for  fear  of  striking 
my  head.  My  wife  ran  out  to  embrace  me,  but  I  stooped 
lower  than  her  knees,  thinking  she  could  otherwise  never 
be  able  to  reach  my  mouth.  My  daughter  kneeled  to  ask 
my  blessing,  but  I  could  not  see  her  till  she  arose,  having 
been  so  long  used  to  stand  with  my  head  and  eyes  erect, 
to  above  sixty  feet;  and  then  I  went  to  take  her  up  with 
one  hand  by  the  waist.  I  looked  down  upon  the  servants, 
and  one  or  two  friends  who  were  in  the  house,  as  if  they 
had  been  pigmies,  and  I  a  giant.  I  told  my  wife  she  had 
been  too  thrifty,  for  I  found  she  had  starved  herself  and 
her  daughter  to  nothing.  In  short,  I  behaved  myself  so 
unaccountably,  that  they  were  all  of  the  captain's  opinion 
when  he  first  saw  me,  and  concluded  I  had  lost  my  wits. 
This  I  mention  as  an  instance  of  the  great  power  of  habit 
and  prejudice. 


A  VOYAGE  TO  BROBDINGNAG     141 

In  a  little  time,  I  and  my  family  and  friends  came  to  a 
right  understanding,  but  my  wife  protested  I  should  never 
go  to  sea  any  more;  although  my  evil  destiny  so  ordered, 
that  she  had  not  power  to  hinder  me,  as  the  reader  may 
know  hereafter.  In  the  meantime,  I  here  conclude  the 
second  part  of  my  unfortunate  voyages. 


THE  END  OF  THE  SECOND  PART 


PART  3 


CHAPTER  I 


I  HAD  not  been  at  home  above  ten  days,  when  Captain 
William  Robinson,  a  Cornish  man,  commander  of  the 
Hope  Well,  a  stout  ship  of  three  hundred  tons,  came  to  my 
house.  I  had  formerly  been  surgeon  of  another  ship  where 
he  was  master,  and  a  fourth  part  owner,  in  a  voyage  to  the 
Levant ;  he  had  always  treated  me  more  like  a  brother  than  an 
inferior  officer,  and,  hearing  of  my  arrival,  made  me  a  visit, 
as  I  apprehended,  only  out  of  friendship,  for  nothing  passed 
more  than  what  is  usual  after  long  absences.  But  repeating 
his  visits  often,  expressing  his  joy  to  find  me  in  good  health, 
asking  whether  I  were  now  settled  for  life,  adding,  that  he 
intended  a  voyage  to  the  East  Indies,  in  two  months;  at 
last  he  plainly  invited  me,  though  with  some  apologies,  to 
be  surgeon  of  the  ship;  that  I  should  have  another  surgeon 
under  me,  besides  our  two  mates;  that  my  salary  should 
be  double  to  the  usual  pay;  and  that  having  experienced 
my  knowledge  in  sea-affairs  to  be  at  least  equal  to  his,  he 
would  enter  into  any  engagement  to  follow  my  advice  as 
much  as  if  I  had  shared  in  the  command. 

He  said  so  many  other  obliging  things,  and  I  knew  him 
to  be  so  honest  a  man,  that  I  could  not  reject  his  proposal; 
the  thirst  I  had  of  seeing  the  world,  notwithstanding  my 
past  misfortunes,  continuing  as  violent  as  ever.  The  only 


i44  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

difficulty  that  remained  was  to  persuade  my  wife,  whose 
consent,  however,  I  at  last  obtained,  by  the  prospect  of 
advantage  she  proposed  to  her  children. 

We  set  out  the  5th  day  of  August,  1706,  and  arrived  at 
Fort  St.  George  the  nth  of  April,  1707.  We  stayed  there 
three  weeks  to  refresh  our  crew,  many  of  whom  were  sick. 
From  thence  we  went  to  Tonquin,  where  the  captain  re- 
solved to  continue  some  time,  because  many  of  the  goods 
he  intended  to  buy  were  not  ready,  nor  could  he  expect  to 
be  dispatched  in  several  months.  Therefore,  in  hopes  to 
defray  some  of  the  charges  he  must  be  at,  he  bought  a 
sloop,  loaded  it  with  several  sorts  of  goods,  wherewith  the 
Tonquinese  usually  trade  to  the  neighbouring  islands,  and 
putting  fourteen  men  on  board,  whereof  three  were  of  the 
country,  he  appointed  me  master  of  the  sloop,  and  gave  me 
power  to  traffic,  while  he  transacted  his  affairs  at  Tonquin. 

We  had  not  sailed  above  three  days,  when,  a  great  storm 
arising,  we  were  driven  five  days  to  the  north-north-east, 
and  then  to  the  east;  after  which  we  had  fair  weather,  but 
still  with  a  pretty  strong  gale  from  the  west.  Upon  the 
tenth  day  we  were  chased  by  two  pirates,  who  soon  over- 
took us;  for  my  sloop  was  so  deep  loaden  that  she  sailed 
very  slow,  neither  were  we  in  a  condition  to  defend  our- 
selves. 

We  were  boarded  about  the  same  time  by  both  the  pirates, 
who  entered  furiously  at  the  head  of  their  men ;  but  finding 
us  all  prostrate  upon  our  faces  (for  so  I  gave  order)  they 
pinioned  us  with  strong  ropes,  and,  setting  a  guard  upon 
us,  went  to  search  the  sloop. 

I  observed  among  them  a  Dutchman,  who  seemed  to  be 
of  some  authority,  though  he  was  not  commander  of  either 
ship.  He  knew  us  by  our  countenances  to  be  Englishmen, 
and,  jabbering  to  us  in  his  own  language,  swore  we  should 
be  tied  back  to  back,  and  thrown  into  the  sea.  I  spoke 
Dutch  tolerably  well;  I  told  him  who  we  were,  and  begged 
him,  in  consideration  of  our  being  Christians  and  Protestants 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      145 

of  neighbouring  countries,  in  strict  alliance,  that  he  would 
move  the  captains  to  take  some  pity  on  us.  This  inflamed 
his  rage,  he  repeated  his  threatenings,  and,  turning  to  his 
companions,  spoke  with  great  vehemence,  in  the  Japanese 
language,  as  I  suppose,  often  using  the  word  Christianas. 

The  largest  of  the  two  pirate  ships  was  commanded  by 
a  Japanese  captain,  who  spoke  a  little  Dutch,  but  very  im- 
perfectly. He  came  up  to  me,  and  after  several  questions, 
which  I  answered  in  great  humility,  he  said  we  should  not 
die.  I  made  the  captain  a  very  low  bow,  and,  then  turning 
to  the  Dutchman,  said,  I  was  sorry  to  find  more  mercy  in  a 
heathen,  than  in  a  brother  Christian.  But  I  had  soon 
reason  to  repent  those  foolish  words;  for  that  malicious 
reprobate,  having  often  endeavoured  in  vain  to  persuade 
both  the  captains  that  I  might  be  thrown  into  the  sea 
(which  they  would  not  yield  to  after  the  promise  made  me, 
that  I  should  not  die)  however  prevailed  so  far  as  to  have  a 
punishment  inflicted  on  me,  worse,  in  all  human  appear- 
ance, than  death  itself.  My  men  were  sent,  by  an  equal 
division,  into  both  the  pirate  ships,  and  my  sloop  new 
manned.  As  to  myself,  it  was  determined  that  I  should  be 
set  a-drift,  in  a  small  canoe,  with  paddles  and  a  sail,  and 
four  days'  provisions,  which  last  the  Japanese  captain  was 
so  kind  to  double  out  of  his  own  stores,  and  would  permit 
no  man  to  search  me.  I  got  down  into  the  canoe,  while  the 
Dutchman,  standing  upon  the  deck,  loaded  me  with  all  the 
curses  and  injurious  terms  his  language  could  afford. 

About  an  hour  before  we  saw  the  pirates,  I  had  taken 
an  observation,  and  found  we  were  in  the  latitude  of  46  N. 
and  of  longitude  183.  When  I  was  at  some  distance  from 
the  pirates,  I  discovered  by  my  pocket-glass  several  islands 
to  the  south-east.  I  set  up  my  sail,  the  wind  being  fair, 
with  a  design  to  reach  the  nearest  of  those  islands,  which  I 
made  a  shift  to  do  in  about  three  hours.  It  was  all  rocky, 
however  I  got  many  birds'  eggs,  and,  striking  fire,  I  kindled 
some  heath  and  dry  sea-weed,  by  which  I  roasted  my  eggs. 


146  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

I  ate  no  other  supper,  being  resolved  to  spare  my  provisions 
as  much  as  I  could.  I  passed  the  night  under  the  shelter 
of  a  rock,  strewing  some  heath  under  me,  and  slept  pretty 
well. 

The  next  day  I  sailed  to  another  island,  and  thence  to  a 
third  and  fourth,  sometimes  using  my  sail,  and  sometimes 
my  paddles.  But,  not  to  trouble  the  reader  with  a  parti- 
cular account  of  my  distresses,  let  it  suffice  that,  on  the  fifth 
day,  I  arrived  at  the  last  island  in  my  sight,  which  lay 
south-south-east  to  the  former. 

This  island  was  at  a  greater  distance  than  I  expected, 
and  I  did  not  reach  it  in  less  than  five  hours.  I  encom- 
passed it  almost  round,  before  I  could  find  a  convenient 
place  to  land  in,  which  was  a  small  creek,  about  three  times 
the  wideness  of  my  canoe.  I  found  the  island  to  be  all 
rocky,  only  a  little  intermingled  with  tufts  of  grass  and 
sweet-smelling  herbs.  I  took  out  my  small  provisions,  and 
after  having  refreshed  myself,  I  secured  the  remainder  in 
a  cave,  whereof  there  were  great  numbers.  I  gathered 
plenty  of  eggs  upon  the  rocks,  and  got  a  quantity  of  dry 
sea-weed  and  parched  grass,  which  I  designed  to  kindle  the 
next  day,  and  roast  my  eggs  as  well  as  I  could  (for  I  had 
about  me  my  flint,  steel,  match,  and  burning-glass).  I  lay 
all  night  in  the  cave  where  I  had  lodged  my  provisions.  My 
bed  was  the  same  dry  grass  and  sea-weed  which  I  intended 
for  fuel.  I  slept  very  little,  for  the  disquiets  of  my  mind 
prevailed  over  my  weariness,  and  kept  me  awake.  I  con- 
sidered how  impossible  it  was  to  preserve  my  life  in  so 
desolate  a  place,  and  how  miserable  my  end  must  be.  Yet 
I  found  myself  so  listless  and  desponding,  that  I  had  not 
the  heart  to  rise;  and,  before  I  could  get  spirits  enough  to 
creep  out  of  my  cave,  the  day  was  far  advanced.  I  walked 
a  while  among  the  rocks;  the  sky  was  perfectly  clear,  and 
the  sun  so  hot,  that  I  was  forced  to  turn  my  face  from  it: 
when,  all  on  a  sudden,  it  became  obscure,  as  I  thought,  in  a 
manner  very  different  from  what  happens  by  the  interposi- 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      147 

tion  of  a  cloud.  I  turned  back,  and  perceived  a  vast 
opaque  body  between  me  and  the  sun,  moving  forwards 
towards  the  island:  it  seemed  to  be  about  two  miles  high, 
and  hid  the  sun  six  or  seven  minutes,  but  I  did  not  observe 
the  air  to  be  much  colder,  or  the  sky  more  darkened,  than 
if  I  had  stood  under  the  shade  of  a  mountain.  As  it  ap- 
proached nearer  over  the  place  where  I  was,  it  appeared  to 
be  a  firm  substance,  the  bottom  flat,  smooth,  and  shining 
very  bright  from  the  reflection  of  the  sea  below.  I  stood 
upon  a  height,  about  two  hundred  yards  from  the  shore, 
and  saw  this  vast  body  descending  almost  to  a  parallel  with 
me,  at  less  than  an  English  mile  distance.  I  took  out  my 
pocket-perspective  and  could  plainly  discover  numbers  of 
people  moving  up  and  down  the  sides  of  it,  which  appeared 
to  be  sloping;  but  what  those  people  were  doing  I  was  not 
able  to  distinguish. 

The  natural  love  of  life  gave  me  some  inward  motions  of 
joy,  and  I  was  ready  to  entertain  a  hope  that  this  adven- 
ture might  some  way  or  other  help  to  deliver  me  from  the 
desolate  place  and  condition  I  was  in.  But  at  the  same 
time  the  reader  can  hardly  conceive  my  astonishment,  to 
behold  an  island  in  the  air,  inhabited  by  men,  who  were 
able  (as  it  should  seem)  to  raise  or  sink,  or  put  it  into  a 
progressive  motion,  as  they  pleased.  But,  not  being  at 
that  time  in  a  disposition  to  philosophise  upon  this  pheno- 
menon, I  rather  chose  to  observe  what  course  the  island 
would  take,  because  it  seemed  for  a  while  to  stand  still. 
Yet  soon  after  it  advanced  nearer,  and  I  could  see  the  sides 
of  it,  encompassed  with  several  gradations  of  galleries  and 
stairs,  at  certain  intervals,  to  descend  from  one  to  the  other. 
In  the  lowest  gallery,  I  beheld  some  people  fishing  with 
long  angling  rods,  and  others  looking  on.  I  waved  my  cap 
(for  my  hat  was  long  since  worn  out)  and  my  handkerchief 
towards  the  island;  and,  upon  its  nearer  approach,  I  called 
and  shouted  with  the  utmost  strength  of  my  voice;  and 
then,  looking  circumspectly,  I  beheld  a  crowd  gathered  to 


148  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 


that  side  which  was  most  in  my  view.  I  found  by  their 
pointing  towards  me,  and  to  each  other,  that  they  plainly 
discovered  me,  although  they  made  no  return  to  my  shout- 
ing. But  I  could  see  four  or  five  men  running  in  great 
haste  up  the  stairs  to  the  top  of  the  island,  who  then  dis- 
appeared. I  happened  rightly  to  conjecture  that  these 
were  sent  for  orders  to  some  person  in  authority  upon  this 
occasion. 

The  number  of  people  increased,  and,  in  less  than  half  an 
hour,  the  island  was  moved  and  raised  in  such  a  manner, 
that  the  lowest  gallery  appeared  in  a  parallel  of  less  than  a 
hundred  yards  distance  from  the  height  where  I  stood.  I 
then  put  myself  into  the  most  supplicating  postures,  and 
spoke  in  the  humblest  accent,  but  received  no  answer. 
Those  who  stood  nearest  over-against  me  seemed  to  be 
persons  of  distinction,  as  I  supposed  by  their  habit.  They 
conferred  earnestly  with  each  other,  looking  often  upon 
me.  At  length  one  of  them  called  out  in  a  clear,  polite, 
smooth  dialect,  not  unlike  in  sound  to  the  Italian;  and 
therefore  I  returned  an  answer  in  that  language,  hoping, 
at  least,  that  the  cadence  might  be  more  agreeable  to  his 
ears.  Although  neither  of  us  understood  the  other,  yet  my 
meaning  was  easily  known,  for  the  people  saw  the  distress 
I  was  in. 

They  made  signs  for  me  to  come  down  from  the  rock, 
and   go  towards  the  shore,  which   I  accordingly 
did;    and,  the  flying  island  being  raised   to 
a   convenient  height,  the  verge  directly 
over    me,    a    chain    was    let    down 
from   the    lowest   gallery,   with 
a  seat  fastened  to  the  bot- 
tom, to  which  I  fixed 
myself,    and    was 
drawn  up  by 
pulleys. 


CHAPTER  II 

AT  my  alighting,  I  was  surrounded  with  a  crowd  of  people ; 
but  those  who  stood  nearest  seemed  to  be  of  better  quality. 
They  beheld  me  with  all  the  marks  and  circumstances  of 
wonder,  neither,  indeed,  was  I  much  in  their  debt;  having 
never,  till  then,  seen  a  race  of  mortals  so  singular  in  their 
shapes,  habits,  and  countenances.  Their  heads  were  all 
reclined  either  to  the  right  or  the  left;  one  of  their  eyes 
turned  inward,  and  the  other  directly  up  to  the  zenith. 
Their  outward  garments  were  adorned  with  the  figures  of 
suns,  moons,  and  stars,  interwoven  with  those  of  fiddles, 
flutes,  harps,  trumpets,  guitars,  harpsicords,  and  many 
other  instruments  of  music,  unknown  to  us  in  Europe.  I 
observed,  here  and  there,  many  in  the  habit  of  servants, 
with  a  blown  bladder  fastened  like  a  flail  to  the  end  of  a  short 
stick,  which  they  carried  in  their  hands.  In  each  bladder 
was  a  small  quantity  of  dried  pease,  or  little  pebbles  (as  I 
was  afterwards  informed).  With  these  bladders  they  now 
and  then  flapped  the  mouths  and  ears  of  those  who  stood 
near  them,  of  which  practice  I  could  not  then  conceive  the 
meaning;  it  seems,  the  minds  of  these  people  are  so  taken 
up  with  intense  speculations,  that  they  neither  can  speak, 
nor  attend  to  the  discourses  of  others,  without  being  roused 
by  some  external  taction  upon  the  organs  of  speech  and 
hearing;  for  which  reason,  those  persons,  who  are  able  to 
afford  it  always  keep  a  flapper  (the  original  is  climenole)  in 
their  family,  as  one  of  their  domestics,  nor  ever  walk  abroad, 
or  make  visits,  without  him.  And  the  business  of  this 
officer  is,  when  two  or  three  more  persons  are  in  company, 
gently  to  strike  with  his  bladder  the  mouth  of  him  who  is  to 
speak,  and  the  right  ear  of  him  or  them  to  whom  the  speaker 

149 


1 5o  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

addresseth  himself.  This  flapper  is  likewise  employed 
diligently  to  attend  his  master  in  his  walks,  and,  upon  occa- 
sion, to  give  him  a  soft  flap  on  his  eyes,  because  he  is  always 
so  wrapped  up  in  cogitation  that  he  is  in  manifest  danger  of 
falling  down  every  precipice,  and  bouncing  his  head  against 
every  post;  and  in  the  streets,  of  jostling  others,  or  being 
jostled  himself,  into  the  kennel. 

It  was  necessary  to  give  the  reader  this  information, 
without  which  he  would  be  at  the  same  loss  with  me,  to 
understand  the  proceedings  of  these  people,  as  they  con- 
ducted me  up  the  stairs  to  the  top  of  the  island,  and  from 
thence  to  the  royal  palace.  While  we  were  ascending,  they 
forgot  several  times  what  they  were  about,  and  left  me  to 
myself,  till  their  memories  were  again  roused  by  their 
flappers;  for  they  appeared  altogether  unmoved  by  the 
sight  of  my  foreign  habit  and  countenance,  and  by  the 
shouts  of  the  vulgar,  whose  thoughts  and  minds  were  more 
disengaged. 

At  last  we  entered  the  palace,  and  proceeded  into  the 
chamber  of  presence,  where  I  saw  the  king  seated  on  his 
throne,  attended  on  each  side  by  persons  of  prime  quality. 
Before  the  throne  was  a  large  table  filled  with  globes  and 
spheres,  and  mathematical  instruments  of  all  kinds.  His 
Majesty  took  not  the  least  notice  of  us,  although  our  en- 
trance was  not  without  sufficient  noise,  by  the  concourse  of 
all  persons  belonging  to  the  Court.  But  he  was  then  deep 
in  a  problem,  and  we  attended  at  least  an  hour  before  he 
could  solve  it.  There  stood  by  him,  on  each  side,  a  young 
page,  with  flaps  in  their  hands,  and,  when  they  saw  he  was 
at  leisure,  one  of  them  gently  struck  his  mouth,  and  the 
other  his  right  ear;  at  which  he  started  like  one  awaked 
on  the  sudden,  and  looking  towards  me,  and  the  company 
I  was  in,  recollected  the  occasion  of  our  coming,  whereof 
he  had  been  informed  before.  He  spoke  some  words, 
whereupon  immediately  a  young  man  with  a  flap  came  up 
to  my  side,  and  flapped  me  gently  on  the  right  ear,  but  I 


A  LAPUTIAN   GENTLEMAN   TAKING   A  WALK 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      151 

made  signs,  as  well  as  I  could,  that  I  had  no  occasion  for 
such  an  instrument;  which,  as  I  afterwards  found,  gave  his 
Majesty,  and  the  whole  Court,  a  very  mean  opinion  of  my 
understanding.  The  king,  as  far  as  I  could  conjecture, 
asked  me  several  questions,  and  I  addressed  myself  to  him 
in  all  the  languages  I  had.  When  it  was  found  that  I  could 
neither  understand  nor  be  understood,  I  was  conducted,  by 
his  order,  to  an  apartment  in  his  palace  (this  prince  being 
distinguished  above  all  his  predecessors,  for  his  hospitality 
to  strangers),  where  two  servants  were  appointed  to  attend 
me.  My  dinner  was  brought,  and  four  persons  of  quality, 
whom  I  remembered  to  have  seen  very  near  the  king's 
person,  did  me  the  honour  to  dine  with  me.  We  had  two 
courses,  of  three  dishes  each.  In  the  first  course,  there  was 
a  shoulder  of  mutton,  cut  into  an  equilateral  triangle,  a 
piece  of  beef  into  a  rhomboid,  and  a  pudding  into  a  cycloid. 
The  second  course  was  two  ducks,  trussed  up  into  the  form 
of  fiddles;  sausages  and  puddings  resembling  flutes  and 
hautboys,  and  a  breast  of  veal  in  the  shape  of  a  harp.  The 
servants  cut  our  bread  into  cones,  cylinders,  parallelo- 
grams, and  several  other  mathematical  figures. 

While  we  were  at  dinner,  I  made  bold  to  ask  the  names 
of  several  things  in  their  language,  and  those  noble  persons, 
by  the  assistance  of  their  flappers,  delighted  to  give  me 
answers,  hoping  to  raise  my  admiration  of  their  great  abili- 
ties, if  I  could  be  brought  to  converse  with  them.  I  was 
soon  able  to  call  for  bread  and  drink,  or  whatever  else  I 
wanted. 

After  dinner  my  company  withdrew,  and  a  person  was 
sent  to  me,  by  the  king's  order,  attended  by  a  flapper.  He 
brought  with  him  pen,  ink,  and  paper,  and  three  or  four 
books,  giving  me  to  understand  by  signs,  that  he  was  sent 
to  teach  me  the  language.  We  sat  together  four  hours,  in 
which  time  I  wrote  down  a  great  number  of  words  in 
columns,  with  the  translations  over-against  them;  I  like- 
wise made  a  shift  to  learn  several  short  sentences.  For  my 


152  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

tutor  would  order  one  of  my  servants  to  fetch  something,  to 
turn  about,  to  make  a  bow,  to  sit,  or  to  stand,  or  walk,  and 
the  like.  Then  I  took  down  the  sentence  in  writing.  He 
shewed  me  also,  in  one  of  his  books,  the  figures  of  the  sun, 
moon,  and  stars,  the  Zodiac,  the  tropics,  and  polar  circles, 
together  with  the  denominations  of  many  figures  of  planes 
and  solids.  He  gave  me  the  names  and  descriptions  of  all 
the  musical  instruments,  and  the  general  terms  of  art  in 
playing  on  each  of  them.  After  he  had  left  me,  I  placed  all 
my  words,  with  their  interpretations,  in  alphabetical  order. 
And  thus,  in  a  few  days,  by  the  help  of  a  very  faithful 
memory,  I  got  some  insight  into  their  language. 

The  word  which  I  interpret  the  flying  or  floating  island, 
is,  in  the  original,  laputa,  whereof  I  could  never  learn  the 
true  etymology.  Lap,  in  the  old  obsolete  language,  signi- 
fieth  high,  and  untuh,  a  governor,  from  which  they  say,  by 
corruption,  was  derived  laputa,  from  lapuntuh.  But  I  do 
not  approve  of  this  derivation,  which  seems  to  be  a  little 
strained.  I  ventured  to  offer  to  the  learned  among  them  a 
conjecture  of  my  own,  that  laputa  was  quasi  lap  outed  ; 
lap  signifying  properly  the  dancing  of  the  sun-beams  in  the 
sea,  and  outed,  a  wing;  which,  however,  I  shall  not  obtrude, 
but  submit  to  the  judicious  reader. 

Those  to  whom  the  king  had  entrusted  me,  observing 
how  ill  I  was  clad,  ordered  a  tailor  to  come  next  morning 
and  take  my  measure  for  a  suit  of  clothes.  This  operator 
did  his  office  after  a  different  manner  from  those  of  his 
trade  in  Europe.  He  first  took  my  altitude  by  a  quadrant, 
and  then,  with  rule  and  compasses,  described  the  dimen- 
sions and  outlines  of  my  whole  body,  all  which  he  entered 
upon  paper,  and  in  six  days  brought  my  clothes  very  ill 
made,  and  quite  out  of  shape,  by  happening  to  mistake  a 
figure  in  the  calculation.  But  my  comfort  was,  that  I 
observed  such  accidents  very  frequent,  and  little  regarded. 

During  my  confinement  for  want  of  clothes,  and  by  an 
indisposition  that  held  me  some  days  longer,  I  much  en- 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      153 

larged  my  dictionary;  and,  when  I  went  next  to  Court, 
was  able  to  understand  many  things  the  king  spoke,  and  to 
return  him  some  kind  of  answers.  His  Majesty  had  given 
orders  that  the  island  should  move  north-east  and  by  east, 
to  the  vertical  point  over  Lagado,  the  metropolis  of  the 
whole  kingdom  below  upon  the  firm  earth.  It  was  about 
ninety  leagues  distant,  and  our  voyage  lasted  four  days 
and  an  half.  I  was  not  in  the  least  sensible  of  the  progres- 
sive motion  made  in  the  air  by  the  island.  On  the  second 
morning,  about  eleven  o'clock,  the  king  himself,  in  person, 
attended  by  his  nobility,  courtiers,  and  officers,  having 
prepared  all  their  musical  instruments,  played  on  them  for 
three  hours,  without  intermission,  so  that  I  was  quite  stunned 
with  the  noise ;  neither  could  I  possibly  guess  the  meaning, 
till  my  tutor  informed  me.  He  said  that  the  people  of  their 
island  had  their  ears  adapted  to  hear  the  music  of  the 
spheres,  which  always  played  at  certain  periods,  and  the 
Court  was  now  prepared  to  bear  their  part,  in  whatever 
instrument  they  most  excelled. 

In  our  journey  towards  Lagado,  the  capital  city,  his 
Majesty  ordered  that  the  island  should  stop  over  certain 
towns  and  villages,  from  whence  he  might  receive  the  peti- 
tions of  his  subjects.  And,  to  this  purpose,  several  pack- 
threads were  let  down,  with  small  weights  at  the  bottom. 
On  these  packthreads  the  people  strung  their  petitions, 
which  mounted  up  directly,  like  the  scraps  of  paper  fastened 
by  school-boys  at  the  end  of  the  string  that  holds  their 
kite.  Sometimes  we  received  wine  and  victuals  from 
below,  which  were  drawn  up  by  pulleys. 

The  knowledge  I  had  in  mathematics  gave  me  great 
assistance  in  acquiring  their  phraseology,  which  depended 
much  upon  that  science  and  music ;  and  in  the  latter  I  was 
not  unskilled.  Their  ideas  are  perpetually  conversant  in 
lines  and  figures.  If  they  would,  for  example,  praise  the 
beauty  of  a  woman,  or  any  other  animal,  they  describe  it  by 
rhombs,  circles,  parallelograms,  ellipses,  and  other  geome- 


i54  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

trical  terms,  or  by  words  of  art  drawn  from  music,  needless 
here  to  repeat.  I  observed,  in  the  king's  kitchen,  all  sorts  of 
mathematical  and  musical  instruments,  after  the  figures  of 
which  they  cut  up  the  joints  that  were  served  to  his 
Majesty's  table. 

Their  houses  are  very  ill  built,  the  walls  bevil,  without 
one  right-angle  in  any  apartment;  and  this  defect  ariseth 
from  the  contempt  they  bear  to  practical  geometry,  which 
they  despise  as  vulgar  and  mechanic,  those  instructions  they 
give  being  too  refined  for  the  intellectuals  of  their  workmen, 
which  occasions  perpetual  mistakes.  And  although  they 
are  dexterous  enough  upon  a  piece  of  paper  in  the  manage- 
ment of  the  rule,  the  pencil,  and  the  divider,  yet,  in  the 
common  actions  and  behaviour  of  life,  I  have  not  seen  a 
more  clumsy,  awkward,  and  unhandy  people,  nor  so  slow 
and  perplexed  in  their  conceptions  upon  all  other  subjects, 
except  those  of  mathematics  and  music.  They  are  very 
bad  reasoners,  and  vehemently  given  to  opposition,  unless 
when  they  happen  to  be  of  the  right  opinion,  which  is 
seldom  their  case.  Imagination,  fancy,  and  invention 
they  are  wholly  strangers  to,  nor  have  any  words  in  their 
language  by  which  those  ideas  can  be  expressed;  the  whole 
compass  of  their  thoughts  and  mind  being  shut  up  within 
the  two  forementioned  sciences. 

Most  of  them,  and  especially  those  who  deal  in  the 
astronomical  part,  have  great  faith  in  judicial  astrology, 
although  they  are  ashamed  to  own  it  publicly.  But,  what 
I  chiefly  admired,  and  thought  altogether  unaccountable, 
was  the  strong  disposition  I  observed  in  them  towards  news 
and  politics,  perpetually  enquiring  into  public  affairs,  giving 
their  judgments  in  matters  of  state,  and  passionately  dis- 
puting every  inch  of  a  party  opinion.  I  have,  indeed, 
observed  the  same  disposition  among  most  of  the  mathe- 
maticians I  have  known  in  Europe,  although  I  could  never 
discover  the  least  analogy  between  the  two  sciences;  unless 
those  people  suppose,  that  because  the  smallest  circle  hath 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      155 

as  many  degrees  as  the  largest,  therefore  the  regulation  and 
management  of  the  world  require  no  more  abilities  than 
the  handling  and  turning  of  a  globe :  but  I  rather  take  this 
quality  to  spring  from  a  very  common  infirmity  of  human 
nature,  inclining  us  to  be  more  curious  and  conceited  in 
matters  where  we  have  least  concern,  and  for  which  we  are 
least  adapted,  either  by  study  or  Nature. 

These  people  are  under  continual  disquietudes,  never 
enjoying  a  minute's  peace  of  mind;  and  their  disturbances 
proceed  from  causes  which  very  little  affect  the  rest  of 
mortals.  Their  apprehensions  arise  from  several  changes 
they  dread  in  the  celestial  bodies.  For  instance,  that  the 
earth,  by  the  continual  approaches  of  the  sun  towards  it, 
must,  in  course  of  time,  be  absorbed,  or  swallowed  up. 
That  the  face  of  the  sun  will  by  degrees  be  encrusted  with 
its  own  effluvia,  and  give  no  more  light  to  the  world.  That 
the  earth  very  narrowly  escaped  a  brush  from  the  tail  of 
the  last  comet,  which  would  have  infallibly  reduced  it  to 
ashes;  and  that  the  next,  which  they  have  calculated  for 
one  and  thirty  years  hence,  will  probably  destroy  us.  For, 
if  in  its  perihelion  it  should  approach  within  a  certain  degree 
of  the  sun  (as  by  their  calculations  they  have  reason  to 
dread)  it  will  conceive  a  degree  of  heat  ten  thousand  times 
more  intense  than  that  of  red  hot  glowing  iron ;  and,  in  its 
absence  from  the  sun,  carry  a  blazing  tail  ten  hundred 
thousand  and  fourteen  miles  long;  through  which,  if  the 
earth  should  pass  at  the  distance  of  one  hundred  thousand 
miles  from  the  nucleus,  or  main  body  of  the  comet,  it  must 
in  its  passage  be  set  on  fire,  and  reduced  to  ashes.  That 
the  sun,  daily  spending  its  rays  without  any  nutriment  to 
supply  them,  will  at  last  be  wholly  consumed  and  anni- 
hilated; which  must  be  attended  with  the  destruction  of 
this  earth,  and  of  all  the  planets  that  receive  their  light 
from  it. 

They  are  so  perpetually  alarmed  with  the  apprehensions 
of  these  and  the  like  impending  dangers,  that  they  can 


156  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

neither  sleep  quietly  in  their  beds,  nor  have  any  relish  for 
the  common  pleasures  or  amusements  of  life.  When  they 
meet  an  acquaintance  in  the  morning,  the  first  question  is 
about  the  sun's  health,  how  he  looked  at  his  setting  and 
rising,  and  what  hopes  they  have  to  avoid  the  stroke  of  the 
approaching  comet.  This  conversation  they  are  apt  to 
run  into  with  the  same  temper  that  boys  discover,  in  de- 
lighting to  hear  terrible  stories  of  spirits  and  hobgoblins, 
which  they  greedily  listen  to,  and  dare  not  go  to  bed  for 
fear. 

The  wives  and  daughters  lament  their  confinement  to 
the  island,  although  I  think  it  the  most  delicious  spot  of 
ground  in  the  world;  and  although  they  live  here  in  the 
greatest  plenty  and  magnificence,  and  are  allowed  to  do 
whatever  they  please,  they  long  to  see  the  world,  and  take 
the  diversions  of  the  metropolis,  which  they  are  not  allowed 
to  do  without  a  particular  licence  from  the  king;  and  this 
is  not  easy  to  be  obtained,  because  the  people  of  quality 
have  found  by  frequent  experience  how  hard  it  is  to  per- 
suade their  women  to  return  from  below. 

In  about  a  month's  time,  I  had  made  a  tolerable  profi- 
ciency in  their  language,  and  was  able  to  answer  most  of 
the  king's  questions,  when  I  had  the  honour  to  attend  him. 
His  Majesty  discovered  not  the  least  curiosity  to  enquire 
into  the  laws,  government,  history,  religion,  or  manners  of 
the  countries  where  I  had  been,  but  confined  his  questions 
to  the  state  of  mathematics,  and  received  the  account  I 
gave  him  with  great  contempt  and  indifference,  though 
often  roused  by  his  flapper  on  each  side. 


CHAPTER  III 

I  DESIRED  leave  of  this  prince  to  see  the  curiosities  of  the 
island,  which  he  was  graciously  pleased  to  grant,  and 
ordered  my  tutor  to  attend  me.  I  chiefly  wanted  to  know 
to  what  cause  in  art,  or  in  Nature,  it  owed  its  several 
motions,  whereof  I  will  now  give  a  philosophical  account 
to  the  reader. 

The  flying  or  floating  island  is  exactly  circular,  its 
diameter  7837  yards,  or  about  four  miles  and  a  half,  and 
consequently  contains  ten  thousand  acres.  It  is  three 
hundred  yards  thick.  The  bottom,  or  under  surface, 
which  appears  to  those  who  view  it  from  below,  is  one  even 
regular  plate  of  adamant,  shooting  up  to  the  height  of  about 
two  hundred  yards.  Above  it  lie  the  several  minerals  in 
their  usual  order,  and  over  all  is  a  coat  of  rich  mould,  ten 
or  twelve  feet  deep.  The  declivity  of  the  upper  surface, 
from  the  circumference  to  the  centre,  is  the  natural  cause 
why  all  the  dews  and  rains  which  fall  upon  the  island  are 
conveyed  in  small  rivulets  towards  the  middle,  where  they 
are  emptied  into  four  large  basins,  each  of  about  half  a 
mile  in  circuit,  and  two  hundred  yards  distant  from  the 
centre.  From  these  basins,  the  water  is  continually  ex- 
haled by  the  sun  in  the  daytime,  which  effectually  prevents 
their  overflowing.  Besides,  as  it  is  in  the  power  of  the 
monarch  to  raise  the  island  above  the  region  of  clouds  and 
vapours,  he  can  prevent  the  falling  of  dews  and  rains  when- 
ever he  pleases.  For  the  highest  clouds  cannot  rise  above 
two  miles,  as  naturalists  agree;  at  least  they  were  never 
known  to  do  so  in  that  country. 

At  the  centre  of  the  island  there  is  a  chasm  about  fifty 
yards  in  diameter,  from  whence  the  astronomers  descend 


158  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

into  a  large  dome,  which  is  therefore  called  Flandona 
Gagnole,  or  the  Astronomer's  Cave,  situated  at  the  depth  of 
a  hundred  yards  beneath  the  upper  surface  of  the  adamant. 
In  this  cave  are  twenty  lamps  continually  burning,  which, 
from  the  reflection  of  the  adamant,  cast  a  strong  light  into 
every  part.  The  place  is  stored  with  great  variety  of  sex- 
tants, quadrants,  telescopes,  astrolabes,  and  other  astrono- 
mical instruments.  But  the  greatest  curiosity,  upon  which 
the  fate  of  the  island  depends,  is  a  loadstone  of  a  prodigious 
size,  in  shape  resembling  a  weaver's  shuttle.  It  is  in  length 
six  yards,  and,  in  the  thickest  part,  at  least  three  yards 
over.  This  magnet  is  sustained  by  a  very  strong  axle  of 
adamant  passing  through  its  middle,  upon  which  it  plays, 
and  is  poised  so  exactly  that  the  weakest  hand  can  turn  it. 
It  is  hooped  round  with  a  hollow  cylinder  of  adamant,  four 
feet  deep,  as  many  thick,  and  twelve  yards  in  diameter, 
placed  horizontally,  and  supported  by  eight  adamantine 
feet,  each  six  yards  high.  In  the  middle  of  the  concave 
side  there  is  a  groove  twelve  inches  deep,  in  which  the 
extremities  of  the  axle  are  lodged,  and  turned  round  as 
there  is  occasion. 

The  stone  cannot  be  moved  from  its  place  by  any  force, 
because  the  hoop  and  its  feet  are  one  continued  piece  with 
that  body  of  adamant  which  constitutes  the  bottom  of  the 
island. 

By  means  of  this  loadstone  the  island  is  made  to  rise 
and  fall,  and  move  from  one  place  to  another.  For,  with 
respect  to  that  part  of  the  earth  over  which  the  monarch 
presides,  the  stone  is  endued  at  one  of  its  sides  with  an 
attractive  power,  and  at  the  other  with  a  repulsive.  Upon 
placing  the  magnet  erect,  with  its  attracting  end  towards 
the  earth,  the  island  descends;  but,  when  the  repelling 
extremity  points  downwards,  the  island  mounts  directly 
upwards.  When  the  position  of  the  stone  is  oblique,  the 
motion  of  the  island  is  so  too.  For  in  this  magnet  the 
forces  always  act  in  lines  parallel  to  its  direction. 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      159 


Laputa     D 


By  this  oblique  motion  the  island  is  conveyed  to  different 
parts  of  the  monarch's  dominions.  To  explain  the  manner 
of  its  progress,  let  A  B  represent  a  line  drawn  across  the 
dominions  of  Balnibarbi,  let  the  line  c  d  represent  the  load- 
stone, of  which  let  d  be  the  repelling  end,  and  c  the  attract- 
ing end,  the  island  being  over  C  ;  let  the  stone  be  placed  in 
the  position  c  d,  with  its  repelling  end  downwards;  then 
the  island  will  be  driven  up  obliquely  towards  D.  When  it 
has  arrived  at  D,  let  the  stone  be  turned  upon  its  axle  till 
its  attracting  end  points  towards  E,  and  then  the  island 
will  be  carried  obliquely  towards  E  ;  where,  if  the  stone  be 
again  turned  upon  its  axle,  till  it  stands  in  the  position  E  F, 
with  its  repelling  point  downward,  the  island  will  rise 
obliquely  towards  F,  where,  by  directing  the  attracting  end 
towards  G,  the  island  may  be  carried  to  G,  and  from  G  to  H , 
by  turning  the  stone,  so  as  to  make  its  repelling  extremity 
point  directly  downward.  And  thus,  by  changing  the 
situation  of  the  stone  as  often  as  there  is  occasion,  the 


160  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

island  is  made  to  rise  and  fall  by  turns  in  an  oblique  direc- 
tion, and  by  those  alternate  risings  and  fallings  (the 
obliquity  being  not  considerable)  is  conveyed  from  one  part 
of  the  dominions  to  the  other. 

But  it  must  be  observed  that  this  island  cannot  move 
beyond  the  extent  of  the  dominions  below,  nor  can  it  rise 
above  the  height  of  four  miles.  For  which  the  astronomers 
(who  have  written  large  systems  concerning  the  stone) 
assign  the  following  reason:  that  the  magnetic  virtue  does 
not  extend  beyond  the  distance  of  four  miles,  and  that  the 
mineral  which  acts  upon  the  stone  in  the  bowels  of  the 
earth,  and  in  the  sea,  about  six  leagues  distant  from  the 
shore,  is  not  diffused  through  the  whole  globe,  but  ter- 
minated with  the  limits  of  the  king's  dominions ;  and  it  was 
easy,  from  the  great  advantage  of  such  a  superior  situation, 
for  a  prince  to  bring  under  his  obedience  whatever  country 
lay  within  the  attraction  of  that  magnet. 

When  the  stone  is  put  parallel  to  the  plane  of  the 
horizon,  the  island  stands  still;  for,  in  that  case,  the  ex- 
tremities of  it,  being  at  equal  distance  from  the  earth,  act 
with  equal  force,  the  one  in  drawing  downwards,  the  other 
in  pushing  upwards,  and  consequently  no  motion  can  ensue. 

This  loadstone  is  under  the  care  of  certain  astronomers, 
who,  from  time  to  time,  give  it  such  positions  as  the 
monarch  directs.  They  spend  the  greatest  part  of  their 
lives  in  observing  the  celestial  bodies,  which  they  do  by 
the  assistance  of  glasses  far  excelling  ours  in  goodness. 
For,  although  their  largest  telescopes  do  not  exceed  three 
feet,  they  magnify  much  more  than  those  of  a  hundred 
yards  among  us,  and,  at  the  same  time,  shew  the  stars  with 
greater  clearness.  This  advantage  hath  enabled  them  to 
extend  their  discoveries  much  farther  than  our  astronomers 
in  Europe ;  for  they  have  made  a  catalogue  of  ten  thousand 
fixed  stars,  whereas  the  largest  of  ours  do  not  contain  above 
one-third  part  of  that  number.  They  have  likewise  dis- 
covered two  lesser  stars,  or  satellites,  which  revolve  about 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      161 

Mars,  whereof  the  innermost  is  distant  from  the  centre  of 
the  primary  planet  exactly  three  of  his  diameters,  and  the 
outermost  five;  the  former  revolves  in  the  space  of  ten 
hours,  and  the  latter  in  twenty-one  and  a  half;  so  that  the 
squares  of  their  periodical  times  are  very  near  in  the  same 
proportion  with  the  cubes  of  their  distance  from  the  centre 
of  Mars,  which  evidently  shews  them  to  be  governed  by  the 
same  law  of  gravitation  that  influences  the  other  heavenly 
bodies. 

They  have  observed  ninety-three  different  comets,  and 
settled  their  periods  with  great  exactness.  If  this  be  true 
(and  they  affirm  it  with  great  confidence)  it  is  much  to  be 
wished  that  their  observations  were  made  public,  whereby 
the  theory  of  comets,  which  at  present  is  very  lame  and 
defective,  might  be  brought  to  the  same  perfection  with 
other  parts  of  astronomy. 

The  king  would  be  the  most  absolute  prince  in  the 
universe,  if  he  could  but  prevail  on  a  ministry  to  join  with 
him;  but  these  having  their  estates  below  on  the  continent, 
and  considering  that  the  office  of  a  favourite  hath  a  very 
uncertain  tenure,  would  never  consent  to  enslaving  their 
country. 

If  any  town  should  engage  in  rebellion  or  mutiny,  fall 
into  violent  factions,  or  refuse  to  pay  the  usual  tribute,  the 
king  hath  two  methods  of  reducing  them  to  obedience. 
The  first  and  the  mildest  course  is  by  keeping  the  island 
hovering  over  such  a  town,  and  the  lands  about  it,  whereby 
he  can  deprive  them  of  the  benefit  of  the  sun  and  the  rain, 
and  consequently  afflict  the  inhabitants  with  dearth  and 
diseases.  And,  if  the  crime  deserve  it,  they  are  at  the  same 
time  pelted  from  above  with  great  stones,  against  which 
they  have  no  defence  but  by  creeping  into  cellars  or  caves, 
while  the  roofs  of  their  houses  are  beaten  to  pieces.  But 
if  they  still  continue  obstinate,  or  offer  to  raise  insurrec- 
tions, he  proceeds  to  the  last  remedy,  by  letting  the  island 
drop  directly  upon  their  heads,  which  makes  a  universal 


1 62  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

destruction,  both  of  houses  and  men.  However,  this  is  an 
extremity  to  which  the  prince  is  seldom  driven,  neither, 
indeed,  is  he  willing  to  put  it  in  execution,  nor  dare  his 
ministers  advise  him  to  an  action  which,  as  it  would  render 
them  odious  to  the  people,  so  it  would  be  a  great  damage  to 
their  own  estates,  which  lie  all  below,  for  the  island  is  the 
king's  demesne. 

But  there  is  still,  indeed,  a  more  weighty  reason  why 
the  kings  of  this  country  have  been  always  averse  from 
executing  so  terrible  an  action,  unless  upon  the  utmost 
necessity.  For,  if  the  town  intended  to  be  destroyed  should 
have  in  it  any  tall  rocks,  as  it  generally  falls  out  in  the 
larger  cities,  a  situation  probably  chosen  at  first  with  a 
view  to  prevent  such  a  catastrophe ;  or  if  it  abound  in  high 
spires,  or  pillars  of  stone,  a  sudden  fall  might  endanger  the 
bottom  or  under  surface  of  the  island,  which,  although  it 
consist,  as  I  have  said,  of  one  entire  adamant,  two  hundred 
yards  thick,  might  happen  to  crack  by  too  great  a  shock, 
or  burst  by  approaching  too  near  the  fires  from  the  houses 
below,  as  the  backs  both  of  iron  and  stone  will  often  do  in 
our  chimneys.  Of  all  this  the  people  are  well  apprised,  and 
understand  how  far  to  carry  their  obstinacy  where  their 
liberty  or  property  is  concerned.  And  the  king,  when  he  is 
highest  provoked,  and  most  determined  to  press  a  city  to 
rubbish,  orders  the  island  to  descend  with  great  gentleness, 
out  of  a  pretence  of  tenderness  to  his  people;  but,  indeed, 
for  fear  of  breaking  the  adamantine  bottom ;  in  which  case, 
it  is  the  opinion  of  all  their  philosophers  that  the  loadstone 
could  no  longer  hold  it  up,  and  the  whole  mass  would  fall 
to  the  ground. 

By  a  fundamental  law  of  this  realm,  neither  the  king, 
nor  either  of  his  two  elder  sons,  are  permitted  to  leave  the 
island,  nor  the  queen,  till  she  is  past  child-bearing. 


CHAPTER  IV 

ALTHOUGH  I  cannot  say  that  I  was  ill-treated  in  this  island, 
yet,  I  must  confess,  I  thought  myself  too  much  neglected, 
not  without  some  degree  of  contempt.  For  neither  prince 
nor  people  appeared  to  be  curious  in  any  part  of  knowledge, 
except  mathematics  and  music,  wherein  I  was  far  their 
inferior,  and  upon  that  account  very  little  regarded. 

On  the  other  side,  after  having  seen  all  the  curiosities  of 
the  island,  I  was  very  desirous  to  leave  it,  being  heartily 
weary  of  those  people.  They  were,  indeed,  excellent  in 
two  sciences  for  which  I  have  great  esteem,  and  wherein 
I  am  not  unversed,  but  at  the  same  time  so  abstracted 
and  involved  in  speculation,  that  I  never  met  with  such 
disagreeable  companions.  I  conversed  only  with  women, 
tradesmen,  flappers,  and  Court  pages  during  two  months  of 
my  abode  there;  by  which,  at  last,  I  rendered  myself  ex- 
tremely contemptible ;  yet  these  were  the  only  people  from 
whom  I  could  ever  receive  a  reasonable  answer. 

I  had  obtained,  by  hard  study,  a  good  degree  of  know- 
ledge in  their  language;  I  was  weary  of  being  confined 
to  an  island  where  I  received  so  little  countenance,  and 
resolved  to  leave  it  with  the  first  opportunity. 

There  was  a  great  lord  at  Court,  nearly  related  to  the 
king,  and,  for  that  reason  alone,  used  with  respect.  He 
was  universally  reckoned  the  most  ignorant  and  stupid 
person  among  them.  He  had  performed  many  eminent 
services  for  the  crown,  had  great  natural  and  acquired  parts, 
adorned  with  integrity  and  honour,  but  so  ill  an  ear  for 
music,  that  his  detractors  reported  he  had  been  often 
known  to  beat  time  in  the  wrong  place;  neither  could  his 

163 


1 64  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

tutors,  without  extreme  difficulty,  teach  him  to  demon- 
strate the  most  easy  proposition  in  the  mathematics.  He 
was  pleased  to  show  me  many  marks  of  favour,  often  did 
me  the  honour  of  a  visit,  desired  to  be  informed  in  the 
affairs  of  Europe,  the  laws  and  customs,  the  manners  and 
learning  of  the  several  countries  where  I  had  travelled.  He 
listened  to  me  with  great  attention,  and  made  very  wise 
observations  on  all  I  spoke.  He  had  two  flappers 
attending  him  for  state,  but  never  made  use  of  them, 
except  at  Court  and  in  visits  of  ceremony,  and  would 
always  command  them  to  withdraw  when  we  were  alone 
together. 

I  entreated  this  illustrious  person  to  intercede  in  my 
behalf  with  his  Majesty  for  leave  to  depart,  which  he  ac- 
cordingly did,  as  he  was  pleased  to  tell  me,  with  regret; 
for,  indeed,  he  had  made  me  several  offers  very  advan- 
tageous, which,  however,  I  refused  with  expressions  of  the 
highest  acknowledgment. 

On  the  i6th  day  of  February  I  took  leave  of  his  Majesty 
and  the  Court.  The  king  made  me  a  present  to  the  value  of 
about  two  hundred  pounds  English,  and  my  protector,  his 
kinsman,  as  much  more,  together  with  a  letter  of  recom- 
mendation to  a  friend  of  his  in  Lagado,  the  metropolis: 
the  island  being  then  hovering  over  a  mountain  about  two 
miles  from  it,  I  was  let  down  from  the  lowest  gallery  in  the 
same  manner  as  I  had  been  taken  up. 

The  continent,  as  far  as  it  is  subject  to  the  monarch  of 
the  Flying  Island,  passes  under  the  general  name  of  Balni- 
barbi ;  and  the  metropolis,  as  I  said  before,  is  called  Lagado. 
I  felt  some  little  satisfaction  in  finding  myself  on  firm 
ground.  I  walked  to  the  city  without  any  concern,  being 
clad  like  one  of  the  natives,  and  sufficiently  instructed  to 
converse  with  them.  I  soon  found  out  the  person's  house 
to  whom  I  was  recommended,  presented  my  letter  from 
his  friend  the  grandee  in  the  island,  and  was  received  with 
much  kindness.  This  great  lord,  whose  name  was  Munodi, 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      165 

ordered  me  an  apartment  in  his  own  house,  where  I  con- 
tinued during  my  stay,  and  was  entertained  in  a  most 
hospitable  manner. 

The  next  morning  after  my  arrival  he  took  me  in  his 
chariot  to  see  the  town,  which  is  about  half  the  bigness  of 
London,  but  the  houses  very  strangely  built,  and  most  of 
them  out  of  repair.  The  people  in  the  streets  walked  fast, 
looked  wild,  their  eyes  fixed,  and  were  generally  in  rags. 
We  passed  through  one  of  the  town  gates,  and  went  about 
three  miles  into  the  country,  where  I  saw  many  labourers 
working  with  several  sorts  of  tools  in  the  ground,  but  was 
not  able  to  conjecture  what  they  were  about;  neither  did 
I  observe  any  expectation  either  of  corn  or  grass,  although 
the  soil  appeared  to  be  excellent.  I  could  not  forbear 
admiring  these  odd  appearances  both  in  town  and  country; 
and  I  made  bold  to  desire  my  conductor  that  he  would  be 
pleased  to  explain  to  me  what  could  be  meant  by  so  many 
busy  heads,  hands,  and  faces,  both  in  the  streets  and  the 
fields,  because  I  did  not  discover  any  good  effects  they  pro- 
duced; but,  on  the  contrary,  I  never  knew  a  soil  so  un- 
happily cultivated,  houses  so  ill  contrived  and  so  ruinous, 
or  a  people  whose  countenances  and  habit  expressed  so 
much  misery  and  want. 

This  Lord  Munodi  was  a  person  of  the  first  rank,  and 
had  been  some  years  governor  of  Lagado;  but,  by  a  cabal 
of  ministers,  was  discharged  for  insufficiency.  However, 
the  king  treated  him  with  tenderness,  as  a  well-meaning 
man,  but  of  a  low,  contemptible  understanding. 

When  I  gave  that  free  censure  of  the  country  and  its 
inhabitants,  he  made  no  further  answer  than  by  telling  me 
that  I  had  not  been  long  enough  among  them  to  form  a 
judgment,  and  that  the  different  nations  of  the  world  had 
different  customs;  with  other  common  topics  to  the  same 
purpose.  But,  when  we  returned  to  his  palace,  he  asked  me 
how  I  liked  the  building,  what  absurdities  I  observed,  and 
what  quarrel  I  had  with  the  dress  or  looks  of  his  domestics. 


1 66  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

This  he  might  safely  do,  because  everything  about  him 
was  magnificent,  regular,  and  polite.  I  answered  that  his 
Excellency's  prudence,  quality,  and  fortune  had  exempted 
him  from  those  defects  which  folly  and  beggary  had 
produced  in  others.  He  said,  if  I  would  go  with  him 
to  his  country  house,  about  twenty  miles  distant, 
where  his  estate  lay,  there  would  be  more  leisure  for 
this  kind  of  conversation.  I  told  his  Excellency  that  I 
was  entirely  at  his  disposal;  and  accordingly  we  set  out 
next  morning. 

During  our  journey  he  made  me  observe  the  several 
methods  used  by  farmers  in  managing  their  lands,  which,  to 
me,  were  wholly  unaccountable;  for,  except  in  some  very 
few  places,  I  could  not  discover  one  ear  of  corn,  or  blade  of 
grass.  But,  in  three  hours  travelling,  the  scene  was  wholly 
altered;  we  came  into  a  most  beautiful  country;  farmers' 
houses  at  small  distances,  neatly  built,  the  fields  enclosed, 
containing  vineyards,  corn-grounds,  and  meadows.  Neither 
do  I  remember  to  have  seen  a  more  delightful  prospect. 
His  Excellency  observed  my  countenance  clear  up;  he 
told  me,  with  a  sigh,  that  there  his  estate  began,  and 
would  continue  the  same  till  we  should  come  to  his  house. 
That  his  countrymen  ridiculed  and  despised  him  for 
managing  his  affairs  no  better,  and  for  setting  so  ill  an 
example  to  the  kingdom,  which,  however,  was  followed 
by  very  few,  such  as  were  old  and  wilful  and  weak,  like 
himself. 

We  came  at  length  to  the  house,  which  was,  indeed,  a 
noble  structure,  built  according  to  the  best  rules  of  ancient 
architecture.  The  fountains,  gardens,  walks,  avenues, 
and  groves,  were  all  disposed  with  exact  judgment  and 
taste.  I  gave  due  praise  to  everything  I  saw,  whereof  his 
Excellency  took  not  the  least  notice  till  after  supper,  when, 
there  being  no  third  companion,  he  told  me  with  a  very 
melancholy  air,  that  he  doubted  he  must  throw  down  his 
houses  in  town  and  country,  to  rebuild  them  after  the 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  Ere.      167 

present  mode,  destroy  all  his  plantations,  and  cast  others 
into  such  a  form  as  modern  usage  required;  and  give  the 
same  directions  to  all  his  tenants,  unless  he  would  sub- 
mit to  incur  the  censure  of  pride,  singularity,  affectation, 
ignorance,  caprice,  and,  perhaps,  increase  his  Majesty's 
displeasure.  That  the  admiration  I  appeared  to  be  under 
would  cease,  or  diminish,  when  he  had  informed  me  of  some 
particulars,  which  probably  I  never  heard  of  at  Court,  the 
people  there  being  too  much  taken  up  in  their  own  specula- 
tions to  have  regard  to  what  passed  here  below. 

The  sum  of  his  discourse  was  to  this  effect:  that,  about 
forty  years  ago,  certain  persons  went  up  to  Laputa,  either 
upon  business  or  diversion,  and  after  five  months'  continu- 
ance, came  back  with  a  very  little  smattering  in  mathe- 
matics, but  full  of  volatile  spirits,  acquired  in  that  airy 
region.  That  these  persons,  upon  their  return,  began  to 
dislike  the  management  of  everything  below,  and  fell  into 
schemes  of  putting  all  arts,  sciences,  languages,  and 
mechanics  upon  a  new  foot.  To  this  end  they  procured  a 
royal  patent  for  erecting  an  academy  of  projectors  in 
Lagado;  and  the  humour  prevailed  so  strongly  among  the 
people  that  there  is  not  a  town  of  any  consequence  in  the 
kingdom  without  such  an  academy.  In  these  colleges,  the 
professors  contrive  new  rules  and  methods  of  agriculture 
and  building,  and  new  instruments  and  tools  for  all  trades 
and  manufactures,  whereby,  as  they  undertake,  one  man 
shall  do  the  work  of  ten,  a  palace  may  be  built  in  a  week,  of 
materials  so  durable  as  to  last  for  ever,  without  repairing; 
all  the  fruits  of  the  earth  shall  come  to  maturity  at  what- 
ever season  we  think  fit  to  choose,  and  increase  an  hundred 
fold  more  than  they  do  at  present;  with  innumerable  other 
happy  proposals.  The  only  inconvenience  is,  that  none  of 
these  projects  are  yet  brought  to  perfection;  and,  in  the 
meantime,  the  whole  country  lies  miserably  waste,  the 
houses  in  ruins,  and  the  people  without  food  or  clothes.  By 
all  which,  instead  of  being  discouraged,  they  are  fifty  times 


1 68  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

more  violently  bent  upon  prosecuting  their  schemes,  driven 
equally  on  by  hope  and  despair:  that  as  for  himself,  being 
not  of  an  enterprising  spirit,  he  was  content  to  go  on  in  the 
old  forms,  to  live  in  the  houses  his  ancestors  had  built,  and 
act  as  they  did  in  every  part  of  life,  without  innovation. 
That  some  few  other  persons  of  quality  and  gentry  had  done 
the  same,  but  were  looked  on  with  an  eye  of  contempt  and 
ill-will,  as  enemies  to  art,  ignorant,  and  ill  commonwealth's 
men,  preferring  their  own  ease  and  sloth  before  the  general 
improvement  of  their  country. 

His  lordship  added,  that  he  would  not  by  any  further 
particulars  prevent  the  pleasure  I  should  certainly  take  in 
viewing  the  grand  academy,  whither  he  was  resolved  I 
should  go.  He  only  desired  me  to  observe  a  ruined  building 
upon  the  side  of  a  mountain,  about  three  miles  distant,  of 
which  he  gave  me  this  account:  that  he  had  a  very  con- 
venient mill  within  half  a  mile  of  his  house,  turned  by  a 
current  from  a  large  river,  and  sufficient  for  his  own  family, 
as  well  as  a  great  number  of  his  tenants.  That,  about 
seven  years  ago,  a  club  of  those  projectors  came  to  him, 
with  proposals  to  destroy  this  mill,  and  build  another  on 
the  side  of  that  mountain,  on  the  long  ridge  whereof  a  long 
canal  must  be  cut  for  a  repository  of  water,  to  be  conveyed 
up  by  pipes  and  engines  to  supply  the  mill,  because  the 
wind  and  air  upon  a  height  agitated  the  water,  and  thereby 
made  it  fitter  for  motion;  and  because  the  water,  descend- 
ing down  a  declivity,  would  turn  the  mill  with  half  the 
current  of  a  river,  whose  course  is  more  upon  a  level.  He 
said  that  being  then  not  very  well  with  the  Court,  and 
pressed  by  many  of  his  friends,  he  complied  with  the  pro- 
posal; and,  after  employing  an  hundred  men  for  two  years, 
the  work  miscarried,  the  projectors  went  off,  laying  the 
blame  entirely  upon  him,  railing  at  him  ever  since,  and 
putting  others  upon  the  same  experiment,  with  equal  assur- 
ance of  success,  as  well  as  equal  disappointment. 

In  a  few  days  we  came  back  to  town,  and  his  Excellency, 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      169 

considering  the  bad  character  he  had  in  the  academy,  would 
not  go  with  me  himself,  but  recommended  me  to  a  friend  of 
his  to  bear  me  company  thither.  My  lord  was  pleased  to 
represent  me  as  a  great  admirer  of  projects,  and  a  person 
of  much  curiosity,  and  easy  belief  which,  indeed,  was  not 
without  truth;  for  I  had  myself  been  a  sort  of  projector  in 
my  younger  days. 


CHAPTER  V 

THIS  academy  is  not  an  entire  single  building,  but  a  con- 
tinuation of  several  houses  on  both  sides  of  a  street,  which, 
growing  waste,  was  purchased,  and  applied  to  that  use.  I 
was  received  very  kindly  by  the  warden,  and  went  for  many 
days  to  the  academy.  Every  room  hath  in  it  one  or  more 
projectors;  and,  I  believe,  I  could  not  be  in  fewer  than 
five  hundred  rooms. 

The  first  man  I  saw  was  of  a  meagre  aspect,  with  sooty 
hands  and  face,  his  hair  and  beard  long,  ragged  and  singed 
in  several  places.  His  clothes,  shirt,  and  skin  were  all  of 
the  same  colour.  He  had  been  eight  years  upon  a  project 
for  extracting  sun-beams  out  of  cucumbers,  which  were  to 
be  put  into  vials  hermetically  sealed,  and  let  out  to  warm 
the  air  in  raw  inclement  summers.  He  told  me,  he  did  not 
doubt,  in  eight  years  more,  he  should  be  able  to  supply  the 
governor's  gardens  with  sunshine  at  a  reasonable  rate;  but 
he  complained  that  his  stock  was  low,  and  entreated  me  to 
give  him  something  as  an  encouragement  to  ingenuity, 
especially  since  this  had  been  a  very  dear  season  for 
cucumbers.  I  made  him  a  small  present,  for  my  lord  had 
furnished  me  with  money  on  purpose,  because  he  knew 
their  practice  of  begging  from  all  who  go  to  see  them. 

I  saw  another  at  work  to  calcine  ice  into  gunpowder, 
who  likewise  shewed  me  a  treatise  he  had  written  concern- 
ing the  malleability  of  fire,  which  he  intended  to  publish. 

There  was  a  most  ingenious  architect,  who  had  contrived 
a  new  method  for  building  houses,  by  beginning  at  the  roof, 
and  working  downwards  to  the  foundation,  which  he  justi- 
fied to  me,  by  the  like  practice  of  those  two  prudent  insects, 
the  bee  and  the  spider. 

170 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      171 

There  was  a  man  born  blind,  who  had  several  appren- 
tices in  his  own  condition:  their  employment  was  to  mix 
colours  for  painters,  which  their  master  taught  them  to  dis- 
tinguish by  feeling  and  smelling.  It  was,  indeed,  my  mis- 
fortune to  find  them,  at  that  time,  not  very  perfect  in  their 
lessons,  and  the  professor  himself  happened  to  be  generally 
mistaken:  this  artist  is  much  encouraged  and  esteemed  by 
the  whole  fraternity. 

In  another  apartment,  I  was  highly  pleased  with  a  pro- 
jector who  had  found  a  device  of  plowing  the  ground  with 
hogs,  to  save  the  charges  of  ploughs,  cattle,  and  labour. 
The  method  is  this:  in  an  acre  of  ground  you  bury,  at  six 
inches  distance,  and  eight  deep,  a  quantity  of  acorns,  dates, 
chestnuts,  and  other  mast,  or  vegetables,  whereof  these 
animals  are  fondest:  then  you  drive  six  hundred,  or  more 
of  them,  into  the  field,  where,  in  few  days,  they  will  root  up 
the  whole  ground  in  search  of  their  food,  and  make  it  fit 
for  sowing;  it  is  true,  upon  experiment,  they  found  the 
charge  and  trouble  very  great,  and  they  had  little  or  no 
crop.  However,  it  is  not  doubted  that  this  invention  may 
be  capable  of  great  improvement. 

I  went  into  another  room,  where  the  walls  and  ceiling 
were  all  hung  round  with  cobwebs,  except  a  narrow  passage 
for  the  artist  to  go  in  and  out.  At  my  entrance,  he  called 
aloud  to  me  not  to  disturb  his  webs.  He  lamented  the 
fatal  mistake  the  world  had  been  so  long  in  of  using  silk- 
worms, while  we  had  such  plenty  of  domestic  insects,  who 
infinitely  excelled  the  former,  because  they  understood  how 
to  weave,  as  well  as  spin.  And  he  proposed  farther,  that, 
by  employing  spiders,  the  charge  of  dying  silks  would  be 
wholly  saved;  whereof  I  was  fully  convinced,  when  he 
shewed  me  a  vast  number  of  flies  most  beautifully  coloured, 
wherewith  he  fed  his  spiders,  assuring  us  that  the  webs 
would  take  a  tincture  from  them;  and,  as  he  had  them  of 
all  hues,  he  hoped  to  fit  everybody's  fancy,  as  soon  as  he 
could  find  proper  food  for  the  flies,  of  certain  gums,  oils,  and 


i72  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

other  glutinous  matter,  to  give  a  strength  and  consistence 
to  the  threads. 

There  was  an  astronomer,  who  had  undertaken  to  place 
a  sundial  upon  the  great  weather-cock  on  the  town  house, 
by  adjusting  the  annual  and  diurnal  motions  oi  the  earth 
and  sun,  so  as  to  answer  and  coincide  with  all  accidental 
turnings  of  the  wind. 

I  visited  many  other  apartments,  but  shall  not  trouble 
my  reader  with  all  the  curiosities  I  observed,  being  studious 
of  brevity. 

I  had  hitherto  seen  only  one  side  of  the  academy,  the 
other  being  appropriated  to  the  advancers  of  speculative 
learning,  of  whom  I  shall  say  something,  when  I  have  men- 
tioned one  illustrious  person  more,  who  is  called  among  them 
the  universal  artist.  He  told  us  he  had  been  thirty  years 
employing  his  thoughts  for  the  improvement  of  human 
life.  He  had  two  large  rooms  full  of  wonderful  curiosities, 
and  fifty  men  at  work.  Some  were  condensing  air  into  a 
dry  tangible  substance,  by  extracting  the  nitre,  and  letting 
the  aqueous  or  fluid  particles  percolate;  others  softening 
marble  for  pillows  and  pin-cushions;  others  petrifying  the 
hoofs  of  a  living  horse,  to  preserve  them  from  foundering. 
The  artist  himself  was  at  that  time  busy  upon  two  great 
designs ;  the  first  to  sow  land  with  chaff,  wherein  he  affirmed 
the  true  seminal  virtue  to  be  contained,  as  he  demonstrated 
by  several  experiments  which  I  was  not  skilful  enough  to 
comprehend.  The  other  was,  by  a  certain  composition  of 
gums,  minerals,  and  vegetables,  outwardly  applied,  to 
prevent  the  growth  of  wool  upon  two  young  lambs;  and 
he  hoped,  in  a  reasonable  time,  to  propagate  the  breed  of 
naked  sheep  all  over  the  kingdom. 

We  crossed  a  walk  to  the  other  part  of  the  academy, 
where,  as  I  have  already  said,  the  projectors  in  speculative 
learning  resided. 

The  first  professor  I  saw  was  in  a  very  large  room,  with 
forty  pupils  about  him.  After  salutation,  observing  me  to 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      173 

look  earnestly  upon  a  frame  which  took  up  the  greatest  part 
of  both  the  length  and  breadth  of  the  room,  he  said,  perhaps 
I  might  wonder  to  see  him  employed  in  a  project  for  im- 
proving speculative  knowledge  by  practical  and  mechanical 
operations.  But  the  world  would  soon  be  sensible  of  its 
usefulness;  and  he  flattered  himself  that  a  more  noble 
exalted  thought  never  sprang  in  any  other  man's  head. 
Every  one  knew  how  laborious  the  usual  method  is  of  attain- 
ing to  arts  and  sciences;  whereas,  by  his  contrivance,  the 
most  ignorant  person,  at  a  reasonable  charge,  and  with  a 
little  bodily  labour  may  write  books  in  philosophy,  poetry, 
politics,  law,  mathematics,  and  theology,  without  the  least 
assistance  from  genius  or  study.  He  then  led  me  to  the 
frame,  about  the  sides  whereof  all  his  pupils  stood  in  ranks. 
It  was  twenty  feet  square,  placed  in  the  middle  of  the 
room.  The  superficies  was  composed  of  several  bits  of 
wood,  about  the  bigness  of  a  die,  but  some  larger  than 
others.  They  were  all  linked  together  by  slender  wires. 
These  bits  of  wood  were  covered  on  every  square  with  paper 
pasted  on  them;  and  on  these  papers  were  written  all  the 
words  of  their  language  in  their  several  moods,  tenses,  and 
declensions;  but  without  any  order.  The  professor  then 
desired  me  to  observe,  for  he  was  going  to  set  his  engine  at 
work.  The  pupils,  at  his  command,  took  each  of  them  hold 
of  an  iron  handle,  whereof  there  were  forty  fixed  round  the 
edges  of  the  frame;  and,  giving  them  a  sudden  turn,  the 
whole  disposition  of  the  words  was  entirely  changed.  He 
then  commanded  six  and  thirty  of  the  lads  to  read  the 
several  lines  softly,  as  they  appeared  upon  the  frame;  and, 
where  they  found  three  or  four  words  together  that  might 
make  part  of  a  sentence,  they  dictated  to  the  four  remaining 
boys  who  were  scribes.  This  work  was  repeated  three  or 
four  times,  and  at  every  turn,  the  engine  was  so  contrived, 
that  the  words  shifted  into  new  places,  as  the  square  bits  of 
wood  moved  upside  down. 

Six  hours  a  day  the  young  students  were  employed  in 


174  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

this  labour,  and  the  professor  shewed  me  several  volumes 
in  large  folio  already  collected,  of  broken  sentences,  which 
he  intended  to  piece  together,  and,  out  of  those  rich 
materials,  to  give  the  world  a  complete  body  of  all  arts  and 
sciences;  which,  however,  might  be  still  improved,  and 
much  expedited,  if  the  public  would  raise  a  fund  for  making 
and  employing  five  hundred  such  frames  in  Lagado,  and 
oblige  the  managers  to  contribute  in  common  their  several 
collections. 

He  assured  me  that  this  invention  had  employed  all  his 
thoughts  from  his  youth;  that  he  had  emptied  the  whole 
vocabulary  into  his  frame,  and  made  the  strictest  compu- 
tation of  the  general  proportion  there  is  in  books  between 
the  numbers  of  particles,  nouns,  and  verbs,  and  other  parts 
of  speech. 

I  made  my  humblest  acknowledgment  to  this  illustrious 
person  for  his  great  communicativeness;  and  promised,  if 
ever  I  had  the  good  fortune  to  return  to  my  native  country, 
that  I  would  do  him  justice,  as  the  sole  inventor  of  this 
wonderful  machine;  the  form  and  contrivance  of  which  I 
desired  leave  to  delineate  upon  paper.  I  told  him,  although 
it  were  the  custom  of  our  learned  in  Europe  to  steal  inven- 
tions from  each  other,  who  had  thereby,  at  least,  this  ad- 
vantage, that  it  became  a  controversy  which  was  the  right 
owner,  yet  I  would  take  such  caution,  that  he  should  have 
the  honour  entire,  without  a  rival. 

We  next  went  to  the  school  of  languages,  where  three 
professors  sat  in  consultation  upon  improving  that  of  their 
own  country. 

The  first  project  was  to  shorten  discourse  by  cutting 
polysyllables  into  one,  and  leaving  out  verbs  and  participles ; 
because,  in  reality,  all  things  imaginable  are  but  nouns. 

The  other  project  was  a  scheme  for  entirely  abolishing 
all  words  whatsoever;  and  this  was  urged  as  a  great 
advantage  in  point  of  health,  as  well  as  brevity.  For  it  is 
plain,  that  every  word  we  speak  is,  in  some  degree,  a  diminu- 


TWO   OF   THOSE    SAGES          .     .     LIKE    PEDLARS   AMONG    US 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      175 

tion  of  our  lungs  by  corrosion;  and  consequently  con- 
tributes to  the  shortening  of  our  lives.  An  expedient  was 
therefore  offered,  that  since  words  are  only  names  for  things, 
it  would  be  more  convenient  for  all  men  to  carry  about  them 
such  things  as  were  necessary  to  express  the  particular 
business  they  are  to  discourse  on.  And  this  invention 
would  certainly  have  taken  place,  to  the  great  ease  as  well 
as  health  of  the  subject,  if  the  women,  in  conjunction  with 
the  vulgar  and  illiterate,  had  not  threatened  to  raise  a 
rebellion,  unless  they  might  be  allowed  the  liberty  to  speak 
with  their  tongues  after  the  manner  of  their  fore-fathers; 
such  constant  irreconcilable  enemies  to  science  are  the 
common  people.  However,  many  of  the  most  learned  and 
wise  adhere  to  the  new  scheme  of  expressing  themselves  by 
things;  which  hath  only  this  inconvenience  attending  it, 
that  if  a  man's  business  be  very  great,  and  of  various  kinds, 
he  must  be  obliged,  in  proportion,  to  carry  a  greater  bundle 
of  things  upon  his  back,  unless  he  can  afford  one  or  two 
strong  servants  to  attend  him.  I  have  often  beheld  two  of 
those  sages  almost  sinking  under  the  weight  of  their  packs, 
like  pedlars  among  us;  who,  when  they  met  in  the  streets, 
would  lay  down  their  loads,  open  their  sacks,  and  hold 
conversation  for  an  hour  together;  then  put  up  their 
implements,  help  each  other  resume  their  burthens,  and 
take  their  leave. 

But,  for  short  conversations,  a  man  may  carry  imple- 
ments in  his  pockets,  and  under  his  arms,  enough  to  supply 
him;  and  in  his  house  he  cannot  be  at  a  loss.  Therefore 
the  room  where  company  meet,  who  practise  this  art,  is  full 
of  all  things  ready  at  hand,  requisite  to  furnish  matter  for 
tlu's  kind  of  artificial  converse. 

Another  great  advantage,  proposed  by  this  invention, 
was,  that  it  would  serve  as  an  universal  language,  to  be 
understood  in  all  civilised  nations,  whose  goods  and  utensils 
are  generally  of  the  same  kind,  or  nearly  resembling,  so 
that  their  uses  might  easily  be  comprehended.  And  thus 


1 76  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

ambassadors  would  be  qualified  to  treat  with  foreign  princes, 
or  ministers  of  state,  to  whose  tongues  they  were  utter 
strangers. 

I  was  at  the  mathematical  school,  where  the  master 
taught  his  pupils  after  a  method  scarce  imaginable  to  us  in 
Europe.  The  proposition  and  demonstration  were  fairly 
written  on  a  thin  wafer,  with  ink  composed  of  a  cephalic 
tincture.  This  the  student  was  to  swallow  upon  a  fasting 
stomach,  and  for  three  days  following  eat  nothing  but 
bread  and  water.  As  the  wafer  digested,  the  tincture 
mounted  to  his  brain,  bearing  the  proposition  along  with  it. 
But  the  success  had  not  hitherto  been  answerable,  partly 
by  some  error  in  the  quantum  or  composition,  and  partly 
by  the  perverseness  of  lads;  to  whom  this  bolus  is  so 
nauseous,  that  they  generally  steal  aside,  and  discharge  it 
upwards,  before  it  can  operate ;  neither  have  they  been  yet 
persuaded  to  use  so  long  an  abstinence  as  the  prescription 
requires. 


CHAPTER  VI 

IN  the  school  of  political  projectors,  I  was  but  ill  enter- 
tained; the  professors  appearing,  in  my  judgment,  wholly 
out  of  their  senses;  which  is  a  scene  that  never  fails  to 
make  me  melancholy.  These  unhappy  people  were  proposing 
schemes  for  persuading  monarchs  to  choose  favourites  upon 
the  score  of  their  wisdom,  capacity,  and  virtue ;  of  teaching 
ministers  to  consult  the  public  good;  of  rewarding  merit, 
great  abilities,  and  eminent  services;  of  instructing  princes 
to  know  their  true  interest,  by  placing  it  on  the  same 
foundation  with  that  of  their  people;  of  choosing  for  em- 
ployments persons  qualified  to  exercise  them;  with  many 
other  wild  impossible  chimaeras,  that  never  entered  before 
into  the  heart  of  man  to  conceive ;  and  confirmed  in  me  the 
old  observation,  that  there  is  nothing  so  extravagant  and 
irrational  which  some  philosophers  have  not  maintained 
for  truth. 

But,  however,  I  shall  so  far  do  justice  to  this  part  of  the 
academy,  as  to  acknowledge  that  all  of  them  were  not  so 
visionary.  There  was  a  most  ingenious  doctor,  who  seemed 
to  be  perfectly  versed  in  the  whole  nature  and  system  of 
government.  This  illustrious  person  had  very  usefully 
employed  his  studies  in  finding  out  effectual  remedies  for 
all  diseases  and  corruptions  to  which  the  several  kinds  of 
public  administration  are  subject,  by  the  vices  or  infirmi- 
ties of  those  who  govern,  as  well  as  by  the  licentiousness  of 
those  who  are  to  obey.  For  instance,  whereas  all  writers 
and  reasoners  have  agreed  that  there  is  a  strict  universal 
resemblance  between  the  natural  and  the  political  body; 
can  there  be  anything  more  evident,  than  that  the  health  of 
both  must  be  preserved,  and  the  diseases  cured  by  the  same 
prescriptions  ?  It  is  allowed  that  senates  and  great  councils 

I77  M 


178  GULLIVERS  TRAVELS 

are  often  troubled  with  redundant,  ebullient,  and  other 
peccant  humours;  with  many  diseases  of  the  head,  and 
more  of  the  heart.  This  doctor  therefore  proposed,  that, 
upon  the  meeting  of  a  senate,  certain  physicians  should 
attend  at  the  three  first  days  of  their  sitting,  and,  at  the 
close  of  each  day's  debate,  feel  the  pulses  of  every  senator; 
after  which,  having  maturely  considered,  and  consulted 
upon  the  nature  of  the  several  maladies,  and  the  methods 
of  cure,  they  should  on  the  fourth  day  return  to  the  senate- 
house,  attended  by  their  apothecaries  stored  with  proper 
medicines;  and,  according  as  these  medicines  should 
operate,  repeat,  alter,  or  admit  them  at  the  next  meeting. 

This  project  could  not  be  of  any  great  expense  to  the 
public,  and  would,  in  my  poor  opinion,  be  of  much  use  for 
the  dispatch  of  business  in  those  countries  where  senates 
have  any  share  in  the  legislative  power;  beget  unanimity, 
shorten  debates,  open  a  few  mouths  which  are  now  closed, 
and  close  many  more  which  are  now  open;  curb  the  petu- 
lancy  of  the  young,  and  correct  the  positiveness  of  the  old, 
rouse  the  stupid,  and  damp  the  pert. 

Again:  because  it  is  a  general  complaint,  that  the 
favourites  of  princes  are  troubled  with  short  and  weak 
memories,  the  same  doctor  proposed,  that  whoever  attended 
a  first  minister,  after  having  told  his  business  with  the 
utmost  brevity,  and  in  the  plainest  words,  should,  at  his 
departure,  give  the  said  minister  a  tweak  by  the  nose,  or  a 
kick  in  the  belly,  or  tread  on  his  corns,  or  lug  him  thrice  by 
both  ears,  or  run  a  pin  into  his  breech,  or  pinch  his  arm 
black  and  blue,  to  prevent  forgetf ulness ;  and  at  every 
levee  day,  repeat  the  same  operation,  till  the  business  were 
done,  or  absolutely  refused. 

He  likewise  directed,  that  every  senator  in  the  great 
council  of  a  nation,  after  he  had  delivered  his  opinion,  and 
argued  in  the  defence  of  it,  should  be  obliged  to  give  his  vote 
directly  contrary;  because,  if  that  were  done,  the  result 
would  infallibly  terminate  in  the  good  of  the  public. 


A  VOYAGE  TO   LAPUTA,  ETC.      179 

When  parties  in  a  state  are  violent,  he  offered  a  wonder- 
ful contrivance  to  reconcile  them.  The  method  is  this: 
you  take  an  hundred  leaders  of  each  party;  you  dispose 
them  into  couples  of  such  whose  heads  are  nearest  of  a  size ; 
then  let  two  nice  operators  saw  off  the  occiput  of  each 
couple  at  the  same  time,  in  such  a  manner  that  the  brain 
may  be  equally  divided.  Let  the  occiputs  thus  cut  off  be 
interchanged,  applying  each  to  the  head  of  his  opposite 
party-man.  It  seems,  indeed,  to  be  a  work  that  requireth 
some  exactness,  but  the  professor  assured  us  that,  if  it  were 
dexterously  performed,  the  cure  would  be  infallible.  For 
he  argued  thus ;  that  the  two  half  brains  being  left  to  debate 
the  matter  between  themselves,  within  the  space  of  one 
skull,  would  soon  come  to  a  good  understanding,  and  pro- 
duce that  moderation,  as  well  as  regularity  of  thinking,  so 
much  to  be  wished  for  in  the  heads  of  those  who  imagine 
they  come  into  the  world  only  to  watch  and  govern  its 
motion:  and  as  to  the  difference  of  brains  in  quantity  or 
quality,  among  those  who  are  directors  in  faction,  the 
doctor  assured  us,  from  his  own  knowledge,  that  it  was  a 
perfect  trifle. 

I  heard  a  very  warm  debate  between  two  professors, 
about  the  most  commodious  and  effectual  ways  and  means 
of  raising  money  without  grieving  the  subject.  The  first 
affirmed  the  justest  method  would  be  to  lay  a  certain  tax 
upon  vices  and  folly ;  and  the  sum  fixed  upon  every  man  to 
be  rated  after  the  fairest  manner  by  a  jury  of  his  neighbours. 
The  second  was  of  an  opinion  directly  contrary,  to  tax 
those  qualities  of  body  and  mind  for  which  men  chiefly 
value  themselves;  the  rate  to  be  more  or  less  according  to 
the  degrees  of  excelling:  the  decision  whereof  should  be 
left  entirely  to  their  own  breast.  The  highest  tax  was  upon 
men  who  are  the  greatest  favourites  of  the  other  sex,  and 
the  assessments  according  to  the  number  and  natures  of  the 
favours  they  have  received;  for  which  they  are  allowed  to 
be  their  own  vouchers.  Wit,  valour,  and  politeness  were 


i8o  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

like\vise  proposed  to  be  largely  taxed,  and  collected  in  the 
same  manner,  by  every  person  giving  his  own  word  for  the 
quantum  of  what  he  possessed.  But  as  to  honour,  justice, 
wisdom  and  learning,  they  should  not  be  taxed  at  all; 
because  they  are  qualifications  of  so  singular  a  kind  that  no 
man  will  either  allow  them  in  his  neighbour  or  value  them 
in  himself. 

The  women  were  proposed  to  be  taxed  according  to 
their  beauty,  and  skill  in  dressing;  wherein  they  had  the 
same  privilege  with  the  men,  to  be  determined  by  their  own 
judgment.  But  constancy,  chastity,  good  sense,  and  good 
nature  were  not  rated,  because  they  would  not  bear  the 
charge  of  collecting. 

To  keep  senators  in  the  interest  of  the  crown,  it  was 
proposed  that  the  members  should  raffle  for  employments; 
every  man  first  taking  an  oath,  and  giving  security  that  he 
would  vote  for  the  Court,  whether  he  won  or  no;  after 
which  the  losers  had,  in  their  turn,  the  liberty  of  raffling 
upon  the  next  vacancy.  Thus  hope  and  expectation  would 
be  kept  alive;  none  would  complain  of  broken  promises, 
but  impute  their  disappointments  wholly  to  Fortune,  whose 
shoulders  are  broader  and  stronger  than  those  of  a  ministry. 

Another  professor  shewed  me  a  large  paper  of  instruc- 
tions for  discovering  plots  and  conspiracies  against  the 
government. 

The  whole  discourse  was  written  with  great  acuteness, 
containing  many  observations  both  curious  and  useful  for 
politicians;  but,  as  I  conceived,  not  altogether  complete. 
This  I  ventured  to  tell  the  author,  and  offered,  if  he  pleased, 
to  supply  him  with  some  additions.  He  received  my  pro- 
position with  more  compliance  than  usual  among  writers, 
especially  those  of  the  projecting  species;  professing  he 
would  be  glad  to  receive  farther  information. 

I  told  him,  that  in  the  kingdom  of  Tribnia,  by  the 
natives  called  Langden,  where  I  had  sojourned  some  time 
in  my  travels,  the  bulk  of  the  people  consist,  in  a  manner, 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      181 

wholly  of  discoverers,  witnesses,  informers,  accusers,  prose- 
cutors, evidences,  swearers,  together  with  their  several 
subservient  and  subaltern  instruments,  all  under  the 
colours,  the  conduct,  and  pay  of  ministers  of  state,  and  their 
deputies.  The  plots  in  that  kingdom  are  usually  the  work- 
manship of  those  persons,  who  desire  to  raise  their  own 
characters  of  profound  politicians;  to  restore  new  vigour  to 
a  crazy  administration;  to  stifle  or  divert  general  discon- 
tents; to  fill  their  pockets  with  forfeitures;  and  raise  or 
sink  the  opinion  of  the  public  credit,  as  either  shall  best 
answer  their  private  advantage.  It  is  first  agreed  and 
settled  among  them,  what  suspected  persons  shall  be 
accused  of  a  plot;  then  effectual  care  is  taken  to  secure  all 
their  letters  and  papers,  and  put  the  criminals  in  chains. 
These  papers  are  delivered  to  a  set  of  artists,  very  dexterous 
in  finding  out  the  mysterious  meanings  of  words,  syllables, 
and  letters:  for  instance,  they  can  discover  a  flock  of  geese 
to  signify  a  senate;  a  lame  dog,  an  invader;  the  plague,  a 
standing  army;  a  buzzard,  a  prime  minister;  the  gout,  a 
high  priest ;  a  gibbet,  a  secretary  of  state ;  a  sieve,  a  court 
lad}';  a  broom,  a  revolution;  a  mouse-trap,  an  employ- 
ment; a  bottomless  pit,  a  treasury;  a  sink,  a  court;  a  cap 
and  bells,  a  favourite;  a  broken  reed,  a  court  of  justice; 
an  empty  tun,  a  general  ;  a  running  sore,  the  adminis- 
tration. 

Where  this  method  fails,  they  have  two  others  more 
effectual,  which  the  learned  among  them  call  acrostics  and 
anagrams.  First,  they  can  decipher  all  initial  letters  into 
political  meanings.  Thus  N  shah1  signify  a  plot,  B  a  regi- 
ment of  horse,  L  a  fleet  at  sea:  or,  secondly,  by  transposing 
the  letters  of  the  alphabet  in  any  suspected  paper,  they  can 
lay  open  the  deepest  designs  of  a  discontented  party.  So, 
for  example,  if  I  should  say  in  a  letter  to  a  friend,  our 
brother  Tom  has  just  got  the  piles,  a  skilful  decipherer 
would  discover  that  the  same  letters  which  compose  that 
sentence,  may  be  analysed  in  the  following  words:  Resist, 


182 


GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 


-the  tour.     And  this  is  the 


a  plot  is  brought  home- 

anagrammatic  method. 

The  professor  made  me  great  acknowledgments  for  com- 
municating these  observations,  and  promised  to  make 
honourable  mention  of  me  in  his  treatise. 

I  saw  nothing  in  this  country  that  could  invite  me  to  a 
longer  continuance,  and  began  to  think  of  returning  home 
to  England. 


CHAPTER  VII 

THE  continent  of  which  this  kingdom  is  a  part  extends 
itself,  as  I  have  reason  to  believe,  eastward  to  that  unknown 
tract  of  America,  westward  of  California,  and  north  to  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  which  is  not  above  a  hundred  and  fifty  miles 
from  Lagado;  where  there  is  a  good  port,  and  much  com- 
merce with  the  great  island  of  Luggnagg,  situated  to  the 
north-west  about  29  degrees  north  latitude,  and  140  longi- 
tude. This  island  of  Luggnagg  stands  south-eastwards  of 
Japan,  about  an  hundred  leagues  distant.  There  is  a  strict 
alliance  between  the  Japanese  emperor  and  the  king  of 
Luggnagg,  which  affords  frequent  opportunities  of  sailing 
from  one  island  to  the  other.  I  determined  therefore  to 
direct  my  course  this  way,  in  order  to  my  return  to  Europe. 
I  hired  two  mules,  with  a  guide,  to  shew  me  the  way,  and 
carry  my  small  baggage.  I  took  leave  of  my  noble  pro- 
tector, who  had  shewn  me  so  much  favour,  and  made  me  a 
generous  present  at  my  departure. 

My  journey  was  without  any  accident  or  adventure 
worth  relating.  When  I  arrived  at  the  port  of  Maldonada 
(for  so  it  is  called)  there  was  no  ship  in  the  harbour  bound 
for  Luggnagg,  nor  like  to  be  in  some  time.  The  town  is 
about  as  large  as  Portsmouth.  I  soon  fell  into  some 
acquaintance,  and  was  very  hospitably  received.  A  gentle- 
man of  distinction  said  to  me,  that  since  the  ships  bound 
for  Luggnagg  could  not  be  ready  in  less  than  a  month,  it 
might  be  no  disagreeable  amusement  for  me  to  take  a  trip 
to  the  little  island  of  Glubbdubdrib,  about  five  leagues  off 
to  the  south-west.  He  offered  himself  and  a  friend  to 
accompany  me,  and  that  I  should  be  provided  with  a  small 
convenient  barque  for  the  voyage. 

183 


184  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

Glubbdubdrib,  as  nearly  as  I  can  interpret  the  word, 
signifies  the  island  of  sorcerers  or  magicians.  It  is  about 
one-third  as  large  as  the  Isle  of  Wight,  and  extremely  fruit- 
ful :  it  is  governed  by  the  head  of  a  certain  tribe,  who  are  all 
magicians.  This  tribe  marries  only  among  each  other,  and 
the  eldest,  in  succession,  is  prince  or  governor.  He  hath  a 
noble  palace,  and  a  park  of  about  three  thousand  acres, 
surrounded  by  a  wall  of  hewn  stone,  twenty  feet  high.  In 
this  park  are  several  small  inclosures  for  cattle,  corn,  and 
gardening. 

The  governor  and  his  family  are  served  and  attended 
by  domestics  of  a  kind  somewhat  unusual.  By  his  skill  in 
necromancy  he  hath  a  power  of  calling  whom  he  pleaseth 
from  the  dead,  and  commanding  their  service  for  twenty- 
four  hours,  but  no  longer;  nor  can  he  call  the  same  persons 
up  again  in  less  than  three  months,  except  upon  very  extra- 
ordinary occasions. 

When  we  arrived  at  the  island,  which  was  about  eleven 
in  the  morning,  one  of  the  gentlemen  who  accompanied  me 
went  to  the  governor,  and  desired  admittance  for  a  stranger, 
who  came  on  purpose  to  have  the  honour  of  attending  on 
his  highness.  This  was  immediately  granted,  and  we  all 
three  entered  the  gate  of  the  palace,  between  two  rows  of 
guards,  armed  and  dressed  after  a  very  antique  manner, 
and  something  in  their  countenances  that  made  my  flesh 
creep  with  a  horror  I  cannot  express.  We  passed  through 
several  apartments,  between  servants  of  the  same  sort, 
ranked  on  each  side,  as  before,  till  we  came  to  the  chamber 
of  presence,  where,  after  three  profound  obeisances,  and  a 
few  general  questions,  we  were  permitted  to  sit  on  three 
stools,  near  the  lowest  step  of  his  highness's  throne.  He 
understood  the  language  of  Balnibarbi,  although  it  were 
different  from  that  of  this  island.  He  desired  me  to  give 
him  some  account  of  my  travels ;  and,  to  let  me  see  that  I 
should  be  treated  without  ceremony,  he  dismissed  all  his 
attendants  with  a  turn  of  his  finger,  at  which,  to  my  great 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      185 

astonishment,  they  vanished  in  an  instant,  like  visions  in 
a  dream,  when  we  awake  on  a  sudden.  I  could  not  recover 
myself  in  some  time,  till  the  governor  assured  me  that  I 
should  receive  no  hurt;  and  observing  my  two  companions 
to  be  under  no  concern,  who  had  been  often  entertained 
in  the  same  manner,  I  began  to  take  courage,  and  related 
to  his  highness  a  short  history  of  my  several  adventures; 
yet  not  without  some  hesitation,  and  frequently  looking 
behind  me,  to  the  place  where  I  had  seen  those  domestic 
spectres.  I  had  the  honour  to  dine  with  the  governor, 
where  a  new  set  of  ghosts  served  up  the  meat,  and  waited  at 
table.  I  now  observed  myself  to  be  less  terrified  than  I  had 
been  in  the  morning.  I  stayed  till  sun-set,  but  humbly 
desired  his  highness  to  excuse  me  for  not  accepting  his  in- 
vitation of  lodging  in  the  palace.  My  two  friends  and  I  lay 
at  a  private  house  in  the  town  adjoining,  which  is  the  capital 
of  this  little  island;  and  the  next  morning  we  returned 
to  pay  our  duty  to  the  governor,  as  he  was  pleased  to 
command  us. 

After  this  manner  we  continued  in  the  island  for  ten 
days,  most  part  of  every  day  with  the  governor,  and  at 
night  in  our  lodging.  I  soon  grew  so  familiarised  to  the 
sight  of  spirits,  that,  after  the  third  or  fourth  time,  they 
gave  me  no  emotion  at  all;  or,  if  I  had  any  apprehensions 
left,  my  curiosity  prevailed  over  them.  For  his  highness 
the  governor  ordered  me  to  call  up  whatever  persons  I 
would  choose  to  name,  and  in  whatever  numbers,  among 
all  the  dead,  from  the  beginning  of  the  world  to  this  present 
time,  and  command  them  to  answer  any  questions  I  should 
think  fit  to  ask;  with  this  condition,  that  my  questions 
must  be  confined  within  the  compass  of  the  times  they 
lived  in.  And  one  thing  I  might  depend  upon,  that  they 
would  certainly  tell  me  the  truth,  for  lying  was  a  talent  of 
no  use  in  the  lower  world. 

I  made  my  humble  acknowledgments  to  his  highness 
for  so  great  a  favour.  We  were  in  a  chamber  from  whence 


1 86  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

there  was  a  fair  prospect  into  the  park.  And,  because  my 
first  inclination  was  to  be  entertained  with  scenes  of  pomp 
and  magnificence,  I  desired  to  see  Alexander  the  Great,  at 
the  head  of  his  army,  just  after  the  battle  of  Arbela,  which, 
upon  a  motion  of  the  governor's  finger,  immediately  ap- 
peared in  a  large  field  under  the  window  where  we 
stood.  Alexander  was  called  up  into  the  room:  it  was 
with  great  difficulty  that  I  understood  his  Greek,  and  had 
but  little  of  my  own.  He  assured  me,  upon  his  honour, 
that  he  was  not  poisoned,  but  died  of  a  fever  by  excessive 
drinking. 

Next  I  saw  Hannibal  passing  the  Alps,  who  told  me  he 
had  not  a  drop  of  vinegar  in  his  camp. 

I  saw  Caesar  and  Pompey,  at  the  head  of  their  troops, 
just  ready  to  engage.  I  saw  the  former  in  his  last  great 
triumph.  I  desired  that  the  Senate  of  Rome  might  appear 
before  me  in  one  large  chamber,  and  a  modern  representa- 
tive in  counterview,  in  another.  The  first  seemed  to  be  an 
assembly  of  heroes  and  demi-gods,  the  other  a  knot  of 
pedlars,  pick-pockets,  highway-men,  and  bullies. 

The  governor,  at  my  request,  gave  the  sign  for  Caesar 
and  Brutus  to  advance  towards  us.  I  was  struck  with 
a  profound  veneration  at  the  sight  of  Brutus,  and  could 
easily  discover  the  most  consummate  virtue,  the  greatest 
intrepidity,  and  firmness  of  mind,  the  truest  love  of  his 
country,  and  general  benevolence  for  mankind,  in  every 
lineament  of  his  countenance.  I  observed,  with  much 
pleasure,  that  these  two  persons  were  in  good  intelligence 
with  each  other ;  and  Caesar  freely  confessed  to  me,  that  the 
greatest  actions  of  his  own  life  were  not  equal,  by  many 
degrees,  to  the  glory  of  taking  it  away.  I  had  the  honour 
to  have  much  conversation  with  Brutus,  and  was  told,  that 
his  ancestors  Junius,  Socrates,  Epaminondas,  Cato  the 
younger,  Sir  Thomas  More,  and  himself,  were  perpetually 
together:  a  sextumvirate  to  which  all  the  ages  of  the  world 
cannot  add  a  seventh. 


A  VOYAGE  TO   LAPUTA,  ETC.      187 

It  would  be  tedious  to  trouble  the  reader  with  relating 
what  vast  numbers  of  illustrious  persons  were  called  up,  to 
gratify  that  insatiable  desire  I  had  to  see  the  world  in  every 
period  of  antiquity  placed  before  me.  I  chiefly  fed  my  eyes 
with  beholding  the  destroyers  of  tyrants  and  usurpers,  and 
the  restorers  of  liberty  to  oppressed  and  injured  nations. 
But  it  is  impossible  to  express  the  satisfaction  I  received  in 
my  own  mind,  after  such  a  manner  as  to  make  it  a  suitable 
entertainment  to  the  reader. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

HAVING  a  desire  to  see  those  ancients  who  were  most 
renowned  for  wit  and  learning,  I  set  apart  one  day  on  pur- 
pose. I  proposed  that  Homer  and  Aristotle  might  appear 
at  the  head  of  all  their  commentators;  but  these  were  so 
numerous,  that  some  hundreds  were  forced  to  attend  in 
the  court  and  outward  rooms  of  the  palace.  I  knew,  and 
could  distinguish  those  two  heroes  at  first  sight,  not  only 
from  the  crowd,  but  from  each  other.  Homer  was  the  taller 
and  comelier  person  of  the  two,  walked  very  erect  for  one 
of  his  age,  and  his  eyes  were  the  most  quick  and  piercing  I 
ever  beheld.  Aristotle  stooped  much,  and  made  use  of  a 
staff.  His  visage  was  meagre,  his  hair  lank  and  thin,  and 
his  voice  hollow.  I  soon  discovered  that  both  of  them 
were  perfect  strangers  to  the  rest  of  the  company,  and  had 
never  seen  or  heard  of  them  before.  And  I  had  a  whisper 
from  a  ghost,  who  shall  be  nameless,  that  these  commen- 
tators always  kept  in  the  most  distant  quarters  from  their 
principals  in  the  lower  world,  through  a  consciousness  of 
shame  and  guilt,  because  they  had  so  horribly  misrepre- 
sented the  meaning  of  those  authors  to  posterity.  I  intro- 
duced Didyinus  and  Eustathius  to  Homer,  and  prevailed 
on  him  to  treat  them  better  than  perhaps  they  deserved,  for 
he  soon  found  they  wanted  a  genius  to  enter  into  the  spirit 
of  a  poet.  But  Aristotle  was  out  of  all  patience  with  the 
account  I  gave  him  of  Scotus  and  Ramus,  as  I  presented 
them  to  him,  and  he  asked  them  whether  the  rest  of  the 
tribe  were  as  great  dunces  as  themselves. 

I  then  desired  the  governor  to  call  up  Descartes  and 
Gassendi,  with  whom  I  prevailed  to  explain  their  systems 
to  Aristotle.  This  great  philosopher  freely  acknowledged 

1 88 


A  VOYAGE  TO   LAPUTA,  ETC.      i 

his  own  mistakes  in  natural  philosophy,  because  he  pro- 
ceeded in  many  things  upon  conjecture,  as  all  men  must 
do;  and  he  found  that  Gassendi,  who  had  made  the  doc- 
trine of  Epicurus  as  palatable  as  he  could,  and  the  vortices 
of  Descartes  were  equally  exploded.  He  predicted  the 
same  fate  to  attraction,  whereof  the  present  learned  are 
such  zealous  asserters.  He  said  that  new  systems  of  nature 
were  but  new  fashions,  which  would  vary  in  every  age ;  and 
even  those  who  pretend  to  demonstrate  them  from  mathe- 
matical principles  would  flourish  but  a  short  period  of  time, 
and  be  out  of  vogue  when  that  was  determined. 

I  spent  five  days  in  conversing  with  many  others  of  the 
ancient  learned.  I  saw  most  of  the  first  Roman  Emperors. 
I  prevailed  on  the  governor  to  call  up  Eliogabalus's  cooks 
to  dress  us  a  dinner,  but  they  could  not  show  us  much  of 
their  skill  for  want  of  materials.  A  helot  of  Agesilaus 
made  us  a  dish  of  Spartan  broth,  but  I  was  not  able  to  get 
down  a  second  spoonful. 

The  two  gentlemen  who  conducted  me  to  the  island 
were  pressed  by  their  private  affairs  to  return  in  three  days, 
which  I  employed  in  seeing  some  of  the  modern  dead,  who 
had  made  the  greatest  figure  for  two  or  three  hundred 
years  past,  in  our  own  and  other  countries  of  Europe ;  and 
having  been  always  a  great  admirer  of  old  illustrious 
families,  I  desired  the  governor  would  call  up  a  dozen  or 
two  of  kings,  with  their  ancestors,  in  order,  for  eight  or 
nine  generations.  But  my  disappointment  was  grievous 
and  unexpected:  for,  instead  of  a  long  train  with  royal 
diadems,  I  saw  in  one  family  two  fiddlers,  three  spruce 
courtiers,  and  an  Italian  prelate;  in  another  a  barber,  an 
abbot,  and  two  cardinals.  I  have  too  great  a  veneration 
for  crowned  heads  to  dwell  any  longer  on  so  nice  a  subject. 
But  as  to  counts,  marquesses,  dukes,  earls,  and  the  like,  I 
was  not  so  scrupulous.  And,  I  confess,  it  was  not  without 
some  pleasure  that  I  found  myself  able  to  trace  the  parti- 
cular features  by  which  certain  families  are  distinguished 


1 9o  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

up  to  their  originals.  I  could  plainly  discover  from  whence 
one  family  derives  a  long  chin,  why  a  second  hath  abounded 
with  knaves  for  two  generations,  and  fools  for  two  more; 
why  a  third  happened  to  be  crack-brained,  and  a  fourth  to 
be  sharpers.  Whence  it  came,  what  Polydore  Virgil  says  of 
a  certain  great  house,  Nee  vir  fortis,  nee  femina  casta.  How 
cruelty,  falsehood,  and  cowardice  grew  to  be  characteristics 
by  which  certain  families  are  distinguished  as  much  as  by 
their  coat  of  arms. 

Neither  could  I  wonder  at  all  this,  when  I  saw  such  an 
interruption  of  lineages  by  pages,  lacqueys,  valets,  coach- 
men, gamesters,  fiddlers,  players,  captains,  and  pickpockets. 

I  was  chiefly  disgusted  with  modern  history.  For, 
having  strictly  examined  all  the  persons  of  greatest  name 
in  the  courts  of  princes  for  an  hundred  years  past,  I  found 
how  the  world  had  been  misled  by  prostitute  writers,  to 
ascribe  the  greatest  exploits  in  war  to  cowards,  the  wisest 
counsel  to  fools,  sincerity  to  flatterers,  Roman  virtue  to 
betrayers  of  their  country,  piety  to  atheists,  truth  to  in- 
formers: how  many  innocent  and  excellent  persons  had 
been  condemned  to  death  or  banishment,  by  the  practising 
of  great  ministers  upon  the  corruption  of  judges  and  the 
malice  of  factions:  how  many  villains  had  been  exalted  to 
the  highest  places  of  trust,  power,  dignity,  and  profit:  how 
great  a  share  in  the  motions  and  events  of  courts,  councils, 
and  senates  might  be  challenged  by  parasites  and  buffoons. 
How  low  an  opinion  I  had  of  human  wisdom  and  integrity, 
when  I  was  truly  informed  of  the  springs  and  motives  of 
great  enterprises  and  revolutions  in  the  world,  and  of  the 
contemptible  accidents  to  which  they  owed  their  success ! 

Here  I  discovered  the  roguery  and  ignorance  of  those 
who  pretend  to  write  anecdotes,  or  secret  history;  who 
send  so  many  kings  to  their  graves  with  a  cup  of  poison; 
will  repeat  the  discourse  between  a  prince  and  chief  minister, 
where  no  witness  was  by ;  unlock  the  thoughts  and  cabinets 
of  ambassadors  and  secretaries  of  state;  and  have  the 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      191 

perpetual  misfortune  to  be  mistaken.  Here  I  discovered 
the  true  causes  of  many  great  events  that  have  surprised  the 
world.  A  general  confessed  in  my  presence,  that  he  got  a 
victory,  purely  by  the  force  of  cowardice  and  ill  conduct; 
and  an  admiral,  that,  for  want  of  proper  intelligence,  he 
beat  the  enemy  to  whom  he  intended  to  betray  the  fleet. 
Three  kings  protested  to  me,  that,  in  their  whole  reigns, 
they  did  never  once  prefer  any  person  of  merit,  unless  by 
mistake,  or  treachery  of  some  minister  in  whom  they  con- 
fided: neither  would  they  do  it,  if  they  were  to  live  again; 
and  they  shewed  with  great  strength  of  reason,  that  the 
royal  throne  could  not  be  supported  without  corruption, 
because  that  positive,  confident,  restive  temper  which 
virtue  infused  into  man,  w'as  a  perpetual  clog  to  public 
business. 

I  had  the  curiosity  to  inquire,  in  a  particular  manner,  by 
what  method  great  numbers  had  procured  to  themselves 
high  titles  of  honour  and  prodigious  estates;  and  I  con- 
fined my  inquiry  to  a  very  modern  period:  however,  with- 
out grating  upon  present  times,  because  I  would  be  sure  to 
give  no  offence  even  to  foreigners  (for  I  hope  the  reader 
need  not  be  told,  that  I  do  not  in  the  least  intend  my  own 
country  in  what  I  say  upon  this  occasion)  a  great  number 
of  persons  concerned  were  called  up,  and,  upon  a  very  slight 
examination,  discovered  such  a  scene  of  infamy,  that  I 
cannot  reflect  upon  it  without  some  seriousness.  Perjury, 
oppression,  subornation,  fraud,  and  the  like  infirmities  were 
amongst  the  most  excusable  arts  they  had  to  mention,  and 
for  these  I  gave,  as  it  was  reasonable,  due  allowance.  But 
when  some  confessed  they  owed  their  greatness  and  wealth 
to  vice,  others  to  the  betraying  their  country  or  their  prince ; 
some  to  poisoning,  more  to  the  perverting  of  justice  in  order 
to  destroy  the  innocent:  I  hope  I  may  be  pardoned,  if 
these  discoveries  inclined  me  a  little  to  abate  of  that  pro- 
found veneration  which  I  am  naturally  apt  to  pay  to  persons 
of  high  rank,  who  ought  to  be  treated  with  the  utmost 


i92  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

respect  due  to  their  sublime  dignity  by  us,  their  in- 
feriors. 

I  had  often  read  of  some  great  services  done  to  princes 
and  states,  and  desired  to  see  the  persons  by  whom  those 
services  were  performed.  Upon  inquiry,  I  was  told  that 
their  names  were  to  be  found  on  no  record,  except  a  few  of 
them,  whom  history  hath  represented  as  the  vilest  rogues 
and  traitors.  As  to  the  rest,  I  had  never  once  heard  of 
them.  They  ah1  appeared  with  dejected  looks,  and  in  the 
meanest  habit,  most  of  them  telling  me  they  died  in  poverty 
and  disgrace,  and  the  rest  on  a  scaffold  or  a  gibbet. 

Among  others,  there  was  one  person  whose  case  ap- 
peared a  little  singular.  He  had  a  youth  about  eighteen 
years  old  standing  by  his  side.  He  told  me  he  had  for 
many  years  been  commander  of  a  ship;  and,  in  the  sea 
fight  at  Actium,  had  the  good  fortune  to  break  through  the 
enemy's  great  line  of  battle,  sink  three  of  their  capital  ships, 
and  take  a  fourth,  which  was  the  sole  cause  of  Anthony's 
flight,  and  of  the  victory  that  ensued;  that  the  youth 
standing  by  him,  his  only  son,  was  killed  in  the  action.  He 
added,  that  upon  the  confidence  of  some  merit,  the  war 
being  at  an  end,  he  went  to  Rome,  and  solicited  at  the  court 
of  Augustus,  to  be  preferred  to  a  greater  ship,  whose  com- 
mander had  been  killed;  but,  without  any  regard  to  his 
pretensions,  it  was  given  to  a  youth  who  had  never  seen 
the  sea,  the  son  of  Libertina,  who  waited  on  one  of  the 
Emperor's  mistresses.  Returning  back  to  his  own  vessel, 
he  was  charged  with  neglect  of  duty,  and  the  ship  given  to  a 
favourite  page  of  Publicola,  the  vice-admiral;  whereupon 
he  retired  to  a  poor  farm,  at  a  great  distance  from  Rome, 
and  there  ended  his  life.  I  was  so  curious  to  know  the 
truth  of  this  story,  that  I  desired  Agrippa  might  be  called, 
who  was  admiral  in  that  fight.  He  appeared,  and  confirmed 
the  whole  account;  but  with  much  more  advantage  to  the 
captain,  whose  modesty  had  extenuated  or  concealed  a 
great  part  of  his  merit. 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      193 

I  was  surprised  to  find  corruption  grown  so  high  and  so 
quick  in  that  empire,  by  the  force  of  luxury  so  lately  in- 
troduced, which  made  me  less  wonder  at  many  parallel 
cases  in  other  countries,  where  vices  of  all  kinds  have 
reigned  so  much  longer,  and  where  the  whole  praise,  as 
well  as  pillage,  hath  been  engrossed  by  the  chief  com- 
mander, who,  perhaps,  had  the  least  title  to  either. 

As  every  person  called  up  made  exactly  the  same 
appearance  he  had  done  in  the  world,  it  gave  me  melan- 
choly reflections  to  observe  how  much  the  race  of  human 
kind  was  degenerate  among  us,  within  these  hundred  years 
past. 

I  descended  so  low,  as  to  desire  that  some  English 
yeomen,  of  the  old  stamp,  might  be  summoned  to  appear; 
once  so  famous  for  the  simplicity  of  their  manners,  diet,  and 
dress;  for  justice  in  their  dealings;  for  their  true  spirit  of 
liberty ;  for  their  valour  and  love  of  their  country.  Neither 
could  I  be  wholly  unmoved,  after  comparing  the  living 
with  the  dead,  when  I  considered  how  all  these  pure  native 
virtues  were  prostituted  for  a  piece  of  money  by  their 
grandchildren,  who,  in  selling  their  votes,  and  managing 
at  elections,  have  acquired  every  vice  and  corruption  that 
can  possibly  be  learned  in  a  court. 


N 


CHAPTER  IX 

THE  day  of  our  departure  being  come,  I  took  leave  of  his 
highness,  the  governor  of  Glubbdubdribb,  and  returned 
with  my  two  companions  to  Maldonada,  where,  after  a 
fortnight's  waiting,  a  ship  was  ready  to  sail  for  Luggnagg. 
The  two  gentlemen,  and  some  others,  were  so  generous  and 
kind  as  to  furnish  me  with  provisions,  and  see  me  on  board. 
I  was  a  month  in  this  voyage.  We  had  one  violent  storm, 
and  were  under  a  necessity  of  steering  westward,  to  get  into 
the  trade-wind,  which  holds  for  above  sixty  leagues.  On 
the  2ist  of  April,  1708,  we  sailed  into  the  river  of  Clumegnig, 
which  is  a  seaport  town,  at  the  south-east  point  of  Lugg- 
nagg. We  cast  anchor  within  a  league  of  the  town,  and 
made  a  signal  for  a  pilot.  Two  of  them  came  on  board  in 
less  than  half  an  hour,  by  whom  we  were  guided  between 
certain  shoals  and  rocks,  which  are  very  dangerous  in  the 
passage,  to  a  large  basin,  where  a  fleet  may  ride  in  safety, 
within  a  cable's  length  of  the  town  wall. 

Some  of  our  sailors,  whether  out  of  treachery  or  inad- 
vertence, had  informed  the  pilots  that  I  was  a  stranger  and 
a  great  traveller;  whereof  these  gave  notice  to  a  custom- 
house officer,  by  whom  I  was  examined  very  strictly  upon 
my  landing.  This  officer  spoke  to  me  in  the  language  of 
Balnibarbi,  which,  by  the  force  of  much  commerce,  is 
generally  understood  in  that  town,  especially  by  seamen, 
and  those  employed  in  the  customs.  I  gave  him  a  short 
account  of  some  particulars,  and  made  my  story  as  plausible 
and  consistent  as  I  could;  but  I  thought  it  necessary  to 
disguise  my  country,  and  call  myself  an  Hollander,  because 
my  intentions  were  for  Japan,  and  I  knew  the  Dutch  were 
the  only  Europeans  permitted  to  enter  into  that  kingdom. 

194 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      195 

I  therefore  told  the  officer,  that  having  been  shipwrecked  on 
the  coast  of  Balnibarbi,  and  cast  on  a  rock,  I  was  received 
up  into  Laputa,  or  the  flying  island  (of  which  he  had  often 
heard)  and  was  now  endeavouring  to  get  to  Japan,  from 
whence  I  might  find  a  convenience  of  returning  to  my  own 
country.  The  officer  said,  I  must  be  confined  till  he  could 
receive  orders  from  Court,  for  which  he  would  write  immedi- 
ately, and  hoped  to  receive  an  answer  in  a  fortnight.  I  was 
carried  to  a  convenient  lodging,  with  a  sentry  placed  at  the 
door;  however,  I  had  the  liberty  of  a  large  garden,  and 
was  treated  with  humanity  enough,  being  maintained  all 
the  time  at  the  king's  charge.  I  was  invited  by  several 
persons,  chiefly  out  of  curiosity,  because  it  was  reported 
that  I  came  from  countries  very  remote,  of  which  they  had 
never  heard. 

I  hired  a  young  man  who  came  in  the  same  ship  to  be  an 
interpreter;  he  was  a  native  of  Luggnagg,  but  had  lived 
some  years  at  Maldonada,  and  was  a  perfect  master  of  both 
languages.  By  his  assistance,  I  was  able  to  hold  a  conver- 
sation with  those  who  came  to  visit  me;  but  this  consisted 
only  of  their  questions,  and  my  answers. 

The  dispatch  came  from  Court  about  the  time  we 
expected.  It  contained  a  warrant  for  conducting  me  and 
my  retinue  to  Traldragdubb,  or  Trildrogdrib,  for  it  is  pro- 
nounced both  ways,  as  near  as  I  can  remember,  by  a  party 
of  ten  horse.  All  my  retinue  was  that  poor  lad  for  an 
interpreter,  whom  I  persuaded  into  my  service,  and,  at  my 
humble  request,  we  had  each  of  us  a  mule  to  ride  on.  A 
messenger  was  dispatched  half  a  day's  journey  before  us,  to 
give  the  king  notice  of  my  approach,  and  to  desire  that  his 
Majesty  would  please  to  appoint  a  day  and  hour,  when  it 
would  be  his  gracious  pleasure  that  I  might  have  the  honour 
to  lick  the  dust  before  his  foot-stool.  This  is  the  court 
style,  and  I  found  it  to  be  more  than  matter  of  form.  For, 
upon  my  admittance  two  days  after  my  arrival,  I  was 
commanded  to  crawl  on  my  belly,  and  lick  the  floor  as  I 


196  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

advanced;  but,  on  account  of  my  being  a  stranger,  care 
was  taken  to  have  it  made  so  clean  that  the  dust  was  not 
offensive.  However,  this  was  a  peculiar  grace,  not  allowed 
to  any  but  persons  of  the  highest  rank,  when  they  desire  an 
admittance.  Nay,  sometimes  the  floor  is  strewed  with  dust 
on  purpose,  when  the  person  to  be  admitted  happens  to 
have  powerful  enemies  at  Court.  And  I  have  seen  a  great 
lord  with  his  mouth  so  crammed,  that,  when  he  had  crept 
to  the  proper  distance  from  the  throne,  he  was  not  able  to 
speak  a  word.  Neither  is  there  any  remedy;  because  it  is 
capital  for  those  who  receive  an  audience,  to  spit  or  wipe 
their  mouths  in  his  Majesty's  presence.  There  is,  indeed, 
another  custom,  which  I  cannot  altogether  approve  of: 
when  the  king  hath  a  mind  to  put  any  of  his  nobles  to  death, 
in  a  gentle,  indulgent  manner,  he  commands  the  floor 
to  be  strewed  with  a  certain  brown  powder,  of  a  deadly 
composition,  which,  being  licked  up,  infallibly  kills  him  in 
twenty-four  hours.  But  in  justice  to  this  prince's  great 
clemency,  and  the  care  he  hath  of  his  subjects'  lives  (wherein 
it  were  much  to  be  wished,  that  the  monarchs  of  Europe 
would  imitate  him)  it  must  be  mentioned  for  his  honour, 
that  strict  orders  are  given  to  have  the  infected  parts  of 
the  floor  well  washed,  after  every  such  execution ;  which  if 
his  domestics  neglect,  they  are  in  danger  of  incurring  his 
royal  displeasure.  I  myself  heard  him  give  directions  that 
one  of  his  pages  should  be  whipped,  whose  turn  it  was  to 
give  notice  about  washing  the  floor  after  an  execution,  but 
maliciously  had  omitted  it,  by  which  neglect,  a  young  lord 
of  great  hopes,  coming  to  an  audience,  was  unfortunately 
poisoned,  although  the  king,  at  that  time,  had  no  design 
against  his  life.  But  this  good  prince  was  so  gracious  as  to 
forgive  the  poor  page  his  whipping,  upon  promise  that  he 
would  do  so  no  more,  without  special  orders. 

To  return  from  this  digression ;  when  I  had  crept  within 
four  yards  of  the  throne,  I  raised  myself  gently  upon  my 
knees,  and  then,  striking  my  forehead  seven  times  on  the 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      197 

ground,  I  pronounced  the  following  words,  as  they  had  been 
taught  me  the  night  before,  Ickpling  gloffthrobb  squut 
serumm  blhiop  mlashnalt  zwin  tnodbalkuffh  slhiophad  gurd- 
lubh  asht.  This  is  the  compliment  established  by  the  laws 
of  the  land,  for  all  persons  admitted  to  the  king's  presence. 
It  may  be  rendered  into  English  thus:  May  your  celestial 
Majesty  outlive  the  sun  eleven  moons  and  a  half.  To  this 
the  king  returned  some  answer,  which  although  I  could  not 
understand,  yet  I  replied  as  I  had  been  directed:  Fluff 
drin  yalerick  dwuldom  prastrad  mirpush,  which  properly 
signifies,  My  tongue  is  in  the  mouth  of  my  friend;  and  by 
this  expression  was  meant,  that  I  desired  leave  to  bring  my 
interpreter;  whereupon  the  young  man  already  mentioned 
was  accordingly  introduced,  by  whose  intervention  I 
answered  as  many  questions  as  his  Majesty  could  put  in 
above  an  hour.  I  spoke  in  the  Balnibarbian  tongue,  and 
my  interpreter  delivered  my  meaning  in  that  of  Luggnagg. 

The  king  was  much  delighted  with  my  company,  and 
ordered  his  bliffmarklub,  or  high  chamberlain,  to  appoint  a 
lodging  in  the  Court  for  me  and  my  interpreter,  with  a  daily 
allowance  for  my  table,  and  a  large  purse  of  gold  for  my 
common  expenses. 

I  stayed  three  months  in  this  country,  out  of  perfect 
obedience  to  his  Majesty,  who  was  pleased  highly  to  favour 
me,  and  made  me  very  honourable  offers.  But  I  thought 
it  more  consistent  with  prudence  and  justice  to  pass  the 
remainder  of  my  days  with  my  wife  and  family. 


CHAPTER  X 

THE  Luggnaggians  are  a  polite  and  generous  people,  and 
although  they  are  not  without  some  share  of  that  pride 
which  is  peculiar  to  all  eastern  countries,  yet  they  shew 
themselves  courteous  to  strangers,  especially  such  as  are 
countenanced  by  the  Court.  I  had  many  acquaintances 
among  persons  of  the  best  fashion,  and  being  always  at- 
tended by  my  interpreter,  the  conversation  we  had  was  not 
disagreeable. 

One  day,  in  much  good  company,  I  was  asked  by  a 
person  of  quality,  whether  I  had  seen  any  of  their  struld- 
brugs,  or  immortals.  I  said  I  had  not;  and  desired  he 
would  explain  to  me  what  he  meant  by  such  an  appellation, 
applied  to  a  mortal  creature.  He  told  me,  that  sometimes, 
though  very  rarely,  a  child  happened  to  be  born  in  a  family 
with  a  red  circular  spot  in  the  forehead,  directly  over  the 
left  eye-brow,  which  was  an  infallible  mark  that  it  should 
never  die.  The  spot,  as  he  described  it,  was  about  the 
compass  of  a  silver  three-pence,  but  in  the  course  of  time 
grew  larger,  and  changed  its  colour ;  for  at  twelve  years  old 
it  became  green,  so  continued  till  five  and  twenty,  then 
turned  to  a  deep  blue ;  at  five  and  forty  it  grew  coal  black, 
and  as  large  as  an  English  shilling;  but  never  admitted  any 
farther  alteration.  He  said  these  births  were  so  rare,  that 
he  did  not  believe  there  could  be  above  eleven  hundred 
struldbrugs  of  both  sexes  in  the  whole  kingdom,  of  which 
he  computed  about  fifty  in  the  metropolis,  and,  among  the 
rest,  a  young  girl  born  about  three  years  ago:  that  these 
productions  were  not  peculiar  to  any  family,  but  a  mere 
effect  of  chance;  and  the  children  of  the  struldbrugs  them- 
selves were  equally  mortal  with  the  rest  of  the  people. 

198 


A  VOYAGE  TO   LAPUTA,  ETC.      199 

I  freely  own  myself  to  have  been  struck  with  inex- 
pressible delight  upon  hearing  this  account :  and  the  person 
who  gave  it  me  happening  to  understand  the  Balnibarbian 
language,  which  I  spoke  very  well,  I  could  not  forbear 
breaking  out  into  expressions,  perhaps  a  little  too  extra- 
vagant. I  cried  out,  as  in  a  rapture:  '  Happy  nation, 
where  every  child  hath  at  least  a  chance  of  being  immortal! 
Happy  people,  who  enjoy  so  many  living  examples  of 
ancient  virtue,  and  have  masters  ready  to  instruct  them  in 
the  wisdom  of  all  former  ages!  But  happiest  beyond  all 
comparison  are  those  excellent  struldbrugs,  who,  born 
exempt  from  that  universal  calamity  of  human  nature, 
have  their  minds  free  and  disengaged,  without  the  weight 
and  depression  of  spirits  caused  by  the  continual  apprehen- 
sion of  death."  I  discovered  my  admiration  that  I  had 
not  observed  any  of  these  illustrious  persons  at  Court;  the 
black  spot  on  the  forehead  being  so  remarkable  a  distinc- 
tion, that  I  could  not  have  easily  overlooked  it;  and  it  was 
impossible  that  his  Majesty,  a  most  judicious  prince,  should 
not  provide  himself  with  a  good  number  of  such  wise  and 
able  councillors.  Yet  perhaps  the  virtue  of  those  reverend 
sages  was  too  strict  for  the  corrupt  and  libertine  manners 
of  a  court.  And  we  often  find  by  experience,  that  young 
men  are  too  opinionative  and  volatile  to  be  guided  by  the 
sober  dictates  of  their  seniors.  However,  since  the  king 
was  pleased  to  allow  me  access  to  his  royal  person,  I  was 
resolved,  upon  the  very  first  occasion,  to  deliver  my  opinion 
to  him  on  this  matter  freely,  and  at  large,  by  the  help  of  my 
interpreter;  and  whether  he  would  please  to  take  my  advice 
or  no,  yet  in  one  thing  I  was  determined,  that,  his  Majesty 
having  frequently  offered  me  an  establishment  in  this 
country,  I  would  with  great  thankfulness  accept  the  favour, 
and  pass  my  life  here  in  the  conversation  of  those  superior 
beings,  the  struldbrugs,  if  they  would  please  to  admit  me. 

The  gentleman  to  whom  I  addressed  my  discourse, 
because  (as  I  have  already  observed)  he  spoke  the  language 


200  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

of  Balnibarbi,  said  to  me  with  a  sort  of  a  smile,  which 
usually  ariseth  from  pity  to  the  ignorant,  that  he  was  glad 
of  any  occasion  to  keep  me  among  them,  and  desired  my 
permission  to  explain  to  the  company  what  I  had  spoke. 
He  did  so,  and  they  talked  together  for  some  time  in  their 
own  language,  whereof  I  understood  not  a  syllable,  neither 
could  I  observe  by  their  countenances  what  impression  my 
discourse  had  made  on  them.  After  a  short  silence,  the 
same  person  told  me  that  his  friends  and  mine  (so  he 
thought  fit  to  express  himself)  were  very  much  pleased  with 
the  judicious  remarks  I  had  made  on  the  great  happiness 
and  advantages  of  immortal  life,  and  they  were  desirous  to 
know  in  a  particular  manner,  what  scheme  of  living  I 
should  have  formed  to  myself,  if  it  had  fallen  to  my  lot  to 
have  been  born  a  struldbrug. 

I  answered,  it  was  easy  to  be  eloquent  on  so  copious  and 
delightful  a  subject,  especially  to  me,  who  have  been  often 
apt  to  amuse  myself  with  visions  of  what  I  should  do,  if  I 
were  a  king,  a  general,  or  a  great  lord :  and,  upon  this  very 
case,  I  had  frequently  run  over  the  whole  system  how  I 
should  employ  myself,  and  pass  the  time,  if  I  were  sure  to 
live  for  ever. 

That,  if  it  had  been  my  good  fortune  to  come  into  the 
world  a  struldbrug,  as  soon  as  I  could  discover  my  own 
happiness,  by  understanding  the  difference  between  life 
and  death,  I  would  first  resolve,  by  all  arts  and  methods 
whatsoever,  to  procure  myself  riches.  In  the  pursuit  of 
which,  by  thrift  and  management,  I  might  reasonably 
expect,  in  about  two  hundred  years,  to  be  the  wealthiest 
man  in  the  kingdom.  In  the  second  place,  I  would  from 
my  earliest  youth  apply  myself  to  the  study  of  arts  and 
sciences,  by  which  I  should  arrive  in  time  to  excel  all  others 
in  learning.  Lastly,  I  would  carefully  record  every  action 
and  event  of  consequence  that  happened  in  the  public, 
impartially  draw  the  characters  of  the  several  successions 
of  princes,  and  great  ministers  of  state,  with  my  own  obser- 


THE   STRULDBRUGS 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      201 

vations  on  every  point.  I  would  exactly  set  down  the 
several  changes  in  customs,  language,  fashions  of  dress, 
diet  and  diversions.  By  all  which  acquirements,  I  should 
be  a  living  treasury  of  knowledge  and  wisdom,  and  cer- 
tainly become  the  oracle  of  the  nation. 

I  would  never  marry  after  threescore,  but  live  in  an 
hospitable  manner,  yet  still  on  the  saving  side.  I  would 
entertain  myself  in  forming  and  directing  the  minds  of 
hopeful  young  men,  by  convincing  them  from  my  own 
remembrance,  experience,  and  observation,  fortified  by 
numerous  examples,  of  the  usefulness  of  virtue  in  public 
and  private  life.  But  my  choice  and  constant  companions 
should  be  a  set  of  my  own  immortal  brotherhood,  among 
whom  I  would  elect  a  dozen  from  the  most  ancient,  down 
to  my  own  contemporaries.  Where  any  of  these  wanted 
fortunes,  I  would  provide  them  with  convenient  lodges 
round  my  own  estate,  and  have  some  of  them  always  at  my 
table,  only  mingling  a  few  of  the  most  valuable  among  you 
mortals,  whom  length  of  time  would  harden  me  to  lose, 
with  little  or  no  reluctance,  and  treat  your  posterity  after 
the  same  manner;  just  as  a  man  diverts  himself  with  the 
annual  succession  of  pinks  and  tulips  in  his  garden,  without 
regretting  the  loss  of  those  which  withered  the  preceding 
year. 

These  struldbrugs  and  I  would  mutually  communicate 
our  observations  and  memorials  through  the  course  of  time ; 
remark  the  several  gradations  by  which  corruption  steals 
into  the  world,  and  oppose  it  in  every  step,  by  giving  per- 
petual warning  and  instruction  to  mankind;  which,  added 
to  the  strong  influence  of  our  own  example,  would  probably 
prevent  that  continual  degeneracy  of  human  nature,  so 
justly  complained  of  in  all  ages. 

Add  to  all  this,  the  pleasure  of  seeing  the  various  revo- 
lutions of  states  and  empires ;  the  changes  in  the  lower  and 
upper  world;  ancient  cities  in  ruins,  and  obscure  villages 
become  the  seats  of  kings;  famous  rivers  lessening  into 


202  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

shallow  brooks;  the  ocean  leaving  one  coast  dry,  and  over- 
whelming another;  the  discovery  of  many  countries  yet 
unknown;  barbarity  over-running  the  politest  nations,  and 
the  most  barbarous  become  civilised.  I  should  then  see 
the  discovery  of  the  longitude,  the  perpetual  motion,  the 
universal  medicine,  and  many  other  great  inventions 
brought  to  the  utmost  perfection. 

What  wonderful  discoveries  should  we  make  in  astro- 
nomy, by  out-living  and  confirming  our  own  predictions, 
by  observing  the  progress  and  returns  of  comets,  with 
the  changes  of  motion  in  the  sun,  moon,  and  stars. 

I  enlarged  upon  many  other  topics,  which  the  natural 
desire  of  endless  life  and  sublunary  happiness  could  easily 
furnish  me  with.  When  I  had  ended,  and  the  sum  of  my 
discourse  had  been  intrepreted,  as  before,  to  the  rest  of  the 
company,  there  was  a  good  deal  of  talk  among  them  in  the 
language  of  the  country,  not  without  some  laughter  at  my 
expense.  At  last,  the  same  gentleman  who  had  been  my 
interpreter  said  he  was  desired  by  the  rest  to  set  me  right 
in  a  few  mistakes,  which  I  had  fallen  into  through  the 
common  imbecility  of  human  nature,  and,  upon  that 
allowance,  was  less  answerable  for  them.  That  this  breed 
of  struldbrugs  was  peculiar  to  their  country,  for  there  were 
no  such  people,  either  in  Balnibarbi  or  Japan,  where  he  had 
the  honour  to  be  ambassador  from  his  Majesty,  and  found 
the  natives  in  both  those  kingdoms  very  hard  to  believe 
that  the  fact  was  possible;  and  it  appeared  from  my 
astonishment,  when  he  first  mentioned  the  matter  to  me, 
that  I  received  it  as  a  thing  wholly  new,  and  scarcely  to  be 
credited.  That  in  the  two  kingdoms  above  mentioned, 
where,  during  his  residence,  he  had  conversed  very  much, 
he  observed  long  life  to  be  the  universal  desire  and  wish  of 
mankind.  That  whoever  had  one  foot  in  the  grave,  was 
sure  to  hold  back  the  other  as  strongly  as  he  could.  That 
the  oldest  had  still  hopes  of  living  one  day  longer,  and 
looked  on  death  as  the  greatest  evil,  from  which  Nature 


A  VOYAGE  TO   LAPUTA,  ETC.      203 

always  prompted  him  to  retreat;  only  in  this  island  of 
Luggnagg  the  appetite  for  living  was  not  so  eager,  from  the 
continual  example  of  the  stmldbrugs  before  their  eyes. 

That  the  system  of  living,  contrived  by  me,  was  un- 
reasonable and  unjust,  because  it  supposed  a  perpetuity  of 
youth,  health,  and  vigour,  which  no  man  could  be  so 
foolish  to  hope,  however  extravagant  he  may  be  in  his 
wishes.  That  the  question  therefore  was  not  whether  a 
man  would  choose  to  be  always  in  the  prime  of  youth,  at- 
tended with  prosperity  and  health;  but  how  he  would  pass 
a  perpetual  life  under  all  the  usual  disadvantages  which  old 
age  brings  along  with  it.  For  although  few  men  will  avow 
their  desires  of  being  immortal  upon  such  hard  conditions, 
yet  in  the  two  kingdoms  before  mentioned,  of  Balnibarbi 
and  Japan,  he  observed  that  every  man  desired  to  put  off 
death  for  some  time  longer,  let  it  approach  ever  so  late ;  and 
he  rarely  heard  of  any  man  who  died  willingly,  except  he 
were  incited  by  the  extremity  of  grief  or  torture.  And  he 
appealed  to  me,  whether  in  those  countries  I  had  travelled, 
as  well  as  my  own,  I  had  not  observed  the  same  general 
disposition. 

After  this  preface,  he  gave  me  a  particular  account  of 
the  struldbrugs  among  them.  He  said  they  commonly 
acted  like  mortals,  till  about  thirty  years  old,  after  which, 
by  degrees,  they  grew  melancholy  and  dejected,  increasing 
in  both  till  they  came  to  fourscore.  This  he  learned  from 
their  own  confession;  for  otherwise,  there  not  being  above 
two  or  three  of  that  species  born  in  an  age,  they  were  too 
few  to  form  a  general  observation  by.  When  they  came  to 
fourscore  years,  which  is  reckoned  the  extremity  of  living 
in  this  country,  they  had  not  only  all  the  follies  and  in- 
firmities of  other  old  men,  but  many  more,  which  arose 
from  the  dreadful  prospects  of  never  dying.  They  were 
not  only  opinionative,  peevish,  covetous,  morose,  vain, 
talkative;  but  incapable  of  friendship,  and  dead  to  all 
natural  affection,  which  never  descended  below  their  grand- 


204  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

children.  Envy  and  impotent  desires  are  their  prevailing 
passions.  But  those  objects,  against  which  their  envy 
seems  principally  directed,  are  the  vices  of  the  younger 
sort,  and  the  deaths  of  the  old.  By  reflecting  on  the 
former,  they  find  themselves  cut  off  from  all  possibility  of 
pleasure;  and  whenever  they  see  a  funeral,  they  lament 
and  repine  that  others  are  gone  to  an  harbour  of  rest,  to 
which  they  themselves  never  can  hope  to  arrive.  They 
have  no  remembrance  of  anything  but  what  they  learned 
and  observed  in  their  youth  and  middle  age,  and  even  that 
is  very  imperfect.  And,  for  the  truth  or  particulars  of  any 
fact,  it  is  safer  to  depend  on  common  traditions  than  upon 
their  best  recollections.  The  least  miserable  among  them 
appear  to  be  those  who  turn  to  dotage,  and  entirely  lose 
their  memories;  these  meet  with  more  pity  and  assistance, 
because  they  want  many  bad  qualities,  which  abound  in 
others. 

If  a  struldbrug  happen  to  marry  one  of  his  own  kind, 
the  marriage  is  dissolved,  of  course,  by  the  courtesy  of  the 
kingdom,  as  soon  as  the  younger  of  the  two  comes  to  be 
fourscore.  For  the  law  thinks  it  a  reasonable  indulgence, 
that  those  who  are  condemned,  without  any  fault  of  their 
own,  to  a  perpetual  continuance  in  the  world,  should  not 
have  their  misery  doubled  by  the  load  of  a  wife. 

As  soon  as  they  have  completed  the  term  of  eighty 
years,  they  are  looked  on  as  dead  in  law;  their  heirs  im- 
mediately succeed  to  their  estates,  only  a  small  pittance  is 
reserved  for  their  support;  and  the  poor  ones  are  main- 
tained at  the  public  charge.  After  that  period,  they  are 
held  incapable  of  any  employment  of  trust  or  profit,  they 
cannot  purchase  lands,  or  take  leases,  neither  are  they 
allowed  to  be  witnesses  in  any  cause,  either  civil  or  criminal, 
not  even  for  the  decision  of  meers  and  bounds. 

At  ninety  they  lose  their  teeth  and  hair;  they  have 
at  that  age  no  distinction  of  taste,  but  eat  and  drink  what- 
ever they  can  get,  without  relish  or  appetite.  The  diseases 


A   VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      205 

they  were  subject  to  still  continue,  without  increasing  or 
diminishing.  In  talking,  they  forget  the  common  appel- 
lation of  things,  and  the  names  of  persons,  even  of  those 
who  are  their  nearest  friends  and  relations.  For  the  same 
reason  they  never  can  amuse  themselves  with  reading, 
because  their  memory  will  not  serve  to  carry  them  from  the 
beginning  of  a  sentence  to  the  end;  and,  by  this  defect,  they 
are  deprived  of  the  only  entertainment  whereof  they  might 
otherwise  be  capable. 

The  language  of  this  country  being  always  upon  the 
flux,  the  struldbrugs  of  one  age  do  not  understand  those 
of  another;  neither  are  they  able,  after  two  hundred  years, 
to  hold  any  conversation  (farther  than  by  a  few  general 
words)  with  their  neighbours,  the  mortals;  and  thus  they 
lie  under  the  disadvantage  of  living  like  foreigners  in  their 
own  country. 

This  was  the  account  given  me  of  the  struldbrugs,  as 
near  as  I  can  remember.  I  afterwards  saw  five  or  six  of 
different  ages,  the  youngest  not  above  two  hundred  years 
old,  who  were  brought  to  me  at  several  times,  by  some  of 
my  friends ;  but  although  they  were  told  that  I  was  a  great 
traveller,  and  had  seen  all  the  world,  they  had  not  the  least 
curiosity  to  ask  me  a  question;  only  desired  I  would  give 
them  slumskudask,  or  a  token  of  remembrance;  which  is  a 
modest  way  of  begging,  to  avoid  the  law  that  strictly 
forbids  it,  because  they  are  provided  for  by  the  public, 
although,  indeed,  with  a  very  scanty  allowance. 

They  are  despised  and  hated  by  all  sorts  of  people; 
when  one  of  them  is  born,  it  is  reckoned  ominous,  and  their 
birth  is  recorded  very  particularly;  so  that  you  may  know 
their  age,  by  consulting  the  register;  which,  however,  hath 
not  been  kept  above  a  thousand  years  past,  or,  at  least, 
hath  been  destroyed  by  time,  or  public  disturbances.  But 
the  usual  way  of  computing  how  old  they  are,  is,  by  asking 
them  what  kings  or  great  persons  they  can  remember,  and 
then  consulting  history;  for,  infallibly,  the  last  prince  in 


206  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

their  mind  did  not  begin  his  reign  after  they  were  fourscore 
years  old. 

They  were  the  most  mortifying  sight  I  ever  beheld; 
and  the  women  more  horrible  than  the  men.  Besides  the 
usual  deformities  in  extreme  old  age,  they  acquired  an 
additional  ghastliness,  in  proportion  to  their  number  of 
years,  which  is  not  to  be  described;  and,  among  half  a 
dozen,  I  soon  distinguished  which  was  the  eldest,  although 
there  was  not  above  a  century  or  two  between  them. 

The  reader  will  easily  believe  that  from  what  I  have 
heard  and  seen,  my  keen  appetite  for  perpetuity  of  life  was 
much  abated.  I  grew  heartily  ashamed  of  the  pleasing 
visions  I  had  formed;  and  thought  no  tyrant  could  invent 
a  death  into  which  I  would  not  run  with  pleasure  from  such 
a  life.  The  king  heard  of  all  that  had  passed  between  me 
and  my  friends  upon  this  occasion,  and  rallied  me  very 
pleasantly;  wishing  I  would  send  a  couple  of  struldbrugs 
to  my  own  country,  to  arm  our  people  against  the  fear  of 
death;  but  this,  it  seems,  is  forbidden  by  the  fundamental 
laws  of  the  kingdom,  or  else  I  should  have  been  well  content 
with  the  trouble  and  expense  of  transporting  them. 

I    could    not    but    agree    that    the    laws  of   this   king- 
dom,   relating    to    the    struldbrugs,    were    founded   upon 
the   strongest    reasons,    and   such    as    any   other   country 
would     be     under    the     necessity     of     enacting     in 
the    like    circumstances.      Otherwise,  as   avarice 
is    the    necessary    consequent    of    old    age, 
those   immortals  would  in  time   become 
proprietors    of    the    whole    nation, 
and    engross    the    civil   power; 
which,    for   want   of    abili- 
ties to    manage,   must 
end    in    the    ruin 
of  the  public. 


CHAPTER  XI 

I  THOUGHT  this  account  of  the  strudlbrugs  might  be  some 
entertainment  to  the  reader,  because  it  seems  to  be  a  little 
out  of  the  common  way;  at  least,  I  do  not  remember  to 
have  met  the  like  in  any  book  of  travels  that  hath  come  to 
my  hands:  and,  if  I  am  deceived,  my  excuse  must  be,  that 
it  is  necessary  for  travellers,  who  describe  the  same  country, 
very  often  to  agree  in  dwelling  on  the  same  particulars, 
without  deserving  the  censure  of  having  borrowed  or  tran- 
scribed from  those  who  wrote  before  them. 

There  is,  indeed,  a  perpetual  commerce  between  this 
kingdom  and  the  great  empire  of  Japan;  and  it  is  very 
probable  that  the  Japanese  authors  may  have  given  some 
account  of  the  struldbrugs;  but  my  stay  in  Japan  was  so 
short,  and  I  was  so  entirely  a  stranger  to  the  language, 
that  I  was  not  qualified  to  make  any  inquiries.  But  I  hope 
the  Dutch,  upon  this  notice,  will  be  curious  and  able  enough 
to  supply  my  defects. 

His  Majesty  having  often  pressed  me  to  accept  some 
employment  in  his  Court,  and  finding  me  absolutely  deter- 
mined to  return  to  my  native  country,  was  pleased  to  give 
me  his  licence  to  depart,  and  honoured  me  with  a  letter  of 
recommendation,  under  his  own  hand,  to  the  Emperor  of 
Japan.  He  likewise  presented  me  with  four  hundred  and 
forty-four  large  pieces  of  gold  (this  nation  delighting  in 
even  numbers)  and  a  red  diamond,  which  I  sold  in  England 
for  eleven  hundred  pounds. 

On  the  6th  day  of  May  1709,  I  took  a  solemn  leave  of 
his  Majesty,  and  all  my  friends.  This  prince  was  so  gracious 
as  to  order  a  guard  to  conduct  me  to  Glanguenstald,  which 
is  a  royal  port  to  the  south-west  part  of  the  island.  In  six 

207 


zoS  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

days  I  found  a  vessel  ready  to  carry  me  to  Japan,  and  spent 
fifteen  days  in  the  voyage.  We  landed  at  a  small  port- 
town  called  Xamoschi,  situated  on  the  south-east  part  of 
Japan;  the  town  lies  on  the  western  point,  where  there  is 
a  narrow  strait,  leading  northward  into  a  long  arm  of  the 
sea,  upon  the  north-west  part  of  which,  Yedo,  the  metro- 
polis, stands.  At  landing  I  shewed  the  custom-house 
officers  my  letter  from  the  King  of  Luggnagg  to  his  Imperial 
Majesty.  They  knew  the  seal  perfectly  well,  it  was  as 
broad  as  the  palm  of  my  hand.  The  impression  was,  a 
king  lifting  up  a  lame  beggar  from  the  earth.  The  magis- 
trates of  the  town,  hearing  of  my  letter,  received  me  as  a 
public  minister;  they  provided  me  with  carriages  and 
servants,  and  bore  my  charges  to  Yedo,  where  I  was  ad- 
mitted to  an  audience,  and  delivered  my  letter,  which  was 
opened  with  great  ceremony,  and  explained  to  the  Emperor 
by  an  interpreter,  who  gave  me  notice,  by  his  Majesty's 
order,  that  I  should  signify  my  request,  and,  whatever  it 
were,  it  should  be  granted,  for  the  sake  of  his  royal  brother 
of  Luggnagg.  This  interpreter  was  a  person  employed  to 
transact  affairs  with  the  Hollanders;  he  soon  conjectured 
by  my  countenance  that  I  was  an  European,  and  therefore 
repeated  his  Majesty's  commands  in  Low  Dutch,  which  he 
spoke  perfectly  weh1.  I  answered  (as  I  had  before  deter- 
mined) that  I  was  a  Dutch  merchant,  shipwrecked  in  a  very 
remote  country,  from  whence  I  had  travelled  by  sea  and 
land  to  Luggnagg,  and  then  took  shipping  for  Japan,  where 
I  knew  my  countrymen  often  traded,  and  with  some  of  these 
I  hoped  to  get  an  opportunity  of  returning  into  Europe:  I 
therefore  most  humbly  entreated  his  royal  favour  to  give 
order,  that  I  should  be  conducted  in  safety  to  Nangasac: 
to  this  I  added  another  petition,  that,  for  the  sake  of  my 
patron,  the  King  of  Luggnagg,  his  Majesty  would  conde- 
scend to  excuse  my  performing  the  ceremony  imposed  on 
my  countrymen,  of  trampling  upon  the  crucifix;  because 
I  had  been  thrown  into  his  kingdom  by  my  misfortunes, 


A  VOYAGE  TO  LAPUTA,  ETC.      209 

without  any  intention  of  trading.  When  this  latter  peti- 
tion was  interpreted  to  the  Emperor,  he  seemed  a  little 
surprised;  and  said,  he  believed  I  was  the  first  of  my 
countrymen  who  ever  made  any  scruple  in  this  point;  and 
that  he  began  to  doubt  whether  I  was  a  real  Hollander,  or 
no ;  but  rather  suspected  I  must  be  a  Christian.  However, 
for  the  reasons  I  had  offered,  but  chiefly  to  gratify  the  King 
of  Luggnagg  by  an  uncommon  mark  of  his  favour,  he  would 
comply  with  the  singularity  of  my  humour;  but  the  affair 
must  be  managed  with  dexterity,  and  his  officers  should  be 
commanded  to  let  me  pass,  as  it  were,  by  forgetfulness. 
For  he  assured  me,  that  if  the  secret  should  be  discovered 
by  my  countrymen,  the  Dutch,  they  would  cut  my  throat 
in  the  voyage.  I  returned  my  thanks,  by  the  interpreter, 
for  so  unusual  a  favour;  and,  some  troops  being  at  that 
time  on  their  march  to  Nangasac,  the  commanding  officer 
had  orders  to  convey  me  safe  thither,  with  particular  in- 
structions about  the  business  of  the  crucifix. 

On  the  gth  day  of  June  1709,  I  arrived  at  Nangasac, 
after  a  very  long  and  troublesome  journey.  I  soon  fell  into 
company  of  some  Dutch  sailors  belonging  to  the  Amboyna 
of  Amsterdam,  a  stout  ship  of  450  tons.  I  had  lived  long 
in  Holland,  pursuing  my  studies  at  Leyden,  and  I  spoke 
Dutch  well.  The  seamen  soon  knew  from  whence  I  came 
last;  they  were  curious  to  inquire  into  my  voyages,  and 
course  of  life.  I  made  up  a  story  as  short  and  probable  as 
I  could,  but  concealed  the  greatest  part.  I  knew  many 
persons  in  Holland;  I  was  able  to  invent  names  for  my 
parents,  whom  I  pretended  to  be  obscure  people  in  the 
province  of  Gelderland.  I  would  have  given  the  captain 
(one  Theodorus  Vangrult)  what  he  pleased  to  ask  for  my 
voyage  to  Holland;  but,  understanding  I  was  a  surgeon, 
he  was  contented  to  take  half  the  usual  rate,  on  condition 
that  I  would  serve  him  in  the  way  of  my  calling.  Before 
we  took  shipping,  I  was  often  asked  by  some  of  the  crew, 
whether  I  had  performed  the  ceremony  above-mentioned? 


zio  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

I  evaded  the  question  by  general  answers,  that  I  had  satis- 
fied the  Emperor,  and  Court,  in  all  particulars.  However, 
a  malicious  rogue  of  a  skipper  went  to  an  officer,  and,  point- 
ing to  me,  told  him  I  had  not  yet  trampled  on  the  crucifix; 
but  the  other,  who  had  received  instructions  to  let  me  pass, 
gave  the  rascal  twenty  strokes  on  the  shoulders  with  a 
bamboo;  after  which  I  was  no  more  troubled  with  such 
questions. 

Nothing  happened  worth  mentioning  in  this  voyage. 
We  sailed  with  a  fair  wind  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  where 
we  stayed  only  to  take  in  fresh  water.  On  the  i6th  of  April 
we  arrived  safely  at  Amsterdam,  having  lost  only  three  men 
by  sickness  in  the  voyage,  and  a  fourth  who  fell  from  the 
fore-mast  into  the  sea,  not  far  from  the  coast  of  Guinea. 
From  Amsterdam,  I  soon  after  set  sail  for  England,  in  a 
small  vessel  belonging  to  that  city. 

On  the  loth  of  April  1710,  we  put  in  at  the  Downs.  I 
landed  next  morning,  and  saw  once  more  my  native  country, 
after  an  absence  of  five  years  and  six  months  complete.  I 
went  straight  to  Redriff,  where  I  arrived  the  same  day  at 
two  in  the  afternoon,  and  found  my  wife  and  family  in  good 
health. 


THE  END  OF  THE  THIRD  PART 


CHAPTER  I 

I  CONTINUED  at  home  with  my  wife  and  children  about 
five  months,  in  a  very  happy  condition,  if  I  could 
have  learned  the  lesson  of  knowing  when  I  was  well.  I 
left  my  poor  wife  and  accepted  an  advantageous  offer 
made  me,  to  be  captain  of  the  Adventure,  a  stout  merchant- 
man, of  350  tons;  for  I  understood  navigation  well,  and 
being  grown  weary  of  a  surgeon's  employment  at  sea, 
which,  however,  I  could  exercise  upon  occasion,  I  took  a 
skilful  young  man  of  that  calling,  one  Robert  Purefoy,  into 
my  ship.  We  set  sail  from  Portsmouth  upon  the  2nd  day 
of  August  1710;  on  the  I4th  we  met  with  Captain  Pocock, 
of  Bristol,  at  Teneriffe,  who  was  going  to  the  Bay  of  Cam- 
pechy,  to  cut  logwood.  On  the  i6th  he  was  parted  from 
us  by  a  storm;  I  heard,  since  my  return,  that  his  ship 
foundered,  and  none  escaped  but  one  cabin-boy.  He  was 
an  honest  man,  and  a  good  sailor,  but  a  little  too  positive 
in  his  own  opinions,  which  was  the  cause  of  his  destruction, 
as  it  hath  been  of  several  others.  For,  if  he  had  followed 
my  advice,  he  might  have  been  safe  at  home  with  his 
family  at  this  time,  as  well  as  myself. 

I  had  several  men  died  in  my  ship  of  calentures,  so  that 

211 


212  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

I  was  forced  to  get  recruits  out  of  Barbadoes,  and  the 
Leeward  Islands,  where  I  touched  by  the  direction  of  the 
merchants  who  employed  me ;  which  I  had  soon  too  much 
cause  to  repent;  for  I  found  afterwards  that  most  of  them 
had  been  buccaneers.  I  had  fifty  hands  on  board,  and  my 
orders  were  that  I  should  trade  with  the  Indians,  in  the 
South  Sea,  and  make  what  discoveries  I  could.  These 
rogues  whom  I  had  picked  up  debauched  my  other  men, 
and  they  all  formed  a  conspiracy  to  seize  the  ship,  and 
secure  me;  which  they  did  one  morning,  rushing  into  my 
cabin,  and  binding  me  hand  and  foot,  threatening  to  throw 
me  overboard  if  I  offered  to  stir.  I  told  them  I  was  their 
prisoner,  and  would  submit.  This  they  made  me  swear  to 
do,  and  then  they  unbound  me,  only  fastening  one  of  my 
legs  with  a  chain  near  my  bed,  and  placed  a  sentry  at  my 
door  with  his  piece  charged,  who  was  commanded  to  shoot 
me  dead,  if  I  attempted  my  liberty.  They  sent  me  down 
victuals  and  drink,  and  took  the  government  of  the  ship 
to  themselves.  Their  design  was  to  turn  pirates,  and 
plunder  the  Spaniards,  which  they  could  not  do  till  they 
got  more  men.  But  first  they  resolved  to  sell  the  goods  in 
the  ship,  and  then  go  to  Madagascar  for  recruits,  several 
among  them  having  died  since  my  confinement.  They 
sailed  many  weeks  and  traded  with  the  Indians;  but  I 
knew  not  what  course  they  took,  being  kept  a  close  prisoner 
in  my  cabin,  and  expecting  nothing  less  than  to  be 
murdered,  as  they  often  threatened  me. 

Upon  the  Qth  day  of  May  1711,  one  James  Welch  came 
down  to  my  cabin,  and  said  he  had  orders  from  the  captain 
to  set  me  ashore.  I  expostulated  with  him,  but  in  vain; 
neither  would  he  so  much  as  tell  me  who  their  new  captain 
was.  They  forced  me  into  the  long  boat,  letting  me  put  on 
my  best  suit  of  clothes,  which  were  as  good  as  new,  and  a 
small  bundle  of  linen,  but  no  arms,  except  my  hanger; 
and  they  were  so  civil  as  not  to  search  my  pockets,  into 
which  I  conveyed  what  money  I  had,  with  some  other  little 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    213 

necessaries.  They  rowed  about  a  league ;  and  then  set  me 
down  on  a  strand.  I  desired  them  to  tell  me  what  country 
it  was.  They  all  swore  they  knew  no  more  than  myself, 
but  said  that  the  captain  (as  they  called  him)  was  resolved, 
after  they  had  sold  the  lading,  to  get  rid  of  me  in  the  first 
place  where  they  could  discover  land.  They  pushed  off 
immediately,  advising  me  to  make  haste,  for  fear  of  being 
overtaken  by  the  tide,  and  so  bade  me  farewell. 

In  this  desolate  condition  I  advanced  forward,  and  soon 
got  upon  firm  ground,  where  I  sat  down  on  a  bank  to  rest 
myself,  and  consider  what  I  had  best  do.  When  I  was  a 
little  refreshed,  I  went  up  into  the  country,  resolving  to 
deliver  myself  to  the  first  savages  I  should  meet,  and  pur- 
chase my  life  from  them  by  some  bracelets,  glass  rings,  and 
other  toys,  which  sailors  usually  provide  themselves  with 
in  those  voyages,  and  whereof  I  had  some  about  me: 
the  land  was  divided  by  long  rows  of  trees,  not  regularly 
planted,  but  naturally  growing;  there  was  great  plenty  of 
grass,  and  several  fields  of  oats.  I  walked  very  circum- 
spectly, for  fear  of  being  surprised,  or  suddenly  shot  with 
an  arrow  from  behind,  or  on  either  side.  I  fell  into  a  beaten 
road,  where  I  saw  many  tracks  of  human  feet,  and  some  of 
cows,  but  most  of  horses.  At  last  I  beheld  several  animals 
in  a  field,  and  one  or  two  of  the  same  kind  sitting  in  trees. 
Their  shape  was  very  singular,  and  deformed,  which  a  little 
discomposed  me,  so  that  I  lay  down  behind  a  thicket  to 
observe  them  better.  Some  of  them,  coming  forward  near 
the  place  where  I  lay,  gave  me  an  opportunity  of  distinctly 
marking  their  form.  Their  heads  and  breasts  were  covered 
with  a  thick  hair,  some  frizzled,  and  others  lank;  they  had 
beards  like  goats,  and  a  long  ridge  of  hair  down  their  backs 
and  the  fore-parts  of  their  legs  and  feet;  but  the  rest  of 
their  bodies  were  bare,  so  that  I  might  see  their  skins, 
which  were  of  a  brown  buff  colour.  They  had  no  tails,  and 
were  accustomed  to  sit  as  well  as  to  lie  down,  and  often 
stood  on  their  hind  feet.  They  climbed  high  trees  as 


2i4  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

nimbly  as  a  squirrel,  for  they  had  strong  extended  claws 
before  and  behind,  terminating  in  sharp  points,  and  hooked. 
They  would  often  spring  and  bound,  and  leap  with  pro- 
digious agility.     The  females  were  not  so  large  as  the  males ; 
they  had  long  lank  hair  on  their  heads,  but  none  on  their 
faces,  nor  anything  more  than  a  sort  of  down  on  the  rest  of 
their  bodies.     The  hair  of  both  sexes  was  of  several  colours, 
brown,  red,  black,  and  yellow.     Upon  the  whole,  I  never 
beheld,  in  all  my  travels,  so  disagreeable  an  animal,  nor  one 
against  which  I  naturally  conceived  so  strong  an  antipathy. 
So  that  thinking  I  had  seen  enough,  full  of  contempt  and 
aversion,  I  got  up,  and  pursued  the  beaten  road,  hoping 
it  might  direct  me  to  the  cabin  of  some  Indian.     I  had  not 
got  far,  when  I  met  one  of  these  creatures  full  in  my  way, 
and  coming  up  directly  to  me.     The  ugly  monster,  when 
he  saw  me,   distorted  several  ways  every  feature  of  his 
visage,  and  stared  as  at  an  object  he  had  never  seen  before; 
then,  approaching  nearer,  lifted  up  his  fore-paw,  whether 
out  of  curiosity  or  mischief,  I  could  not  tell.     But  I  drew 
my  hanger,  and  gave  him  a  good  blow  with  the  flat  side  of 
it,  for  I  durst  not  strike  with  the  edge,  fearing  the  inhabi- 
tants might  be  provoked  against  me,  if  they  should  come 
to  know  that  I  had  killed  or  maimed  any  of  their  cattle. 
When  the  beast  felt  the  smart,  he  drew  back,  and  roared  so 
loud,  that  a  herd  of  at  least  forty  came  flocking  about  me 
from  the  next  field,  howling  and  making  odious  faces;   but 
I  ran  to  the  body  of  a  tree,  and,  leaning  my  back  against 
it,  kept  them  off  by  waving  my  hanger. 

In  the  midst  of  this  distress,  I  observed  them  all  to  run 
away  on  a  sudden  as  fast  as  they  could,  at  which  I  ventured 
to  leave  the  tree  and  pursue  the  road,  wondering  what  it 
was  that  could  put  them  into  this  fright.  But,  looking  on 
my  left  hand,  I  saw  a  horse  walking  softly  in  the  field; 
which  my  persecutors  having  sooner  discovered,  was  the 
cause  of  their  flight.  The  horse  started  a  little  when  he 
came  near  me,  but  soon  recovering  himself  looked  full  in  my 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    215 

face,  with  manifest  tokens  of  wonder:  he  viewed  my  hands 
and  feet,  walking  round  me  several  times.  I  would  have 
pursued  my  journey,  but  he  placed  himself  directly  in  the 
v/ay,  yet  looking  with  a  very  mild  aspect,  never  offering 
the  least  violence.  We  stood  gazing  at  each  other  for 
some  time;  at  last  I  took  the  boldness  to  reach  my  hand 
towards  his  neck,  with  a  design  to  stroke  it,  using  the 
common  style  and  whistle  of  jockeys,  when  they  are  going 
to  handle  a  strange  horse.  But  this  animal  seemed  to 
receive  my  civilities  with  disdain,  shook  his  head,  and  bent 
his  brows,  softly  raising  up  his  right  fore-foot  to  remove  my 
hand.  Then  he  neighed  three  or  four  times,  but  in  so 
different  a  cadence,  that  I  almost  began  to  think  he  was 
speaking  to  himself  in  some  language  of  his  own. 

While  he  and  I  were  thus  employed,  another  horse 
came  up;  who,  applying  himself  to  the  first  in  a  very  formal 
manner,  they  gently  struck  each  other's  right  hoof  before, 
neighing  several  times  by  turns,  and  varying  the  sound, 
which  seemed  to  be  almost  articulate.  They  went  some 
paces  off,  as  if  it  were  to  confer  together,  walking  side  by 
side,  backward  and  forward,  like  persons  deliberating  upon 
some  affair  of  weight,  but  often  turning  their  eyes  towards 
me,  as  it  were  to  watch  that  I  might  not  escape.  I  was 
amazed  to  see  such  actions  and  behaviour  in  brute  beasts; 
and  concluded  with  myself,  that  if  the  inhabitants  of  this 
country  were  endued  with  a  proportionable  degree  of 
reason,  they  must  needs  be  the  wisest  people  upon  earth. 
This  thought  gave  me  so  much  comfort,  that  I  resolved  to 
go  forward,  until  I  could  discover  some  house  or  village,  or 
meet  with  any  of  the  natives;  leaving  the  two  horses  to 
discourse  together  as  they  pleased.  But  the  first,  who  was 
a  dapple-grey,  observing  me  to  steal  off,  neighed  after  me 
in  so  expressive  a  tone,  that  I  fancied  myself  to  understand 
what  he  meant;  whereupon  I  turned  back,  and  came  near 
him,  to  expect  his  further  commands,  but  concealing  my 
fear  as  much  as  I  could;  for  I  began  to  be  in  some  pain  how 


216  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

this  adventure  might  terminate ;  and  the  reader  will  easily 
believe  I  did  not  much  like  my  present  situation. 

The  two  horses  came  up  close  to  me,  looking  with  great 
earnestness  upon  my  face  and  hands.  The  grey  steed 
rubbed  my  hat  all  round  with  his  right  fore-hoof,  and  dis- 
composed it  so  much,  that  I  was  forced  to  adjust  it  better, 
by  taking  it  off,  and  settling  it  again;  whereat  both  he  and 
his  companion  (who  was  a  brown  bay)  appeared  to  be  much 
surprised ;  the  latter  felt  the  lappet  of  my  coat,  and,  finding 
it  to  hang  loose  about  me,  they  both  looked  with  signs  of 
wonder.  He  stroked  my  right  hand,  seeming  to  admire  the 
softness  and  colour;  but  he  squeezed  it  so  hard  between  his 
hoof  and  his  pastern,  that  I  was  forced  to  roar;  after  which 
they  both  touched  me  with  all  possible  tenderness.  They 
were  under  great  perplexity  about  my  shoes  and  stockings, 
which  they  felt  very  often,  neighing  to  each  other,  and 
using  various  gestures,  not  unlike  those  of  a  philosopher, 
when  he  would  attempt  to  solve  some  new  and  difficult 
phenomenon. 

Upon  the  whole,  the  behaviour  of  these  animals  was  so 
orderly  and  rational,  so  acute  and  judicious,  that  I  at  last 
concluded  they  must  needs  be  magicians,  who  had  thus 
metamorphosed  themselves  upon  some  design,  and  seeing  a 
stranger  in  the  way,  were  resolved  to  divert  themselves 
with  him ;  or,  perhaps,  were  really  amazed  at  the  sight  of  a 
man  so  very  different  in  habit,  feature,  and  complexion 
from  those  who  might  probably  live  in  so  remote  a  climate. 
Upon  the  strength  of  this  reasoning,  I  ventured  to  address 
them  in  the  following  manner:  :'  Gentlemen,  if  you  be 
conjurers,  as  I  have  good  cause  to  believe,  you  can  under- 
stand any  language;  therefore,  I  make  bold  to  let  your 
worships  know,  that  I  am  a  poor  distressed  Englishman, 
driven  by  his  misfortunes  upon  your  coast,  and  I  entreat 
one  of  you  to  let  me  ride  upon  his  back,  as  if  he  were  a  real 
horse,  to  some  house  or  village,  where  I  can  be  relieved. 
In  return  of  which  favour,  I  will  make  you  a  present  of  this 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    217 

knife  and  bracelet  "  (taking  them  out  of  my  pocket).  The 
two  creatures  stood  silent  while  I  spoke,  seeming  to  listen 
with  great  attention ;  and,  when  I  had  ended,  they  neighed 
frequently  towards  each  other,  as  if  they  were  engaged 
in  serious  conversation.  I  plainly  observed,  that  their 
language  expressed  the  passions  very  well,  and  the  words 
might  with  little  pains  be  resolved  into  an  alphabet,  more 
easily  than  the  Chinese. 

I  could  frequently  distinguish  the  word  Yahoo,  which 
was  repeated  by  each  of  them  several  times;  and,  although 
it  was  impossible  for  me  to  conjecture  what  it  meant,  yet, 
while  the  two  horses  were  busy  in  conversation,  I  en- 
deavoured to  practise  this  word  upon  my  tongue;  and,  as 
soon  as  they  were  silent,  I  boldly  pronounced  Yahoo,  in  a 
loud  voice,  imitating,  at  the  same  time,  as  near  as  I  could, 
the  neighing  of  a  horse;  at  which  they  were  both  visibly 
surprised,  and  the  grey  repeated  the  same  word  twice,  as  if 
he  meant  to  teach  me  the  right  accent,  wherein  I  spoke 
after  him  as  well  as  I  could,  and  found  myself  perceivably 
to  improve  every  time,  though  far  from  any  degree  of  per- 
fection. Then  the  bay  tried  me  with  a  second  word,  much 
harder  to  be  pronounced;  but,  reducing  it  to  the  English 
orthography,  may  be  spelt  thus,  Houyhnhnm.  I  did  not 
succeed  in  this  so  well  as  the  former;  but,  after  two  or 
three  farther  trials,  I  had  better  fortune;  and  they  both 
appeared  amazed  at  my  capacity. 

After  some  farther  discourse,  which  I  then  conjectured 
might  relate  to  me,  the  two  friends  took  their  leaves,  with 
the  same  compliment  of  striking  each  other's  hoof;  and  the 
grey  made  me  signs  that  I  should  walk  before  him ;  wherein 
I  thought  it  prudent  to  comply,  till  I  could  find  a  better 
director.  When  I  offered  to  slacken  my  pace,  he  would 
cry  Hhuun,  Hhuun  ;  I  guessed  his  meaning,  and  gave  him 
to  understand,  as  well  as  I  could,  that  I  was  weary,  and 
not  able  to  walk  faster;  upon  which  he  would  stand  a 
while  to  let  me  rest. 


CHAPTER  II 

HAVING  travelled  about  three  miles,  we  came  to  a  long  kind 
of  building,   made   of  timber,   stuck  in   the  ground,   and 
wattled  across;    the  roof  was  low,  and  covered  with  straw. 
I  now  began  to  be  a  little  comforted;    and  took  out  some 
toys,   which  travellers  usually  carry   for  presents  to  the 
savage  Indians  of  America,  and  other  parts,  in  hopes  the 
people  of  the  house  would  be  thereby  encouraged  to  receive 
me  kindly.     The  horse  made  me  a  sign  to  go  in  first;    it 
was  a  large  room  with  a  smooth  clay  floor,  and  a  rack  and 
manger,  extending  the  whole  length  on  one  side.     There 
were  three  nags  and  two  mares,  not  eating,  but  some  of 
them  sitting  down  upon  their  hams,  which  I  very  much 
wondered  at;   but  wondered  more  to  see  the  rest  employed 
in  domestic  business.     These  seemed  but  ordinary  cattle; 
however,  this  confirmed  my  first  opinion,  that  a  people  who 
could  so  far  civilise  brute  animals,  must  needs  excel  in 
wisdom  all  the  nations  of  the  world.     The  grey  came  in 
just  after,  and  thereby  prevented  any  ill  treatment  which 
the   others  might  have  given  me.     He  neighed  to  them 
several  times  in  a  style  of  authority,  and  received  answers. 
Beyond  this  room  there  were  three  others,  reaching  the 
length  of  the  house,   to  which  you  passed  through    the 
doors,  opposite  to  each  other,  in  the  manner  of  a  vista;   we 
went  through  the  second  room  towards  the  third;   here  the 
grey  walked  in  first,  beckoning  me  to  attend;    I  waited  in 
the  second  room,  and  got  ready  my  presents  for  the  master 
and  mistress  of  the  house:    they  were  two  knives,  three 
bracelets  of  false  pearl,  a  small  looking-glass,  and  a  bead 
necklace.     The  horse  neighed  three  or  four  times,  and  I 
waited  to  hear  some  answers  in  a  human  voice,   but   I 

218 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    219 

observed  no  other  returns  than  in  the  same  dialect,  only 
one  or  two  a  little  shriller  than  his.  I  began  to  think  that 
this  house  must  belong  to  some  person  of  great  note  among 
them,  because  there  appeared  so  much  ceremony  before  I 
could  gain  admittance.  But  that  a  man  of  quality  should 
be  served  all  by  horses,  was  beyond  my  comprehension.  I 
feared  my  brain  was  disturbed  by  my  sufferings  and  mis- 
fortunes :  I  roused  myself,  and  looked  about  me  in  the  room 
where  I  was  left  alone;  this  was  furnished  like  the  first, 
only  after  a  more  elegant  manner.  I  rubbed  my  eyes 
often,  but  the  same  objects  still  occurred.  I  pinched  my 
arms  and  sides,  to  awake  myself,  hoping  I  might  be  in  a 
dream.  I  then  absolutely  concluded  that  all  these  appear- 
ances could  be  nothing  else  but  necromancy  and  magic. 
But  I  had  no  time  to  pursue  these  reflections;  for  the  grey 
horse  came  to  the  door,  and  made  me  a  sign  to  follow  him 
into  the  third  room;  where  I  saw  a  very  comely  mare, 
together  with  a  colt  and  foal,  sitting  on  their  haunches, 
upon  mats  of  straw,  not  unartfu'ly  made,  and  perfectly 
neat  and  clean. 

The  mare,  soon  after  my  entrance,  rose  from  her  mat, 
and  coming  up  close,  after  having  nicely  observed  my  hands 
and  face,  gave  me  a  most  contemptuous  look;  then,  turn- 
ing to  the  horse,  I  heard  the  word  Yahoo  often  repeated 
betwixt  them;  the  meaning  of  which  word  I  could  not  then 
comprehend,  although  it  were  the  first  I  had  learned  to 
pronounce;  but  I  was  soon  better  informed,  to  my  ever- 
lasting mortification:  for  the  horse  beckoning  to  me  with 
his  head,  and  repeating  the  word  Hhuun,  Hhunn,  as  he  did 
upon  the  road,  which  I  understood  was  to  attend  him,  led 
me  out  into  a  kind  of  court,  where  was  another  building  at 
some  distance  from  the  house.  Here  we  entered,  and  I 
saw  three  of  those  detestable  creatures  whom  I  first  met 
after  my  landing,  feeding  upon  roots,  and  the  flesh  of  some 
animals,  which  I  afterwards  found  to  be  that  of  asses  and 
dogs,  and  now  and  then  a  cow  dead  by  accident  or  disease. 


220  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

They  were  all  tied  by  the  neck  with  strong  withes,  fastened 
to  a  beam ;  they  held  their  food  between  the  claws  of  their 
fore-feet,  and  tore  it  with  their  teeth. 

The  master  horse  ordered  a  sorrel  nag,  one  of  his 
servants,  to  untie  the  largest  of  these  animals,  and  take 
him  into  the  yard.  The  beast  and  I  were  brought  close 
together;  and  our  countenances  diligently  compared,  both 
by  master  and  servant,  who  thereupon  repeated  several 
times  the  word  Yahoo.  My  horror  and  astonishment  are 
not  to  be  described,  when  I  observed  in  this  abominable 
animal  a  perfect  human  figure;  the  face  of  it,  indeed,  was 
flat  and  broad,  the  nose  depressed,  the  lips  large,  and  the 
mouth  wide:  but  these  differences  are  common  to  all 
savage  nations,  where  the  lineaments  of  the  countenance 
are  distorted,  by  the  natives  suffering  their  infants  to  lie 
grovelling  on  the  earth,  or  by  carrying  them  on  their  backs, 
nuzzling  with  their  face  against  the  mother's  shoulders. 
The  fore-feet  of  the  Yahoo  differed  from  my  hands  in 
nothing  else  but  the  length  of  the  nails,  the  coarseness  and 
brownness  of  the  palms,  and  the  hairiness  on  the  backs. 
There  was  the  same  resemblance  between  our  feet,  with  the 
same  differences,  which  I  knew  very  well,  though  the  horses 
did  not,  because  of  my  shoes  and  stockings;  the  same  in 
every  part  of  our  bodies,  except  as  to  hairiness  and  colour, 
which  I  have  already  described. 

The  great  difficulty  that  seemed  to  stick  with  the  two 
horses  was,  to  see  the  rest  of  my  body  so  very  different  from 
that  of  a  Yahoo,  for  which  I  was  obliged  to  my  clothes, 
whereof  they  had  no  conception :  the  sorrel  nag  offered  me 
a  root,  which  he  held  (after  their  manner,  as  we  shall  de- 
scribe in  its  proper  place)  between  his  hoof  and  pastern;  I 
took  it  in  my  hand,  and,  having  smelt  it,  returned  it  to  him 
again  as  civilly  as  I  could.  He  brought  out  of  the  Yahoo's 
kennel  a  piece  of  ass's  flesh,  but  it  smelt  so  offensively,  that 
I  turned  from  it  with  loathing;  he  then  threw  it  to  the 
Yahoo,  by  whom  it  was  greedily  devoured.  He  afterwards 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    221 

shewed  me  a  wisp  of  hay,  and  a  fetlock  full  of  oats;  but  I 
shook  my  head,  to  signify  that  neither  of  these  were  food 
for  me.  And,  indeed,  I  now  apprehended  that  I  must 
absolutely  starve,  if  I  did  not  get  to  some  of  my  own 
species:  for  as  to  those  filthy  Yahoos,  although  there  were 
few  greater  lovers  of  mankind,  at  that  time,  than  myself, 
yet,  I  confess,  I  never  saw  any  sensitive  being  so  detestable 
on  all  accounts;  and  the  more  I  came  near  them,  the  more 
hateful  they  grew,  while  I  stayed  in  that  country.  This 
the  master  horse  observed  by  my  behaviour,  and  therefore 
sent  the  Yahoo  back  to  his  kennel.  He  then  put  his  fore- 
hoof  to  his  mouth,  at  which  I  was  much  surprised,  although 
he  did  it  with  ease,  and  with  a  motion  that  appeared  per- 
fectly natural ;  and  made  other  signs  to  know  what  I  would 
eat;  but  I  could  not  return  him  such  an  answer  as  he  was 
able  to  apprehend;  and,  if  he  had  understood  me,  I  did  not 
see  how  it  was  possible  to  contrive  any  way  for  finding 
myself  nourishment.  While  we  were  thus  engaged,  I 
observed  a  cow  passing  by,  whereupon  I  pointed  to  her,  and 
expressed  a  desire  to  let  me  go  and  milk  her.  This  had  its 
effect;  for  he  led  me  back  into  the  house,  and  ordered  a 
mare  servant  to  open  a  room,  where  a  good  store  of  milk 
lay  in  earthen  and  wooden  vessels,  after  a  very  orderly  and 
cleanly  manner.  She  gave  me  a  large  bowl  full,  of  which 
I  drank  very  heartily,  and  found  myself  well  refreshed. 

About  noon,  I  saw  coming  towards  the  house  a  kind  of 
vehicle,  drawn,  like  a  sledge,  by  four  Yahoos.  There  was 
in  it  an  old  steed,  who  seemed  to  be  of  quality ;  he  alighted 
with  his  hind-feet  forward,  having  by  accident  got  a  hurt 
in  his  fore-foot.  He  came  to  dine  with  our  horse,  who 
received  him  with  great  civility.  They  dined  in  the  best 
room,  and  had  oats  boiled  in  milk  for  the  second  course, 
which  the  old  horse  eat  warm,  but  the  rest  cold.  Their 
mangers  were  placed  circular  in  the  middle  of  the  room, 
and  divided  into  several  partitions,  round  which  they  sat 
on  their  haunches  upon  bosses  of  straw.  In  the  middle  was 


222  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

a  large  rack,  with  angles  answering  to  every  partition  of 
the  manger;  so  that  each  horse  and  mare  eat  their  own 
hay,  and  their  own  mash  of  oats  and  milk,  with  much 
decency  and  regularity.  The  behaviour  of  the  young  colt 
and  foal  appeared  very  modest;  and  that  of  the  master 
and  mistress  extremely  cheerful  and  complaisant  to  their 
guest.  The  grey  ordered  me  to  stand  by  him;  and  much 
discourse  passed  between  him  and  his  friend  concerning 
me,  as  I  found  by  the  stranger's  often  looking  on  me,  and 
the  frequent  repetition  of  the  word  Yahoo. 

I  happened  to  wear  my  gloves,  which  the  master  grey 
observing,  seemed  perplexed,  discovering  signs  of  wonder 
what  I  had  done  to  my  fore-feet;  he  put  his  hoof  three  or 
four  times  to  them,  as  if  he  would  signify,  that  I  should 
reduce  them  to  their  former  shape,  which  I  presently  did, 
pulling  off  both  my  gloves,  and  putting  them  into  my 
pocket.  This  occasioned  farther  talk,  and  I  saw  the  com- 
pany was  pleased  with  my  behaviour,  whereof  I  soon  found 
the  good  effects.  I  was  ordered  to  speak  the  few  words  I 
understood;  and  while  they  were  at  dinner,  the  master 
taught  me  the  names  for  oats,  milk,  fire,  water,  and  some 
others;  which  I  could  readily  pronounce  after  him,  having 
from  my  youth  a  great  facility  in  learning  languages. 

When  dinner  was  done,  the  master  horse  took  me  aside, 
and  by  signs  and  words,  made  me  understand  the  concern 
that  he  was  in,  that  I  had  nothing  to  eat.  Oats,  in  their 
tongue,  are  called  hluunh.  This  word  I  pronounced  two  or 
three  times;  for  although  I  had  refused  them  at  first,  yet, 
upon  second  thoughts,  I  considered  that  I  could  contrive 
to  make  of  them  a  kind  of  bread,  which  might  be  sufficient, 
with  milk,  to  keep  me  alive,  till  I  could  make  my  escape 
to  some  other  country,  and  to  creatures  of  my  own  species. 
The  horse  immediately  ordered  a  white  mare  servant,  of 
his  family,  to  bring  me  a  good  quantity  of  oats,  in  a  sort  of 
wooden  tray  These  I  heated  before  the  fire,  as  well  as  I 
could,  and  rubbed  them  till  the  husks  came  off,  which  I 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    223 

made  a  shift  to  winnow  from  the  grain ;  I  ground  and  beat 
them  between  two  stones,  then  took  water,  and  made  them 
into  a  paste  or  cake,  which  I  toasted  at  the  fire,  and  ate 
warm  with  milk.  It  was  at  first  a  very  insipid  diet,  though 
common  enough  in  many  parts  of  Europe,  but  grew  toler- 
able by  time;  and,  having  been  often  reduced  to  hard  fare 
in  my  life,  this  was  not  the  first  experiment  I  had  made, 
how  easily  nature  is  satisfied.  And  I  cannot  but  observe, 
that  I  never  had  one  hour's  sickness  while  I  stayed  in  this 
island.  It  is  true,  I  sometimes  made  a  shift  to  catch  a 
rabbit,  or  bird,  by  springs  made  of  Yahoo's  hairs;  and  I 
often  gathered  wholesome  herbs,  which  I  boiled,  or  eat  as 
salads  with  my  bread;  and  now  and  then  for  a  rarity  I 
made  a  little  butter,  and  drank  the  whey.  I  was  at  first  at 
a  great  loss  for  salt ;  but  custom  soon  reconciled  me  to  the 
want  of  it;  and  I  am  confident  that  the  frequent  use  of 
salt  among  us  is  an  effect  of  luxury,  and  was  first  intro- 
duced only  as  a  provocative  to  drink;  except  where  it  is 
necessary  for  preserving  flesh  in  long  voyages,  or  in  places 
remote  from  great  markets.  For  we  observe  no  animal  to 
be  fond  of  it  but  man:  and  as  to  myself,  when  I  left  this 
country,  it  was  a  great  while  before  I  could  endure  the  taste 
of  it  in  anything  that  I  ate. 

This  is  enough  to  say  upon  the  subject  of  my  diet,  where- 
with other  travellers  fill  their  books,  as  if  the  readers  were 
personally  concerned,  whether  we  fared  well  or  ill.  How- 
ever, it  was  necessary  to  mention  this  matter,  lest  the  world 
should  think  it  impossible  that  I  could  find  sustenance  for 
three  years  in  such  a  country,  and  among  such  inhabitants. 

When  it  grew  towards  evening,  the  master  horse  ordered 
a  place  for  me  to  lodge  in;  it  was  but  six  yards  from  the 
house,  and  separated  from  the  stable  of  the  Yahoos.  Here 
I  got  some  straw,  and,  covering  myself  with  my  own  clothes, 
slept  very  sound.  But  I  was  in  a  short  time  better  accom- 
modated, as  the  reader  shall  know  hereafter,  when  I  come 
to  treat  more  particularly  about  my  way  of  living. 


CHAPTER  III 

MY  principal  endeavour  was  to  learn  the  language,  which 
my  master  (for  so  I  shall  henceforth  call  him)  and  his 
children,  and  every  servant  of  his  house  were  desirous  to 
teach  me.  For  they  looked  upon  it  as  a  prodigy,  that  a 
brute  animal  should  discover  such  marks  of  a  rational 
creature.  I  pointed  to  everything,  and  inquired  the  name 
of  it,  which  I  wrote  down  in  my  journal-book  when  I  was 
alone,  and  corrected  my  bad  accent  by  desiring  those  of  the 
family  to  pronounce  it  often.  In  this  employment  a  sorrel 
nag,  one  of  the  under  servants,  was  ready  to  assist  me. 

In  speaking,  they  pronounce  through  the  nose  and  throat, 
and  their  language  approaches  nearest  to  the  High-Dutch,  or 
German,  of  any  I  know  in  Europe,  but  is  much  more  grace- 
ful and  significant.  The  Emperor  Charles  V.  made  almost 
the  same  observation,  when  he  said,  that,  if  he  were  to 
speak  to  his  horse,  it  should  be  in  High-Dutch. 

The  curiosity  and  impatience  of  my  master  were  so 
great,  that  he  spent  many  hours  of  his  leisure  to  instruct 
me.  He  was  convinced  (as  he  afterwards  told  me)  that  I 
must  be  a  Yahoo;  but  my  teachableness,  civility,  and 
cleanliness  astonished  him;  which  were  qualities  altogether 
so  opposite  to  those  animals.  He  was  most  perplexed 
about  my  clothes,  reasoning  sometimes  with  himself, 
whether  they  were  a  part  of  my  body;  for  I  never  pulled 
them  off  till  the  family  were  asleep,  and  got  them  on  before 
they  waked  in  the  morning.  My  master  was  eager  to  learn 
from  whence  I  came;  how  I  acquired  those  appearances 
of  reason,  which  I  discovered  in  all  my  actions;  and  to 
know  my  story  from  my  own  mouth,  which  he  hoped  he 
should  soon  do,  by  the  great  proficiency  I  made  in  learning 

224 


VOYAGE  TO  THE   HOUYHNHNMS    225 

and  pronouncing  their  words  and  sentences.  To  help  my 
memory,  I  formed  all  I  learned  into  the  English  alphabet, 
and  writ  the  words  down,  with  the  translations.  This  last, 
after  some  time,  I  ventured  to  do  in  my  master's  presence. 
It  cost  me  much  trouble  to  explain  to  him  what  I  was 
doing;  for  the  inhabitants  have  not  the  least  idea  of  books 
or  literature. 

In  about  ten  weeks'  time,  I  was  able  to  understand  most 
of  his  questions;  and  in  three  months  could  give  him  some 
tolerable  answers.  He  was  extremely  curious  to  know 
from  what  part  of  the  country  I  came,  and  how  I  was 
taught  to  imitate  a  rational  creature;  because  the  Yahoos 
(whom  he  saw  I  exactly  resembled  in  my  head,  hands,  and 
face,  that  were  only  visible)  with  some  appearance  of 
cunning,  and  the  strongest  disposition  to  mischief,  were 
observed  to  be  the  most  unteachable  of  all  brutes.  I 
answered,  that  I  came  over  the  sea,  from  a  far  place,  with 
many  others  of  my  own  kind,  in  a  great  hollow  vessel  made 
of  the  bodies  of  trees;  that  my  companions  forced  me  to 
land  on  this  coast,  and  then  left  me  to  shift  for  myself.  It 
was  with  some  difficulty,  and  by  the  help  of  many  signs, 
that  I  brought  him  to  understand  me.  He  replied  that  I 
must  needs  be  mistaken,  or  that  I  said  the  thing  which  was 
not  (for  they  have  no  word  in  their  language  to  express 
lying  or  falsehood).  He  knew  it  was  impossible  that  there 
could  be  a  country  beyond  the  sea,  or  that  a  parcel  of  brutes 
could  move  a  wooden  vessel  whither  they  pleased  upon 
water.  He  was  sure  no  Houyhnhnm  alive  could  make 
such  a  vessel,  nor  would  trust  Yahoos  to  manage  it. 

The  word  Houyhnhnm,  in  their  tongue,  signifies  a  horse, 
and  in  its  etymology,  the  perfection  of  nature.  I  told  my 
master  that  I  was  at  a  loss  for  expression,  but  would  im- 
prove as  fast  as  I  could;  and  hoped  in  a  short  time  I  should 
be  able  to  tell  him  wonders:  he  was  pleased  to  direct  his 
own  mare,  his  colt,  and  foal,  and  the  servants  of  the  family, 
to  take  all  opportunities  of  instructing  me;  and  every  day, 

p 


226  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

for  two  or  three  hours,  he  was  at  the  same  pains  himself. 
Several  horses  and  mares  of  quality,  in  the  neighbourhood, 
came  often  to  our  house,  upon  the  report  spread  of  a  won- 
derful Yahoo,  that  could  speak  like  a  Houyhnhnm,  and 
seemed,  in  his  words  and  actions,  to  discover  some  glimmer- 
ings of  reason.  These  delighted  to  converse  with  me ;  they 
put  many  questions,  and  received  such  answers  as  I  was 
able  to  return.  By  all  these  advantages,  I  made  so  great  a 
progress  that,  in  five  months  from  my  arrival,  I  understood 
whatever  was  spoken,  and  could  express  myself  tolerably 
well. 

The  Houyhnhnms  who  came  to  visit  my  master,  out 
of  a  design  of  seeking  and  talking  with  me,  could  hardly 
believe  me  to  be  a  right  Yahoo,  because  my  body  had 
a  different  covering  from  others  of  my  kind.  They  were 
astonished  to  observe  me  without  the  usual  hair,  or  skin, 
except  on  my  head,  face  and  hands;  but  I  discovered  that 
secret  to  my  master,  upon  an  accident,  which  happened 
about  a  fortnight  before. 

I  have  already  told  the  reader,  that  every  night  when 
the  family  were  gone  to  bed,  it  was  my  custom  to  strip,  and 
cover  myself  with  my  clothes:  it  happened  one  morning 
early,  that  my  master  sent  for  me,  by  the  sorrel  nag,  who 
was  his  valet;  when  he  came,  I  was  fast  asleep,  my  clothes 
fallen  off  on  one  side,  and  my  shirt  above  my  waist.  I 
awaked  at  the  noise  he  made,  and  observed  him  to  deliver 
his  message  in  some  disorder;  after  which  he  went  to  my 
master,  and  in  a  great  fright  gave  him  a  very  confused 
account  of  what  he  had  seen:  this  I  presently  discovered; 
for  going  as  soon  as  I  was  dressed,  to  pay  my  attendance 
upon  his  honour,  he  asked  me  the  meaning  of  what  his 
servant  had  reported;  that  I  was  not  the  same  thing  when 
I  slept,  as  I  appeared  to  be  at  other  times;  that  his  valet 
assured  him  some  part  of  me  was  white,  some  yellow,  at 
least  not  so  white,  and  some  brown. 

I  had  hitherto  concealed  the  secret  of  my  dress,  in  order 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    227 

to  distinguish  myself,  as  much  as  possible,  from  that  cursed 
race  of  Yahoos;  but  now  I  found  it  in  vain  to  do  so  any 
longer.  Besides,  I  considered  that  my  clothes  and  shoes 
would  soon  wear  out,  which  already  were  in  a  declining 
condition,  and  must  be  supplied  by  some  contrivance  from 
the  hides  of  Yahoos,  or  other  brutes;  whereby  the  whole 
secret  would  be  known:  I  therefore  told  my  master  that, 
in  the  country  from  whence  I  came,  those  of  my  kind 
always  covered  their  bodies  with  the  hairs  of  certain 
animals  prepared  by  art,  as  well  for  decency,  as  to  avoid 
the  inclemencies  of  air  both  hot  and  cold;  of  which,  as  to 
my  own  person,  I  would  give  him  immediate  conviction,  if 
he  pleased  to  command  me.  Whereupon,  I  first  unbuttoned 
my  coat,  and  pulled  it  off.  I  did  the  same  with  my  waist- 
coat; I  drew  off  my  shoes,  stockings,  and  breeches. 

My  master  observed  the  whole  performance  with  great 
signs  of  curiosity  and  admiration.  He  took  up  all  my 
clothes  in  his  pastern,  one  piece  after  another,  and  examined 
them  diligently;  he  stroked  my  body  very  gently,  and 
looked  round  me  several  times,  after  which  he  said,  it  was 
plain  I  must  be  a  perfect  Yahoo;  but  that  I  differed  very 
much  from  the  rest  of  my  species,  in  the  softness,  and 
whiteness,  and  smoothness  of  my  skin,  my  want  of  hair  in 
several  parts  of  my  body,  the  shape  and  shortness  of  my 
claws  behind  and  before,  and  my  affectation  of  walking 
continually  on  my  two  hinder  feet.  He  desired  to  see  no 
more;  and  gave  me  leave  to  put  on  my  clothes  again,  for 
I  was  shuddering  with  cold. 

I  expressed  my  uneasiness  at  his  giving  me  so  often  the 
appellation  of  Yahoo,  an  odious  animal,  for  which  I  had  so 
utter  an  hatred  and  contempt:  I  begged  he  would  forbear 
applying  that  word  to  me,  and  make  the  same  order  in  his 
family,  and  among  his  friends,  whom  he  suffered  to  see  me. 
I  requested,  likewise,  that  the  secret  of  my  having  a  false 
covering  to  my  body  might  be  known  to  none  but  himself, 
at  least,  so  long  as  my  present  clothing  should  last ;  for  as 


228  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

to  what  the  sorrel  nag,  his  valet,  had  observed,  his  honour 
might  command  him  to  conceal  it. 

All  this  my  master  very  graciously  consented  to,  and 
thus  the  secret  was  kept  till  my  clothes  began  to  wear  out, 
which  I  was  forced  to  supply  by  several  contrivances,  that 
shall  hereafter  be  mentioned.  In  the  meantime,  he  desired 
I  would  go  on  with  my  utmost  diligence  to  learn  their 
language,  because  he  was  more  astonished  at  my  capacity 
for  speech  and  reason,  than  at  the  figure  of  my  body, 
whether  it  were  covered  or  no ;  adding,  that  he  waited  with 
some  impatience  to  hear  the  wonders  which  I  promised  to 
tell  him. 

From  thenceforward  he  doubled  the  pains  he  had  been 
at  to  instruct  me;  he  brought  me  into  all  company,  and 
made  them  treat  me  with  civility,  because,  as  he  told  them 
privately,  this  would  put  me  into  good  humour,  and  make 
me  more  diverting. 

Every  day,  when  I  waited  on  him,  besides  the  trouble 
he  was  at  in  teaching,  he  would  ask  me  several  questions 
concerning  myself,  which  I  answered  as  well  as  I  could ;  and 
by  these  means  he  had  already  received  some  general  ideas, 
though  very  imperfect.  It  would  be  tedious  to  relate  the 
several  steps  by  which  I  advanced  to  a  more  regular  con- 
versation: but  the  first  account  I  gave  of  myself,  in  any 
order  and  length,  was  to  this  purpose: 

That  I  came  from  a  very  far  country,  as  I  already  had 
attempted  to  tell  him,  with  about  fifty  more  of  my  own 
species;  that  we  travelled  upon  the  seas  in  a  great  hollow 
vessel  made  of  wood,  and  larger  than  his  honour's  house. 
I  described  the  ship  to  him  in  the  best  terms  I  could,  and 
explained,  by  the  help  of  my  handkerchief  displayed,  how 
it  was  driven  forward  by  the  wind.  That,  upon  a  quarrel 
among  us,  I  was  set  on  shore  on  this  coast,  where  I  walked 
forward,  without  knowing  whither,  till  he  delivered  me  from 
the  persecution  of  those  execrable  Yahoos.  He  asked  me 
who  made  the  ship,  and  how  it  was  possible  that  the 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    229 

Houyhnhnms  of  my  country  would  leave  it  to  the  manage- 
ment of  brutes?  My  answer  was,  that  I  durst  proceed  no 
further  in  my  relation  unless  he  would  give  me  his  word 
and  honour  that  he  would  not  be  offended,  and  then  I  would 
tell  him  the  wonders  I  had  so  often  promised.  He  agreed, 
and  I  went  on,  by  assuring  him  that  the  ship  was  made 
by  creatures  like  myself,  who  in  all  the  countries  I  had 
travelled,  as  well  as  in  my  own,  were  the  only  governing, 
rational  animals;  and  that,  upon  my  arrival  hither,  I  was 
as  much  astonished  to  see  the  Houyhnhnms  act  like  rational 
beings,  as  he  or  his  friends  could  be  in  finding  some  marks 
of  reason  in  a  creature  he  was  pleased  to  call  a  Yahoo;  to 
which  I  owned  my  resemblance  in  every  part,  but  could 
not  account  for  their  degenerate  and  brutal  nature.  I  said 
further,  that  if  good  fortune  ever  restored  me  to  my  native 
country,  to  relate  my  travels  hither,  as  I  resolved  to  do, 
everybody  would  believe  that  I  said  the  thing  which  was 
not;  that  I  invented  the  story  out  of  my  own  head;  and, 
with  all  possible  respect  to  himself,  his  family,  and  friends, 
and  under  his  promise  of  not  being  offended,  our  country- 
men would  hardly  think  it  probable  that  a  Houyhnhnm 
should  be  the  presiding  creature  of  a  nation,  and  a  Yahoo 
the  brute. 


CHAPTER  IV 

MY  master  heard  me  with  great  appearances  of  uneasiness 
in  his  countenance ;  because  doubting,  or  not  believing,  are 
so  little  known  in  this  country,  that  the  inhabitants  cannot 
tell  how  to  behave  themselves  under  such  circumstances. 
And  I  remember,  in  frequent  discourses  with  my  master 
concerning  the  nature  of  manhood  in  other  parts  of  the 
world,  having  occasion  to  talk  of  lying,  and  false  represen- 
tation, it  was  with  much  difficulty  that  he  comprehended 
what  I  meant;  although  he  had  otherwise  a  most  acute 
judgment.  For  he  argued  thus:  that  the  use  of  speech 
was  to  make  us  understand  one  another,  and  to  receive 
information  of  facts;  now,  if  any  one  said  the  thing  that 
was  not,  these  ends  were  defeated;  because  I  cannot 
properly  be  said  to  understand  him;  and  I  am  so  far  from 
receiving  information  that  he  leaves  me  worse  than  in 
ignorance,  for  I  am  led  to  believe  a  thing  black  when  it  is 
white,  and  short  when  it  is  long.  And  these  were  all  the 
notions  he  had  concerning  that  faculty  of  lying,  so  per- 
fectly well  understood,  and  so  universally  practised,  among 
human  creatures. 

To  return  from  this  digression;  when  I  asserted  that 
the  Yahoos  were  the  only  governing  animals  in  my  country, 
which,  my  master  said,  was  altogether  past  his  conception, 
he  desired  to  know  whether  we  had  Houyhnhnms  among 
us,  and  what  was  their  employment.  I  told  him,  we  had 
great  numbers;  that  in  summer  they  grazed  in  the  fields 
and  in  winter  were  kept  in  houses,  with  hay  and  oats,  where 
Yahoo  servants  were  employed  to  rub  their  skins  smooth, 
comb  their  manes,  pick  their  feet,  serve  them  with  food, 
and  make  their  beds.  "  I  understand  you  well,"  said  my 

230 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    231 

master;  '  it  is  now  very  plain,  from  all  you  have  spoken, 
that,  whatever  share  of  reason  the  Yahoos  pretend  to,  the 
Houyhnhnms  are  your  masters ;  I  heartily  wish  our  Yahoos 
would  be  so  tractable."  I  begged  his  honour  would  please 
to  excuse  me  from  proceeding  any  further,  because  I  was 
very  certain  that  the  account  he  expected  from  me  would 
be  highly  displeasing.  But  he  insisted  in  commanding  me 
to  let  him  know  the  best  and  the  worst:  I  told  him,  he 
should  be  obeyed.  I  owned,  that  the  Houyhnhnms  among 
us,  whom  we  called  horses,  were  the  most  generous  and 
comely  animal  we  had;  that  they  excelled  in  strength  and 
swiftness;  and  when  they  belonged  to  persons  of  quality, 
employed  in  travelling,  racing,  or  drawing  chariots,  they 
were  treated  with  much  kindness  and  care,  till  they  fell  into 
diseases,  or  became  foundered  in  the  feet;  but  then  they 
were  sold,  and  used  to  all  kind  of  drudgery,  till  they  died; 
after  which  their  skins  were  stripped,  and  sold  for  what 
they  were  worth,  and  their  bodies  left  to  be  devoured  by 
dogs  and  birds  of  prey.  But  the  common  race  of  horses 
had  not  so  good  fortune,  being  kept  by  farmers  and  carriers, 
and  other  mean  people,  who  put  them  to  greater  labour, 
and  fed  them  worse.  I  described,  as  well  as  I  could,  our 
way  of  riding;  the  shape  and  use  of  a  bridle,  a  saddle,  a 
spur,  and  a  whip;  of  harness  and  wheels.  I  added,  that 
we  fastened  plates  of  a  certain  hard  substance,  called  iron, 
at  the  bottom  of  their  feet,  to  preserve  their  hoofs  from 
being  broken  by  the  stony  ways  on  which  we  often  travelled. 
My  master,  after  some  expressions  of  great  indignation, 
wondered  how  we  dared  to  venture  upon  a  Houyhnhnm's 
back;  for  he  was  sure,  that  the  weakest  servant  in  his  house 
would  be  able  to  shake  off  the  strongest  Yahoo;  or  by 
lying  down,  and  rolling  on  his  back,  squeeze  the  brute  to 
death.  I  answered,  that  our  horses  were  trained  up  from 
three  or  four  years  old,  to  the  several  uses  we  intended 
them  for;  that,  if  any  of  them  proved  intolerably  vicious, 
they  were  employed  for  carriages;  that  they  were  severely 


232  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

beaten,  while  they  were  young,  for  any  mischievous  tricks; 
that  they  were,  indeed,  sensible  of  rewards  and  punish- 
ments: but  his  honour  would  please  to  consider,  that  they 
had  not  the  least  tincture  of  reason,  any  more  than  the 
Yahoos  in  this  country. 

It  put  me  to  the  pains  of  many  circumlocutions  to  give 
my  master  a  right  idea  of  what  I  spoke ;  for  their  language 
doth  not  abound  in  variety  of  words,  because  their  wants 
and  passions  are  fewer  than  among  us.  But  it  is  impos- 
sible to  represent  his  noble  resentment  at  our  savage  treat- 
ment of  the  Houyhnhnm  race.  He  said,  if  it  were  possible 
there  could  be  any  country  where  Yahoos  alone  were 
endued  with  reason,  they  certainly  must  be  the  governing 
animal;  because  reason  will  in  time  always  prevail  against 
brutal  strength.  But,  considering  the  frame  of  our  bodies, 
and  especially  of  mine,  he  thought  no  creature  of  equal 
bulk  was  so  ill  contrived  for  employing  that  reason  in  the 
common  offices  of  life;  whereupon,  he  desired  to  know 
whether  those  among  whom  I  lived  resembled  me,  or  the 
Yahoos  of  his  country.  I  assured  him,  that  I  was  as  well 
shaped  as  most  of  my  age:  but  the  younger,  and  the 
females,  were  much  more  soft  and  tender,  and  the  skins  of 
the  latter,  generally  as  white  as  milk.  He  said  I  differed, 
indeed,  from  other  Yahoos,  being  much  more  cleanly,  and 
not  altogether  so  deformed;  but  in  point  of  real  advantage, 
he  thought  I  differed  for  the  worse.  That  my  nails  were 
of  no  use,  either  to  my  fore  or  hinder- feet;  as  to  my  fore- 
feet, he  could  not  properly  call  them  by  that  name,  for  he 
never  observed  me  to  walk  upon  them;  that  they  were  too 
soft  to  bear  the  ground;  that  I  generally  went  with  them 
uncovered,  neither  was  the  covering  I  sometimes  wore  on 
them  of  the  same  shape,  or  so  strong  as  that  on  my  feet 
behind.  That  I  could  not  walk  with  any  security,  for,  if 
either  of  my  hinder-feet  slipped,  I  must  inevitably  fall.  He 
then  began  to  find  fault  with  other  parts  of  my  body;  the 
flatness  of  my  face,  the  prominence  of  my  nose,  mine  eyes 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    233 

placed  directly  in  front,  so  that  I  could  not  look  on  either 
side  without  turning  my  head;  that  I  was  not  able  to  feed 
myself,  without  lifting  one  of  my  fore-feet  to  my  mouth; 
and  therefore  Nature  had  placed  those  joints  to  answer 
that  necessity.  He  knew  not  what  could  be  the  use  of  those 
several  clefts  and  divisions  in  my  feet  behind;  that  these 
were  too  soft  to  bear  the  hardness  and  sharpness  of  stones, 
without  a  covering  made  from  the  skin  of  some  other  brute ; 
that  my  whole  body  wanted  a  fence  against  heat  and  cold, 
which  I  was  forced  to  put  on  and  off  every  day  with  tedious - 
ness  and  trouble.  And  lastly,  that  he  observed  every  animal 
in  this  country  naturally  to  abhor  the  Yahoos,  whom  the 
weaker  avoided,  and  the  stronger  drove  from  them.  So 
that  supposing  us  to  have  the  gift  of  reason,  he  could  not 
see  how  it  were  possible  to  cure  that  natural  antipathy  which 
every  creature  discovered  against  us;  nor  consequently, 
how  we  could  tame  and  render  them  serviceable.  However, 
he  would  (as  he  said)  debate  the  matter  no  farther,  because 
he  was  more  desirous  to  know  my  own  story,  the  country 
where  I  was  born,  and  the  several  actions  and  events  of 
my  life  before  I  came  hither. 

I  assured  him,  how  extremely  desirous  I  was  that  he 
should  be  satisfied  in  every  point;  but  I  doubted  much, 
whether  it  would  be  possible  for  me  to  explain  myself  on 
several  subjects  whereof  his  honour  could  have  no  concep- 
tion, because  I  saw  nothing  in  his  country  to  which  I  could 
resemble  them.  That,  however,  I  would  do  my  best,  and 
strive  to  express  myself  by  similitudes,  humbly  desiring  his 
assistance  when  I  wanted  proper  words;  which  he  was 
pleased  to  promise  me. 

I  said  my  birth  was  of  honest  parents,  in  an  island  called 
England,  which  was  remote  from  this  country,  as  many  days' 
journey  as  the  strongest  of  his  honour's  servants  could 
travel  in  the  annual  course  of  the  sun.  That  I  was  bred  a 
surgeon,  whose  trade  it  is  to  cure  wounds  and  hurts  in  the 
body,  got  by  accident  or  violence.  That  my  country  was 


234  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

governed  by  a  female  man,  called  a  queen.  That  I  left 
it  to  get  riches,  whereby  I  might  maintain  myself  and  family 
when  I  should  return.  That,  in  my  last  voyage,  I  was 
commander  of  the  ship,  and  had  about  fifty  Yahoos  under 
me,  many  of  which  died  at  sea,  and  I  was  forced  to  supply 
them  by  others,  picked  out  from  several  nations.  That 
our  ship  was  twice  in  danger  of  being  sunk;  the  first  time 
by  a  great  storm,  and  the  second,  by  striking  against  a  rock. 
Here  my  master  interposed,  by  asking  me  how  I  could 
persuade  strangers  out  of  different  countries  to  venture 
with  me,  after  the  losses  I  had  sustained,  and  the  hazards  I 
had  run.  I  said  they  were  fellows  of  desperate  fortunes, 
forced  to  fly  from  the  places  of  their  birth,  on  account  of 
their  poverty  or  their  crimes.  Some  were  undone  by  law- 
suits; others  spent  all  they  had  in  drinking  and  gaming; 
others  fled  for  treason;  many  for  murder,  theft,  poisoning, 
robbery,  perjury,  forgery,  coining  false  money,  for  flying 
from  their  colours,  or  deserting  to  the  enemy;  and  most 
of  them  had  broken  prison;  none  of  these  durst  return  to 
their  native  countries  for  fear  of  being  hanged,  or  of  starving 
in  a  jail;  and,  therefore,  were  under  a  necessity  of  seeking 
a  livelihood  in  other  places. 

During  this  discourse,  my  master  was  pleased  to  interrupt 
me  several  times ;  I  had  made  use  of  many  circumlocutions, 
in  describing  to  him  the  nature  of  several  crimes,  for  which 
most  of  our  crew  had  been  forced  to  fly  their  country.  This 
labour  took  up  several  days'  conversation,  before  he  was 
able  to  comprehend  me.  He  was  wholly  at  a  loss  to  know 
what  could  be  the  use  or  necessity  of  practising  those  vices. 
To  clear  up  which,  I  endeavoured  to  give  him  some  ideas  of 
the  desire  of  power  and  riches;  of  the  terrible  effects  of 
lust,  intemperance,  malice  and  envy.  All  this  I  was  forced 
to  define  and  describe,  by  putting  cases,  and  making  sup- 
positions. After  which,  like  one  whose  imagination  was 
struck  with  something  never  seen  or  heard  of  before,  he 
would  lift  up  his  eyes  with  amazement  and  indignation. 


VOYAGE  TO  THE   HOUYHNHNMS    235 

Power,  government,  war,  law,  punishment,  and  a  thousand 
other  things  had  no  terms  wherein  that  language  could 
express  them ;  which  made  the  difficulty  almost  insuperable 
to  give  my  master  any  conception  of  what  I  meant.  But 
being  of  an  excellent  understanding,  much  improved  by 
contemplation  and  converse,  he  at  last  arrived  at  a  com- 
petent knowledge  of  what  human  nature,  in  our  parts  of 
the  world,  is  capable  to  perform,  and  desired  I  would  give 
him  some  particular  account  of  that  land  which  we  call 
Europe,  but  especially  of  my  own  country. 


CHAPTER  V 

THE  reader  may  please  to  observe,  that  the  following  extract 
of  many  conversations  I  had  with  my  master,  contains  a 
summary  of  the  most  material  points,  which  were  discoursed 
at  several  times,  for  above  two  years;  his  honour  often 
desiring  fuller  satisfaction,  as  I  farther  improved  in  the 
Houyhnhnm  tongue.  7  laid  before  him,  as  well  as  I  could, 
the  whole  state  of  Europe;  I  discoursed  of  trade  and 
manufactures,  of  arts  and  sciences;  and  the  answers  I 
gave  to  all  the  questions  he  made,  as  they  arose  upon  several 
subjects,  were  a  fund  of  conversation  not  to  be  exhausted. 
But  I  shall  here  only  set  down  the  substance  of  what  passed 
between  us  concerning  my  own  country,  reducing  it  into 
order  as  well  as  I  can,  without  any  regard  to  time,  or  other 
circumstances,  while  I  strictly  adhere  to  truth.  My  only 
concern  is,  that  I  shall  hardly  be  able  to  do  justice  to  my 
master's  arguments  and  expressions,  which  must  needs 
suffer  by  my  want  of  capacity,  as  well  as  by  a  translation 
into  our  barbarous  English. 

In  obedience,  therefore,  to  his  honour's  commands  1 
related  to  him  the  revolution  under  the  Prince  of  Orange; 
the  long  war  with  France  entered  into  by  the  said  Prince, 
and  renewed  by  his  successor  the  present  Queen,  wherein 
the  greatest  powers  of  Christendom  were  engaged,  and  which 
still  continued:  I  computed,  at  his  request,  that  about  a 
million  of  Yahoos  might  have  been  killed  in  the  whole 
progress  of  it;  and,  perhaps,  a  hundred  or  more  cities 
taken,  and  five  times  as  many  ships  burnt  or  sunk. 

He  asked  me  what  were  the  usual  causes  or  motives  that 
made  one  country  go  to  war  with  another.  I  answered,  they 

236 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    237 

were  innumerable;  but  I  should  only  mention  a  few  of 
the  chief.  Sometimes  the  ambition  of  princes,  who  never 
think  they  have  land  or  people  enough  to  govern;  some- 
times the  corruption  of  ministers,  who  engage  their  master 
in  a  war,  in  order  to  stifle  or  divert  the  clamour  of  the  subjects 
against  their  evil  administration.  Difference  in  opinion  hath 
cost  many  millions  of  lives:  for  instance,  whether  whistling 
be  a  vice  or  virtue;  whether  it  be  better  to  kiss  a  post,  or 
throw  it  into  the  fire;  what  is  the  best  colour  for  a  coat, 
whether  black,  white,  red,  or  grey;  and  whether  it  should 
be  long  or  short,  narrow  or  wide,  dirty  or  clean,  with  many 
more.  Neither  are  any  wars  so  furious  and  bloody,  or  of 
so  long  continuance,  as  those  occasioned  by  difference  in 
opinion,  especially  if  it  be  in  things  indifferent. 

Sometimes  the  quarrel  between  two  princes  is  to  decide 
which  of  them  shall  dispossess  a  third  of  his  dominions, 
where  neither  of  them  pretend  to  any  right.  Sometimes 
one  prince  quarrelleth  with  another,  for  fear  the  other  should 
quarrel  with  him.  Sometimes  a  war  is  entered  upon  because 
the  enemy  is  too  strong;  and  sometimes  because  he  is  too 
weak.  Sometimes  our  neighbours  want  the  things  which 
we  have,  or  have  the  things  which  we  want;  and  we  both 
fight,  till  they  take  ours,  or  give  us  theirs.  It  is  a  very 
justifiable  cause  of  a  war,  to  invade  a  country,  after  the 
people  have  been  wasted  by  famine,  destroyed  by  pestilence, 
or  embroiled  by  factions  among  themselves.  It  is  justifiable 
to  enter  into  war  against  our  nearest  ally,  when  one  of  his 
towns  lies  convenient  for  us,  or  a  territory  of  land  that  would 
render  our  dominions  round  and  complete.  If  a  prince  sends 
forces  into  a  nation,  where  the  people  are  poor  and  ignorant, 
he  may  lawfully  put  half  of  them  to  death,  and  make  slaves 
of  the  rest,  in  order  to  civilise  and  reduce  them  from  their 
barbarous  way  of  living.  It  is  a  very  kingly,  honourable, 
and  frequent  practice  when  one  prince  desires  the  assist- 
ance of  another  to  secure  him  against  an  invasion,  that  the 
assistant,  when  he  hath  driven  out  the  invader,  should  seize 


238  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

on  the  dominions  himself,  and  kill,  imprison,  or  banish  the 
prince  he  came  to  relieve.  Alliance  by  blood,  or  marriage,  is 
a  frequent  cause  of  war  between  princes;  and  the  nearer 
the  kindred  is,  the  greater  is  their  disposition  to  quarrel: 
poor  nations  are  hungry,  and  rich  nations  are  proud;  and 
pride  and  hunger  will  ever  be  at  variance.  For  these  reasons 
the  trade  of  a  soldier  is  held  the  most  honourable  of  all 
others:  because  a  soldier  is  a  Yahoo  hired  to  kill  in  cold 
blood  as  many  of  his  own  species,  who  had  never  offended 
him,  as  possibly  he  can. 

There  is,  likewise,  a  kind  of  beggarly  princes  in  Europe, 
not  able  to  make  war  by  themselves,  who  hire  out  their 
troops  to  richer  nations,  for  so  much  a  day  to  each  man; 
of  which  they  keep  three-fourths  to  themselves,  and  it  is 
the  best  part  of  their  maintenance;  such  are  those  in 
Germany  and  other  northern  parts  of  Europe. 

"  What  you  have  told  me  "  (said  my  master)  "  upon  the 
subject  of  war,  does,  indeed,  discover  most  admirably  the 
defects  of  that  reason  you  pretend  to :  however,  it  is  happy 
that  the  shame  is  greater  than  the  danger;  and  that  Nature 
hath  left  you  utterly  incapable  of  doing  much  mischief. 

"  For,  your  mouths  lying  flat  with  your  faces,  you  can 
hardly  bite  each  other  to  any  purpose,  unless  by  consent. 
Then  as  to  the  claws  upon  your  feet  before  and  behind,  they 
are  so  short  and  tender,  that  one  of  our  Yahoos  would  drive 
a  dozen  of  yours  before  him.  And,  therefore,  in  recounting 
the  numbers  of  those  who  have  been  killed  in  battle,  I  cannot 
but  think  that  you  have  said  the  thing  which  is  not." 

I  could  not  forbear  shaking  my  head,  and  smiling  a  little 
at  his  ignorance.  And,  being  no  stranger  to  the  art  of  war, 
I  gave  him  a  description  of  cannons,  culverins,  muskets, 
carbines,  pistols,  bullets,  powder,  swords,  bayonets,  battles, 
sieges,  retreats,  attacks,  undermines,  countermines,  bom- 
bardments, sea-fights;  ships  sunk  with  a  thousand  men; 
twenty  thousand  killed  on  each  side;  dying  groans,  limbs 
flying  in  the  air;  smoke,  noise,  confusion,  trampling  to  death 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    230 

under  horses'  feet;  flight,  pursuit,  victory;  fields  strpwed 
with  carcases,  left  for  food  to  dogs  and  wolves,  and  birds 
of  prey;  plundering,  stripping,  ravishing,  burning,  and 
destroying.  And,  to  set  forth  the  valour  of  my  own 
dear  countrymen,  I  assured  him  that  I  had  seen  them 
blow  up  a  hundred  enemies  at  once  in  a  siege,  and  as 
many  in  a  ship;  and  beheld  the  dead  bodies  come  down 
in  pieces  from  the  clouds  to  the  great  diversion  of  the 
spectators. 

I  was  going  on  to  more  particulars  when  my  master 
commanded  me  silence.  He  said,  whoever  understood  the 
nature  of  Yahoos  might  easily  believe  it  possible  for  so  vile 
an  animal,  to  be  capable  of  every  action  I  had  named,  if 
their  strength  and  cunning  equalled  their  malice.  But  as 
my  discourse  had  increased  his  abhorrence  of  the  whole 
species,  so  he  found  it  gave  him  a  disturbance  in  his  mind, 
to  which  he  was  wholly  a  stranger  before.  He  thought  his 
ears,  being  used  to  such  abominable  words,  might,  by 
degrees,  admit  them  with  less  detestation.  That  although 
he  hated  the  Yahoos  of  this  country,  yet  he  no  more  blamed 
them  for  their  odious  qualities,  than  he  did  a  gnnayh  (a 
bird  of  prey)  for  its  cruelty,  or  a  sharp  stone  for  cutting  his 
hoof.  But  when  a  creature,  pretending  to  reason,  could  be 
capable  of  such  enormities,  he  dreaded  lest  the  corruption 
of  that  faculty  might  be  worse  than  brutality  itself.  He 
seemed  therefore  confident  that,  instead  of  reason,  we  were 
only  possessed  of  some  quality  fitted  to  increase  our  natural 
vices;  as  the  reflection  from  a  troubled  stream  returns 
the  image  of  an  ill-shapen  body,  not  only  larger,  but  more 
distorted. 

He  added,  that  he  had  heard  too  much  upon  the  subject 
of  war,  both  in  this,  and  some  former  discourses.  There 
was  another  point  which  a  little  perplexed  him  at  present. 
I  had  informed  him  that  some  of  our  crew  left  their  country 
on  account  of  being  ruined  by  law;  that  I  had  already 
explained  the  meaning  of  the  word;  but  he  was  at  a 


240  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

loss  how  it  should  come  to  pass  that  the  law,  which 
was  intended  for  every  man's  preservation,  should  be  any 
man's  ruin.  Therefore  he  desired  to  be  further  satisfied 
what  I  meant  by  law,  and  the  dispensers  thereof,  according 
to  the  present  practice  in  my  own  country;  because  he 
thought  Nature  and  reason  were  sufficient  guides  for  a 
reasonable  animal,  as  we  pretended  to  be,  in  showing  us 
what  we  ought  to  do,  and  what  to  avoid. 

I  assured  his  honour  that  law  was  a  science  in  which 
I  had  not  much  conversed,  further  than  by  employing 
advocates  in  vain,  upon  some  injustices  that  had  been 
done  me;  however,  I  would  give  him  all  the  satisfaction 
I  was  able. 

I  said,  there  was  a  society  of  men  among  us,  bred  up  from 
their  youth  in  the  art  of  proving  by  words  multiplied  for  the 
purpose,  that  white  is  black,  and  black  is  white,  according 
as  they  are  paid.  '  To  this  society  all  the  rest  of  the  people 
are  slaves.  For  example,  if  my  neighbour  hath  a  mind  to  my 
cow,  he  hires  a  lawyer  to  prove  that  he  ought  to  have  my 
cow  from  me.  I  must  then  hire  another  to  defend  my  right, 
it  being  against  all  rules  of  law  that  any  man  should  be 
allowed  to  speak  for  himself.  Now,  in  this  case,  I,  who  am 
the  right  owner,  lie  under  two  disadvantages;  first,  my 
lawyer,  being  practised  almost  from  his  cradle  in  defending 
falsehood,  is  quite  out  of  his  element,  when  he  would  be  an 
advocate  for  justice,  which  is  an  unnatural  office  he  always 
attempts  with  great  awkwardness,  if  not  with  ill-will.  The 
second  disadvantage  is,  that  my  lawyer  must  proceed  with 
great  caution,  or  else  he  will  be  reprimanded  by  the  judges, 
and  abhorred  by  his  brethren,  as  one  that  would  lessen  the 
practice  of  the  law.  And  therefore  I  have  but  two  methods 
to  preserve  my  cow.  The  first  is  to  gain  over  my  adversary's 
lawyer  with  a  double  fee;  who  will  then  betray  his  client, 
by  insinuating  that  he  hath  justice  on  his  side.  The  second 
way  is  for  my  lawyer  to  make  my  cause  appear  as  unjust 
as  he  can,  by  allowing  the  cow  to  belong  to  my  adversary; 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    241 

and  this,  if  it  be  skilfully  done,  will  certainly  bespeak  the 
favour  of  the  bench.  Now,  your  honour  is  to  know  that 
these  judges  are  persons  appointed  to  decide  all  controversies 
of  property,  as  well  as  for  the  trial  of  criminals,  and  picked 
out  from  the  most  dexterous  lawyers,  who  are  grown  old 
or  lazy,  and  having  been  biassed  all  their  lives  against  truth 
and  equity,  are  under  such  a  fatal  necessity  of  favouring 
fraud,  perjury,  and  oppression,  that  I  have  known  several 
of  them  refuse  a  large  bribe  from  the  side  where  justice 
lay,  rather  than  injure  the  faculty  by  doing  anything 
unbecoming  their  nature  or  their  office. 

'  It  is  a  maxim  among  these  lawyers,  that  whatever  hath 
been  done  before,  may  legally  be  done  again ;  and  therefore 
they  take  special  care  to  record  all  the  decisions  formerly 
made  against  common  justice,  and  the  general  reason  of 
mankind.  These,  under  the  name  of  precedents,  they  pro- 
duce as  authorities,  to  justify  the  most  iniquitous  opinions, 
and  the  judges  never  fail  of  directing  accordingly. 

'  In  pleading,  they  studiously  avoid  entering  into  the 
merits  of  the  cause;  but  are  loud,  violent,  and  tedious,  in 
dwelling  upon  all  circumstances  which  are  not  to  the  purpose. 
For  instance,  in  the  case  already  mentioned:  they  never 
desire  to  know  what  claim  or  title  my  adversary  hath  to 
my  cow;  but  whether  the  said  cow  were  red  or  black;  her 
horns  long  or  short ;  whether  the  field  I  graze  her  in  be  round 
or  square;  whether  she  was  milked  at  home  or  abroad; 
what  diseases  she  is  subject  to,  and  the  like;  after  which 
they  consult  precedents,  adjourn  the  cause  from  time  to 
time,  and  in  ten,  twenty,  or  thirty  years,  come  to  an  issue. 

"It  is  likewise  to  be  observed  that  this  society  hath  a 
peculiar  cant  and  jargon  of  their  own,  that  no  other  mortal 
can  understand,  and  wherein  all  their  laws  are  written,  which 
they  take  special  care  to  multiply;  whereby  they  have 
wholly  confounded  the  very  essence  of  truth  and  false- 
hood, of  right  and  wrong;  so  that  it  will  take  thirty  years 
to  decide  whether  the  field  left  me  by  my  ancestors  for  six 

Q 


242  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

generations,  belongs  to  me,  or  to  a  stranger  three  hundred 
miles  off. 

"  In  the  trial  of  persons  accused  for  crimes  against  the 
state,  the  method  is  much  more  short  and  commendable: 
the  judge  first  sends  to  sound  the  disposition  of  those  in 
power,  after  which  he  can  easily  hang  or  save  a  criminal, 
strictly  preserving  all  due  forms  of  law." 

Here  my  master  interposing,  said  it  was  a  pity  that 
creatures  endowed  wTith  such  prodigious  abilities  of  mind 
as  these  lawyers,  by  the  description  I  gave  of  them,  must 
certainly  be,  were  not  rather  encouraged  to  be  instructors 
of  others  in  wisdom  and  knowledge.  In  answer  to  which, 
I  assured  his  honour  that,  in  all  points  out  of  their  own  trade, 
they  were  usually  the  most  ignorant  and  stupid  generation 
among  us,  the  most  despicable  in  common  conversation, 
avowed  enemies  to  all  knowledge  and  learning,  and  equally 
disposed  to  pervert  the  general  reason  of  mankind  in 
every  other  subject  of  discourse,  as  in  that  of  their  own 
profession. 


CHAPTER  VI 

MY  master  was  yet  wholly  at  a  loss  to  understand  what 
motives  could  incite  this  race  of  lawyers  to  perplex,  dis- 
quiet, and  weary  themselves,  and  engage  in  a  confederacy 
of  injustice,  merely  for  the  sake  of  injuring  their  fellow- 
animals;  neither  could  he  comprehend  what  I  meant  in 
saying,  they  did  it  for  hire.  Whereupon  I  was  at  much  pains 
to  describe  to  him  the  use  of  money,  the  materials  it  was 
made  of,  and  the  value  of  the  metals;  that,  when  a  Yahoo 
had  got  a  great  store  of  this  precious  substance,  he  was  able 
to  purchase  whatever  he  had  a  mind  to,  the  finest  clothing, 
the  noblest  houses,  great  tracts  of  land,  the  most  costly 
meats  and  drinks;  and  have  his  choice  of  the  most  beautiful 
females.  Therefore,  since  money  alone  was  able  to  perform 
all  these  feats,  our  Yahoos  thought  they  could  never  have 
enough  of  it  to  spend,  or  to  save,  as  they  found  themselves 
inclined,  from  their  natural  bent  either  to  profusion  or 
avarice.  That  the  rich  man  enjoyed  the  fruit  of  the  poor 
man's  labour,  and  the  latter  were  a  thousand  to  one  in  pro- 
portion to  the  former.  That  the  bulk  of  our  people  were 
forced  to  live  miserably,  by  labouring  every  day  for  small 
wages,  to  make  a  few  live  plentifully.  I  enlarged  myself 
much  on  these  and  many  other  particulars,  to  the  same 
purpose,  but  his  honour  was  still  puzzled :  for  he  went  upon 
a  supposition,  that  all  animals  had-  a  title  to  their  share 
in  the  productions  of  the  earth;  and  especially  those  who 
presided  over  the  rest.  Therefore  he  desired  I  would  let 
him  know  what  these  costly  meats  were,  and  how  any  of 
us  happened  to  want  them.  Whereupon  I  enumerated  -as 
many  sorts  as  came  into  my  head,  with  the  various  methods 
of  dressing  them,  which  could  not  be  done  without  sending 

243 


244  (.ILLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

vessels  by  sea  to  every  part  of  the  world,  as  well  for  liquors 
to  drink,  as  for  sauces,  and  innumerable  other  conveniences. 
1  .inured  him,  that  this  whole  globe  of  earth  must  be  at 
le.i>t  three  times  gone  round,  before  one  of  our  better  female 
Yahoos  could  get  her  breakfast,  or  a  cup  to  put  it  in.  He 
-aid,  tli.it  must  needs  be  a  miserable  country,  which  cannot 
furnish  food  for  its  own  inhabitants.  But  what  he  chiefly 
wondered  at,  was  Imw  such  vast  tracts  of  ground  as  I  de- 
^<  nbed,  should  be  wholly  without  fn-sh  water,  and  the  people 
put  to  the  necessity  of  sending  over  the  sea  for  drink.  I 
replied,  that  I-.n-l.md  (the  dear  place  of  my  nativity)  was 
.  omputed  tn  produce  three  times  the  quantity  of  food,  more 
than  its  inhal'itants  are  able  t»  musnine.  as  well  as  liquors 
<•xtr.ii  ted  fmm  k'rain,  or  pre-^i  <1  nut  of  the  fruit  of  certain 
tree>,  which  made  e\(  rllrnt  drink;  and  the  same  proportion 
in  every  other  convenience  of  life.  But  in  order  to  feed  tin- 
luxury  and  intrmpi  ranee  of  the  rn.de^,  and  the  vanity  of  the 
females,  we  sent  away  the  gn-ate-t  part  of  our  neo-ss.iry 
things  to  other  countries,  from  whence,  in  return,  we 
brought  the  materials  of  diseases,  lolly,  and  vice,  to  spend 
among  ourselves.  Hence  it  follows  of  necessity,  that  vast 
numbers  of  our  people  are  compelled  to  seek  their  livelihood 
bv  be-ging,  robbing,  stealing,  cheating,  forswearing,  flatter- 
ing, suborning,  forging,  gaming,  lying,  fawning,  hectoring, 
voting,  9  iibblmg,  star-dazing,  poisoning,  canting,  libelling, 
free-thinking,  and  the  like  occupations:  every  one  of  which 
terms  I  was  at  much  pains  to  make  him  understand. 

That  wine  was  not  imported  among  us  from  foreign 
<  "imtries,  to  supply  the  want  of  water,  or  other  drinks, 
but  because  it  was  a  sort  of  liquid  which  made  us  merry, 
by  putting  us  out  of  our  senses;  diverted  ah1  melancholy 
thoughts,  begat  wild  extravagant  imaginations  in  the  brain, 
raised  our  hopes,  and  banished  our  fears;  suspended  every 
office  of  reason  for  a  time,  and  deprived  us  of  the  use  of  our 
limbs  till  we  fell  into  a  profound  sleep;  although  it  must 
be  confessed,  that  we  always  awaked  sick  and  dispirited; 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    245 

and  that  the  use  of  this  liquor  filled  us  with  diseases,  which 
made  our  lives  uncomfortable  and  short. 

But,  beside  all  this,  the  bulk  of  our  people  supported 
themselves  by  furnishing  the  necessities  or  conveniences 
of  life  to  the  rich,  and  to  each  other.  For  instance,  when  I 
am  at  home,  and  dressed,  as  I  ought  to  be,  I  carry  on  my 
body  the  workmanship  of  an  hundred  tradesmen ;  the  build- 
ing and  furniture  of  my  house  employ  as  many  more,  and 
five  times  the  number  to  adorn  my  wife. 

I  was  going  on  to  tell  him  of  another  sort  of  people,  who 
get  their  livelihood  by  attending  the  sick,  having  upon  some 
occasions  informed  his  honour  that  many  of  my  crew  had 
died  of  diseases.  But  here  it  was  with  the  utmost  difficulty 
that  I  brought  him  to  apprehend  what  I  meant.  He  could 
easily  conceive  that  a  Houyhnhnm  grew  weak  and  heavy 
a  few  days  before  his  death;  or,  by  some  accident,  might 
hurt  a  limb.  But  that  Nature,  who  works  all  things  to 
perfection,  should  suffer  any  pains  to  breed  in  our  bodies, 
he  thought  impossible,  and  desired  to  know  the  reason  of 
so  unaccountable  an  evil.  I  told  him  we  fed  on  a  thousand 
things,  which  operated  contrary  to  each  other;  that  we  ate 
when  we  were  not  hungry,  and  drank  without  the  provoca- 
tion of  thirst;  that  we  sat  whole  nights  drinking  strong 
liquors  without  eating  a  bit,  which  disposed  us  to  sloth, 
inflamed  our  bodies,  and  precipitated  or  prevented  digestion. 
That  it  would  be  endless  to  give  him  a  catalogue  of  all 
diseases  incident  to  human  bodies;  for  they  could  not  be 
fewer  than  five  or  six  hundred  spread  over  every  limb  and 
joint;  in  short,  every  part,  external  and  intestine,  having 
diseases  appropriated  to  each.  To  remedy  which,  there  was 
a  sort  of  people  bred  up  among  us,  in  the  profession,  or 
pretence,  of  curing  the  sick.  And,  because  I  had  some 
skill  in  the  faculty,  I  would,  in  gratitude  to  his  honour, 
let  him  know  the  whole  mystery  and  method  by  which 
they  proceed. 

But,  besides  real  diseases,  we  are  subject  to  many  that 


246  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

are  only  imaginary,  for  which  the  physicians  have  invented 
imaginary  cures;  these  have  their  several  names,  and  so 
have  the  drugs  that  are  proper  for  them;  and  with  these 
our  female  Yahoos  are  always  infested. 

One  great  excellency  in  this  tribe  is  their  skill  at  prog- 
nostics, wherein  they  seldom  fail;  their  predictions  in  real 
diseases,  when  they  rise  to  any  degree  of  malignity,  generally 
portending  death,  which  is  always  in  their  power,  when 
recovery  is  not:  and  therefore,  upon  any  unexpected  signs 
of  amendment,  after  they  have  pronounced  their  sentence, 
rather  than  be  accused  as  false  prophets,  they  know  how  to 
approve  their  sagacity  to  the  world  by  a  seasonable  dose. 

They  are  likewise  of  special  use  to  eldest  sons,  to  great 
ministers  of  state,  and  often  to  princes. 

I  had  formerly,  upon  occasion,  discoursed  with  my  master 
upon  the  nature  of  government  in  general,  and  particularly 
of  our  own  excellent  constitution,  deservedly  the  wonder 
and  envy  of  the  whole  world.  But  having  here  accidentally 
mentioned  a  minister  of  state,  he  commanded  me,  some 
time  after,  to  inform  him  what  species  of  Yahoo  I  particu- 
larly meant  by  that  appellation. 

I  told  him,  that  a  first  or  chief  minister  of  state,  who  was 
the  person  I  intended  to  describe,  was  a  creature  wholly 
exempt  from  joy  and  grief,  love  and  hatred,  pity  and  anger; 
at  least,  makes  use  of  no  other  passions,  but  a  violent  desire 
of  wealth,  power,  and  titles ;  that  he  applies  his  words  to  all 
uses,  except  to  the  indication  of  his  mind;  that  he  never 
tells  the  truth,  but  with  an  intent  that  you  should  take  it 
for  a  lie;  nor  a  lie,  but  with  a  design  that  you  should  take 
it  for  a  truth;  that  those  he  speaks  worst  of,  behind  their 
backs,  are  in  the  surest  way  of  preferment;  and  whenever 
he  begins  to  praise  you  to  others,  or  to  yourself,  you  are  from 
that  day  forlorn.  The  worst  mark  you  can  receive  is  a 
promise,  especially  when  it  is  confirmed  with  an  oath ;  after 
which,  every  wise  man  retires,  and  gives  over  all  hopes. 

There  are  three  methods  by  which  a  man  may  rise  to  be 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    247 

chief  minister:  the  first  is,  by  knowing  how  with  prudence 
to  dispose  of  a  wife,  a  daughter,  or  a  sister :  the  second,  by 
betraying  or  undermining  his  predecessor:  and  the  third 
is,  by  a  furious  zeal  in  public  assemblies  against  the  cor- 
ruptions of  the  Court.  But  a  wise  prince  would  rather 
choose  to  employ  those  who  practise  the  last  of  these 
methods:  because  such  zealots  prove  always  the  most 
obsequious  and  subservient  to  the  will  and  passions  of  their 
master.  That  these  ministers,  having  all  employments  at 
their  disposal,  preserve  themselves  in  power  by  bribing  the 
majority  of  a  senate  or  great  council;  and  at  last,  by  an 
expedient  called  an  Act  of  Indemnity  (whereof  I  described 
the  nature  to  him)  they  secure  themselves  from  after 
reckonings,  and  retire  from  the  public,  laden  with  the 
spoils  of  the  nation. 

The  palace  of  the  chief  minister  is  a  seminary  to  breed 
up  others  in  his  own  trade:  the  pages,  lacqueys,  and  porter, 
by  imitating  their  master,  become  ministers  of  state  in  their 
several  districts,  and  learn  to  excel  in  the  three  principal 
ingredients  of  insolence,  lying,  and  bribery.  Accordingly, 
they  have  a  subaltern  court  paid  to  them  by  persons  of  the 
best  rank;  and  sometimes,  by  the  force  of  dexterity  and 
impudence,  arrive,  through  several  gradations,  to  be  suc- 
cessors to  their  lord. 

One  day,  in  discourse,  my  master,  having  heard  me 
mention  the  nobility  of  my  country,  was  pleased  to  make  me 
a  compliment,  which  I  could  not  pretend  to  deserve:  that 
he  was  sure  I  must  have  been  born  of  some  noble  family, 
because  I  far  exceeded,  in  shape,  colour,  and  cleanliness, 
all  the  Yahoos  of  his  nation,  although  I  seemed  to  fail  in 
strength  and  agility,  which  must  be  imputed  to  my  different 
way  of  living  from  those  other  brutes;  and,  besides,  I  was 
not  only  endowed  with  the  faculty  of  speech,  but  likewise 
with  some  rudiments  of  reason,  to  a  degree  that,  with  all 
his  acquaintance,  I  passed  for  a  prodigy. 

He  made  me  observe  that,  among  the  Houyhnhnms,  the 


248  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

white,  the  sorrel,  and  the  iron  grey  were  not  so  exactly 
shaped  as  the  bay,  the  dapple  grey,  and  the  black;  nor  born 
with  equal  talents  of  the  mind,  or  a  capacity  to  improve 
them;  and  therefore  continued  always  in  the  condition  of 
servants,  without  ever  aspiring  to  match  out  of  their  own 
race,  which,  in  that  country,  would  be  reckoned  monstrous 
and  unnatural. 

I  made  his  honour  my  humble  acknowledgments  for  the 
good  opinion  he  was  pleased  to  conceive  of  me ;  but  assured 
him,  at  the  same  time,  that  my  birth  was  of  the  lower  sort, 
having  been  born  of  plain  honest  parents,  who  were  just 
able  to  give  me  a  tolerable  education :  that  nobility  among 
us  was  altogether  a  different  thing  from  the  idea  he  had  of 
it ;  that  our  young  noblemen  are  bred  from  their  childhood 
in  idleness  and  luxury ;  and  when  their  fortunes  are  almost 
ruined,  they  marry  some  woman  of  mean  birth,  disagreeable 
person,  and  unsound  constitution,  merely  for  the  sake  of 
money,  whom  they  hate  and  despise.  That  a  weak  diseased 
body,  a  meagre  countenance,  and  sallow  complexion  are 
the  true  marks  of  noble  blood;  and  a  healthy  robust  appear- 
ance disgraceful  in  a  man  of  quality.  The  imperfections  of 
his  mind  run  parallel  with  those  of  his  body,  being  a  com- 
position of  spleen,  dulness,  ignorance,  caprice,  sensuality, 
and  pride. 

Without  the  consent  of  this  illustrious  body,  no  law  can 
be  made,  repealed,  or  altered;  and  these  have  the  decisions 
of  all  our  possessions,  without  appeal. 


CHAPTER  VII 

THE  reader  may  be  disposed  to  wonder  how  I  could  prevail 
on  myself  to  give  so  free  a  representation  of  my  own  species, 
among  a  race  of  mortals  who  are  already  too  apt  to  conceive 
the  vilest  opinion  of  human  kind,  from  that  entire  congruity 
betwixt  me  and  their  Yahoos.  But  I  must  freely  confess 
that  the  many  virtues  of  those  excellent  quadrupeds,  placed 
in  opposite  view  to  human  corruptions,  had  so  far  opened 
my  eyes,  and  enlarged  my  understanding,  that  I  began 
to  view  the  actions  and  passions  of  man  in  a  very  different 
light,  and  to  think  the  honour  of  my  own  kind  not  worth 
managing;  which,  besides,  it  was  impossible  for  me  to  do 
before  a  person  of  so  acute  a  judgment  as  my  master,  who 
daily  convinced  me  of  a  thousand  faults  in  myself,  whereof 
I  had  not  the  least  perception  before,  and  which,  among  us, 
would  never  be  numbered  even  among  human  infirmities. 
I  had  likewise  learned,  from  his  example,  an  utter  detestation 
of  all  falsehood  or  disguise ;  and  truth  appeared  so  amiable 
to  me,  that  I  determined  upon  sacrificing  everything  to  it. 

Let  me  deal  so  candidly  with  the  reader  as  to  confess 
that  there  was  yet  a  much  stronger  motive  for  the  freedom 
I  took  in  my  representation  of  things.  I  had  not  been  a 
year  in  this  country  before  I  contracted  such  a  love  and 
veneration  for  the  inhabitants,  that  I  entered  on  a  firm 
resolution  never  to  return  to  human  kind,  but  to  pass  the 
rest  of  my  life  among  these  admirable  Houyhnhnms,  in  the 
contemplation  and  practice  of  every  virtue;  where  I  could 
have  no  example  or  incitement  to  vice.  But  it  was  decreed 
by  fortune,  my  perpetual  enemy,  that  so  great  a  felicity 
should  not  fall  to  my  share.  However,  it  is  now  some 
comfort  to  reflect  that,  in  what  I  said  of  my  countrymen,  I 

249 


250  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

extenuated  their  faults  as  much  as  I  durst,  before  so  strict 
an  examiner;  and,  upon  every  article,  gave  as  favourable 
a  turn  as  the  matter  would  bear.  For,  indeed,  who  is  there 
alive  that  would  not  be  swayed  by  his  bias  and  partiality 
to  the  place  of  his  birth  ? 

I  have  related  the  substance  of  several  conversations  I 
had  with  my  master  during  the  greatest  part  of  the  time 
I  had  the  honour  to  be  in  his  service ;  but  have,  indeed,  for 
brevity  sake,  omitted  much  more  than  is  here  set  down. 

When  I  had  answered  all  his  questions,  and  his  curiosity 
seemed  to  be  fully  satisfied,  he  sent  for  me  one  morning 
early,  and  commanding  me  to  sit  down  at  some  distance 
(an  honour  which  he  had  never  before  conferred  on  me), 
he  said,  he  had  been  very  seriously  considering  my  whole 
story,  as  far  as  it  related  both  to  myself  and  my  country; 
that  he  looked  upon  us  as  a  sort  of  animals,  to  whose  share, 
by  what  accident  he  could  not  conjecture,  some  small 
pittance  of  reason  had  fallen,  whereof  we  made  no  other  use 
than,  by  its  assistance,  to  aggravate  our  natural  corruptions, 
and  to  acquire  new  ones  which  nature  had  not  given  us: 
that  we  disarmed  ourselves  of  the  few  abilities  she  had 
bestowed;  had  been  very  successful  in  multiplying  our 
original  wants,  and  seemed  to  spend  our  whole  lives  in  vain 
endeavours  to  supply  them  by  our  own  inventions.  That 
as  to  myself,  it  was  manifest  I  had  neither  the  strength  or 
agility  of  a  common  Yahoo;  that  I  walked  infirmly  on  my 
hinder  feet;  had  found  out  a  contrivance  to  make  my 
claws  of  no  use  or  defence,  and  to  remove  the  hair  from  my 
chin,  which  was  intended  as  a  shelter  from  the  sun  and  the 
weather.  Lastly,  that  I  could  neither  run  with  speed,  nor 
climb  trees  like  my  brethren  (as  he  called  them)  the  Yahoos 
in  this  country. 

That  our  institutions  of  government  and  law  were  plainly 
owing  to  our  gross  defects  in  reason,  and  by  consequence, 
in  virtue;  because  reason  alone  is  sufficient  to  govern  a 
rational  creature;  which  was  therefore  a  character  \ve  had 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    251 

no  pretence  to  challenge,  even  from  the  account  I  had 
given  of  my  own  people;  although  he  manifestly  perceived, 
that  in  order  to  favour  them,  I  had  concealed  many  par- 
ticulars, and  often  said  the  thing  which  was  not. 

He  was  the  more  confirmed  in  this  opinion,  because  he 
observed,  that  as  I  agreed  in  every  feature  of  my  body  with 
other  Yahoos,  except  where  it  was  to  my  real  disadvantage, 
in  point  of  strength,  speed,  and  activity,  the  shortness  of 
my  claws,  and  some  other  particulars,  where  Nature  had  no 
part;  so,  from  the  representation  I  had  given  him  of  our 
lives,  our  manners,  and  our  actions,  he  found  as  near  a 
resemblance  in  the  disposition  of  our  minds.  He  said,  the 
Yahoos  were  known  to  hate  one  another,  more  than  they  did 
any  different  species  of  animals;  and  the  reason,  usually 
assigned,  was  the  odiousness  of  their  own  shapes,  which  all 
could  see  in  the  rest,  but  not  in  themselves.  He  had  there- 
fore begun  to  think  it  not  unwise  in  us  to  cover  our  bodies, 
and,  by  that  invention,  conceal  many  of  our  own  deformities 
from  each  other,  which  would  else  be  hardly  supportable. 
But  he  now  found  he  had  been  mistaken,  and  that  the  dis- 
sensions of  those  brutes,  in  his  country,  were  owing  to  the 
same  cause  with  ours,  as  I  had  described  them.  '  For  if ' 
(said  he)  "  you  throw  among  five  Yahoos  as  much  food  as 
would  be  sufficient  for  fifty,  they  will,  instead  of  eating 
peaceably,  fall  together  by  the  ears,  each  single  one  impatient 
to  have  all  to  itself;  "  and  therefore  a  servant  was  usually 
employed  to  stand  by,  while  they  were  feeding  abroad,  and 
those  kept  at  home  were  tied  at  a  distance  from  each  other ; 
that  if  a  cow  died  of  age  or  accident,  before  a  Houyhnhnm 
could  secure  it  for  his  own  Yahoos,  those  in  the  neighbour- 
hood would  come  in  herds  to  seize  it,  and  then  would  ensue 
such  a  battle  as  I  had  described,  with  terrible  wounds  made 
by  their  claws  on  both  sides,  although  they  seldom  were 
able  to  kill  one  another,  for  want  of  such  convenient  instru- 
ments of  death  as  we  had  invented.  At  other  times,  the 
like  battles  have  been  fought  between  the  Yahoos  of  several 


252  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

neighbourhoods,  without  any  visible  cause:  those  of  one 
district  watching  all  opportunities  to  surprise  the  next, 
before  they  are  prepared.  But,  if  they  find  their  project 
hath  miscarried,  they  return  home,  and,  for  want  of  enemies, 
engage  in  what  I  call  a  civil  war  among  themselves. 

That,  in  some  fields  of  his  country,  there  are  certain 
shining  stones  of  several  colours,  whereof  the  Yahoos  are 
violently  fond;  and  when  part  of  these  stones  is  fixed  in  the 
earth,  as  it  sometimes  happeneth,  they  will  dig  with  their 
claws  for  whole  days  to  get  them  out,  then  carry  them  away, 
and  hide  them  by  hea,ps  in  their  kennels;  but  still  looking 
round  with  great  caution,  for  fear  their  comrades  should 
find  out  their  treasure.  My  master  said,  he  could  never 
discover  the  reason  of  this  unnatural  appetite,  or  how  these 
stones  could  be  of  any  use  to  a  Yahoo ;  but  now  he  believed 
it  might  proceed  from  the  same  principle  of  avarice,  which  I 
had  ascribed  to  mankind:  that  he  had  once,  by  way  of 
experiment,  privately  removed  a  heap  of  these  stones  from 
the  place  where  one  of  his  Yahoos  had  buried  it ;  whereupon, 
the  sordid  animal  missing  his  treasure,  by  his  loud  lamenting 
brought  the  whole  herd  to  the  place,  there  miserably  howled, 
then  fell  to  biting  and  tearing  the  rest ;  began  to  pine  away, 
would  neither  eat,  nor  sleep,  nor  work,  till  he  ordered  a 
servant  privately  to  convey  the  stones  into  the  same  hole, 
and  hide  them  as  before ;  which  when  his  Yahoo  had  found, 
he  presently  recovered  his  spirits  and  good  humour,  but 
took  care  to  remove  them  to  a  better  hiding-place,  and  hath 
ever  since  been  a  very  serviceable  brute. 

My  master  further  assured  me,  which  I  also  observed 
myself,  that,  in  the  fields  where  the  shining  stones  abound, 
the  fiercest  and  most  frequent  battles  are  fought,  occasioned 
by  perpetual  inroads  of  the  neighbouring  Yahoos. 

He  said,  it  was  common,  when  two  Yahoos  discovered 
such  a  stone  in  a  field,  and  were  contending  which  of  them 
should  be  the  proprietor,  a  third  would  take  the  advantage, 
and  carry  it  away  from  them  both ;  which  my  master  would 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    253 

needs  contend  to  have  some  kind  of  resemblance  with  our 
suits  at  law;  wherein  I  thought  it  for  our  credit  not  to 
undeceive  him;  since  the  decision  he  mentioned  was  much 
more  equitable  than  many  decrees  among  us:  because  the 
plaintiff  and  defendant  there  lost  nothing  beside  the  stone 
they  contended  for,  whereas  our  courts  of  equity  would 
never  have  dismissed  the  cause,  while  either  of  them  had 
anything  left. 

My  master,  continuing  his  discourse,  said,  there  was 
nothing  that  rendered  the  Yahoos  more  odious,  than  their 
undistinguishing  appetite  to  devour  everything  that  came 
in  their  way,  whether  herbs,  roots,  berries,  the  corrupted  flesh 
of  animals,  or  all  mingled  together:  and  it  was  peculiar 
in  their  temper,  that  they  were  fonder  of  what  they  could 
get  by  rapine  or  stealth,  at  a  greater  distance,  than  much 
better  food  provided  for  them  at  home. 

There  was  also  a  kind  of  root,  very  juicy,  but  somewhat 
rare  and  difficult  to  be  found,  which  the  Yahoos  fought  for 
with  much  eagerness,  and  would  suck  it  with  great  delight; 
it  produced  in  them  the  same  effects  that  wine  hath  upon  us. 
It  would  make  them  sometimes  hug,  and  sometimes  tear 
one  another;  they  would  howl  and  grin,  and  chatter,  and 
reel,  and  tumble,  and  then  fall  asleep  in  the  mud. 

I  did,  indeed,  observe  that  the  Yahoos  were  the  only 
animals  in  this  country  subject  to  any  diseases;  which, 
however,  were  much  fewer  than  horses  have  among  us, 
and  contracted  not  by  any  ill  treatment  they  meet  with, 
but  by  the  nastiness  and  greediness  of  that  sordid  brute. 
Neither  has  their  language  any  more  than  a  general  appella- 
tion for  those  maladies,  which  is  borrowed  from  the  name 
of  the  beast,  and  called  Hnea-Yahoo,  or  the  Yahoo's-evil. 

As  to  learning,  government,  arts,  manufactures,  and  the 
like,  my  master  confessed  he  could  find  little  or  no  resem- 
blance between  the  Yahoos  of  that  country  and  those  in  ours. 
For  he  only  meant  to  observe  what  parity  there  was  in  our 
natures.  He  had  heard,  indeed,  some  curious  Houyhnhnms 


254  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

observe,  that,  in  most  herds,  there  was  a  sort  of  ruling 
Yahoo  (as,  among  us,  there  is  generally  some  leading  or 
principal  stag  in  a  park)  who  was  always  more  deformed  in 
body,  and  mischievous  in  disposition,  than  any  of  the  rest. 
That  this  leader  had  usually  a  favourite  as  like  himself  as 
he  could  get.  This  favourite  is  hated  by  the  whole  herd, 
and  therefore,  to  protect  himself,  keeps  always  near  the 
person  of  his  leader.  He  usually  continues  in  office  till  a 
worse  can  be  found;  but,  the  very  moment  he  is  discarded, 
his  successor  at  the  head  of  all  the  Yahoos  in  that  district, 
young  and  old,  male  and  female,  come  in  a  body,  and  attack 
him.  But  how  far  this  might  be  applicable  to  our  Courts 
and  favourites,  and  ministers  of  state,  my  master  said  I 
could  best  determine. 

I  durst  make  no  return  to  this  malicious  insinuation, 
which  debased  human  understanding  below  the  sagacity  of 
a  common  hound,  who  has  judgment  enough  to  distinguish 
and  follow  the  cry  of  the  ablest  dog  in  the  pack,  without 
being  ever  mistaken. 

My  master  told  me,  that  a  thing  he  wondered  at  in  the 
Yahoos,  was  their  strange  disposition  to  nastiness  and  dirt; 
whereas  there  appears  to  be  a  natural  love  of  cleanliness  in 
all  other  animals.  As  to  the  two  former  accusations,  I  was 
glad  to  let  them  pass  without  any  reply,  because  I  had  not 
a  word  to  offer  upon  them  in  defence  of  my  species,  which 
otherwise  I  certainly  had  done  from  my  own  inclinations. 
But  I  could  have  easily  vindicated  human  kind  from  the 
imputation  of  singularity  upon  the  last  article,  if  there 
had  been  any  swine  in  that  country  (as  unluckily  for  me 
there  was  not)  which,  although  it  may  be  a  sweeter  quad- 
ruped than  a  Yahoo,  cannot,  I  humbly  conceive  in  justice, 
pretend  to  more  cleanliness ;  and  so  his  honour  himself  must 
have  owned,  if  he  had  seen  their  filthy  way  of  feeding,  and 
their  custom  of  wallowing  and  sleeping  in  the  mud. 

My  master  likewise  mentioned  another  quality  which  his 
servants  had  discovered  in  several  Yahoos,  and  to  him  was 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    255 

wholly  unaccountable.  He  said,  a  fancy  would  sometimes 
take  a  Yahoo,  to  retire  into  a  corner,  to  lie  down,  and  howl 
and  groan,  and  spurn  away  all  that  came  near  him,  although 
he  were  young  and  fat,  wanted  neither  food  nor  water;  nor 
did  the  servants  imagine  what  could  possibly  ail  him.  And 
the  only  remedy  they  found  was,  to  set  him  to  hard  work, 
after  which  he  would  infallibly  come  to  himself.  To  this 
I  was  silent,  out  of  partiality  to  my  own  kind;  yet  here  I 
could  plainly  discover  the  true  seeds  of  spleen,  which  only 
seizeth  on  the  lazy,  the  luxurious,  and  the  rich;  who,  if 
they  were  forced  to  undergo  the  same  regimen,  I  would 
undertake  for  the  cure. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

As  I  ought  to  have  understood  human  nature  much  better 
than  I  supposed  it  possible  for  my  master  to  do,  so  it  was 
easy  to  apply  the  character  he  gave  of  the  Yahoos  to  myself 
and  my  countrymen;  and  I  believed  I  could  yet  make 
further  discoveries  from  my  own  observation.  I  therefore 
often  begged  his  favour  to  let  me  go  among  the  herds  of 
Yahoos  in  the  neighbourhood,  to  which  he  always  very 
graciously  consented,  being  perfectly  convinced  that  the 
hatred  I  bore  those  brutes  would  never  suffer  me  to  be 
corrupted  by  them;  and  his  honour  ordered  one  of  his 
servants,  a  strong  sorrel  nag,  very  honest  and  good-natured, 
to  be  my  guard,  without  whose  protection  I  durst  not  under- 
take such  adventures.  For  I  have  already  told  the  reader 
how  much  I  was  pestered  by  those  odious  animals  upon  my 
first  arrival.  And  I  afterwards  failed  very  narrowly  three 
or  four  times  of  falling  into  their  clutches,  when  I  happened 
to  stray  at  any  distance  without  my  hanger.  And  I  have 
reason  to  believe  they  had  some  imagination  that  I  was 
of  their  own  species,  which  I  often  assisted  myself,  by 
stripping  up  my  sleeves,  and  showing  my  naked  arms  and 
breast  in  their  sight,  when  my  protector  was  with  me.  At 
which  times  they  would  approach  as  near  as  they  durst, 
and  imitate  my  actions  after  the  manner  of  monkeys,  but 
ever  with  great  signs  of  hatred;  as  a  tame  jack-daw,  with 
cap  and  stockings,  is  always  persecuted  by  the  wild  ones, 
when  he  happens  to  be  got  among  them. 

They  are  prodigiously  nimble  from  their  infancy ;  how- 
ever, I  once  caught  a  young  male  of  three  years  old,  and 
endeavoured,  by  all  marks  of  tenderness,  to  make  it  quiet; 
but  the  little  imp  fell  a-squalling,  and  scratching,  and  biting, 

256 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    257 

with  such  violence,  that  I  was  forced  to  let  it  go;  and  it  was 
high  time,  for  a  whole  troop  of  old  ones  came  about  us  at 
the  noise,  but  finding  the  cub  was  safe  (for  away  it  ran) 
and  my  sorrel  nag  being  by,  they  durst  not  venture  near  us. 
I  observed  the  young  animal's  flesh  to  smell  very  rank, 
and  the  stink  was  somewhat  between  a  weasel  and  a  fox, 
but  much  more  disagreeable. 

By  what  I  could  discover,  the  Yahoos  appear  to  be  the 
most  unteachable  of  all  animals;  their  capacities  never 
reaching  higher  than  to  draw  or  carry  burthens.  Yet  I 
am  of  opinion  this  defect  ariseth  chiefly  from  a  perverse, 
restive  disposition.  For  they  are  cunning,  malicious, 
treacherous,  and  revengeful.  They  are  strong  and  hardy, 
but  of  a  cowardly  spirit,  and  by  consequence,  insolent, 
abject,  and  cruel.  It  is  observed,  that  the  red  haired  of 
both  sexes  are  more  mischievous  than  the  rest,  whom  yet 
they  much  exceed  in  strength  and  activity. 

The  Houyhnhnms  keep  the  Yahoos  for  present  use  in 
huts  not  far  from  the  house;  but  the  rest  are  sent  abroad 
to  certain  fields,  where  they  dig  up  roots,  eat  several  kinds 
of  herbs,  and  search  about  for  carrion,  or  sometimes  catch 
weasels  and  luhimuhs  (a  sort  of  wild  rat)  which  they  greedily 
devour.  Nature  hath  taught  them  to  dig  holes  with  their 
nails  on  the  side  of  a  rising  ground,  wherein  they  lie  by 
themselves;  only  the  kennels  of  the  females  are  larger, 
sufficient  to  hold  two  or  three  cubs. 

They  swim  from  their  infancy  like  frogs,  and  are  able  to 
continue  long  under  water,  where  they  often  take  fish,  which 
the  females  carry  home  to  their  young. 

Having  lived  three  years  in  this  country,  the  reader,  I 
suppose,  will  expect  that  I  should,  like  other  travellers, 
give  him  some  account  of  the  manners  and  customs  of  its 
inhabitants,  which  it  was,  indeed,  my  principal  study  to 
learn. 

As  these  noble  Houyhnhnms  are  endowed  by  nature  with 
a  general  disposition  to  all  virtues,  and  have  no  conceptions 

£ 


258  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

or  ideas  of  what  is  evil  in  a  rational  creature ;  so  their  grand 
maxim  is,  to  cultivate  reason,  and  to  be  wholly  governed 
by  it.  Neither  is  reason,  among  them,  a  point  problematical 
as  with  us,  where  men  can  argue  with  plausibility  on  both 
sides  of  a  question,  but  strikes  you  with  immediate  convic- 
tion; as  it  must  needs  do,  where  it  is  not  mingled,  obscured, 
or  discoloured  by  passion  and  interest.  I  remember  it  was 
with  extreme  difficulty  that  I  could  bring  my  master  to 
understand  the  meaning  of  the  word  opinion,  or  how  a 
point  could  be  disputable;  because  reason  taught  us  to 
affirm  or  deny  only  where  we  are  certain ;  and,  beyond  our 
knowledge,  we  cannot  do  either.  So  that  controversies, 
wranglings,  disputes,  and  positiveness,  in  false  or  dubious 
propositions,  are  evils  unknown  among  the  Houyhnhnms. 
In  the  like  manner,  when  I  used  to  explain  to  him  our 
several  systems  of  natural  philosophy,  he  would  laugh, 
that  a  creature,  pretending  to  reason,  should  value  itself 
upon  the  knowledge  of  other  people's  conjectures,  and  in 
things  where  that  knowledge,  if  it  were  certain,  could  be  of 
no  use.  Wherein  he  agreed  entirely  with  the  sentiments 
of  Socrates,  as  Plato  delivers  them;  which  I  mention  as 
the  highest  honour  I  can  do  that  prince  of  philosophers. 
I  have  often  since  reflected,  what  destruction  such  a  doctrine 
would  make  in  the  libraries  of  Europe;  and  how  many 
paths  to  fame  would  be  then  shut  up  in  the  learned  world. 

Friendship  and  benevolence  are  the  two  principal  virtues 
among  the  Houyhnhnms;  and  these  not  confined  to  par- 
ticular objects,  but  universal  to  the  whole  race.  For  a 
stranger,  from  the  remotest  part,  is  equally  treated  with 
the  nearest  neighbour;  and,  wherever  he  goes,  looks  upon 
himself  as  at  home.  They  preserve  decency  and  civility  in 
the  highest  degrees,  but  are  altogether  ignorant  of  ceremony. 
They  have  no  fondness  for  their  colts  or  foals,  but  the  care 
they  take  in  educating  them  proceeds  entirely  from  the 
dictates  of  reason.  And  I  observed  my  master  to  show 
the  same  affection  to  his  neighbour's  issue  that  he  had  for 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    259 

his  own.  They  will  have  it,  that  Nature  teaches  them  to 
love  the  whole  species,  and  it  is  reason  only  that  maketh  a 
distinction  of  persons,  where  there  is  a  superior  degree  of 
virtue. 

In  their  marriages,  they  are  exactly  careful  to  choose 
such  colours  as  will  not  make  any  disagreeable  mixture  in 
the  breed.  Strength  is  chiefly  valued  in  the  male,  and  come- 
liness in  the  female;  not  upon  the  account  of  love,  but  to 
preserve  the  race  from  degenerating;  for  where  a  female 
happens  to  excel  in  strength,  a  consort  is  chosen  with  regard 
to  comeliness.  Courtship,  love,  presents,  jointures,  settle- 
ments, have  no  place  in  their  thoughts,  or  terms  whereby 
to  express  them  in  their  language.  The  young  couple  meet 
and  are  joined,  merely  because  it  is  the  determination  of 
their  parents  and  friends :  it  is  what  they  see  done  every  day, 
and  they  look  upon  it  as  one  of  the  necessary  actions  of  a 
reasonable  being.  But  the  violation  of  marriage,  or  any 
other  unchastity,  was  never  heard  of:  and  the  married 
pair  pass  their  lives  with  the  same  friendship,  and  mutual 
benevolence,  that  they  bear  to  all  others  of  the  same  species, 
who  come  in  their  way;  without  jealousy,  fondness,  quarrel- 
ing, or  discontent. 

In  educating  the  youth  of  both  sexes,  their  method  is 
admirable,  and  highly  deserves  our  imitation.  These  are 
not  suffered  to  take  a  grain  of  oats,  except  upon  certain 
days,  till  eighteen  years  old;  nor  milk  but  very  rarely; 
and  in  summer  they  graze  two  hours  in  the  morning,  and  as 
many  in  the  evening,  which  their  parents  likewise  observe; 
but  the  servants  are  not  allowed  above  half  that  time,  and  a 
great  part  of  their  grass  is  brought  home,  which  they  eat 
at  the  most  convenient  hours,  when  they  can  be  best  spared 
from  work. 

Temperance,  industry,  exercise,  and  cleanliness,  are  the 
lessons  equally  enjoined  to  the  young  ones  of  both  sexes; 
and  my  master  thought  it  monstrous  in  us  to  give  the  females 
a  different  kind  of  education  from  the  males,  except  in  some 


260  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

articles  of  domestic  management;  whereby,  as  he  truly 
observed,  one  half  of  our  natives  were  good  for  nothing  but 
bringing  children  into  the  world:  and  to  trust  the  care  of 
our  children  to  such  useless  animals,  he  said,  was  yet  a 
greater  instance  of  brutality. 

But  the  Houyhnhnms  train  up  their  youth  to  strength, 
speed,  and  hardiness,  by  exercising  them  in  running  races 
up  and  down  steep  hills,  and  over  hard  stony  grounds,  and 
when  they  are  all  in  a  sweat,  they  are  ordered  to  leap  over 
head  and  ears  into  a  pond  or  river.  Four  times  a  year,  the 
youth  of  a  certain  district  meet  to  shew  their  proficiency 
in  running,  and  leaping,  and  other  feats  of  strength  and 
agility;  where  the  victor  is  rewarded  with  a  song  in  his  or 
her  praise.  On  this  festival,  the  servants  drive  a  herd  of 
Yahoos  into  the  field,  laden  with  hay,  and  oats,  and  milk, 
for  a  repast  to  the  Houyhnhnms;  after  which  these  brutes 
are  immediately  driven  back  again,  for  fear  of  being 
noisome  to  the  assembly. 

Every  fourth  year,  at  the  Vernal  Equinox,  there  is  a 

representative  council  of  the  whole  nation,  which  meets  in 

a  plain  about  twenty  miles  from  our  house,  and  continues 

about  five  or  six  days.     Here  they  enquire  into  the  state 

and  condition  of  the  several  districts;  whether  they  abound 

or  be  deficient  in  hay  or  oats,  or  cows  or  Yahoos.    And 

wherever  there  is  any  want  (which  is  but  seldom) 

it    is    immediately    supplied    by    unanimous 

consent  and  contribution.     Here  likewise 

the  regulation  of  children  is  settled: 

as  for  instance,  if  a  Houyhnhnm 

hath   two   males,  he  chan- 

geth  one  of  them  with- 

another  that  hath 

two  females. 


CHAPTER  IX 

ONE  of  these  grand  assemblies  was  held  in  my  time,  about 
three  months  before  my  departure,  whither  my  master 
went,  as  the  representative  of  our  district.  In  this  council 
was  resumed  their  old  debate,  and,  indeed,  the  only  debate 
which  ever  happened  in  that  country;  whereof  my  master, 
after  his  return,  gave  me  a  very  particular  account. 

The  question  to  be  debated  was,  whether  the  Yahoos 
should  be  exterminated  from  the  face  of  the  earth?  One 
of  the  members  for  the  affirmative  offered  several  argu- 
ments of  great  strength  and  weight;  alleging,  that  as  the 
Yahoos  were  the  most  filthy,  noisome,  and  deformed  animal 
which  Nature  ever  produced,  so  they  were  the  most  restive 
and  indocible,  mischievous  and  malicious:  they  would 
privately  suck  the  teats  of  the  Houyhnhnms'  cows;  kill 
and  devour  their  cats,  trample  down  their  oats  and  grass,  if 
they  were  not  continually  watched,  and  commit  a  thousand 
other  extravagances.  He  took  notice  of  a  general  tradition 
that  Yahoos  had  not  been  always  in  that  country;  but 
that,  many  ages  ago,  two  of  these  brutes  appeared  together 
upon  a  mountain;  whether  produced  by  the  heat  of  the 
sun  upon  corrupted  mud  and  slime,  or  from  the  ooze  and 
froth  of  the  sea,  was  never  known.  Their  brood,  in  a  short 
time,  grew  so  numerous  as  to  overrun  and  infest  the  whole 
nation.  That  the  Houyhnhnms,  to  get  rid  of  this  evil, 
made  a  general  hunting,  and  at  last  enclosed  the  whole 
herd;  and,  destroying  the  elder,  every  Houyhnhnm  kept 
two  young  ones  in  a  kennel,  and  brought  them  to  such  a 
degree  of  tameness  as  an  animal,  so  savage  by  nature,  can 
be  capable  of  acquiring;  using  them  for  draught  and 
carriage.  That  there  seemed  to  be  much  truth  in  this  tradi- 
tion, and  that  those  creatures  could  not  be  Yhihniamshy 
(or  aborigines  of  the  land)  because  of  the  violent  hatred  the 

261 


262  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

Houyhnhnms,  as  well  as  all  other  animals,  bore  them; 
which,  although  their  evil  disposition  sufficiently  deserved, 
could  never  have  arrived  at  so  high  a  degree  if  they  had 
been  aborigines,  or  else  they  would  have  long  since  been 
rooted  out.  That  the  inhabitants,  taking  a  fancy  to  use  the 
service  of  the  Yahoos,  had  very  imprudently  neglected  to 
cultivate  the  breed  of  asses,  which  were  a  comely  animal, 
easily  kept,  more  tame  and  orderly,  without  any  offensive 
smell,  strong  enough  for  labour,  although  they  yield  to  the 
other  in  agility  of  body !  and,  if  their  braying  be  no  agree- 
able sound,  it  is  far  preferable  to  the  horrible  howlings  of 
the  Yahoos.  Several  others  declared  their  sentiments  to 
the  same  purpose,  when  my  master  proposed  an  expedient 
to  the  assembly,  whereof  he  had,  indeed,  borrowed  the  hint 
from  me.  He  approved  of  the  tradition  mentioned  by  the 
honourable  member  who  spoke  before;  and  affirmed  that 
the  two  Yahoos,  said  to  be  the  first  seen  among  them,  had 
been  driven  thither  over  the  sea;  that  coming  to  land,  and 
being  forsaken  by  their  companions,  they  retired  to  the 
mountains,  and,  degenerating  by  degrees,  became,  in  pro- 
cess of  time,  much  more  savage  than  those  of  their  own 
species  in  the  country  from  whence  these  two  originals 
came.  The  reason  of  this  assertion  was,  that  he  had  now 
in  his  possession  a  certain  wonderful  Yahoo  (meaning 
myself)  which  most  of  them  had  heard  of,  and  many  of  them 
had  seen.  He  then  related  to  them  how  he  first  found  me; 
that  my  body  was  all  covered  with  an  artificial  composure 
of  the  skins  and  hairs  of  other  animals:  that  I  spoke  in  a 
language  of  my  own,  and  had  thoroughly  learned  theirs: 
that  I  had  related  to  him  the  accidents  which  brought  me 
thither:  that,  when  he  saw  me  without  my  covering,  I  was 
an  exact  Yahoo  in  every  part,  only  of  a  whiter  colour,  less 
hairy,  and  with  shorter  claws.  He  added,  how  I  had 
endeavoured  to  persuade  him  that,  in  my  own  and  other 
countries,  the  Yahoos  acted  as  the  governing,  rational 
animal,  and  held  the  Houyhnhnms  in  servitude:  that  he 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS  263 

observed  in  me  all  the  qualities  of  a  Yahoo,  only  a  little 
more  civilised  by  some  tincture  of  reason;  which,  however, 
was  in  a  degree  as  far  inferior  to  the  Houyhnhnm  race,  as 
the  Yahoos  of  their  country  were  to  me. 

This  was  all  my  master  thought  fit  to  tell  me  at  that 
time  of  what  passed  in  the  Grand  Council.  But  he  was 
pleased  to  conceal  one  particular,  which  related  personally 
to  myself,  whereof  I  soon  felt  the  unhappy  effect,  as  the 
reader  will  know  in  its  proper  place,  and  from  whence  I  date 
all  the  succeeding  misfortunes  of  my  life. 

The  Houyhnhnms  have  no  letters,  and  consequently 
their  knowledge  is  all  traditional.  But  there  happening 
few  events  of  any  moment  among  a  people  so  well  united, 
naturally  disposed  to  every  virtue,  wholly  governed  by 
reason  and  cut  off  from  all  commerce  with  other  nations, 
the  historical  part  is  easily  preserved  without  burthening 
their  memories.  I  have  already  observed  that  they  are 
subject  to  no  diseases,  and  therefore  can  have  no  need  of 
physicians.  However,  they  have  excellent  medicines  com- 
posed of  herbs,  to  cure  accidental  bruises  and  cuts  in  the 
pastern,  or  frog  of  the  foot,  by  sharp  stones,  as  well  as  other 
maims  and  hurts  in  the  several  parts  of  the  body. 

They  calculate  the  year  by  the  revolution  of  the  sun 
and  the  moon,  but  use  no  subdivisions  into  weeks.  They 
are  well  enough  acquainted  with  the  motions  of  those  two 
luminaries,  and  understand  the  nature  of  eclipses;  and 
this  is  the  utmost  progress  of  their  astronomy. 

In  poetry,  they  must  be  allowed  to  excel  all  other 
mortals;  wherein  the  justness  of  their  similes,  and  the 
minuteness  as  well  as  exactness  of  their  descriptions  are, 
indeed,  inimitable.  Their  verses  abound  very  much  in  both 
of  these;  and  usually  contain  either  some  exalted  notions 
of  friendship  and  benevolence,  or  the  praises  of  those  who 
were  victors  In  races  and  other  bodily  exercises.  Their 
buildings,  although  very  rude  and  simple,  are  not  incon- 
venient, but  well  contrived  to  defend  them  from  all  injuries 


264  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

of  cold  and  heat.  They  have  a  kind  of  tree,  which,  at  forty 
years  old,  loosens  in  the  root,  and  falls  with  the  first  storm; 
it  grows  very  straight,  and  being  pointed  like  stakes,  with 
a  sharp  stone  (for  the  Houyhnhnms  know  not  the  use  of 
iron),  they  stick  them  erect  in  the  ground  about  ten  inches 
asunder,  and  then  weave  in  oat -straw,  or  sometimes  wattles, 
betwixt  them.  The  roof  is  made  after  the  same  manner, 
and  so  are  the  doors. 

The  Houyhnhnms  use  the  hollow  part,  between  the 
pastern  and  the  hoof,  of  their  forefeet,  as  we  do  our  hands, 
and  this  with  greater  dexterity  than  I  could  at  first  imagine. 
I  have  seen  a  white  mare  of  our  family  thread  a  needle 
(which  I  lent  her  on  purpose)  with  that  joint.  They  milk 
their  cows,  reap  their  oats,  and  do  all  the  work  which  re- 
quires hands  in  the  same  manner.  They  have  a  kind  of 
hard  flints,  which,  by  grinding  against  other  stones,  they 
form  into  instruments  that  serve  instead  of  wedges,  axes, 
and  hammers.  With  tools  made  of  these  flints  they  like- 
wise cut  their  hay,  and  reap  their  oats,  which  there  grow 
naturally  in  several  fields:  the  Yahoos  draw  home  the 
sheaves  in  carriages,  and  the  servants  tread  them  in  certain 
covered  huts,  to  get  out  the  grain,  which  is  kept  in  stores. 
They  make  a  rude  kind  of  earthen  and  wooden  vessels,  and 
bake  the  former  in  the  sun. 

If  they  can  avoid  casualties,  they  die  only  of  old  age, 
and  are  buried  in  the  obscurest  places  that  can  be  found, 
their  friends  and  relations  expressing  neither  joy  nor  grief 
at  their  departure;  nor  does  the  dying  person  discover  the 
least  regret  that  he  is  leaving  the  world,  any  more  than  if 
he  were  upon  returning  home  from  a  visit  to  one  of  his 
neighbours.  I  remember  my  master  having  once  made  an 
appointment  with  a  friend  and  his  family  to  come  to  his 
house  upon  some  affair  of  importance:  on  the  day  fixed 
the  mistress  and  her  two  children  came  very  late ;  she  made 
two  excuses,  first  for  her  husband,  who,  as  she  said,  happened 
that  very  morning  to  Ihnuwnh.  The  word  is  strongly  ex- 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    265 

pressive  in  their  language,  but  not  easily  rendered  into 
English;  it  signifies,  to  retire  to  his  first  mother.  Her 
excuse  for  not  coming  sooner  was,  that  her  husband  dying 
late  in  the  morning,  she  was  a  good  while  consulting  her 
servants  about  a  convenient  place  where  his  body  should  be 
laid;  and,  I  observed,  she  behaved  herself  at  our  house  as 
cheerfully  as  the  rest :  she  died  about  three  months  after. 

They  live  generally  to  seventy,  or  seventy-five  years, 
very  seldom  to  four-score:  some  weeks  before  their  death, 
they  feel  a  gradual  decay;  but  without  pain.  During  this 
time,  they  are  much  visited  by  their  friends,  because  they 
cannot  go  abroad  with  their  usual  ease  and  satisfaction. 
However,  about  ten  days  before  their  death,  which  they 
seldom  fail  in  computing,  they  return  the  visits  that  have 
been  made  them,  by  those  who  are  nearest  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood, being  carried  in  a  convenient  sledge,  drawn  by 
Yahoos ;  which  vehicle  they  use,  not  only  upon  this  occasion, 
but  when  they  grow  old,  upon  long  journeys,  or  when  they 
are  lamed  by  any  accident.  And,  therefore,  when  the  dying 
Houyhnhnms  return  those  visits,  they  take  a  solemn  leave  of 
their  friends,  as  if  they  were  going  to  some  remote  part  of  the 
country,  where  they  designed  to  pass  the  rest  of  their  lives. 

I  know  not  whether  it  may  be  worth  observing,  that  the 
Houyhnhnms  have  no  word  in  their  language  to  express  any 
thing  that  is  evil,  except  what  they  borrow  from  the  de- 
formities or  ill  qualities  of  the  Yahoos.  Thus  they  denote 
the  folly  of  a  servant,  an  omission  of  a  child,  a  stone  that 
cuts  their  feet,  a  continuance  of  foul  or  unseasonable  weather, 
and  the  like,  by  adding  to  each  the  epithet  of  Yahoo.  For 
instance,  Hhnm  Yahoo,  Whnaholm  Yahoo,  Ynlhmndivihlma 
Yahoo,  and  an  ill-contrived  house,  Ynholmhnmrohlnw  Yahoo. 

I  could  with  great  pleasure  enlarge  farther  upon  the 
manners  and  virtues  of  this  excellent  people;  but,  intending 
in  a  short  time  to  publish  a  volume  by  itself  expressly  upon 
that  subject,  I  refer  the  reader  thither;  and,  in  the  meantime, 
proceed  to  relate  my  own  sad  catastrophe. 


CHAPTER  X 

I  HAD  settled  my  little  economy  to  my  own  heart's  content. 
My  master  had  ordered  a  room  to  be  made  for  me  after  their 
manner,  about  six  yards  from  the  house ;  the  sides  and  floors 
of  which  I  plastered  with  clay,  and  covered  with  rush-mats 
of  my  own  contriving;  I  had  beaten  hemp,  which  there 
grows  wild,  and  made  of  it  a  sort  of  ticking ;  this  I  filled  with 
the  feathers  of  several  birds  I  had  taken  with  springes  made 
of  Yahoo's  hairs,  and  were  excellent  food.  I  had  worked 
two  chairs  with  my  knife,  the  sorrel  nag  helping  me  in  the 
grosser  and  more  laborious  part.  When  my  clothes  were 
worn  to  rags,  I  made  myself  others  with  the  skins  of  rabbits, 
and  of  a  certain  beautiful  animal  about  the  same  size, 
called  Nnuhnoh,  the  skin  of  which  is  covered  with  a  fine 
down.  Of  these  I  also  made  very  tolerable  stockings.  I 
soled  my  shoes  with  wood  which  I  cut  from  a  tree,  and  fitted 
to  the  upper  leather ;  and  when  this  was  worn  out  I  supplied 
it  with  the  skins  of  Yahoos,  dried  in  the  sun.  I  often  got 
honey  out  of  hollow  trees,  which  I  mingled  with  water,  or 
ate  with  my  bread.  No  man  could  more  verify  the  truth 
of  these  two  maxims,  that  Nature  is  very  easily  satisfied; 
and  that  necessity  is  the  mother  of  invention.  I  enjoyed 
perfect  health  of  body,  and  tranquillity  of  mind;  I  did  not 
feel  the  treachery  or  inconstancy  of  a  friend,  nor  the  injuries 
of  a  secret  or  open  enemy.  I  had  no  occasion  of  bribing  or 
flattering,  to  procure  the  favour  of  any  great  man,  or  of  his 
minion.  I  wanted  no  fence  against  fraud  or  oppression; 
here  was  neither  physician  to  destroy  my  body,  nor  lawyer 
to  ruin  my  fortune;  no  informer  to  watch  my  words  and 
actions,  or  forge  accusations  against  me  for  hire:  here  were 
no  gibers,  censurers,  back -biters,  pick  -  pockets,  highway  - 

266 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    267 

men,  house-breakers,  attorneys,  buffoons,  gamesters,  poli- 
ticians, wits,  splenetics,  tedious  talkers,  controvertists, 
murderers,  robbers,  virtuosos;  no  leaders  or  followers  of 
party  and  faction;  no  encouragers  to  vice,  by  seducement 
or  examples;  no  dungeon,  axes,  gibbets,  whipping-posts, 
or  pillories;  no  cheating  shopkeepers  or  mechanics;  no 
pride,  vanity,  or  affectation;  no  fops,  bullies,  drunkards;  no 
ranting,  expensive  wives;  no  stupid,  proud  pedants;  no 
importunate,  over-bearing,  quarrelsome,  noisy,  roaring, 
empty,  conceited,  swearing  companions;  no  scoundrels, 
raised  from  the  dust,  for  the  sake  of  their  vices,  or  nobility 
thrown  into  it,  on  account  of  their  virtues;  no  lords,  fiddlers, 
judges,  or  dancing-masters. 

I  had  the  favour  of  being  admitted  to  several  Houy- 
hnhnms,  who  came  to  visit  or  dine  with  my  master;  where 
his  honour  graciously  suffered  me  to  wait  in  the  room,  and 
listen  to  their  discourse.  Both  he  and  his  company  would 
often  condescend  to  ask  me  questions  and  receive  my  answers. 
I  had  also  sometimes  the  honour  of  attending  my  master 
in  his  visits  to  others.  I  never  presumed  to  speak,  except 
in  answer  to  a  question;  and  then  I  did  it  with  inward 
regret,  because  it  was  a  loss  of  so  much  time  for  improving 
myself:  but  I  was  infinitely  delighted  with  the  station  of  an 
humble  auditor  in  such  conversations,  where  nothing  passed 
but  what  was  useful,  expressed  in  the  fewest  and  most 
significant  words;  where  (as  I  have  already  said)  the  greatest 
decency  was  observed,  without  the  least  degree  of  ceremony ; 
where  no  person  spoke,  without  being  pleased  himself,  and 
pleasing  his  companions;  where  there  was  no  interruption, 
tediousness,  heat,  or  difference  of  sentiments.  They  have 
a  notion  that,  when  people  are  met  together,  a  short  silence 
doth  much  improve  conversation:  this  I  found  to  be  true; 
for,  during  those  little  intermissions  of  talk,  new  ideas 
would  arise  in  their  thoughts,  which  very  much  enlivened 
the  discourse.  Their  subjects  are  generally  on  friendship 
and  benevolence,  or  order  and  economy;  sometimes  upon 


268  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

the  visible  operations  of  Nature,  or  ancient  traditions; 
upon  the  bounds  and  limits  of  virtue;  upon  the  unerring 
rules  of  reason,  or  upon  some  determinations,  to  be  taken 
at  the  next  great  assembly;  and  often  upon  the  various 
excellences  of  poetry.  I  may  add,  without  vanity,  that  my 
presence  often  gave  them  sufficient  matter  for  discourse, 
because  it  afforded  my  master  an  occasion  of  letting  his 
friends  into  the  history  of  me  and  my  country,  upon  which 
they  were  all  pleased  to  descant  in  a  manner  not  very 
advantageous  to  human  kind;  and,  for  that  reason,  I  shall 
not  repeat  what  they  said :  only  I  may  be  allowed  to  observe, 
that  his  honour,  to  my  great  admiration,  appeared  to  under- 
stand the  nature  of  Yahoos  much  better  than  myself.  He 
went  through  all  our  vices  and  follies,  and  discovered  many 
which  I  had  never  mentioned  to  him,  by  only  supposing 
what  qualities  a  Yahoo  of  their  country,  with  a  small 
proportion  of  reason,  might  be  capable  of  exerting;  and 
concluded,  with  too  much  probability,  how  vile,  as  well  as 
miserable,  such  a  creature  must  be. 

I  freely  confess,  that  all  the  little  knowledge  I  have,  of 
any  value,  was  acquired  by  the  lectures  I  received  from  my 
master,  and  from  hearing  the  discourses  of  him  and  his 
friends;  to  which  I  should  be  prouder  to  listen,  than  to 
dictate  to  the  greatest  and  wisest  assembly  in  Europe.  I 
admired  the  strength,  comeliness,  and  speed  of  the  inhabi- 
tants; and  such  a  constellation  of  virtues,  in  such  amiable 
persons,  produced  in  me  the  highest  veneration.  At  first, 
indeed,  I  did  not  feel  that  natural  awe  which  the  Yahoos, 
and  all  other  animals,  bear  towards  them ;  but  it  grew  upon 
me  by  degrees,  much  sooner  than  I  imagined,  and  was 
mingled  with  a  respectful  love  and  gratitude,  that  they 
would  condescend  to  distinguish  me  from  the  rest  of  my 
species. 

When  I  thought  of  my  family,  my  friends,  my  country- 
men, or  the  human  race  in  general,  I  considered  them  as 
they  really  were,  Yahoos  in  shape  and  disposition,  perhaps 


GULLIVER    HAS    THE    HONOUR    OF    BEING    QUESTIONED 

BY  ins  MASTER'S  GUESTS 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    271 

a  little  more  civilised,  and  qualified  with  the  gift  of  speech; 
but  making  no  other  use  of  reason  than  to  improve  and 
multiply  those  vices,  whereof  their  brethren  in  this  country 
had  only  the  share  that  nature  allotted  them.  When  I 
happened  to  behold  the  reflection  of  my  own  form  in  a 
lake  or  a  fountain,  I  turned  away  my  face  in  horror  and 
detestation  of  myself;  and  could  better  endure  the  sight 
of  a  common  Yahoo  than  of  my  own  person.  By  con- 
versing with  the  Houyhnhnms,  and  looking  upon  them 
with  delight,  I  fell  to  imitate  their  gait  and  gesture,  which 
is  now  grown  into  an  habit;  and  my  friends  often  tell  me 
in  a  blunt  way,  that  I  trot  like  a  horse;  which,  however, 
I  take  for  a  great  compliment :  neither  shall  I  disown,  that, 
in  speaking,  I  am  apt  to  fall  into  the  voice  and  manner  of 
the  Houyhnhnms,  and  hear  myself  ridiculed  on  that  account, 
without  the  least  mortification. 

In  the  midst  of  all  this  happiness,  and  when  I  looked 
upon  myself  to  be  fully  settled  for  life,  my  master  sent  for 
me  one  morning,  a  little  earlier  than  his  usual  hour.  I 
observed  by  his  countenance  that  he  was  in  some  perplexity, 
and  at  a  loss  how  to  begin  what  he  had  to  speak.  After 
a  short  silence,  he  told  me,  he  did  not  know  how  I  would  take 
what  he  was  going  to  say;  that  in  the  last  general  assembly, 
when  the  affair  of  the  Yahoos  was  entered  upon,  the  repre- 
sentatives had  taken  offence  at  his  keeping  a  Yahoo  (meaning 
myself)  in  his  family,  more  like  a  Houyhnhnm  than  a  brute 
animal.  That  he  was  known  frequently  to  converse  with 
me,  as  if  he  could  receive  some  advantage  or  pleasure  in 
my  company:  that  such  a  practice  was  not  agreeable  to 
reason  or  nature,  or  a  thing  ever  heard  of  before  among 
them.  The  assembly  did  therefore  exhort  him  either  to 
employ  me  like  the  rest  of  my  species,  or  command  me  to 
swim  back  to  the  place  from  whence  I  came.  That  the  first 
of  these  expedients  was  utterly  rejected  by  all  the  Houy- 
hnhnms who  had  ever  seen  me  at  his  house  or  their  own; 
for  they  alleged  that,  because  I  had  some  rudiments  of 


272  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

reason,  added  to  the  natural  pravity  of  those  animals,  it 
was  to  be  feared  I  might  be  able  to  seduce  them  into  the 
woody  and  mountainous  parts  of  the  country,  and  bring 
them  in  troops  by  night  to  destroy  the  Houyhnhnms' 
cattle,  as  being  naturally  of  the  ravenous  kind,  and  averse 
from  labour. 

My  master  added,  that  he  was  daily  pressed  by  the 
Houyhnhnms  of  the  neighbourhood  to  have  the  assembly's 
exhortation  executed,  which  he  could  not  put  off  much 
longer.  He  doubted  it  would  be  impossible  for  me  to  swim 
to  another  country;  and  therefore  wished  I  would  contrive 
some  sort  of  vehicle  resembling  those  I  had  described  to  him, 
that  might  carry  me  on  the  sea;  in  which  work  I  should 
have  the  assistance  of  his  own  servants,  as  well  as  those  of 
his  neighbours.  He  concluded,  that,  for  his  own  part,  he 
could  have  been  content  to  keep  me  in  his  service  as  long 
as  I  lived;  because  he  found  I  had  cured  myself  of  some 
bad  habits  and  dispositions,  by  endeavouring,  as  far  as  my 
inferior  nature  was  capable,  to  imitate  the  Houyhnhnms. 

I  should  here  observe  to  the  reader,  that  a  decree  of 
the  general  assembly,  in  this  country,  is  expressed  by  the 
word  Hnhloayn,  which  signifies  an  exhortation,  as  near  as 
I  can  render  it :  for  they  have  no  conception  how  a  rational 
creature  can  be  compelled,  but  only  advised  or  exhorted; 
because  no  persons  can  disobey  reason,  without  giving  up 
his  claim  to  be  a  rational  creature. 

I  was  struck  with  the  utmost  grief  and  despair  at  my 
master's  discourse ;  and,  being  unable  to  support  the  agonies 
I  was  under,  I  fell  into  a  swoon  at  his  feet :  when  I  came  to 
myself,  he  told  me  that  he  concluded  I  had  been  dead  (for 
these  people  are  subject  to  no  such  imbecilities  of  nature). 
I  answered  in  a  faint  voice,  that  death  would  have  been  too 
great  an  happiness;  that  although  I  could  not  blame  the 
assembly's  exhortation,  or  the  urgency  of  his  friends,  yet, 
in  my  weak  and  corrupt  judgment,  I  thought  it  might  con- 
sist with  reason  to  have  been  less  rigorous.  That  I  could 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    273 

not  swim  a  league,  and,  probably,  the  nearest  land  to  theirs 
might  be  distant  above  an  hundred:  that  many  materials, 
necessary  for  making  a  small  vessel  to  carry  me  off,  were 
wholly  wanting  in  this  country,  which,  however,  I  would 
attempt,  in  obedience  and  gratitude  to  his  honour,  although 
I  concluded  the  thing  to  be  impossible,  and  therefore  looked 
on  myself  as  already  devoted  to  destruction.  That  the 
certain  prospect  of  an  unnatural  death  was  the  least  of 
my  evils :  for,  supposing  I  should  escape  with  life  by  some 
strange  adventure,  how  could  I  think  with  temper,  of  passing 
my  days  among  Yahoos,  and  relapsing  into  my  old  corrup- 
tions, for  want  of  examples  to  lead  and  keep  me  within 
the  paths  of  virtue.  That  I  knew,  too  well,  upon  what  solid 
reasons  all  the  determinations  of  the  wise  Houyhnhnms  were 
founded,  not  to  be  shaken  by  arguments  of  mine,  a  miserable 
Yahoo ;  and  therefore,  after  presenting  him  with  my  humble 
thanks  for  the  offer  of  his  servants'  assistance  in  making  a 
vessel,  and  desiring  a  reasonable  time  for  so  difficult  a  work, 
I  told  him  I  would  endeavour  to  preserve  a  wretched  being ; 
and,  if  ever  I  returned  to  England,  was  not  without  hopes 
of  being  useful  to  my  own  species,  by  celebrating  the  praises 
of  the  renowned  Houyhnhnms,  and  proposing  their  virtues 
to  the  imitation  of  mankind. 

My  master,  in  a  few  words,  made  me  a  very  gracious 
reply;  allowed  me  the  space  of  two  months  to  finish  my 
boat ;  and  ordered  the  sorrel  nag,  my  fellow-servant  (for  so 
at  this  distance  I  may  presume  to  call  him)  to  follow  my 
instructions,  because  I  told  my  master  that  his  help  would  be 
sufficient,  and  I  knew  he  had  a  tenderness  for  me. 

In  his  company,  my  first  business  was  to  go  to  that  part 
of  the  coast  where  my  rebellious  crew  had  ordered  me  to  be 
set  on  shore.  I  got  upon  a  height,  and,  looking  on  every 
side  into  the  sea,  fancied  I  saw  a  small  island,  towards  the 
north-east:  I  took  out  my  pocket-glass,  and  could  then 
clearly  distinguish  it  about  five  leagues  off,  as  I  computed; 
but  it  appeared  to  the  sorrel  nag  to  be  only  a  blue  cloud: 


274  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

for,  as  he  had  no  conception  of  any  country  beside  his  own, 
so  he  could  not  be  as  expert  in  distinguishing  remote  objects 
at  sea  as  we  who  so  much  converse  in  that  element. 

After  I  had  discovered  this  island,  I  considered  no 
further;  but  resolved  it  should,  if  possible,  be  the  first  place 
of  my  banishment,  leaving  the  consequence  to  fortune. 

I  returned  home,  and  consulting  with  the  sorrel  nag,  we 
went  into  a  copse  at  some  distance,  where  I  with  my  knife, 
and  he  with  a  sharp  flint  fastened  very  artificially,  after  their 
manner,  to  a  wooden  handle,  cut  down  several  oak  wattles, 
about  the  thickness  of  a  walking  staff,  and  some  larger 
pieces.  But  I  shall  not  trouble  the  reader  with  a  particular 
description  of  my  own  mechanics;  let  it  suffice  to  say,  that 
in  six  weeks'  time,  with  the  help  of  the  sorrel  nag,  who  per- 
formed the  parts  that  required  most  labour,  I  finished  a 
sort  of  Indian  canoe,  but  much  larger,  covering  it  with  the 
skins  of  Yahoos,  well  stitched  together  with  hempen  threads 
of  my  own  making.  My  sail  was  likewise  composed  of  the 
skins  of  the  same  animal ;  but  I  made  use  of  the  youngest  I 
could  get,  the  older  being  too  tough  and  thick;  and  I  like- 
wise provided  myself  with  four  paddles.  I  laid  in  a  stock 
of  boiled  flesh,  of  rabbits  and  fowls ;  and  took  with  me  two 
vessels,  one  filled  with  milk,  and  the  other  with  water. 

I  tried  my  canoe  in  a  large  pond,  near  my  master's  house, 
and  then  corrected  in  it  what  was  amiss;  stopping  all  the 
chinks  with  Yahoos'  tallow,  till  I  found  it  staunch,  and  able 
to  bear  me  and  my  freight.  And  when  it  was  as  complete 
as  I  could  possibly  make  it,  I  had  it  drawn  on  a  carriage, 
very  gently,  by  Yahoos,  to  the  seaside,  under  the  conduct 
of  the  sorrel  nag  and  another  servant. 

When  all  was  ready,  and  the  day  came  for  my  depar- 
ture, I  took  leave  of  my  master  and  lady,  and  the  whole 
family,  my  eyes  flowing  with  tears,  and  my  heart  quite  sunk 
with  grief.  But  his  honour,  out  of  curiosity,  and  perhaps 
(if  I  may  speak  it  without  vanity)  partly  out  of  kindness, 
was  determined  to  see  me  in  my  canoe;  and  got  several  of 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    275 

his  neighbouring  friends  to  accompany  him.  I  was  forced 
to  wait  above  an  hour  for  the  tide,  and  then  observing  the 
wind  very  fortunately  bearing  towards  the  island  to  which 
I  intended  to  steer  my  course,  I  took  a  second  leave  of  my 
master:  but  as  I  was  going  to  prostrate  myself  to  kiss  his 
hoof,  he  did  rne  the  honour  to  raise  it  gently  to  my  mouth. 
I  am  not  ignorant  how  much  I  have  been  censured  for 
mentioning  this  last  particular.  For  my  detractors  are 
pleased  to  think  it  improbable,  that  so  illustrious  a  person 
should  descend  to  give  so  great  a  mark  of  distinction  to  a 
creature  so  inferior  as  I.  Neither  have  I  forgot  how 
apt  some  travellers  are  to  boast  of  extraordinary  favours 
they  have  received.  But  if  these  censurers  were  better 
acquainted  with  the  noble  and  courteous  disposition  of 
the  Houyhnhnms,  they  would  soon  change  their  opinion. 

I  paid  my  respects  to  the  rest  of  the  Houyhnhnms  in  his 
honour's  company;  then,  getting  into  my  canoe,  I  pushed 
off  from  shore. 


CHAPTER  XI 

I  BEGAN  this  desperate  voyage  on  February  15,  1714-15,  at 
nine  o'clock  in  the  morning.  The  wind  was  very  favour- 
able; however,  I  made  use,  at  first,  only  of  my  paddles; 
but  considering  I  should  soon  be  weary,  and  that  the  wind 
might  probably  chop  about,  I  ventured  to  set  up  my  little 
sail;  and  thus,  with  the  help  of  the  tide,  I  went  at  the  rate 
of  a  league  and  a  half  an  hour,  as  near  as  I  could  guess.  My 
master  and  his  friends  continued  on  the  shore  till  I  was 
almost  out  of  sight;  and  I  often  heard  the  sorrel  nag  (who 
always  loved  me)  crying  out,  Hnuy  ilia  nyha  majah  Yahoo, 
Take  care  of  thyself,  gentle  Yahoo. 

My  design  was,  if  possible,  to  discover  some  small  island 
uninhabited,  yet  sufficient  with  my  labour  to  furnish  me 
with  the  necessaries  of  life,  which  I  would  have  thought  a 
greater  happiness  than  to  be  first  minister  in  the  politest 
Court  of  Europe;  so  horrible  was  the  idea  I  conceived  of 
returning  to  live  in  the  society  and  under  the  government 
of  Yahoos.  For,  in  such  a  solitude  as  I  desired,  I  could,  at 
least,  enjoy  my  own  thoughts,  and  reflect  with  delight  on 
the  virtues  of  those  inimitable  Houyhnhnms,  without  any 
opportunity  of  degenerating  into  the  vices  and  corruptions 
of  my  own  species. 

The  reader  may  remember  what  I  related  when  my  crew 
conspired  against  me,  and  confined  me  to  my  cabin.  How 
I  continued  there  several  weeks,  without  knowing  what 
course  we  took ;  and  when  I  was  put  ashore  in  the  long-boat, 
how  the  sailors  told  me  with  oaths,  whether  true  or  false, 
that  they  knew  not  in  what  part  of  the  world  we  were. 
However,  I  did  then  believe  us  to  be  about  ten  degrees 
southward  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  or  about  forty-five 

276 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    277 

degrees  southern  latitude,  as  I  gathered  from  some  general 
words  I  overheard  among  them,  being,  I  supposed,  to  the 
south-east  in  their  intended  voyage  to  Madagascar.  And, 
although  this  were  but  little  better  than  conjecture,  yet  I 
resolved  to  steer  my  course  eastward,  hoping  to  reach  the 
south-west  coast  of  New  Holland,  and  perhaps  some  such 
island  as  I  desired,  lying  westward  of  it.  The  wind  was  full 
west,  and,  by  six  in  the  evening  I  computed  I  had  gone 
eastward  at  least  eighteen  leagues;  when  I  spied  a  very 
small  island  about  half  a  league  off,  which  I  soon  reached. 
It  was  nothing  but  a  rock  with  one  creek,  naturally  arched 
by  the  force  of  tempests.  Here  I  put  in  my  canoe,  and, 
climbing  up  a  part  of  the  rock,  I  could  plainly  discover  land 
to  the  east,  extending  from  south  to  north.  I  lay  all  night 
in  my  canoe;  and,  repeating  my  voyage  early  in  the  morn- 
ing, I  arrived  in  seven  hours  to  the  south-east  point  of  New 
Holland.  This  confirmed  me  in  the  opinion  I  have  long 
entertained,  that  the  maps  and  charts  place  this  country  at 
least  three  degrees  more  to  the  east  than  it  really  is;  which 
thought  I  communicated,  many  years  ago,  to  my  worthy 
friend,  Mr.  Herman  Moll,  and  gave  him  my  reasons 
for  it,  although  he  hath  rather  chosen  to  follow  other 
authors. 

I  saw  no  inhabitants  in  the  place  where  I  landed,  and, 
being  unarmed,  I  was  afraid  of  venturing  far  into  the 
country.  I  found  some  shell-fish  on  the  shore,  and  ate 
them  raw,  not  daring  to  kindle  a  fire  for  fear  of  being 
discovered  by  the  natives.  I  continued  three  days  feeding 
on  oysters  and  limpets,  to  save  my  own  provisions;  and  I 
fortunately  found  a  brook  of  excellent  water,  which  gave 
me  great  relief. 

On  the  fourth  day,  venturing  out  early  a  little  too  far, 
I  saw  twenty  or  thirty  natives  upon  a  height,  not  above 
five  hundred  yards  from  me.  They  were  stark  naked,  men, 
women,  and  children,  round  a  fire,  as  I  could  discover  by 
the  smoke.  One  of  them  spied  me,  and  gave  notice  to  the 


278  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

rest ;  five  of  them  advanced  towards  me,  leaving  the  women 
and  children  at  the  fire.  I  made  what  haste  I  could  to  the 
shore,  and,  getting  into  my  canoe,  shoved  off.  The  savages, 
observing  me  retreat,  ran  after  me,  and,  before  I  could 
get  far  enough  into  the  sea,  discharged  an  arrow,  which 
wounded  me  deeply  on  the  inside  of  my  left  knee  (I  shall 
cany  the  mark  to  my  grave).  I  apprehended  the  arrow 
might  be  poisoned,  and  paddling  out  of  the  reach  of  their 
darts  (being  a  calm  day)  I  made  a  shift  to  suck  the  wound, 
and  dress  it  as  I  could. 

I  was  at  a  loss  what  to  do,  for  I  durst  not  return  to  the 
same  landing-place,  but  stood  to  the  north,  and  was  forced 
to  paddle;  for  the  wind,  though  very  gentle,  was  against 
me,  blowing  north-west.  As  I  was  looking  about  for  a 
secure  landing-place,  I  saw  a  sail  to  the  north-north-east, 
which  appearing  every  minute  more  visible,  I  was  in  some 
doubt  whether  I  should  wait  for  them  or  no;  but,  at  last, 
my  detestation  of  the  Yahoo  race  prevailed;  and,  turning 
my  canoe,  I  sailed  and  paddled  together  to  the  south,  and 
got  into  the  same  creek  from  whence  I  set  out  in  the  morn- 
ing, choosing  rather  to  trust  myself  among  these  barbarians 
than  live  with  European  Yahoos.  I  drew  up  my  canoe  as 
close  as  I  could  to  the  shore,  and  hid  myself  behind  a  stone 
by  the  little  brook,  which,  as  I  have  already  said,  was 
excellent  water. 

The  ship  came  within  half  a  league  of  this  creek,  and 
sent  out  her  long-boat,  with  vessels  to  take  in  fresh  water 
(for  the  place,  it  seems,  was  very  well  known),  but  I  did  not 
observe  it,  till  the  boat  was  almost  on  shore ;  and  it  was  too 
late  to  seek  another  hiding-place.  The  seamen,  at  their 
landing,  observed  my  canoe,  and,  rummaging  it  all  over, 
easily  conjectured  that  the  owner  could  not  be  far  off. 
Four  of  them,  well  armed,  searched  every  cranny  and  lurk- 
ing-hole, till  at  last  they  found  me  flat  on  my  face  behind 
the  stone.  They  gazed  awhile  in  admiration  at  my  strange 
uncouth  dress;  my  coat  made  of  skins,  my  wooden-soled 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    279 

shoes,  and  my  furred  stockings;  from  whence,  however, 
they  concluded,  I  was  not  a  native  of  the  place,  who  all 
go  naked.  One  of  the  seamen,  in  Portuguese,  bid  me  rise, 
and  asked  who  I  was.  I  understood  that  language  very 
well,  and  getting  upon  my  feet,  said,  I  was  a  poor  Yahoo, 
banished  from  the  Houyhnhnms,  and  desired  they  would 
please  to  let  me  depart.  They  admired  to  hear  me  answer 
them  in  their  own  tongue,  and  saw  by  my  complexion  I 
must  be  a  European;  but  were  at  a  loss  to  know  what  I 
meant  by  Yahoos,  and  Houyhnhnms,  and  at  the  same 
time  fell  a-laughing  at  my  strange  tone  in  speaking,  which 
resembled  the  neighing  of  a  horse.  I  trembled  all  the 
while  betwixt  fear  and  hatred:  I  again  desired  leave  to 
depart,  and  was  gently  moving  to  my  canoe,  but  they  laid 
hold  on  me,  desiring  to  know  what  country  I  was  of? 
whence  I  came  ?  with  many  other  questions.  I  told  them, 
I  was  born  in  England,  from  whence  I  came  about  five 
years  ago,  and  then  their  country  and  ours  were  at  peace. 
I  therefore  hoped  they  would  not  treat  me  as  an  enemy, 
since  I  meant  them  no  harm,  but  was  a  poor  Yahoo,  seek- 
ing some  desolate  place  where  to  pass  the  remainder  of  his 
unfortunate  life. 

When  they  began  to  talk,  I  thought  I  never  heard  or 
saw  anything  so  unnatural;  for  it  appeared  to  me  as 
monstrous,  as  if  a  dog  or  a  cow  should  speak  in  England, 
or  a  Yahoo  in  Houyhnhnmland.  The  honest  Portuguese 
were  equally  amazed  at  my  strange  dress,  and  the  odd 
manner  of  delivering  my  words,  which,  however,  they 
understood  very  well.  They  spoke  to  me  with  great 
humanity,  and  said  they  were  sure  the  captain  would  carry 
me  gratis  to  Lisbon,  from  whence  I  might  return  to  my  own 
country;  that  two  of  the  seamen  would  go  back  to  the 
ship,  inform  the  captain  of  what  they  had  seen,  and  receive 
his  orders;  in  the  meantime,  unless  I  would  give  my  solemn 
oath  not  to  fly,  they  would  secure  me  by  force.  I  thought 
it  best  to  comply  with  their  proposal.  They  were  very 


28o  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

curious  to  know  my  story,  but  I  gave  them  very  little  satis- 
faction; and  they  all  conjectured,  that  my  misfortunes  had 
impaired  my  reason.  In  two  hours  the  boat,  which  went 
loaded  with  vessels  of  water,  returned,  with  the  captain's 
command,  to  fetch  me  on  board.  I  fell  on  my  knees  to 
preserve  my  liberty;  but  all  was  in  vain,  and  the  men, 
having  tied  me  with  cords,  heaved  me  into  the  boat,  from 
whence  I  was  taken  into  the  ship,  and  from  thence  into  the 
captain's  cabin. 

His  name  was  Pedro  de  Mendez;  he  was  a  very 
courteous  and  generous  person;  he  entreated  me  to  give 
some  account  of  myself,  and  desired  to  know  what  I  would 
eat  or  drink;  said  I  should  be  used  as  well  as  himself,  and 
spoke  so  many  obliging  things,  that  I  wondered  to  find 
such  civilities  from  a  Yahoo.  However,  I  remained  silent 
and  sullen;  I  was  ready  to  faint  at  the  very  smell  of  him 
and  his  men.  At  last  I  desired  something  to  eat  out  of  my 
own  canoe;  but  he  ordered  me  a  chicken,  and  some  excel- 
lent wine,  and  then  directed  that  I  should  be  put  to  bed  in 
a  very  clean  cabin.  I  would  not  undress  myself,  but  lay 
on  the  bedclothes,  and  in  half  an  hour  stole  out,  when  I 
thought  the  crew  was  at  dinner,  and  getting  to  the  side  of 
the  ship,  was  going  to  leap  into  the  sea,  and  swim  for  my 
life,  rather  than  continue  among  Yahoos.  But  one  of  the 
seamen  prevented  me,  and,  having  informed  the  captain, 
I  was  chained  to  my  cabin. 

After  dinner,  Don  Pedro  came  to  me,  and  desired  to 
know  my  reason  for  so  desperate  an  attempt;  assured  me, 
he  only  meant  to  do  me  all  the  service  he  was  able,  and 
spoke  so  very  movingly,  that  at  last  I  descended  to  treat 
him  like  an  animal  which  had  some  little  portion  of  reason. 
I  gave  him  a  very  short  relation  of  my  voyage ;  of  the  con- 
spiracy against  me  by  my  own  men;  of  the  country  where 
they  set  me  on  shore,  and  of  my  three  years'  residence 
there.  All  which  he  looked  upon  as  if  it  were  a  dream  or  a 
vision,  whereat  I  took  great  offence;  for  I  had  quite  forgot 


VOYAGE  TO  THE   HOUYHNHNMS    281 

the  faculty  of  lying,  so  peculiar  to  Yahoos  in  all  countries 
where  they  preside,  and  consequently  the  disposition  of 
suspecting  truth  in  others  of  their  own  species.  I  asked 
him  whether  it  were  the  custom  in  his  country  to  say  the 
thing  that  was  not?  I  assured  him  I  had  almost  forgot 
what  he  meant  by  falsehood,  and,  if  I  had  lived  a  thousand 
years  in  Houyhnhnmland,  I  should  never  have  heard  a  lie 
from  the  meanest  servant ;  that  I  was  altogether  indifferent 
whether  he  believed  me  or  no;  but  however,  in  return  for 
his  favours,  I  would  give  so  much  allowance  to  the  corrup- 
tion of  his  nature,  as  to  answer  any  objection  he  would 
please  to  make,  and  then  he  might  easily  discover  the 
truth. 

The  captain,  a  wise  man,  after  many  endeavours  to 
catch  me  tripping  in  some  part  of  my  story,  at  last  began 
to  have  a  better  opinion  of  my  veracity.  But  he  added 
that,  since  I  professed  so  inviolable  an  attachment  to  truth, 
I  must  give  him  my  word  and  honour  to  bear  him  company 
in  this  voyage,  without  attempting  anything  against  my 
life,  or  else  he  would  continue  me  a  prisoner  till  we  arrived 
at  Lisbon.  I  gave  him  the  promise  he  required;  but  at  the 
same  time  protested,  that  I  would  suffer  the  greatest  hard- 
ships rather  than  return  to  live  among  Yahoos. 

Our  voyage  passed  without  any  considerable  accident. 
In  gratitude  to  the  captain,  I  sometimes  sat  with  him,  at 
his  earnest  request,  and  strove  to  conceal  my  antipathy  to 
human  kind,  although  it  often  broke  out ;  which  he  suffered 
to  pass  without  observation.  But,  the  greatest  part  of 
the  day,  I  confined  myself  to  my  cabin,  to  avoid  seeing 
any  of  the  crew.  The  captain  had  often  entreated  me  to 
strip  myself  of  my  savage  dress,  and  offered  to  lend  me  the 
best  suit  of  clothes  he  had.  This  I  would  not  be  prevailed 
on  to  accept,  abhorring  to  cover  myself  with  anything  that 
had  been  on  the  back  of  a  Yahoo.  I  only  desired  he  would 
lend  me  two  clean  shirts,  which  having  been  washed  since 
he  wore  them,  I  believed  would  not  so  much  defile  me. 


282  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

These  I  changed  every  second  day,  and  washed  them 
myself. 

We  arrived  at  Lisbon,  Nov.  5,  1715.  At  our  landing 
the  captain  forced  me  to  cover  myself  with  his  cloak,  to 
prevent  the  rabble  from  crowding  about  me.  I  was  con- 
veyed to  his  own  house;  and,  at  my  earnest  request,  he 
led  me  up  to  the  highest  room  backwards.  I  conjured  him 
to  conceal  from  all  persons  what  I  had  told  him  of  the 
Houyhnhnms ;  because  the  least  hint  of  such  a  story  would 
not  only  draw  numbers  of  people  to  see  me,  but  probably 
put  me  in  danger  of  being  imprisoned,  or  burnt  by  the 
Inquisition.  The  captain  persuaded  me  to  accept  a  suit 
of  clothes  newly  made,  but  I  would  not  suffer  the  tailor 
to  take  my  measure;  however,  Don  Pedro  being  almost  of 
my  size,  they  fitted  me  well  enough.  He  accoutred  me  with 
other  necessaries,  all  new,  which  I  aired  for  twenty-four 
hours,  before  I  would  use  them. 

The  captain  had  no  wife,  nor  above  three  servants,  none 
of  which  were  suffered  to  attend  at  meals;  and  his  whole 
deportment  was  so  obliging,  added  to  a  very  good  human 
understanding,  that  I  really  began  to  tolerate  his  company. 
He  gained  so  far  upon  me,  that  I  ventured  to  look  out  of 
the  back  window.  By  degrees,  I  was  brought  into  another 
room,  from  whence  I  peeped  into  the  street,  but  drew  my 
head  back  in  a  fright.  In  a  week's  time  he  seduced  me  down 
to  the  door.  I  found  my  terror  gradually  lessened,  but  my 
hatred  and  contempt  seemed  to  increase.  I  was  at  last 
bold  enough  to  walk  the  street  in  his  company,  but  kept  my 
nose  well  stopped  with  rue,  or  sometimes  with  tobacco. 

In  ten  days,  Don  Pedro,  to  whom  I  had  given  some 
account  of  my  domestic  affairs,  put  it  upon  me  as  a  matter 
of  honour  and  conscience,  that  I  ought  to  return  to  my 
native  country,  and  live  at  home  with  my  wife  and  children. 
He  told  me  there  was  an  English  ship  in  the  port  just  ready 
to  sail,  and  he  would  furnish  me  with  all  things  necessary. 
It  would  be  tedious  to  repeat  his  arguments  and  my  con- 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    287 

V* 

tradictions.  He  said  it  was  altogether  impossible  to  find 
such  a  solitary  island  as  I  had  desired  to  live  in;  but  I 
might  command  in  my  own  house,  and  pass  my  time  in 
a  manner  as  recluse  as  I  pleased. 

I  complied  at  last,  finding  I  could  not  do  better.  I 
left  Lisbon  the  24th  day  of  November,  in  an  English  mer- 
chantman, but  who  was  the  master  I  never  inquired.  Don 
Pedro  accompanied  me  to  the  ship,  and  lent  me  twenty 
pounds.  He  took  kind  leave  of  me,  and  embraced  me  at 
parting,  which  I  bore  as  well  as  I  could.  During  the  last 
voyage  I  had  no  commerce  with  the  master  or  any  of  his 
men;  but,  pretending  I  was  sick,  kept  close  in  my  cabin. 
On  the  5th  of  December  1715  we  cast  anchor  in  the  Downs 
about  nine  in  the  morning,  and  at  three  in  the  afternoon 
I  got  safe  to  my  house  at  Rotherhithe. 

My  wife  and  family  received  me  with  great  surprise 
and  joy,  because  they  concluded  me  certainly  dead;  but 
I  must  freely  confess  the  sight  of  them  filled  me  only  with 
hatred,  disgust,  and  contempt;  and  the  more  by  reflecting 
on  the  near  alliance  I  had  to  them.  For,  although  since 
my  unfortunate  exile  from  the  Houyhnhnm  country,  I  had 
compelled  myself  to  tolerate  the  sight  of  Yahoos,  and  to 
converse  with  Don  Pedro  de  Mendez,  yet  my  memory  and 
imagination  were  perpetually  filled  with  the  virtues  and 
ideas  of  those  exalted  Houyhnhnms. 

As  soon  as  I  entered  the  house,  my  wife  took  me  in  her 
arms,  and  kissed  me;  at  which,  having  not  been  used  to  the 
touch  of  that  odious  animal  for  so  many  years,  I  fell  in  a 
swoon  for  almost  an  hour.  At  the  time  I  am  writing,  it 
is  five  years  since  my  last  return  to  England :  during  the 
first  year,  I  could  not  endure  my  wife  or  children  in  my 
presence,  the  very  smell  of  them  was  intolerable ;  much  less 
could  I  suffer  them  to  eat  in  the  same  room.  To  this  hour 
they  dare  not  presume  to  touch  my  bread,  or  drink  out  ot 
the  same  cup;  neither  was  I  ever  able  to  let  one  of  them 
take  me  by  the  hand.  The  first  money  I  laid  out  was  to 


284 


GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 


buy  two  young  horses,  which  I  kept  in  a  good  stable,  and 
next  to  them  the  groom  is  my  greatest  favourite;  for  I 
feel  my  spirits  revived  by  the  smell  he  contracts  in  the 
stable.  My  horses  understand  me  tolerably  well;  I  con- 
verse with  them  at  least  four  hours  every  day.  They  are 
strangers  to  bridle  or  saddle ;  they  li ve  in  great  amity  with 
me,  and  friendship  to  each  other. 


CHAPTER  XII 

THUS,  gentle  reader,  I  have  given  thee  a  faithful  history 
of  my  travels  for  sixteen  years  and  above  seven  months; 
wherein  I  have  not  been  so  studious  of  ornament  as  truth. 
I  could  perhaps,  like  others,  have  astonished  thee  with 
strange  improbable  tales;  but  I  rather  chose  to  relate  plain 
matter  of  fact,  in  the  simplest  manner  and  style;  because 
my  principal  design  was  to  inform,  and  not  to  amuse  thee. 

It  is  easy  for  us  who  travel  into  remote  countries,  which 
are  seldom  visited  by  Englishmen,  or  other  Europeans,  to 
form  descriptions  of  wonderful  animals,  both  at  sea  and 
land.  Whereas  a  traveller's  chief  aim  should  be,  to  make 
men  wiser  and  better,  and  to  improve  their  minds  by  the 
bad,  as  well  as  good  example,  of  what  they  deliver  concerning 
foreign  places. 

I  could  heartily  wish  a  law  was  enacted  that  every 
traveller,  before  he  were  permitted  to  publish  his  voyages, 
should  be  obliged  to  make  oath  before  the  Lord  High  Chan- 
cellor, that  all  he  intended  to  print  was  absolutely  true, 
to  the  best  of  his  knowledge;  for  then  the  world  would  no 
longer  be  deceived,  as  it  usually  is;  while  some  writers,  to 
make  their  works  pass  the  better  upon  the  public,  impose 
the  grossest  falsities  on  the  unwary  reader.  I  have  perused 
several  books  of  travels,  with  great  delight,  in  my  younger 
days;  but,  having  since  gone  over  most  parts  of  the  globe, 
and  been  able  to  contradict  many  fabulous  accounts  from 
my  own  observation,  it  hath  given  me  a  great  disgust  against 
this  part  of  reading,  and  some  indignation  to  see  the  credulity 
of  mankind  so  impudently  abused.  Therefore,  since  my 
acquaintances  were  pleased  to  think  my  poor  endeavours 
might  not  be  unacceptable  to  my  country,  I  imposed  on 

285 


286  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

myself,  as  a  maxim  never  to  be  swerved  from,  that  I  would 
strictly  adhere  to  truth;  neither,  indeed,  can  1  be  ever 
under  the  least  temptation  to  vary  from  it,  while  I  retain 
in  my  mind  the  lectures  and  example  of  my  noble  master, 
and  the  other  illustrious  Houyhnhnms,  of  whom  I  had  so 
long  the  honour  to  be  an  humble  hearer. 

Nee  si  miserum  Fortuna  Sinonem 

Finxit,  vanum  etiam,  mendacemque  improba  finget. 

I  know  very  well,  how  little  reputation  is  to  be  got  by 
writings  which  require  neither  genius  nor  learning,  nor, 
indeed,  any  other  talent  except  a  good  memory,  or  an 
exact  journal.  I  know  likewise,  that  writers  of  travels, 
like  dictionary-makers,  are  sunk  into  oblivion  by  the  weight 
and  bulk  of  those  who  come  last,  and  therefore  lie  upper- 
most. And  it  is  highly  probable  that  such  travellers  who 
shall  hereafter  visit  the  countries  described  in  this  work 
of  mine,  may,  by  detecting  my  errors  (if  there  be  any) 
and  adding  many  new  discoveries  of  their  own,  jostle  me 
out  of  vogue,  and  stand  in  my  place,  making  the  world 
forget  that  I  was  ever  an  author.  This  indeed  would  be 
too  great  a  mortification,  if  I  wrote  for  fame:  but,  as  my 
sole  intention  was  the  public  good,  I  cannot  be  altogether 
disappointed.  For  who  can  read  of  the  virtues  I  have 
mentioned  in  the  glorious  Houyhnhnms,  without  being 
ashamed  of  his  own  vices,  when  he  considers  himself  as  the 
reasoning,  governing  animal  of  his  country?  I  shall  say 
nothing  of  those  remote  nations  where  Yahoos  preside; 
amongst  which  the  least  corrupted  are  the  Brobdingnagians, 
whose  wise  maxims,  in  morality  and  government,  it  would 
be  our  happiness  to  observe.  But  I  forbear  descanting 
farther,  and  rather  leave  the  judicious  reader  to  his  own 
remarks  and  applications. 

I  am  not  a  little  pleased  that  this  work  of  mine  can 
possibly  meet  with  no  censurers:  for  what  objections  can 
be  made  against  a  writer  who  relates  only  plain  facts 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    287 

that  happened  in  such  distant  countries,  whore  we  have  not 
the  least  interest,  with  respect  either  to  trade  or  negotia- 
tions? I  have  carefully  avoided  every  fault  with  which 
common  writers  of  travels  are  often  too  justly  charged. 
Besides,  I  meddle  not  the  least  with  any  party,  but  write 
without  passion,  prejudice,  or  ill-will  against  any  man, 
or  number  of  men,  whatsoever.  I  write  for  the  noblest 
end,  to  inform  and  instruct  mankind,  over  whom  I  may, 
without  breach  of  modesty,  pretend  to  some  superiority, 
from  the  advantages  I  received  by  conversing  so  long 
among  the  most  accomplished  Houyhnhnms.  I  write 
without  any  view  towards  profit  or  praise.  I  never  suffer 
a  word  to  pass  that  may  look  like  reflection,  or  possibly 
give  the  least  offence,  even  to  those  who  are  most  ready 
to  take  it.  So  that  I  hope  I  may,  with  justice,  pronounce 
myself  an  author  perfectly  blameless;  against  whom  the 
tribes  of  answerers,  considerers,  observers,  reflecters,  de- 
tecters,  remarkers,  will  never  be  able  to  find  matter  for 
exercising  their  talents. 

I  confess  it  was  whispered  to  me,  that  I  was  bound 
in  duty,  as  a  subject  of  England,  to  have  given  in  a 
memorial  to  a  Secretary  of  State,  at  my  first  coming  over; 
because,  whatever  lands  are  discovered  by  a  subject  belong 
to  the  crown.  But  I  doubt  whether  our  conquests,  in 
the  countries  I  treat  of,  would  be  as  easy  as  those  of 
Ferdinando  Cortez  over  the  naked  Americans.  The  Lilli- 
putians, I  think,  are  hardly  worth  the  charge  of  a  fleet 
and  army  to  reduce  them;  and  I  question  whether  it  might 
be  prudent  or  safe  to  attempt  the  Brobdingnagians,  or 
whether  an  English  army  would  be  much  at  their  ease 
with  the  flying  island  over  their  heads.  The  Houyhnhnms, 
indeed,  appear  not  to  be  so  well  prepared  for  war,  a  science 
to  which  they  are  perfect  strangers,  and  especially  against 
missive  weapons.  However,  supposing  myself  to  be  a 
minister  of  state,  I  could  never  give  my  advice  for  invading 
them.  Their  prudence,  unanimity,  unacquaintedness  with 


288  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

fear,  and  their  love  of  their  country,  would  amply  supply 
all  defects  in  the  military  art.  Imagine  twenty  thousand 
of  them  breaking  into  the  midst  of  an  European  army, 
confounding  the  ranks,  overturning  the  carriages,  battering 
the  warriors'  faces  into  mummy,  by  terrible  yerks  from 
their  hinder  hoofs;  for  they  would  well  deserve  the  char- 
acter given  to  Augustus:  Recalcitrat  undique  tutus.  But, 
instead  of  proposals  for  conquering  that  magnanimous 
nation,  I  rather  wish  they  were  in  a  capacity,  or  disposi- 
tion, to  send  a  sufficient  number  of  their  inhabitants  for 
civilising  Europe,  by  teaching  us  the  first  principles  of 
honour,  justice,  truth,  temperance,  public  spirit,  fortitude, 
chastity,  friendship,  benevolence,  and  fidelity.  The  names 
of  all  which  virtues  are  still  retained  among  us  in  most 
languages,  and  are  to  be  met  with  in  modern,  as  well  as 
ancient  authors;  which  I  am  able  to  assert  from  my  own 
small  reading. 

But  I  had  another  reason  which  made  me  less  forward 
to  enlarge  his  Majesty's  dominions  by  my  discoveries. 
To  say  the  truth,  I  had  conceived  a  few  scruples  with 
relation  to  the  distributive  justice  of  princes  upon  those 
occasions.  For  instance,  a  crew  of  pirates  are  driven  by 
a  storm  they  know  not  whether;  at  length  a  boy  discovers 
land  from  the  top-mast;  they  go  on  shore  to  rob  and 
plunder;  they  see  an  harmless  people,  are  entertained 
with  kindness;  they  give  the  country  a  new  name;  they 
take  formal  possession  of  it  for  their  king;  they  set  up 
a  rotten  plank  or  a  stone  for  a  memorial;  they  murder 
two  or  three  dozen  of  the  natives,  bring  away  a  couple 
more  by  force  for  a  sample,  return  home,  and  get  their 
pardon.  Here  commences  a  new  dominion  acquired  with 
a  title  by  divine  right.  Ships  are  sent  with  the  first  oppor- 
tunity; the  natives  driven  out  or  destroyed;  their  princes 
tortured  to  discover  their  gold;  a  free  licence  given  to  all 
acts  of  inhumanity  and  lust,  the  earth  reeking  with  the 
blood  of  its  inhabitants:  and  this  execrable  crew  of  butchers 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    2 

employed  in  so  pious  an  expedition,  is  a  modern  colony, 
sent  to  convert  and  civilise  an  idolatrous  and  barbarous 
people. 

But  this  description,  I  confess,  doth  by  no  means 
affect  the  British  nation,  who  may  be  an  example  to 
the  whole  world  for  their  wisdom,  care,  and  justice 
in  planting  colonies;  their  liberal  endowments  for  the 
advancement  of  religion  and  learning;  their  choice  of 
devout  and  able  pastors  to  propagate  Christianity;  their 
caution  in  stocking  their  provinces  with  people  of  sober 
lives  and  conversations  from  this  the  mother  kingdom; 
their  strict  regard  to  the  distribution  of  justice,  in  supply- 
ing the  civil  administration,  through  all  their  colonies, 
with  officers  of  the  greatest  abilities,  utter  strangers  to 
corruption;  and  to  crown  all,  by  sending  the  most  vigilant 
and  virtuous  governors,  who  have  no  other  views  than 
the  happiness  of  the  people  over  whom  they  preside,  and 
the  honour  of  the  king  their  master. 

But,  as  those  countries  which  I  have  described  do  not 
appear  to  have  any  desire  of  being  conquered  and  en- 
slaved, murdered  or  driven  out  by  colonies;  nor  abound 
either  in  gold,  silver,  sugar,  or  tobacco;  I  did  humbly 
conceive  they  were  by  no  means  proper  objects  of  our 
zeal,  our  valour,  or  our  interest.  However,  if  those  whom 
it  more  concerns  think  fit  to  be  of  another  opinion,  I  am 
ready  to  depose,  when  I  shall  be  lawfully  called,  that  no 
European  did  ever  visit  these  countries  before  me.  I 
mean,  if  the  inhabitants  ought  to  be  believed. 

But,  as  to  the  formality  of  taking  possession  in  my 
sovereign's  name,  it  never  came  into  my  thoughts;  and, 
if  it  had,  yet,  as  my  affairs  then  stood,  I  should,  perhaps, 
in  point  of  prudence  and  self-preservation,  have  put  it 
off  to  a  better  opportunity. 

Having  thus  answered  the  only  objection  that  can 
ever  be  raised  against  me  as  a  traveller,  I  here  take  a 
final  leave  of  all  my  courteous  readers,  and  return  to 
T 


290  GULLIVER'S  TRAVELS 

enjoy  my  own  speculations  in  my  little  garden  at  Redriff; 
to  apply  those  excellent  lessons  of  virtue  which  I  learned 
among  the  Houyhnhnms;  to  instruct  the  Yahoos  of  my 
own  family,  as  far  as  I  shall  find  them  docible  animals; 
to  behold  my  figure  often  in  a  glass,  and  thus,  if  possible, 
habituate  myself,  by  time,  to  tolerate  the  sight  of  a  human 
creature:  to  lament  the  brutality  of  Houyhnhnms  in  my 
own  country,  but  always  treat  their  persons  with  respect, 
for  the  sake  of  my  noble  master,  his  family,  his  friends, 
and  the  whole  Houyhnhnm  race,  whom  these,  of  ours, 
have  the  honour  to  resemble  in  all  their  lineaments,  however 
their  intellectuals  came  to  degenerate. 

I  began  last  week  to  permit  my  wife  to  sit  at  dinner 
with  me,  at  the  farthest  end  of  a  long  table;  and  to  answer 
(but  with  the  utmost  brevity)  the  few  questions  I  asked 
her.  Yet,  the  smell  of  a  Yahoo  continuing  very  offensive, 
I  always  keep  my  nose  well  stopped  with  rue,  lavender,  or 
tobacco  leaves.  And,  although  it  be  hard  for  a  man  late 
in  life  to  remove  old  habits,  I  am  not  altogether  out  of 
hopes,  in  some  time,  to  suffer  a  neighbour  Yahoo  in  my 
company  without  the  apprehensions  I  am  yet  under  of 
his  teeth  or  his  claws. 

My  reconcilement  to  the  Yahoo  kind  in  general  might 
not  be  so  difficult,  if  they  would  be  content  with  those 
vices  and  follies  only,  which  Nature  had  entitled  them  to. 
I  am  not  in  the  least  provoked  at  the  sight  of  a  lawyer,  a 
pickpocket,  a  colonel,  a  fool,  a  lord,  a  gamester,  a  politician, 
a  physician,  an  evidence,  a  suborner,  an  attorney,  a  traitor, 
or  the  like;  this  is  all  according  to  the  due  course  of 
things:  but  when  I  behold  a  lump  of  deformity,  and 
diseases  both  in  body  and  mind,  smitten  with  pride,  it 
immediately  breaks  all  the  measures  of  my  patience; 
neither  shall  I  be  ever  able  to  comprehend  how  such  an 
animal,  and  such  a  vice,  could  tally  together.  The  wise 
and  virtuous  Houyhnhnms,  who  abound  in  all  excellencies 
that  can  adorn  a  rational  creature,  have  no  name  for  this 


VOYAGE  TO  THE  HOUYHNHNMS    291 

vice  in  their  language,  which  hath  no  terms  to  express 
anything  that  is  evil,  except  those  whereby  they  describe 
the  detestable  qualities  of  their  Yahoos,  among  which 
they  were  not  able  to  distinguish  this  of  pride,  for  want 
of  thoroughly  understanding  human  nature,  as  it  sheweth 
itself  in  other  countries,  where  that  animal  presides.  But 
I,  who  had  more  experience,  could  plainly  observe  some 
rudiments  of  it  among  the  wild  Yahoos. 

But  the  Houyhnhnms,  who  live  under  the  government 
of  reason,  are  no  more  proud  of  the  good  qualities  they 
possess,  than  I  should  be  for  not  wanting  a  leg  or  an  arm, 
which  no  man  in  his  wits  would  boast  of,  although  he  must 
be  miserable  without  them.  I  dwell  the  longer  upon  this 
subject,  from  the  desire  I  have  to  make  the  society  of  an 
English  Yahoo,  by  any  means,  not  insupportable;  and, 
therefore,  I  here  entreat  those  who  have  any  tincture  of 
this  absurd  vice,  that  they  will  not  presume  to  come  in 
my  sight. 


FINIS 


At  TMt^ 

MWO1JTM 
H«*I  _  -      A  i« 


Dent 

Children's 
Books 


A  Selection 


A  Child's  Grace 

In  photographs  by 

Harold  Burdekin 

The  art  of  the  photographer  is  seen  at  its  best  when  the 
camera  catches  the  unstudied  and  appealing  attitudes  of 
small  children.  Mr  Burdekin  has  hit  upon  the  idea  of 
illustrating  the  Grace  by  Mrs  Leatham : 

Thank  you  for  the  world  so  sweet,     Thank  you  for  the  birds  that  sing, 
Thank  you  for  the  food  we  eat,        Thank  you,  God,  for  everything, 

supplemented  by  further  appropriate  verses  by  Dr  Claxton, 
and  with  nearly  thirty  lovely  photographic  studies  has 
made  a  perfect  picture  book  for  small  children. 

FOR  YOUNGEST  READERS    [10  ins.  square]     5/' 


Sabu,  The  Elephant  Boy 

By 

Frances  Flaherty 
and  Ursula  Leacock 

This  is  a  true  account  of  the  discovery  of  Sabu,  the  mahout's 
son,  the  boy  chosen  to  play  the  part  of  Little  Toomai  in  the 
film  version  of  Kipling's  famous  story. 

Sabu  is  an  orphan,  who  was  found  playing  in  the  Maha- 
rajah of  Mysore's  elephant  stables,  and  who  turned  out  to  be 
a  natural  actor  of  extraordinary  ability.  This  story  describes 
his  love  for  Irawatha  the  great  tusker  and  his  care  of  the 
elephant,  and  contains  a  message  from  Sabu,  written  in  his 
own  handwriting,  to  his  young  readers. 

FOR  YOUNG  READERS      [Small  crown  410}      5/~ 
With  46  full-page  photogravure  illustrations.      [Prospectus] 


Heron's  Island 

By 

G.  Dewi  Roberts 

With  over  40  line  drawings  and  wrapper  design  by 
GEOFFREY  WEDGWOOD,  R.E. 

This  sequel  to  The  House  that  was  Forgotten,  a  story  for  young 
children  under  twelve,  chronicles  the  further  adventures 
of  Heron,  Cat,  Rabbit,  Jock  the  sheepdog,  and  Wilding 
the  red  outlaw  cat. 

Forced  to  leave  'The  House  that  was  Forgotten,'  The 
Happy  Family  takes  up  residence  on  a  small  island  in- 
habited by  puffins.  Heron's  Island  tells  the  story  of  the 
many  strange  adventures  which  were  in  store  for  them  in 
their  new  home. 

Mr  Roberts's  five  animals  are  all  clearly  naturalized 
citizens,  and  the  spirit  of  their  story  has  been  brilliantly 
interpreted  by  Geoffrey  Wedgwood  in  a  series  of  fanciful 
drawings,  in  which  it  seems  the  most  natural  thing  in  the 
world  that  Cat  should  wear  coat  and  trousers  and  even 
goggles  when  piloting  his  sea-plane. 

llerorfs  Island,  like  The  House  that  was  Forgotten,  has  already 
been  broadcast  as  a  dialogue  story,  and  earned  the  compli- 
ment of  being  repeated  in  Request  Week. 

FOR  YOUNG  READERS          [Deny  8vo]          5/~ 


Robin  Hood 

THE  PRINCE  OF  OUTLAWS 

A  Tale  of  the  Fourteenth  Century,  from  the 

'Lytell  Geste' 

By 

Carola  Oman 

Illustrated  by  JACK  MATTHEW 

There  are  several  versions  of  the  classic  Robin  Hood  legend 
in  print  to-day,  and  many  conflicting  theories  as  to  its 
historical  accuracy. 

Miss  Carola  Oman,  whose  work  as  a  serious  historian 
is  too  well  known  to  need  introduction  here,  has  studied 
every  one  of  the  thirty-eight  ballads,  starting  with  the 
first  story  of  all — of  which  the  only  copy  in  the  world  is 
in  the  Cambridge  University  Library. 

It  was  published  about  1495,  and  in  her  particularly 
interesting  preface  Miss  Oman  describes  it,  and  the  second 
copy  of  it  that  was  published  fifty  years  later. 

She  has  set  her  tale  of  Robin  Hood  in  the  days  of  Edward 
II.  The  book  is  a  first-rate  piece  of  work,  and  a  valuable 
contribution  to  the  literature  on  this  ever-popular  charac- 
ter, as  well  as  a  thrilling  historical  story. 

FOR  OLDER  READERS      [Large  crown  8vo]      3/6 

Library  Edition  5/- 


Popular  volumes  in 
Dent's  Young  People's  Classics 

The  Arabian  Nights 

Edited  by 

E.  Dixon 

Illustrated  by 
JOHN  D.  BATTEN 

also 

A  Wonder  Book 
and  Tanglewood  Tales 

By 

Nathaniel   Hawthorne 

Illustrated  by 
MERLYN  MANN 

FOR  OLDER  READERS  [Large  crown  8vo]  3/6  EACH 

Fully  illustrated  in  colour  and  line.  Special  library  edition  bound 
in  extra-quality  cloth,  sections  reinforced,  plates  guarded.  5/-  each 

This  famous  series  of  classic  stories  now  comprises  18 
volumes. 

A  selection  of  tales  from  The  Arabian  Nights  has  now  been 
added,  and  the  popular  Wonder  Book  and  Tanglewood  Tales 
are  bound  together  in  one  volume. 

Both  these  books  have  coloured  jackets  and  are  illustrated 
throughout. 

A  descriptive  list  of  the  series  is  to  be  had  on  application. 


The  Fifth  of 
November 

AN  HISTORICAL  TALE  OF  GUY  FAWKES 

By 

L.  A.  G.  Strong 

Illustrated  by  JACK  MATTHEW 


FOR  OLDER  READERS     [Large  Crown  8vo] 


The   Everyday  Series 

Told  by  M.   C.   CAREY 

Pictured   by 

Mary  Shillabeer 

i.  THE  POSTMAN  2.  THE  POLICEMAN 

3.  THE  MILKMAN 

Here  is  the  story  of  the  everyday  life  and  work  of  people 
who  come  within  a  child's  range  of  vision.  The  Postman 
brings  the  letters,  the  Policeman  walks  past  the  door,  tin- 
Milkman  and  his  pony  come  jingling  down  the  street. 

How  docs  your  letter  ever  reach  the  Postman's  bag?  Or 
the  milk  get  into  the  jug  for  breakfast  on  the  nursery  table? 
These  gaily  printed  little  books  provide  the  answer. 

FOR  YOUNGEST   READERS  1/6    EACH 

Illustrated  in  colour.    5  ins.  square,  paper  boards. 


TALES  OF  SPORT  AND  GAMES  SERIES 


Tennis  Shoes 

By 

Noel  Streatfeild 

Illustrated  by  D.  L.  MAYS 

Miss  Streatfeild  had  a  great  success  with  her  first 
children's  book  BALLET  SHOES.  It  owed  its  popu- 
larity, apart  from  the  story  itself,  to  her  peculiar 
faculty  for  vividly  describing  life  as  it  is  lived  by  an 
ordinary  family,  with  the  ups  and  downs  of  ballet  train- 
ing and  difficult  times  at  home. 

She  now  follows  this  up  with  a  story  about  lawn  tennis, 
written  with  the  same  wit  and  vivacity  and  strict  attention 
to  detail.  The  father  of  the  family  is  a  doctor,  who  was  a 
first-class  player  in  his  day  and  coaches  the  family  himself 
in  his  spare  moments.  Jim,  Susan,  Nicky,  and  David  all 
play  on  the  hard  courts  near  their  home.  The  best  of  them 
all  is  Nicky.  Every  girl  who  is  keen  on  the  game  and 
plays  at  school  will  be  fascinated  by  this  account  of  how  a 
young  player  is  trained  to  the  standard  required  to  enter 
for  various  junior  tournaments  open  to  schoolgirls.  The 
book  is  illustrated  by  the  well-known  Punch  artist. 

FOR  OLDER  READERS        [Large  crown  8vo]      5/~ 


& 


TALES  OF  SPORT  AND  GAMES  SERIES 


The 

Saturday 

Match 

By 

Hugh  de 


Selincourt 


THE  CHOICE  OF 
THE  JUNIOR  BOOK  CLUB 


Illustrated  by 
JAMES  THORPE 

'Whether  Mr  de  Selincourt  is  writing  of  the  Kimptons  in 
their  home  or  on  the  cricket  field,  he  gives  a  vivid  picture 
of  a  keen  and  sensible  family.  It  is  no  small  feat  to 
have  described  the  match  in  which  young  Kimpie,  aged 
fourteen,  made  his  first  appearance  for  Tillingfold,  so 
delightfully  that  the  game  from  start  to  finish  can  be 
followed  with  zest.  Mr  James  Thorpe's  numerous  illustra- 
tions harmonize  so  completely  with  the  text  that  they  are 
most  valuable  additions  to  this  pleasant  story.' — Punch. 

FOR  OLDER  READERS        [Large  crown  8vo]       5/~ 


Two  Boys  go   Sailing 

By 

Conor  O  Brien 

Illustrated  by 
BRIGID  GANLY 

'To  any  man  with  sons,  nephews,  or  any  young  thing 
on  his  hands,  I  recommend  this  book.'- -Tackling  World. 

FOR  OLDER  READERS       [Large  crown  8vo]        5/~ 


Ballet 
Shoes 

By 

Noel 
Streatfeild 

Illustrated  throughout  by 
RUTH  GERVIS 

Some  press  opinions : 

'Noel  Streatfcild's  Ballet  Shoes 
has  a  charm  all  its  own.  The 
silver  dust  jacket  and  the  green 
cover,  with  its  silver  lettering  and 

pair  of  ballet  shoes,  gives  a  true  foretaste  of  the  exquisite 

story  within.' — Library  World. 

'One  is  frequently  asked  if  there  are  any  "really  good  new 
books — not  school  stories — for  girls."  Here  is  one  which 
can  confidently  be  recommended  for  the  nine  to  fourteen 
year  old.  The  book  grips  because  it  is  sincere  and  per- 
fectly possible.  Pauline,  Petrova,  and  Posy  are  nice,  un- 
spoilt, naughty,  natural  children.  They  ought  to  be 
immensely  popular.' — LORNA  LEWIS  in  The  Junior  Bookshelf. 

'Thank  Heaven  (and  Miss  Streatfeild)  for  a  new  kind  of 
book  for  children.' — Amateur  Theatre. 


FOR  OLDER  READERS        [Large  crown  8vo]        6/- 


Elephant  Twins 

Written  and  Illustrated  by 

Inez  Hogan 

Elephant  Twins  comes  this  year  as  a  delightful  companion 
to  Bear  Twins,  which  had  such  a  success  that  a  reprint  was 
necessary  before  the  season  was  half  over. 

Tommy  and  Toby,  the  baby  elephants,  run  away,  just  as 
Johnny  and  Jimmy  did.  But  they  get  separated,  and  havr 
many  strange  adventures. 

The  pictures  are  enchanting,  and  what  happens  to  them 
when  Mother  finally  gets  them  home  ends  an  attnu  live 
little  tale  for  readers  of  about  four  to  seven. 


FOR  YOUNGEST  READERS 

With  decorated  endpapers,   cover, 
and  wrapper.      Size  8  by  6  ins. 


2/6 


THE 

Petersham  Story  Books 

ABOUT  REAL  THINGS 

Written  and  Illustrated  by 

Maud  &  Miska  Petersham 

SHIPS  •  TRAINS  •  AIRCRAFT  •  WHEELS 

GOLD  •   OIL  •  FOOD  •  TRANSPORTATION 

COAL  •  HOUSES  •  IRON  AND  STEEL 

CLOTHES 

FOR  YOUNG  READERS  2/6  EACH 

Printed  throughout  in  colour  lithography,  with  manilla 
boards  and  decorated  wrapper.      Size  8\  by  8  ins. 


CHOSEN   BY   THE   FIRST   EDITION    CLUB   AS   ONE   OF   THE   FIFTY 
MOST  BEAUTIFUL  BOOKS  OF  THE  YEAR 

THE    CHOICE    OF    THE    JUNIOR    LITERARY    GUILD    IN    AMERICA 

The   Little  Boy  and 
His  House 

Written  and  Illustrated  by 

Stephen  Bone 
and  Mary  Adshead 

:An  ideal  combination  of  fantastic  adventure  and  sternly 
practical  observation.' — Time  and  Tide. 

FOR  YOUNGER  READERS    [io±  by  i2\  ins.]    7/6 

With  14  full-page  drawings  in  colour,  and  many  in  black 
.  and    white.     Reproduced    throughout    in    lithography.